WO2022054599A1 - Photosensitive transfer material, method for producing resin pattern, etching method, and method for manufacturing electronic device - Google Patents

Photosensitive transfer material, method for producing resin pattern, etching method, and method for manufacturing electronic device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022054599A1
WO2022054599A1 PCT/JP2021/031365 JP2021031365W WO2022054599A1 WO 2022054599 A1 WO2022054599 A1 WO 2022054599A1 JP 2021031365 W JP2021031365 W JP 2021031365W WO 2022054599 A1 WO2022054599 A1 WO 2022054599A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
resin layer
mass
meth
preferable
compound
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2021/031365
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
洋行 海鉾
隆志 有冨
一真 両角
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Priority to CN202180053678.4A priority Critical patent/CN116018262A/en
Priority to JP2022547495A priority patent/JP7479487B2/en
Publication of WO2022054599A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022054599A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B33/00Layered products characterised by particular properties or particular surface features, e.g. particular surface coatings; Layered products designed for particular purposes not covered by another single class
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B7/00Layered products characterised by the relation between layers; Layered products characterised by the relative orientation of features between layers, or by the relative values of a measurable parameter between layers, i.e. products comprising layers having different physical, chemical or physicochemical properties; Layered products characterised by the interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/04Interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/06Interconnection of layers permitting easy separation
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/09Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/09Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers
    • G03F7/11Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers having cover layers or intermediate layers, e.g. subbing layers
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/20Exposure; Apparatus therefor
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/26Processing photosensitive materials; Apparatus therefor
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/26Processing photosensitive materials; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/40Treatment after imagewise removal, e.g. baking
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/03Arrangements for converting the position or the displacement of a member into a coded form
    • G06F3/041Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/03Arrangements for converting the position or the displacement of a member into a coded form
    • G06F3/041Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
    • G06F3/044Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means by capacitive means
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05KPRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
    • H05K3/00Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits
    • H05K3/02Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits in which the conductive material is applied to the surface of the insulating support and is thereafter removed from such areas of the surface which are not intended for current conducting or shielding
    • H05K3/06Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits in which the conductive material is applied to the surface of the insulating support and is thereafter removed from such areas of the surface which are not intended for current conducting or shielding the conductive material being removed chemically or electrolytically, e.g. by photo-etch process

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to a photosensitive transfer material, a method for manufacturing a resin pattern, an etching method, and a method for manufacturing an electronic device.
  • the electrode pattern corresponding to the sensor of the visual recognition part, the peripheral wiring part, and the wiring of the take-out wiring part are wired.
  • the conductive layer pattern such as is provided inside the touch panel.
  • the number of steps for obtaining the required pattern shape is small, so a layer of a photosensitive resin composition provided on an arbitrary substrate using a photosensitive transfer material is used.
  • a method of developing after exposure through a mask having a desired pattern is widely used.
  • Patent Document 1 has a photosensitive layer, an adhesive layer, and a temporary support in this order on a protective film, the photosensitive layer contains particles, and the photosensitive layer and the adhesive layer come into contact with each other. The photosensitive layer and the adhesive layer can be peeled off, and the surface of the photosensitive layer after peeling the photosensitive layer and the adhesive layer has irregularities formed by the particles.
  • the transfer material is described.
  • An object to be solved by one embodiment of the present disclosure is to provide a photosensitive transfer material capable of obtaining a resin pattern with few defects even when the photosensitive resin layer is exposed via a temporary support. be. Further, an object to be solved by another embodiment of the present disclosure is to provide a method for producing a resin pattern using the above-mentioned photosensitive transfer material, an etching method, and a method for producing an electronic device.
  • the disclosure includes the following aspects: ⁇ 1>
  • the temporary support, the photosensitive resin layer, and the protective film are provided in this order, and the surface energy of the surface of the temporary support opposite to the photosensitive resin layer side is ⁇ b (mN / m).
  • ⁇ 2> The photosensitive transfer material according to ⁇ 1>, wherein the temporary support has a thickness of 20 ⁇ m or less.
  • ⁇ 3> The photosensitive transfer material according to ⁇ 1> or ⁇ 2>, wherein the thickness of the photosensitive resin layer is 10 ⁇ m or less.
  • ⁇ 4> The photosensitive transfer material according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 3>, which further has another layer between the temporary support and the photosensitive resin layer.
  • ⁇ 5> The photosensitive transfer material according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 4>, wherein the haze value of the temporary support is less than 1.0%.
  • ⁇ 6> The photosensitive transfer material according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 5>, wherein the temporary support has a peeling force of 0.5 mN / mm or more.
  • ⁇ 7> The photosensitive according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 6>, wherein the arithmetic average roughness Ra value of the surface of the temporary support opposite to the photosensitive resin layer side is 50 nm or less. Sex transfer material.
  • ⁇ 8> The photosensitive property according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 7>, wherein the arithmetic average roughness Ra value of the surface of the protective film opposite to the photosensitive resin layer side is 50 nm or less.
  • Transfer material ⁇ 9> The photosensitive transfer material according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 8>, wherein the value of ⁇ b- ⁇ c is more than 0 mN / m and 50 mN / m or less.
  • ⁇ 10> The photosensitive transfer material according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 9>, wherein the value of ⁇ b- ⁇ c is 2 mN / m or more and 30 mN / m or less.
  • ⁇ 11> The photosensitive transfer material according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 10>, wherein the value of ⁇ b- ⁇ c is 7 mN / m or more and 20 mN / m or less.
  • ⁇ 12> The photosensitive transfer material according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 11>, which is a roll-shaped photosensitive transfer material.
  • ⁇ 13> With respect to the step of peeling the protective film from the photosensitive transfer material according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 12> and the temporary support in the photosensitive transfer material from which the protective film has been peeled off.
  • a method for producing a resin pattern which comprises a step of developing the photosensitive resin layer to form a resin pattern and the process of forming the resin pattern in this order.
  • the etching method including the step of etching the said conductive layer in.
  • ⁇ 15> With respect to the step of peeling the protective film from the photosensitive transfer material according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 12> and the temporary support in the photosensitive transfer material from which the protective film has been peeled off.
  • the outermost layer on the side having the photosensitive resin layer was brought into contact with the substrate having the conductive layer and bonded to each other, and the photosensitive resin layer was exposed to a pattern through the temporary support.
  • a method for manufacturing an electronic device having the resin pattern comprising the steps of developing the photosensitive resin layer to form a resin pattern in this order.
  • a photosensitive transfer material that can obtain a resin pattern with few defects even when the photosensitive resin layer is exposed via a temporary support. Further, according to another embodiment of the present disclosure, it is possible to provide a method for manufacturing a resin pattern using the above-mentioned photosensitive transfer material, an etching method, and a method for manufacturing an electronic device.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic view showing an example of the configuration of the photosensitive transfer material of the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic view showing an example of the configuration of the photosensitive transfer material of the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic plan view showing the pattern A.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic plan view showing the pattern B.
  • the amount of each component in the composition is the sum of the plurality of applicable substances present in the composition when a plurality of the substances corresponding to each component are present in the composition, unless otherwise specified. Means quantity.
  • the term "process” is included in this term not only as an independent process but also as long as the intended purpose of the process is achieved even if it cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes.
  • the notation not describing substitution and non-substitution includes those having no substituent as well as those having a substituent.
  • the "alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
  • exposure includes not only exposure using light but also drawing using particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams, unless otherwise specified.
  • particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams, unless otherwise specified.
  • the light used for exposure generally, the emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays typified by excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, active rays such as electron beams (active energy rays) are used. Can be mentioned.
  • the chemical structural formula in the present specification may be described by a simplified structural formula in which a hydrogen atom is omitted.
  • “% by mass” and “% by weight” are synonymous, and “parts by mass” and “parts by weight” are synonymous.
  • a combination of two or more preferred embodiments is a more preferred embodiment.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) in the present specification are columns of TSKgel GMHxL, TSKgel G4000HxL, and TSKgel G2000HxL (all are trade names manufactured by Toso Co., Ltd.).
  • total solid content refers to the total mass of the components excluding the solvent from the total composition of the composition.
  • solid content is a component excluding the solvent as described above, and may be, for example, a solid or a liquid at 25 ° C.
  • the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure has a temporary support, a photosensitive resin layer, and a protective film in this order, and the surface energy of the surface of the temporary support opposite to the photosensitive resin layer side. Is ⁇ b (mN / m), and ⁇ b ⁇ ⁇ c is satisfied when the surface energy of the surface of the protective film opposite to the photosensitive resin layer side is ⁇ c (mN / m).
  • the surface energy of the surface of the temporary support opposite to the photosensitive resin layer side is ⁇ b (mN / m), and the surface energy of the temporary support is the same as that of the photosensitive resin layer side of the protective film. Satisfies ⁇ b ⁇ ⁇ c when the surface energy of the opposite surface is ⁇ c (mN / m).
  • the temporary support and the protective film come into contact with each other by laminating the photosensitive transfer material or winding the photosensitive transfer material in a roll shape, and the temporary support is described above.
  • the "defect" of the resin pattern in the present disclosure is a defective shape of the resin pattern.
  • the wiring due to the defect is broken (open) or the wiring is connected to each other (short circuit).
  • the higher the definition of the pattern the greater the effect.
  • the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure has a surface energy of ⁇ b (mN / m) on the surface of the temporary support opposite to the photosensitive resin layer side, and is different from the photosensitive resin layer side of the protective film. Satisfies ⁇ b ⁇ ⁇ c when the surface energy of the opposite surface is ⁇ c (mN / m).
  • the method for adjusting the surface energy of the temporary support and the protective film is not particularly limited, but the type of resin used, the composition of additives and the like, the surface treatment, the stretching treatment, the formation of a particle-containing layer and the like described later, etc. Method can be mentioned.
  • the surface energy (unit: mN / m) of the temporary support or the protective film is calculated by the following method.
  • the contact angles of two types of liquids, pure water and methylene iodide were measured in an atmosphere of room temperature of 23 ° C and relative humidity of 50% to 60%. Measure 3 points by (Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd.). The average value of the measured values obtained for each liquid is taken as the contact angle of each of the two types of liquids.
  • the value of ⁇ b- ⁇ c is the defect suppressing property of the resin pattern and the resolution property (hereinafter, simply “resin pattern defect suppressing property” when exposed via a temporary support. From the viewpoint of "resolvability"), it is preferably more than 0 mN / m and 50 mN / m or less, more preferably 2 mN / m or more and 30 mN / m or less, and 7 mN / m or more and 20 mN. It is particularly preferable that it is / m or less.
  • the value of the surface energy ⁇ b on the surface of the temporary support opposite to the photosensitive resin layer side is determined from the viewpoint of defect suppression and resolvability of the resin pattern. , 30 mN / m to 70 mN / m, more preferably 40 mN / m to 65 mN / m, and particularly preferably 45 mN / m to 60 mN / m.
  • the value of the surface energy ⁇ c on the surface of the protective film opposite to the photosensitive resin layer side is determined from the viewpoint of defect suppression property and resolution property of the resin pattern. It is preferably 20 mN / m to 65 mN / m, more preferably 25 mN / m to 55 mN / m, and particularly preferably 30 mN / m to 45 mN / m.
  • the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure has a temporary support, a photosensitive resin layer, and a protective film in this order. Further, the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure may have another layer between the temporary support and the photosensitive resin layer, between the photosensitive resin layer and the protective film, and the like.
  • the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure is preferably a roll-shaped photosensitive transfer material from the viewpoint of further exerting the effect in the present disclosure.
  • the photosensitive transfer material is shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the photosensitive resin layer is preferably a negative photosensitive resin layer. It is also preferable that the photosensitive resin layer is a colored resin layer.
  • the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure may be used as a photosensitive transfer material for a wiring protective film or as a photosensitive transfer material for an etching resist, as will be described later.
  • the configuration of the photosensitive transfer material is preferably, for example, the configuration of (1) or (2) described above.
  • the composition of the photosensitive transfer material is preferably, for example, the above-mentioned configurations (2) to (4).
  • the thickness is preferably 0.1% to 30%, more preferably 0.1% to 20%, based on the thickness of the photosensitive resin layer.
  • the photosensitive transfer material of the first embodiment below has a configuration that can be suitably used as a photosensitive transfer material for an etching resist, and the photosensitive transfer material of the second embodiment below is photosensitive for a wiring protective film. It is a configuration that can be suitably used for a transfer material.
  • the photosensitive transfer material 20 shown in FIG. 1 includes a temporary support 11, a transfer layer 12 including a thermoplastic resin layer 13, a water-soluble resin layer 15, and a photosensitive resin layer 17, and a protective film 19. Have in order. Further, the photosensitive transfer material 20 shown in FIG. 1 has a form in which the thermoplastic resin layer 13 and the water-soluble resin layer 15 are arranged, but the thermoplastic resin layer 13 and the water-soluble resin layer 15 may not be arranged. ..
  • each element constituting the photosensitive transfer material of the first embodiment will be described.
  • the photosensitive transfer material used in the present disclosure has a temporary support.
  • the temporary support is a support that supports a photosensitive resin layer or a laminate containing the photosensitive resin layer and is removable.
  • the temporary support preferably has light transmittance from the viewpoint that the photosensitive resin layer can be exposed through the temporary support when the photosensitive resin layer is exposed to a pattern.
  • “having light transmittance” means that the transmittance of light of the wavelength used for pattern exposure is 50% or more.
  • the temporary support preferably has a light transmittance of 60% or more, preferably 70% or more, at a wavelength (more preferably 365 nm) used for pattern exposure. Is more preferable.
  • the transmittance of the layer included in the photosensitive transfer material means that when light is incident in a direction perpendicular to the main surface of the layer (that is, in the thickness direction), the light is emitted through the layer with respect to the intensity of the incident light. It is a ratio of the intensity of the emitted light, and is measured using MCPD Series manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd.
  • Examples of the material constituting the temporary support include a glass substrate, a resin film and paper, and a resin film is preferable from the viewpoint of strength, flexibility and light transmission.
  • Examples of the resin film include polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film, cellulose triacetate film, polystyrene film and polycarbonate film. Among them, PET film is preferable, and biaxially stretched PET film is more preferable.
  • the thickness (layer thickness) of the temporary support is not particularly limited, and the strength as the support, the flexibility required for bonding to the circuit wiring forming substrate, and the light required in the first exposure step are not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of transparency, it may be selected according to the material.
  • the thickness of the temporary support is preferably in the range of 5 ⁇ m to 100 ⁇ m, more preferably in the range of 10 ⁇ m to 50 ⁇ m, further preferably in the range of 10 ⁇ m to 20 ⁇ m, and in the range of 10 ⁇ m to 16 ⁇ m from the viewpoint of ease of handling and versatility. Especially preferable.
  • the thickness of the temporary support is preferably 50 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 25 ⁇ m or less, and more preferably 20 ⁇ m or less, from the viewpoint of defect suppression, resolution, and linearity of the resin pattern. Especially preferable.
  • the film used as the temporary support is free from deformation such as wrinkles, scratches, defects and the like.
  • the number of fine particles, foreign substances, defects, precipitates, etc. contained in the temporary support is small.
  • the number of fine particles, foreign substances and defects having a diameter of 1 ⁇ m or more is preferably 50 pieces / 10 mm 2 or less, more preferably 10 pieces / 10 mm 2 or less, and further preferably 3 pieces / 10 mm 2 or less. , 0 pieces / 10 mm 2 is particularly preferable.
  • the haze of the temporary support is small.
  • the haze value of the temporary support is preferably 2% or less, more preferably 1.5% or less, further preferably less than 1.0%, and particularly preferably 0.5% or less.
  • the haze value in the present disclosure is measured by a haze meter (NDH-2000, manufactured by Nippon Denshoku Kogyo Co., Ltd.) by a method according to JIS K 7105: 1981.
  • a layer (lubricant layer) containing fine particles may be provided on the surface of the temporary support from the viewpoint of imparting handleability.
  • the lubricant layer may be provided on one side of the temporary support or on both sides.
  • the diameter of the particles contained in the lubricant layer can be, for example, 0.05 ⁇ m to 0.8 ⁇ m.
  • the thickness of the lubricant layer can be, for example, 0.05 ⁇ m to 1.0 ⁇ m.
  • the arithmetic average roughness Ra of the surface of the temporary support opposite to the photosensitive resin layer side is the photosensitive of the temporary support from the viewpoints of transportability, defect suppression of the resin pattern, and resolution. It is preferable that the surface has an arithmetic average roughness Ra or more on the resin layer side.
  • the arithmetic average roughness Ra of the surface of the temporary support opposite to the photosensitive resin layer side is preferably 100 nm or less from the viewpoints of transportability, defect suppression of the resin pattern, and resolution. , 50 nm or less, more preferably 20 nm or less, and particularly preferably 10 nm or less.
  • the arithmetic average roughness Ra of the surface of the temporary support on the photosensitive resin layer side is preferably 100 nm or less from the viewpoint of peelability of the temporary support, defect suppression of the resin pattern, and resolution. , 50 nm or less, more preferably 20 nm or less, and particularly preferably 10 nm or less. Further, the value of the arithmetic average roughness Ra of the surface of the temporary support on the side opposite to the photosensitive resin layer side was subtracted from the value of the arithmetic average roughness Ra of the surface of the temporary support on the side of the photosensitive resin layer. The value is preferably 0 nm to 10 nm, and more preferably 0 nm to 5 nm, from the viewpoints of transportability, defect suppression property of the resin pattern, and resolution.
  • the arithmetic average roughness Ra of the surface of the temporary support or the protective film in the present disclosure shall be measured by the following method. Using a three-dimensional optical profiler (New View7300, manufactured by Zygo), the surface of the temporary support or the protective film is measured under the following conditions to obtain the surface profile of the film. As the measurement / analysis software, Microscope Application of MetroPro ver8.3.2 is used. Next, the Surface Map screen is displayed by the above analysis software, and the histogram data is obtained in the Surface Map screen. From the obtained histogram data, the arithmetic mean roughness is calculated, and the Ra value of the surface of the temporary support or the protective film is obtained. When the temporary support or the protective film is attached to the photosensitive resin layer or the like, the temporary support or the protective film may be peeled off from the photosensitive resin layer, and the Ra value of the surface on the peeled side may be measured.
  • a three-dimensional optical profiler New View7300, manufactured by Zygo
  • the peeling force of the temporary support is when the wound laminate is transported again by the roll-to-roll method. From the viewpoint of suppressing the peeling of the temporary support due to the adhesion between the vertically stacked laminates and the laminate, it is preferably 0.5 mN / mm or more, preferably 0.5 mN / mm to 2.0 mN / mm. Is more preferable.
  • the peeling force of the temporary support in the present disclosure shall be measured as follows.
  • a copper layer having a thickness of 200 nm is produced on a polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film having a thickness of 100 ⁇ m by a sputtering method, and a PET substrate with a copper layer is produced.
  • the protective film is peeled off from the produced photosensitive transfer material, and laminated on the PET substrate with a copper layer under laminating conditions of a laminating roll temperature of 100 ° C., a linear pressure of 0.6 MPa, and a linear velocity (laminating rate) of 1.0 m / min.
  • a laminate having at least the temporary support and the photosensitive resin layer on a PET substrate with a copper layer is 70 mm ⁇ 10 mm. Cut to make a sample.
  • the PET substrate side of the sample is fixed on the sample table.
  • a tensile compression tester (SV-55, manufactured by Imada Seisakusho Co., Ltd.) pull the tape in the direction of 180 degrees at 5.5 mm / sec to obtain a photosensitive resin layer or a thermoplastic resin layer and a temporary support.
  • peeling force is measured.
  • Preferred embodiments of the provisional support include, for example, paragraphs 0017 to 0018 of JP-A-2014-85643, paragraphs 0019 to 0026 of JP-A-2016-27363, and paragraphs 0041 to 0057 of International Publication No. 2012/081680. , Paragraphs 0029 to 0040 of International Publication No. 2018/179370, paragraphs 0012 to paragraph 0032 of JP-A-2019-101405, and the contents of these publications are incorporated in the present specification.
  • the photosensitive transfer material has a protective film. It is preferable that the photosensitive resin layer and the protective film are in direct contact with each other.
  • Examples of the material constituting the protective film include a resin film and paper, and a resin film is preferable from the viewpoint of strength and flexibility.
  • Examples of the resin film include a polyethylene film, a polypropylene film, a polyethylene terephthalate film, a cellulose triacetate film, a polystyrene film, and a polycarbonate film. Of these, polyethylene film, polypropylene film, or polyethylene terephthalate film is preferable.
  • the thickness (layer thickness) of the protective film is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5 ⁇ m to 100 ⁇ m, more preferably 10 ⁇ m to 50 ⁇ m.
  • the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface of the protective film opposite to the surface opposite to the photosensitive resin layer side is the photosensitive resin layer of the protective film from the viewpoints of transportability, defect suppression of the resin pattern, and resolution. It is preferably equal to or less than the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the side surface, and more preferably smaller than the arithmetic average roughness Ra of the surface on the photosensitive resin layer side of the protective film.
  • the arithmetic average roughness Ra of the surface of the protective film opposite to the photosensitive resin layer side is preferably 300 nm or less, more preferably 100 nm or less, still more preferably 70 nm or less, from the viewpoint of transportability and winding property. It is particularly preferably 50 nm or less.
  • the arithmetic average roughness Ra of the surface of the protective film on the photosensitive resin layer side is preferably 300 nm or less, more preferably 100 nm or less, further preferably 70 nm or less, and further preferably 50 nm or less, from the viewpoint of excellent resolution. Is particularly preferred.
  • the Ra value on the surface of the protective film is in the above range to improve the uniformity of the layer thickness of the photosensitive resin layer and the formed resin pattern.
  • the lower limit of the Ra value on the surface of the protective film is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 1 nm or more, more preferably 10 nm or more, and particularly preferably 20 nm or more on both sides.
  • the peeling force of the protective film is preferably smaller than the peeling force of the temporary support.
  • the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure has a photosensitive resin layer.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may be a negative type photosensitive resin layer or a positive type photosensitive resin layer, but the solubility of the exposed part in the developing solution is lowered by the exposure, and the non-exposed part is developed by the development. It is preferably a negative photosensitive resin layer to be removed.
  • the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains an alkali-soluble resin, a polymerizable compound (preferably an ethylenically unsaturated compound), and a photopolymerization initiator. Based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer, the alkali-soluble resin: 10 mass. %-90% by mass; Ethylene unsaturated compound: 5% by mass-70% by mass; and photopolymerization initiator: 0.01% by mass to 20% by mass.
  • each component will be described in order.
  • the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains an alkali-soluble resin.
  • alkali-soluble means that the solubility of sodium carbonate in 100 g of a 1% by mass aqueous solution at 22 ° C. is 0.1 g or more.
  • the alkali-soluble resin is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include known alkali-soluble resins used for etching resists.
  • the alkali-soluble resin is preferably a binder polymer.
  • the alkali-soluble resin is preferably an alkali-soluble resin having an acid group. Among them, the alkali-soluble resin is preferably polymer A, which will be described later.
  • the alkali-soluble resin preferably contains the polymer A.
  • the acid value of the polymer A is preferably 220 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably less than 200 mgKOH / g, and more preferably 190 mgKOH / g, from the viewpoint of better resolution by suppressing the swelling of the photosensitive resin layer by the developing solution. Less than is more preferred.
  • the lower limit of the acid value of the polymer A is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of better developability, 60 mgKOH / g or more is preferable, 120 mgKOH / g or more is more preferable, 150 mgKOH / g or more is further preferable, and 170 mgKOH / g or more is more preferable. Especially preferable.
  • the acid value is the mass [mg] of potassium hydroxide required to neutralize 1 g of the sample.
  • the unit is described as mgKOH / g.
  • the acid value can be calculated, for example, from the average content of acid groups in the compound.
  • the acid value of the polymer A may be adjusted according to the type of the structural unit constituting the polymer A and the content of the structural unit containing the acid group.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the polymer A is preferably 5,000 to 500,000. It is preferable that the weight average molecular weight is 500,000 or less from the viewpoint of improving the resolvability and the developability.
  • the weight average molecular weight is more preferably 100,000 or less, further preferably 60,000 or less, and particularly preferably 50,000 or less.
  • setting the weight average molecular weight of the polymer A to 5,000 or more is the property of the developed aggregate and the properties of the unexposed film such as edge fuse property and cut chip property in the case of a photosensitive resin laminate. It is preferable from the viewpoint of controlling.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the polymer A is more preferably 10,000 or more, further preferably 20,000 or more, and particularly preferably 30,000 or more.
  • the edge fuse property refers to the degree of ease with which the photosensitive resin layer protrudes from the end face of the roll when the photosensitive transfer material is wound into a roll.
  • the cut chip property refers to the degree of ease of chip flying when the unexposed film is cut with a cutter. If this chip adheres to the upper surface of the photosensitive resin laminate or the like, it will be transferred to the mask in a later exposure step or the like, causing a defective product.
  • the dispersity of the polymer A is preferably 1.0 to 6.0, more preferably 1.0 to 5.0, and even more preferably 1.0 to 4.0. It is more preferably 0.0 to 3.0.
  • the molecular weight is a value measured using gel permeation chromatography.
  • the degree of dispersion is the ratio of the weight average molecular weight to the number average molecular weight (weight average molecular weight / number average molecular weight).
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain a monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group as the polymer A from the viewpoint of suppressing line width thickening or deterioration of resolution when the focal position is deviated during exposure.
  • aromatic hydrocarbon groups include substituted or unsubstituted phenyl groups and substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl groups.
  • the content ratio of the monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group in the polymer A is preferably 20% by mass or more, preferably 30% by mass or more, based on the total mass of all the monomer components. More preferably, it is more preferably 40% by mass or more, particularly preferably 45% by mass or more, and most preferably 50% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 95% by mass or less, and more preferably 85% by mass or less.
  • the content ratio of the monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group was determined as a weight average value.
  • Examples of the monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group include a monomer having an aralkyl group, styrene, and a polymerizable styrene derivative (for example, methylstyrene, vinyltoluene, tert-butoxystyrene, acetoxystyrene, 4-vinyl). Benzoic acid, styrene dimer, styrene trimmer, etc.). Of these, a monomer having an aralkyl group or styrene is preferable.
  • the content ratio of the styrene monomer component is 20% by mass based on the total mass of all the monomer components. It is preferably ⁇ 50% by mass, more preferably 25% by mass to 45% by mass, further preferably 30% by mass to 40% by mass, and particularly preferably 30% by mass to 35% by mass. preferable.
  • aralkyl group examples include a substituted or unsubstituted phenylalkyl group (excluding a benzyl group), a substituted or unsubstituted benzyl group and the like, and a substituted or unsubstituted benzyl group is preferable.
  • Examples of the monomer having a phenylalkyl group include phenylethyl (meth) acrylate and the like.
  • Examples of the monomer having a benzyl group include (meth) acrylate having a benzyl group, for example, benzyl (meth) acrylate, chlorobenzyl (meth) acrylate and the like; vinyl monomers having a benzyl group, for example, vinylbenzyl chloride and vinylbenzyl. Examples include alcohol. Of these, benzyl (meth) acrylate is preferable.
  • the content ratio of the benzyl (meth) acrylate monomer component is the total of all the monomer components. Based on the mass, it is preferably 50% by mass to 95% by mass, more preferably 60% by mass to 90% by mass, further preferably 70% by mass to 90% by mass, and 75% by mass to 90% by mass. It is particularly preferably 90% by mass.
  • the polymer A containing a monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group includes a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group, at least one of the first monomers described below, and / or a second described below. It is preferably obtained by polymerizing with at least one of the monomers of.
  • the polymer A containing no monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably obtained by polymerizing at least one of the first monomers described later, and at least the first monomer. It is more preferable to obtain it by copolymerizing one kind with at least one kind of the second monomer described later.
  • the first monomer is a monomer having a carboxy group in the molecule.
  • the first monomer include (meth) acrylic acid, fumaric acid, cinnamic acid, crotonic acid, itaconic acid, 4-vinylbenzoic acid, maleic acid anhydride, maleic acid semi-ester and the like.
  • (meth) acrylic acid is preferable.
  • the content ratio of the first monomer in the polymer A is preferably 5% by mass to 50% by mass, preferably 10% by mass to 40% by mass, based on the total mass of all the monomer components. Is more preferable, and 15% by mass to 30% by mass is further preferable.
  • the copolymerization ratio of the first monomer is preferably 10% by mass to 50% by mass based on the total mass of all the monomer components.
  • the copolymerization ratio of 10% by mass or more is preferable from the viewpoint of exhibiting good developability and controlling edge fuseability, more preferably 15% by mass or more, still more preferably 20% by mass or more. .. It is preferable to set the copolymerization ratio to 50% by mass or less from the viewpoint of high resolution and the shape of the resist pattern, and further from the viewpoint of chemical resistance of the resist pattern, and from these viewpoints, 35% by mass.
  • the following is more preferable, 30% by mass or less is further preferable, and 27% by mass or less is particularly preferable.
  • the second monomer is a monomer that is non-acidic and has at least one polymerizable unsaturated group in the molecule.
  • Examples of the second monomer include methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, n-butyl (meth) acrylate, and isobutyl (meth) acrylate.
  • methyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, and n-butyl (meth) acrylate are preferable, and methyl (meth) acrylate is particularly preferable.
  • the content ratio of the second monomer in the polymer A is preferably 5% by mass to 60% by mass, preferably 15% by mass to 50% by mass, based on the total mass of all the monomer components. Is more preferable, and 20% by mass to 45% by mass is further preferable.
  • the polymer A contains 25% by mass to 40% by mass of a monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group, 20% by mass to 35% by mass of the first monomer component, and a second unit amount.
  • the polymer preferably contains 30% by mass to 45% by mass of a body component.
  • the polymer preferably contains 70% by mass to 90% by mass of a monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group and 10% by mass to 25% by mass of the first monomer component. ..
  • the polymer A may have a branched structure or an alicyclic structure in the side chain. Further, the polymer A may have a linear structure in the side chain. Introducing a branched structure or an alicyclic structure into the side chain of polymer A by using a monomer containing a group having a branched structure in the side chain or a monomer containing a group having an alicyclic structure in the side chain. Can be done.
  • the group having an alicyclic structure may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Specific examples of the monomer containing a group having a branched structure in the side chain include i-propyl (meth) acrylic acid and (meth) acrylic acid.
  • i-propyl (meth) acrylate, i-butyl (meth) acrylate, or t-butyl methacrylate are preferable, and i-propyl methacrylate or t-butyl methacrylate is more preferable.
  • the monomer containing a group having an alicyclic structure in the side chain include a monomer having a monocyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon group and a monomer having a polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon group, and the number of carbon atoms (number of carbon atoms) can be mentioned.
  • examples thereof include (meth) acrylates having 5 to 20 alicyclic hydrocarbon groups.
  • More specific examples include, for example, (meth) acrylic acid (bicyclo [2.2.1] heptyl-2), (meth) acrylic acid-1-adamantyl, (meth) acrylic acid-2-adamantyl, (meth). ) Acrylic acid-3-methyl-1-adamantyl, (meth) acrylate-3,5-dimethyl-1-adamantyl, (meth) acrylate-3-ethyladamantyl, (meth) acrylate-3-methyl-5 -Ethyl-1-adamantyl, (meth) acrylic acid-3,5,8-triethyl-1-adamantyl, (meth) acrylic acid-3,5-dimethyl-8-ethyl-1-adamantyl, (meth) acrylic acid 2-Methyl-2-adamantyl, 2-ethyl-2-adamantyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxy-1-adamantyl (meth) acrylate, octahydr
  • (meth) acrylic acid esters (meth) acrylic acid cyclohexyl, (meth) acrylic acid (nor) boronyl, (meth) acrylic acid isobornyl, (meth) acrylic acid-1-adamantyl, (meth) acrylic acid- 2-adamantyl, fentyl (meth) acrylate, 1-mentyl (meth) acrylate, or tricyclodecane (meth) acrylate is preferred, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, (nor) bornyl, (meth) acrylate, Isobornyl (meth) acrylate, -2-adamantyl (meth) acrylate, or tricyclodecane (meth) acrylate are particularly preferred.
  • the polymer A can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • two kinds of polymer A containing a monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group may be mixed and used, or a monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group may be used.
  • the ratio of the polymer A containing the monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group to the total amount of the polymer A is preferably 50% by mass or more, preferably 70% by mass or more. It is more preferably 80% by mass or more, and more preferably 90% by mass or more.
  • a radical polymerization initiator such as benzoyl peroxide and azoisobutyronitrile is added to a solution obtained by diluting the one or more monomers described above with a solvent such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone and isopropanol. Is preferably added in an appropriate amount and heated and stirred. In some cases, a part of the mixture is added dropwise to the reaction solution for synthesis. After completion of the reaction, a solvent may be further added to adjust the concentration to a desired level.
  • a radical polymerization initiator such as benzoyl peroxide and azoisobutyronitrile is added to a solution obtained by diluting the one or more monomers described above with a solvent such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone and isopropanol. Is preferably added in an appropriate amount and heated and stirred. In some cases, a part of the mixture is added dropwise to the reaction solution for synthesis. After completion of the reaction,
  • the glass transition temperature Tg of the polymer A is preferably 30 ° C. or higher and 135 ° C. or lower.
  • the Tg of the polymer A is more preferably 130 ° C. or lower, further preferably 120 ° C. or lower, and particularly preferably 110 ° C. or lower.
  • the polymer A having a Tg of 30 ° C. or higher from the viewpoint of improving the edge fuse resistance.
  • the Tg of the polymer A is more preferably 40 ° C. or higher, further preferably 50 ° C. or higher, particularly preferably 60 ° C. or higher, and most preferably 70 ° C. or higher. ..
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain a resin other than the alkali-soluble resin.
  • Resins other than the alkali-soluble resin include acrylic resin, styrene-acrylic copolymer (however, the styrene content is 40% by mass or less), polyurethane resin, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl formal, polyamide resin, polyester resin, and polyamide. Examples thereof include resins, epoxy resins, polyacetal resins, polyhydroxystyrene resins, polyimide resins, polybenzoxazole resins, polysiloxane resins, polyethyleneimines, polyallylamines, and polyalkylene glycols.
  • the alkali-soluble resin may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the ratio of the alkali-soluble resin to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer is preferably in the range of 10% by mass to 90% by mass, more preferably 30% by mass to 70% by mass, and further preferably 40% by mass to 40% by mass. It is 60% by mass. It is preferable that the ratio of the alkali-soluble resin to the photosensitive resin layer is 90% by mass or less from the viewpoint of controlling the developing time. On the other hand, it is preferable to set the ratio of the alkali-soluble resin to the photosensitive resin layer to 10% by mass or more from the viewpoint of improving the edge fuse resistance.
  • the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a polymerizable compound.
  • the "polymerizable compound” means a compound that polymerizes under the action of a polymerization initiator described later, and is different from the above-mentioned alkali-soluble resin.
  • the polymerizable group of the polymerizable compound is not particularly limited as long as it is a group involved in the polymerization reaction, and has, for example, an ethylenically unsaturated group such as a vinyl group, an acryloyl group, a methacryloyl group, a styryl group and a maleimide group. Groups; and groups having a cationically polymerizable group such as an epoxy group and an oxetane group can be mentioned.
  • a group having an ethylenically unsaturated group is preferable, and an acryloyl group or a methacryloyl group is more preferable.
  • the polymerizable compound preferably contains an ethylenically unsaturated compound, and more preferably contains a (meth) acrylate compound.
  • An ethylenically unsaturated compound is a compound having one or more ethylenically unsaturated groups.
  • the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a bifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound as the ethylenically unsaturated compound.
  • the bifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound means a compound having two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule.
  • a (meth) acryloyl group is more preferable.
  • As the ethylenically unsaturated compound a (meth) acrylate compound is preferable.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated compound may contain a compound having two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups (polyfunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound) in one molecule because the photosensitive resin layer has better photosensitivity. preferable. Further, the number of ethylenically unsaturated groups contained in one molecule of the ethylenically unsaturated compound is preferably 6 or less, more preferably 3 or less, and 2 or less in terms of excellent resolution and peelability. More preferred.
  • the photosensitive resin layer is bifunctional or trifunctional having two or three ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule in that the photosensitive resin layer has a better balance between photosensitivity, resolution and peelability. It is preferable to contain an ethylenically unsaturated compound, and more preferably to contain a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having two ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule.
  • the content of the bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound in the photosensitive resin layer with respect to the content of the ethylenically unsaturated compound is preferably 60% by mass or more, more preferably more than 70% by mass, and more preferably 90, from the viewpoint of excellent peelability. More preferably by mass% or more.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited and may be 100% by mass. That is, all the ethylenically unsaturated compounds contained in the photosensitive resin layer may be bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds. Further, as the ethylenically unsaturated compound, a (meth) acrylate compound having a (meth) acryloyl group as a polymerizable group is preferable.
  • the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains an aromatic ring and an ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 having two ethylenically unsaturated groups.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 is a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having one or more aromatic rings in one molecule among the above-mentioned ethylenically unsaturated compounds.
  • the mass ratio of the content of the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 to the content of the ethylenically unsaturated compound in the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 40% by mass or more, preferably 50% by mass, from the viewpoint of better resolution. % Or more, more preferably 55% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 60% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of peelability, 99% by mass or less is preferable, 95% by mass or less is more preferable, 90% by mass or less is further preferable, and 85% by mass or less is particularly preferable.
  • Examples of the aromatic ring contained in the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 include an aromatic hydrocarbon ring such as a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring and an anthracene ring, a thiophene ring, a furan ring, a pyrrole ring, an imidazole ring, a triazole ring and a pyridine ring.
  • Aromatic heterocycles and fused rings thereof are mentioned, and aromatic hydrocarbon rings are preferable, and benzene rings are more preferable.
  • the aromatic ring may have a substituent.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 may have only one aromatic ring or may have two or more aromatic rings.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 preferably has a bisphenol structure from the viewpoint of improving the resolution by suppressing the swelling of the photosensitive resin layer by the developing solution.
  • the bisphenol structure include a bisphenol A structure derived from bisphenol A (2,2-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) propane) and a bisphenol derived from bisphenol F (2,2-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) methane).
  • examples thereof include an F structure and a bisphenol B structure derived from bisphenol B (2,2-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) butane), and a bisphenol A structure is preferable.
  • Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 having a bisphenol structure include a compound having a bisphenol structure and two polymerizable groups (preferably (meth) acryloyl groups) bonded to both ends of the bisphenol structure. Both ends of the bisphenol structure and the two polymerizable groups may be directly bonded or may be bonded via one or more alkyleneoxy groups. As the alkyleneoxy group added to both ends of the bisphenol structure, an ethyleneoxy group or a propyleneoxy group is preferable, and an ethyleneoxy group is more preferable.
  • the number of alkyleneoxy groups added to the bisphenol structure is not particularly limited, but is preferably 4 to 16 per molecule, more preferably 6 to 14.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 having a bisphenol structure is described in paragraphs 0072 to 0080 of JP-A-2016-224162, and the contents described in this publication are incorporated in the present specification.
  • ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having a bisphenol A structure is preferable, and 2,2-bis (4-((meth) acryloxypolyalkoxy) phenyl) propane is more preferable.
  • 2,2-bis (4-((meth) acryloxypolyalkoxy) phenyl) propane examples include 2,2-bis (4- (methacryloxydiethoxy) phenyl) propane (FA-324M, Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.).
  • ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 a compound represented by the following formula (Bis) can be used.
  • R 1 and R 2 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • A is C 2 H 4
  • B is C 3 H 6
  • n 1 and n 3 are independent, respectively.
  • n 1 + n 3 is an integer of 1 to 39
  • n 1 + n 3 is an integer of 2 to 40
  • n 2 and n 4 are independently integers of 0 to 29, and n 2 + n 4 is an integer of 0 to 40.
  • n 1 + n 2 + n 3 + n 4 is preferably an integer of 2 to 20, more preferably an integer of 2 to 16, and even more preferably an integer of 4 to 12. Further, n 2 + n 4 is preferably an integer of 0 to 10, more preferably an integer of 0 to 4, further preferably an integer of 0 to 2, and particularly preferably 0.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 in the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 20% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer, from the viewpoint of better resolution.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 70% by mass or less, more preferably 60% by mass or less, from the viewpoint of transferability and edge fusion (a phenomenon in which the components in the photosensitive resin layer exude from the edges of the photosensitive transfer material). preferable.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain an ethylenically unsaturated compound other than the above-mentioned ethylenically unsaturated compound B1.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated compound other than the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected from known compounds.
  • a compound having one ethylenically unsaturated group in one molecule (monofunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound), a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having no aromatic ring, and a trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compound. Examples include compounds.
  • Examples of the monofunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound include ethyl (meth) acrylate, ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, 2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl succinate, polyethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, and polypropylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate. , And phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate.
  • Examples of the bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having no aromatic ring include alkylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, polyalkylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, urethane di (meth) acrylate, and trimethylolpropane diacrylate. Be done.
  • Examples of the alkylene glycol di (meth) acrylate include tricyclodecanedimethanol diacrylate (A-DCP, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and tricyclodecanedimethanol dimethacrylate (DCP, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.).
  • 1,9-Nonandiol diacrylate (A-NOD-N, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate (A-HD-N, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
  • Ethylene glycol dimethacrylate 1,10-decanediol diacrylate
  • neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate examples of the polyalkylene glycol di (meth) acrylate include polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, dipropylene glycol diacrylate, tripropylene glycol diacrylate, and polypropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate.
  • Examples of the urethane di (meth) acrylate include propylene oxide-modified urethane di (meth) acrylate, and ethylene oxide and propylene oxide-modified urethane di (meth) acrylate.
  • Examples of commercially available products include 8UX-015A (manufactured by Taisei Fine Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), UA-32P (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), and UA-1100H (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.). Can be mentioned.
  • Examples of the trifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound include dipentaerythritol (tri / tetra / penta / hexa) (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol (tri / tetra) (meth) acrylate, and trimethylolpropane tri (meth).
  • Examples thereof include acrylates, trimethylolpropane tetra (meth) acrylates, trimethylolethanetri (meth) acrylates, isocyanuric acid tri (meth) acrylates, glycerintri (meth) acrylates, and alkylene oxide modifications thereof.
  • (tri / tetra / penta / hexa) (meth) acrylate) is a concept including tri (meth) acrylate, tetra (meth) acrylate, penta (meth) acrylate, and hexa (meth) acrylate.
  • (Tri / tetra) (meth) acrylate” is a concept that includes tri (meth) acrylate and tetra (meth) acrylate.
  • the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains the above-mentioned ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 and a trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compound, and the above-mentioned ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 and two or more trifunctional or higher. It is more preferable to contain the ethylenically unsaturated compound of.
  • the mass ratio of the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 to the trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compound is (total mass of the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1): (total mass of the trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compound).
  • the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains the above-mentioned ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 and two or more trifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds.
  • alkylene oxide-modified product of the trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compound examples include caprolactone-modified (meth) acrylate compound (KAYARAD (registered trademark) DPCA-20 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. and A manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. -9300-1CL, etc.), alkylene oxide-modified (meth) acrylate compound (KAYARAD RP-1040 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., ATM-35E and A-9300 manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., EBECRYL manufactured by Daicel Ornex Co., Ltd.
  • KAYARAD registered trademark
  • DPCA-20 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. and A manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. -9300-1CL, etc.
  • alkylene oxide-modified (meth) acrylate compound alkylene oxide-modified (meth) acrylate compound (KA
  • the ethylenically unsaturated compound other than the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 the ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group described in paragraphs 0025 to 0030 of JP-A-2004-239942 may be used.
  • the value of the ratio Mm / Mb of the content Mm of the ethylenically unsaturated compound and the content Mb of the alkali-soluble resin in the photosensitive resin layer may be 1.0 or less from the viewpoint of resolution and linearity. It is more preferably 0.9 or less, and particularly preferably 0.5 or more and 0.9 or less.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated compound in the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a (meth) acrylic compound from the viewpoint of curability and resolvability.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated compound in the photosensitive resin layer contains a (meth) acrylic compound from the viewpoint of curability, resolution and linearity, and the (meth) acrylic compound contained in the photosensitive resin layer. It is more preferable that the content of the acrylic compound with respect to the total mass is 60% by mass or less.
  • the molecular weight (weight average molecular weight (Mw) when having a distribution) of the ethylenically unsaturated compound containing the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 is preferably 200 to 3,000, more preferably 280 to 2,200, and 300. -2,200 is more preferable.
  • the polymerizable compound (particularly, the ethylenically unsaturated compound) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the polymerizable compound (particularly, the ethylenically unsaturated compound) in the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 10% by mass to 70% by mass, preferably 20% by mass to 60% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. More preferably, 20% by mass to 50% by mass is further preferable.
  • the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a photopolymerization initiator.
  • the photopolymerization initiator is a compound that initiates the polymerization of an ethylenically unsaturated compound by receiving active light such as ultraviolet rays, visible light and X-rays.
  • the photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited, and a known photopolymerization initiator can be used. Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include a photoradical polymerization initiator and a photocationic polymerization initiator, and a photoradical polymerization initiator is preferable.
  • Examples of the photoradical polymerization initiator include a photopolymerization initiator having an oxime ester structure, a photopolymerization initiator having an ⁇ -aminoalkylphenone structure, a photopolymerization initiator having an ⁇ -hydroxyalkylphenone structure, and an acylphosphine oxide. Examples thereof include a photopolymerization initiator having a structure, a photopolymerization initiator having an N-phenylglycine structure, and a biimidazole compound.
  • the photoradical polymerization initiator for example, the polymerization initiator described in paragraphs 0031 to 0042 of JP-A-2011-95716 and paragraphs 0064-0081 of JP-A-2015-14783 may be used.
  • photoradical polymerization initiator examples include ethyl dimethylaminobenzoate (DBE, CAS No. 10287-53-3), benzoin methyl ether, anisyl (p, p'-dimethoxybenzyl), and TAZ-110 (trade name:).
  • photoradical polymerization initiators examples include 1- [4- (phenylthio) phenyl] -1,2-octanedione-2- (O-benzoyloxime) (trade name: IRGACURE (registered trademark) OXE-.
  • the photocationic polymerization initiator is a compound that generates an acid by receiving active light rays.
  • a compound that is sensitive to active light having a wavelength of 300 nm or more, preferably a wavelength of 300 to 450 nm and generates an acid is preferable, but its chemical structure is not limited.
  • a photocationic polymerization initiator that is not directly sensitive to active light with a wavelength of 300 nm or more is also a sensitizer if it is a compound that is sensitive to active light with a wavelength of 300 nm or more and generates an acid when used in combination with a sensitizer. Can be preferably used in combination with.
  • a photocationic polymerization initiator that generates an acid having a pKa of 4 or less is preferable, a photocationic polymerization initiator that generates an acid having a pKa of 3 or less is more preferable, and an acid having a pKa of 2 or less is used.
  • the generated photocationic polymerization initiator is particularly preferred.
  • the lower limit of pKa is not particularly defined, but is preferably -10.0 or higher, for example.
  • Examples of the photocationic polymerization initiator include an ionic photocationic polymerization initiator and a nonionic photocationic polymerization initiator.
  • Examples of the ionic photocationic polymerization initiator include onium salt compounds such as diaryliodonium salts and triarylsulfonium salts, and quaternary ammonium salts.
  • the ionic photocationic polymerization initiator described in paragraphs 0114 to 0133 of JP-A-2014-85643 may be used.
  • nonionic photocationic polymerization initiator examples include trichloromethyl-s-triazines, diazomethane compounds, imide sulfonate compounds, and oxime sulfonate compounds.
  • trichloromethyl-s-triazines the diazomethane compound and the imide sulfonate compound
  • the compounds described in paragraphs 0083 to 886 of JP-A-2011-22149 may be used.
  • the oxime sulfonate compound the compound described in paragraphs 0084 to 0088 of International Publication No. 2018/179640 may be used.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain one type of photopolymerization initiator alone or two or more types.
  • the content of the photopolymerization initiator in the photosensitive resin layer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1% by mass or more, more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. 0% by mass or more is more preferable.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer.
  • the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a dye from the viewpoints of visibility of the exposed and non-exposed areas, pattern visibility after development, and resolution, and the maximum in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 780 nm at the time of color development. It is more preferable to contain a dye having an absorption wavelength of 450 nm or more and whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by an acid, a base, or a radical (also referred to simply as “dye N”). When the dye N is contained, the detailed mechanism is unknown, but the adhesion to the adjacent layer (for example, the temporary support and other adjacent layers) is improved, and the resolution is more excellent.
  • the term "the maximum absorption wavelength is changed by an acid, a base or a radical” means that the dye in a color-developing state is decolorized by an acid, a base or a radical, and the dye in a decolorized state is an acid. It may mean any aspect of a mode in which a color is developed by a base or a radical, or a mode in which a dye in a color-developing state changes to a color-developing state of another hue.
  • the dye N may be a compound that changes its color from the decolorized state by exposure and may be a compound that changes its color from the decolorized state by exposure.
  • it may be a dye whose color development or decolorization state is changed by the acid, base or radical generated and acted on in the photosensitive resin layer by exposure, and the state in the photosensitive resin layer by the acid, base or radical. It may be a dye whose color development or decolorization state changes by changing (for example, pH). Further, it may be a dye that changes its color development or decolorization state by directly receiving an acid, a base or a radical as a stimulus without going through exposure.
  • the dye N is preferably a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by an acid or a radical, and more preferably a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by a radical, from the viewpoint of visibility and resolution of an exposed portion and a non-exposed portion.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain both a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by radicals as dye N and a photoradical polymerization initiator from the viewpoint of visibility and resolution of exposed and unexposed parts. preferable.
  • the dye N is preferably a dye that develops color by an acid, a base, or a radical.
  • a photoradical polymerization initiator, a photocationic polymerization initiator (photoacid generator) or a photobase generator is added to the photosensitive resin layer, and photoradical polymerization is performed after exposure.
  • a radical-reactive dye, an acid-reactive dye or a base-reactive dye for example, a leuco dye
  • a radical-reactive dye, an acid-reactive dye or a base-reactive dye for example, a leuco dye
  • the dye N preferably has a maximum absorption wavelength of 550 nm or more in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 780 nm at the time of color development, more preferably 550 nm to 700 nm. It is more preferably ⁇ 650 nm. Further, the dye N may have only one maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 780 nm at the time of color development, or may have two or more. When the dye N has two or more maximum absorption wavelengths in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 780 nm at the time of color development, the maximum absorption wavelength having the highest absorbance among the two or more maximum absorption wavelengths may be 450 nm or more.
  • the maximum absorption wavelength of the dye N is transmitted through a solution containing the dye N (liquid temperature 25 ° C.) in the range of 400 nm to 780 nm using a spectrophotometer: UV3100 (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation) in an atmospheric atmosphere. It is obtained by measuring the spectrum and detecting the wavelength at which the light intensity becomes the minimum (maximum absorption wavelength).
  • Examples of the dye that develops or decolorizes by exposure include leuco compounds.
  • Examples of the dye to be decolorized by exposure include leuco compounds, diarylmethane dyes, oxadin dyes, xanthene dyes, iminonaphthoquinone dyes, azomethine dyes and anthraquinone dyes.
  • As the dye N a leuco compound is preferable from the viewpoint of visibility of the exposed portion and the non-exposed portion.
  • the leuco compound examples include a leuco compound having a triarylmethane skeleton (triarylmethane dye), a leuco compound having a spiropyran skeleton (spiropylan dye), a leuco compound having a fluorane skeleton (fluorane dye), and a diarylmethane skeleton.
  • leuco compounds leuco auramine-based dyes
  • triarylmethane-based dyes or fluorane-based dyes are preferable, and leuco compounds (triphenylmethane-based dyes) or fluorane-based dyes having a triphenylmethane skeleton are more preferable.
  • the leuco compound preferably has a lactone ring, a surujin ring, or a sultone ring from the viewpoint of visibility of the exposed portion and the non-exposed portion.
  • the lactone ring, sultin ring, or sulton ring of the leuco compound is reacted with the radical generated from the photoradical polymerization initiator or the acid generated from the photocationic polymerization initiator to change the leuco compound into a closed ring state.
  • the color can be decolorized or the leuco compound can be changed to an open ring state to develop a color.
  • the leuco compound has a lactone ring, a sultone ring or a sultone ring, and a compound in which the lactone ring, the sultone ring or the sultone ring is opened by a radical or an acid to develop color is preferable, and the compound has a lactone ring and is formed by a radical or an acid.
  • a compound in which the lactone ring is opened to develop color is more preferable.
  • dye N examples include the following dyes and leuco compounds. Specific examples of dyes among dyes N include Brilliant Green, Ethyl Violet, Methyl Green, Crystal Violet, Basic Fuxin, Methyl Violet 2B, Kinaldine Red, Rose Bengal, Metanyl Yellow, Timor Sulfophthalein, Xylenol Blue, and Methyl.
  • leuco compound among the dyes N include p, p', p "-hexamethyltriaminotriphenylmethane (leucocrystal violet), Pergascript Blue SRB (manufactured by Ciba Geigy), crystal violet lactone, and malakite green lactone.
  • the dye N is preferably a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by radicals from the viewpoints of visibility of exposed and unexposed areas, pattern visibility after development, and resolution, and is a dye that develops color by radicals. Is more preferable.
  • As the dye N leuco crystal violet, crystal violet lactone, brilliant green, or Victoria pure blue-naphthalene sulfonate is preferable.
  • the dye may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the dye is preferably 0.1% by mass or more with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer from the viewpoints of visibility of the exposed and non-exposed areas, pattern visibility after development, and resolution. , 0.1% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.1% by mass to 5% by mass, and particularly preferably 0.1% by mass to 1% by mass.
  • the content of the dye N is 0.1% by mass with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer from the viewpoints of visibility of the exposed portion and the non-exposed portion, pattern visibility after development, and resolution.
  • the above is preferable, 0.1% by mass to 10% by mass is more preferable, 0.1% by mass to 5% by mass is further preferable, and 0.1% by mass to 1% by mass is particularly preferable.
  • the content of the dye N means the content of the dye when all of the dye N contained in the photosensitive resin layer is in a colored state.
  • a method for quantifying the content of dye N will be described by taking a dye that develops color by radicals as an example. Two kinds of solutions in which 0.001 g or 0.01 g of the dye is dissolved in 100 mL of methyl ethyl ketone are prepared. Irgacure OXE01 (trade name, BASF Japan, Inc.), a photoradical polymerization initiator, is added to each of the obtained solutions, and radicals are generated by irradiating with light of 365 nm to bring all the dyes into a colored state.
  • the absorbance of each solution having a liquid temperature of 25 ° C. is measured using a spectrophotometer (UV3100, manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation), and a calibration curve is prepared.
  • UV3100 UV3100, manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation
  • the absorbance of the solution in which all the dyes are developed is measured by the same method as above except that 3 g of the photosensitive resin layer is dissolved in methyl ethyl ketone instead of the dye. From the absorbance of the obtained solution containing the photosensitive resin layer, the content of the dye contained in the photosensitive resin layer is calculated based on the calibration curve.
  • the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a heat-crosslinkable compound from the viewpoint of the strength of the obtained cured film and the adhesiveness of the obtained uncured film.
  • the thermally crosslinkable compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group described later is not treated as a polymerizable compound, but is treated as a thermally crosslinkable compound.
  • the heat-crosslinkable compound include a methylol compound and a blocked isocyanate compound. Of these, a blocked isocyanate compound is preferable from the viewpoint of the strength of the obtained cured film and the adhesiveness of the obtained uncured film.
  • the blocked isocyanate compound reacts with a hydroxy group and a carboxy group, for example, when the resin and / or the polymerizable compound has at least one of the hydroxy group and the carboxy group, the hydrophilicity of the formed film decreases.
  • the blocked isocyanate compound refers to "a compound having a structure in which the isocyanate group of isocyanate is protected (so-called masked) with a blocking agent".
  • the dissociation temperature of the blocked isocyanate compound is not particularly limited, but is preferably 100 ° C to 160 ° C, more preferably 130 ° C to 150 ° C.
  • the dissociation temperature of the blocked isocyanate means "the temperature of the endothermic peak associated with the deprotection reaction of the blocked isocyanate when measured by DSC (Differential scanning calorimetry) analysis using a differential scanning calorimeter".
  • DSC Different scanning calorimeter
  • a differential scanning calorimeter model: DSC6200 manufactured by Seiko Instruments, Inc. can be preferably used.
  • the differential scanning calorimeter is not limited to this.
  • the blocking agent having a dissociation temperature of 100 ° C. to 160 ° C. examples include active methylene compounds [malonic acid diester (dimethyl malonate, diethyl malonate, din-butyl malonate, di2-ethylhexyl malonic acid, etc.)] and oxime compounds.
  • the blocking agent having a dissociation temperature of 100 ° C. to 160 ° C. preferably contains, for example, an oxime compound from the viewpoint of storage stability.
  • the blocked isocyanate compound preferably has an isocyanurate structure, for example, from the viewpoint of improving the brittleness of the membrane and improving the adhesion to the transferred body.
  • the blocked isocyanate compound having an isocyanurate structure can be obtained, for example, by subjecting hexamethylene diisocyanate to isocyanurate to protect it.
  • the compound having an oxime structure using an oxime compound as a blocking agent is easier to set the dissociation temperature in a preferable range and reduces the development residue than the compound having no oxime structure. It is preferable from the viewpoint of ease.
  • the blocked isocyanate compound may have a polymerizable group.
  • the polymerizable group is not particularly limited, and a known polymerizable group can be used, and a radically polymerizable group is preferable.
  • the polymerizable group include an ethylenically unsaturated group such as a (meth) acryloxy group, a (meth) acrylamide group and a styryl group, and a group having an epoxy group such as a glycidyl group.
  • an ethylenically unsaturated group is preferable, a (meth) acryloxy group is more preferable, and an acryloxy group is further preferable.
  • blocked isocyanate compound a commercially available product can be used.
  • examples of commercially available blocked isocyanate compounds include Karenz (registered trademark) AOI-BM, Karenz (registered trademark) MOI-BM, Karenz (registered trademark) MOI-BP (all manufactured by Showa Denko KK), and blocks.
  • examples thereof include the Duranate series of molds (for example, Duranate (registered trademark) TPA-B80E, Duranate (registered trademark) WT32-B75P, etc., manufactured by Asahi Kasei Chemicals Co., Ltd.).
  • the blocked isocyanate compound a compound having the following structure can also be used.
  • the heat-crosslinkable compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the heat-crosslinkable compound is preferably 1% by mass to 50% by mass, preferably 5% by mass to 30% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. Is more preferable.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain components other than the above-mentioned alkali-soluble resin, ethylenically unsaturated compound, photopolymerization initiator, dye, and heat-crosslinkable compound.
  • the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a surfactant from the viewpoint of thickness uniformity.
  • the surfactant include anionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, nonionic (nonionic) surfactants, and amphoteric surfactants, and nonionic surfactants are preferable.
  • the surfactant include paragraphs 0017 of Japanese Patent No. 4502784 and paragraphs 0060 to 0071 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-237362.
  • a fluorine-based surfactant or a silicone-based surfactant is preferable.
  • Commercially available products of fluorine-based surfactants include, for example, Megafuck (trade names) F-171, F-172, F-173, F-176, F-177, F-141, F-142, F-143.
  • the fluorine-based surfactant has a molecular structure having a functional group containing a fluorine atom, and an acrylic compound in which a portion of the functional group containing a fluorine atom is cut off and the fluorine atom volatilizes when heat is applied. Can be suitably used.
  • Megafuck (trade name) DS series manufactured by DIC Corporation (The Chemical Daily (February 22, 2016), Nikkei Sangyo Shimbun (February 23, 2016))
  • Megafuck (trade name) DS-21 can be mentioned.
  • the fluorine-based surfactant it is also preferable to use a polymer of a fluorine atom-containing vinyl ether compound having a fluorinated alkyl group or a fluorinated alkylene ether group and a hydrophilic vinyl ether compound.
  • a block polymer can also be used.
  • the fluorine-based surfactant has a structural unit derived from a (meth) acrylate compound having a fluorine atom and 2 or more (preferably 5 or more) alkyleneoxy groups (preferably ethyleneoxy groups and propyleneoxy groups) (meth).
  • a fluorine-containing polymer compound containing a structural unit derived from an acrylate compound can also be preferably used.
  • fluorine-based surfactant a fluorine-containing polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain can also be used. Megafuck (trade name) RS-101, RS-102, RS-718K, RS-72-K (all manufactured by DIC Corporation) and the like can be mentioned.
  • Nonionic surfactants include glycerol, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane and their ethoxylates and propoxylates (eg, glycerol propoxylate, glycerol ethoxylate, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ethers, polyoxyethylene stearyl ethers, etc.
  • fluorine-based surfactant from the viewpoint of improving environmental suitability, compounds having a linear perfluoroalkyl group having 7 or more carbon atoms, such as perfluorooctanoic acid (PFOA) and perfluorooctanesulfonic acid (PFOS), may be used. It is preferably a surfactant derived from an alternative material.
  • PFOA perfluorooctanoic acid
  • PFOS perfluorooctanesulfonic acid
  • silicone-based surfactant examples include a linear polymer composed of a siloxane bond and a modified siloxane polymer having an organic group introduced into a side chain or a terminal.
  • Specific examples of the silicone-based surfactant include EXP. S-309-2, EXP. S-315, EXP. S-503-2, EXP.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain one type of surfactant alone or two or more types.
  • the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.001% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01% by mass to 3% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain known additives, if necessary.
  • the additive include a polymerization inhibitor, a sensitizer, a plasticizer, a heterocyclic compound, benzotriazoles, carboxybenzotriazoles, pyridines (isonicotinamide, etc.), purine bases (adenine, etc.), and a solvent.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain one type of each additive alone, or may contain two or more types of each additive.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain a polymerization inhibitor.
  • a radical polymerization inhibitor is preferable.
  • the polymerization inhibitor include the thermal polymerization inhibitor described in paragraph 0018 of Japanese Patent No. 4502784. Of these, phenothiazine, phenoxazine or 4-methoxyphenol is preferable.
  • other polymerization inhibitors include naphthylamine, cuprous chloride, nitrosophenylhydroxyamine aluminum salt, diphenylnitrosamine and the like. It is preferable to use a nitrosophenylhydroxyamine aluminum salt as a polymerization inhibitor so as not to impair the sensitivity of the photosensitive resin composition.
  • benzotriazoles include 1,2,3-benzotriazole, 1-chloro-1,2,3-benzotriazole, bis (N-2-ethylhexyl) aminomethylene-1,2,3-benzotriazole, and the like. Examples thereof include bis (N-2-ethylhexyl) aminomethylene-1,2,3-triltriazole, bis (N-2-hydroxyethyl) aminomethylene-1,2,3-benzotriazole and the like.
  • carboxybenzotriazoles examples include 4-carboxy-1,2,3-benzotriazole, 5-carboxy-1,2,3-benzotriazole, and N- (N, N-di-2-ethylhexyl) aminomethylene. Examples thereof include carboxybenzotriazole, N- (N, N-di-2-hydroxyethyl) aminomethylenecarboxybenzotriazole, N- (N, N-di-2-ethylhexyl) aminoethylenecarboxybenzotriazole and the like.
  • a commercially available product such as CBT-1 (manufactured by Johoku Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., trade name) can be used.
  • the total content of the polymerization inhibitor, benzotriazols, and carboxybenzotriazols is preferably 0.01% by mass to 3% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. It is more preferably 05% by mass to 1% by mass. It is preferable that the content is 0.01% by mass or more from the viewpoint of imparting storage stability to the photosensitive resin composition. On the other hand, it is preferable to set the content to 3% by mass or less from the viewpoint of maintaining the sensitivity and suppressing the decolorization of the dye.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain a sensitizer.
  • the sensitizer is not particularly limited, and known sensitizers, dyes and pigments can be used.
  • Examples of the sensitizer include dialkylaminobenzophenone compounds, pyrazoline compounds, anthracene compounds, coumarin compounds, xanthone compounds, thioxanthone compounds, acridone compounds, oxazole compounds, benzoxazole compounds, thiazole compounds, benzothiazole compounds, and triazole compounds (for example,). 1,2,4-triazole), stylben compounds, triazine compounds, thiophene compounds, naphthalimide compounds, triarylamine compounds, and aminoacridin compounds.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain one type of sensitizer alone, or may contain two or more types of sensitizer.
  • the content of the sensitizer can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose, but from the viewpoint of improving the sensitivity to the light source and improving the curing rate by balancing the polymerization rate and the chain transfer. Therefore, 0.01% by mass to 5% by mass is preferable, and 0.05% by mass to 1% by mass is more preferable with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain at least one selected from the group consisting of a plasticizer and a heterocyclic compound.
  • a plasticizer and a heterocyclic compound include the compounds described in paragraphs 097 to 0103 and 0111 to 0118 of International Publication No. 2018/179640.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain a solvent.
  • the solvent may remain in the photosensitive resin layer.
  • the photosensitive resin layer includes metal oxide particles, antioxidants, dispersants, acid growth agents, development accelerators, conductive fibers, thermal radical polymerization initiators, thermal acid generators, ultraviolet absorbers, and thickeners. , Cross-linking agents, and known additives such as organic or inorganic anti-precipitation agents may be further contained. Additives contained in the photosensitive resin layer are described in paragraphs 0165 to 0184 of JP-A-2014-85643, and the contents of this publication are incorporated in the present specification.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain a predetermined amount of impurities.
  • impurities include sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, iron, manganese, copper, aluminum, titanium, chromium, cobalt, nickel, zinc, tin, halogen and ions thereof.
  • halide ions, sodium ions, and potassium ions are likely to be mixed as impurities, so the following content is preferable.
  • the content of impurities in the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 80 ppm or less, more preferably 10 ppm or less, still more preferably 2 ppm or less on a mass basis.
  • the content of impurities may be 1 ppb or more, or 0.1 ppm or more, on a mass basis.
  • Examples of the method for keeping impurities within the above range include selecting a raw material for the composition having a low content of impurities, preventing contamination of the photosensitive resin layer at the time of producing the photosensitive resin layer, and cleaning and removing the impurities. Be done. By such a method, the amount of impurities can be kept within the above range.
  • Impurities can be quantified by known methods such as ICP (Inductively Coupled Plasma) emission spectroscopy, atomic absorption spectroscopy, and ion chromatography.
  • ICP Inductively Coupled Plasma
  • the content of compounds such as benzene, formaldehyde, trichlorethylene, 1,3-butadiene, carbon tetrachloride, chloroform, N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide, and hexane in the photosensitive resin layer may be low. preferable.
  • the content of these compounds with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 100 ppm or less, more preferably 20 ppm or less, still more preferably 4 ppm or less on a mass basis.
  • the lower limit can be 10 ppb or more and 100 ppb or more with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer on a mass basis.
  • the content of these compounds can be suppressed in the same manner as the above-mentioned metal impurities. Further, it can be quantified by a known measurement method.
  • the water content in the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 0.01% by mass to 1.0% by mass, more preferably 0.05% by mass to 0.5% by mass, from the viewpoint of improving reliability and laminating property. ..
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain a residual monomer corresponding to each structural unit of the alkali-soluble resin described above.
  • the content of the residual monomer is preferably 5,000 mass ppm or less, more preferably 2,000 mass ppm or less, and 500 mass ppm or less with respect to the total mass of the alkali-soluble resin from the viewpoint of patterning property and reliability. Is more preferable.
  • the lower limit is not particularly limited, but 1 mass ppm or more is preferable, and 10 mass ppm or more is more preferable.
  • the residual monomer of each structural unit of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 3,000 mass ppm or less, more preferably 600 mass ppm or less, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer from the viewpoint of patterning property and reliability. , 100 mass ppm or less is more preferable.
  • the lower limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1 mass ppm or more, and more preferably 1 mass ppm or more.
  • the amount of residual monomer of the monomer when synthesizing the alkali-soluble resin by the polymer reaction is also preferably in the above range.
  • the content of glycidyl acrylate is preferably in the above range.
  • the amount of the residual monomer can be measured by a known method such as liquid chromatography and gas chromatography.
  • the thickness of the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m to 300 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.2 ⁇ m to 100 ⁇ m, further preferably 0.5 ⁇ m to 50 ⁇ m, further preferably 0.5 ⁇ m to 15 ⁇ m, and even more preferably 0.5 ⁇ m to 10 ⁇ m. Is particularly preferable, and 0.5 ⁇ m to 8 ⁇ m is most preferable. As a result, the developability of the photosensitive resin layer is improved, and the resolvability can be improved. Further, in one embodiment, 0.5 ⁇ m to 5 ⁇ m is preferable, 0.5 ⁇ m to 4 ⁇ m is more preferable, and 0.5 ⁇ m to 3 ⁇ m is further preferable.
  • the layer thickness of the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 10 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 8 ⁇ m or less, from the viewpoint of resolvability.
  • the layer thickness of each layer of the photosensitive transfer material is based on the observation image obtained by observing the cross section in the direction perpendicular to the main surface of the photosensitive transfer material with a scanning electron microscope (SEM). It is measured by measuring the thickness of each layer at 10 points or more and calculating the average value thereof.
  • the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 365 nm in the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 10% or more, preferably 30% or more, and more preferably 50% or more.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 99.9% or less.
  • the method for forming the photosensitive resin layer is not particularly limited as long as it is a method capable of forming a layer containing the above components.
  • a method for forming the photosensitive resin layer for example, a photosensitive resin composition containing an alkali-soluble resin, an ethylenically unsaturated compound, a photopolymerization initiator, a solvent and the like is prepared, and the surface of the temporary support or the like is photosensitive. Examples thereof include a method of applying the resin composition and drying the coating film of the photosensitive resin composition to form the resin composition.
  • Examples of the photosensitive resin composition used for forming the photosensitive resin layer include a composition containing an alkali-soluble resin, an ethylenically unsaturated compound, a photopolymerization initiator, the above-mentioned optional components and a solvent.
  • the photosensitive resin composition preferably contains a solvent in order to adjust the viscosity of the photosensitive resin composition and facilitate the formation of the photosensitive resin layer.
  • the solvent contained in the photosensitive resin composition is not particularly limited as long as it can dissolve or disperse an alkali-soluble resin, an ethylenically unsaturated compound, a photopolymerization initiator and the above optional components, and a known solvent is used. can.
  • the solvent include an alkylene glycol ether solvent, an alkylene glycol ether acetate solvent, an alcohol solvent (methanol, ethanol, etc.), a ketone solvent (acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, etc.), an aromatic hydrocarbon solvent (toluene, etc.), and an aprotonic polar solvent.
  • the photosensitive resin composition is prepared from an alkylene glycol ether solvent and an alkylene glycol ether acetate solvent. It is preferable to contain at least one selected from the group.
  • a mixed solvent containing at least one selected from the group consisting of an alkylene glycol ether solvent and an alkylene glycol ether acetate solvent and at least one selected from the group consisting of a ketone solvent and a cyclic ether solvent is more preferable.
  • a mixed solvent containing at least one selected from the group consisting of a glycol ether solvent and an alkylene glycol ether acetate solvent, a ketone solvent, and at least three types of a cyclic ether solvent is more preferable.
  • alkylene glycol ether solvent examples include ethylene glycol monoalkyl ether, ethylene glycol dialkyl ether, propylene glycol monoalkyl ether, propylene glycol dialkyl ether, diethylene glycol dialkyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoalkyl ether and dipropylene glycol dialkyl ether. ..
  • alkylene glycol ether acetate solvent examples include ethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate and dipropylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate.
  • the solvent described in paragraphs 0092 to 0094 of International Publication No. 2018/179640 and the solvent described in paragraph 0014 of JP-A-2018-177789 may be used, and the contents thereof are described in the present specification. Incorporated into the book.
  • the photosensitive resin composition may contain one type of solvent alone, or may contain two or more types of solvent.
  • the content of the solvent when the photosensitive resin composition is applied is preferably 50 parts by mass to 1,900 parts by mass, preferably 100 parts by mass to 900 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content in the photosensitive resin composition. The part is more preferable.
  • the method for preparing the photosensitive resin composition is not particularly limited. For example, a solution in which each component is dissolved in the above solvent is prepared in advance, and the obtained solution is mixed at a predetermined ratio to prepare the photosensitive resin composition. There is a method of preparing.
  • the photosensitive resin composition is preferably filtered using a filter having a pore size of 0.2 ⁇ m to 30 ⁇ m before forming the photosensitive resin layer.
  • the method for applying the photosensitive resin composition is not particularly limited, and the photosensitive resin composition may be applied by a known method. Examples of the coating method include slit coating, spin coating, curtain coating and inkjet coating. Further, the photosensitive resin layer may be formed by applying the photosensitive resin composition on a protective film described later and drying it.
  • the photosensitive transfer material in the present disclosure preferably has another layer between the temporary support and the photosensitive resin layer from the viewpoint of resolution and peelability of the temporary support. ..
  • a thermoplastic resin layer, a water-soluble resin layer and the like are preferably mentioned. Above all, it is preferable to have a thermoplastic resin layer and a water-soluble resin layer as the other layers.
  • the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure may have a thermoplastic resin layer.
  • the photosensitive transfer material preferably has a thermoplastic resin layer between the temporary support and the photosensitive resin layer.
  • the photosensitive transfer material has improved followability to the adherend, and bubbles between the adherend and the photosensitive transfer material are improved. This is because the adhesion between the layers is improved as a result of suppressing the mixing.
  • the thermoplastic resin layer preferably contains an alkali-soluble resin as the thermoplastic resin.
  • alkali-soluble resin examples include acrylic resin, polystyrene resin, styrene-acrylic copolymer, polyurethane resin, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl formal, polyamide resin, polyester resin, polyamide resin, epoxy resin, polyacetal resin, and polyhydroxystyrene resin.
  • alkali-soluble resin examples include acrylic resin, polystyrene resin, styrene-acrylic copolymer, polyurethane resin, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl formal, polyamide resin, polyester resin, polyamide resin, epoxy resin, polyacetal resin, and polyhydroxystyrene resin.
  • examples thereof include polyimide resins, polybenzoxazole resins, polysiloxane resins, polyethyleneimines, polyallylamines, and polyalkylene glycols.
  • the alkali-soluble resin is preferably an acrylic resin from the viewpoint of developability and adhesion to the layer adjacent to the thermoplastic resin layer.
  • the "acrylic resin” is selected from the group consisting of a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid, a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid ester, and a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid amide. It means a resin having at least one kind.
  • the ratio of the total content of the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid, the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid ester, and the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid amide is the ratio of the total content of the acrylic resin. It is preferably 50% by mass or more with respect to the total mass.
  • the ratio of the total content of the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid and the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid ester is 30% by mass to 100% by mass with respect to the total mass of the acrylic resin. %, More preferably 50% by mass to 100% by mass.
  • the alkali-soluble resin is preferably a polymer having an acid group.
  • the acid group include a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group, and a phosphonic acid group, and a carboxy group is preferable.
  • the alkali-soluble resin is preferably an alkali-soluble resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more, and more preferably a carboxy group-containing acrylic resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more.
  • the upper limit of acid value is not limited.
  • the acid value of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 200 mgKOH / g or less, and more preferably 150 mgKOH / g or less.
  • the carboxy group-containing acrylic resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more is not limited and can be appropriately selected from known resins and used.
  • Examples of the carboxy group-containing acrylic resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more include a carboxy group-containing acrylic resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more among the polymers described in paragraph 0025 of JP-A-2011-95716.
  • a carboxy group-containing acrylic resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more can be mentioned.
  • the content ratio of the structural unit having a carboxy group in the carboxy group-containing acrylic resin is preferably 5% by mass to 50% by mass, preferably 10% by mass to 40% by mass, based on the total mass of the carboxy group-containing acrylic resin. It is more preferable to have it, and it is particularly preferable that it is 12% by mass to 30% by mass.
  • the alkali-soluble resin is particularly preferably an acrylic resin having a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid from the viewpoint of developability and adhesion to a layer adjacent to the thermoplastic resin layer.
  • the alkali-soluble resin may have a reactive group.
  • the reactive group may be, for example, a group capable of addition polymerization.
  • examples of the reactive group include an ethylenically unsaturated group, a polycondensable group (for example, a hydroxy group and a carboxy group), and a polyaddition reactive group (for example, an epoxy group and a (block) isocyanate group). Be done.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 1,000 or more, more preferably 10,000 to 100,000, and particularly preferably 20,000 to 50,000.
  • the thermoplastic resin layer may contain one kind alone or two or more kinds of alkali-soluble resins.
  • the content ratio of the alkali-soluble resin may be 10% by mass to 99% by mass with respect to the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer from the viewpoint of developability and adhesion to the layer adjacent to the thermoplastic resin layer. It is preferably 20% by mass to 90% by mass, more preferably 40% by mass to 80% by mass, and particularly preferably 50% by mass to 70% by mass.
  • the thermoplastic resin layer has a maximum absorption wavelength of 450 nm or more in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 780 nm at the time of color development, and the maximum absorption wavelength is changed by an acid, a base, or a radical (hereinafter referred to as “dye B”). In some cases), it is preferable to include.
  • the preferred embodiment of the dye B is the same as the preferred embodiment of the dye N described above, except for the points described later.
  • the dye B is preferably a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by an acid or a radical from the viewpoints of visibility of the exposed portion, visibility of the unexposed portion, and resolution, and the maximum absorption wavelength is changed by the acid. It is more preferable that the dye is a radical.
  • the thermoplastic resin layer is a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by an acid as the dye B and a compound which generates an acid by light, which will be described later, from the viewpoints of the visibility of the exposed part, the visibility of the non-exposed part, and the resolution. And, preferably.
  • the thermoplastic resin layer may contain one type alone or two or more types of dye B.
  • the content ratio of the dye B is preferably 0.2% by mass or more, preferably 0.2% by mass, based on the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer from the viewpoint of the visibility of the exposed portion and the visibility of the non-exposed portion. It is more preferably% to 6% by mass, further preferably 0.2% by mass to 5% by mass, and particularly preferably 0.25% by mass to 3.0% by mass.
  • the content ratio of the dye B means the content ratio of the dye when all of the dye B contained in the thermoplastic resin layer is in a colored state.
  • a method for quantifying the content ratio of the dye B will be described by taking a dye that develops color by radicals as an example. Two solutions are prepared by dissolving the dye (0.001 g) and the dye (0.01 g) in methyl ethyl ketone (100 mL). IRGACURE OXE-01 (BASF) is added to each of the obtained solutions as a photoradical polymerization initiator, and then radicals are generated by irradiating with light of 365 nm to bring all the dyes into a colored state.
  • IRGACURE OXE-01 BASF
  • the absorbance of each solution having a liquid temperature of 25 ° C. is measured using a spectrophotometer (UV3100, Shimadzu Corporation) to prepare a calibration curve.
  • the absorbance of the solution in which all the dyes are colored is measured by the same method as above except that the thermoplastic resin layer (0.1 g) is dissolved in methyl ethyl ketone instead of the dye. From the absorbance of the obtained solution containing the thermoplastic resin layer, the amount of the dye contained in the thermoplastic resin layer is calculated based on the calibration curve.
  • the thermoplastic resin layer may contain a compound that generates an acid, a base, or a radical by light (hereinafter, may be referred to as "compound C").
  • Compound C is preferably a compound that receives active light rays (for example, ultraviolet rays and visible light rays) to generate an acid, a base, or a radical.
  • active light rays for example, ultraviolet rays and visible light rays
  • Examples of the compound C include known photoacid generators, photobase generators, and photoradical polymerization initiators (photoradical generators).
  • Compound C is preferably a photoacid generator.
  • the thermoplastic resin layer preferably contains a photoacid generator from the viewpoint of resolution.
  • the photoacid generator include a photocationic polymerization initiator that may be contained in the negative-type photosensitive resin layer described above, and the same preferred embodiments are used except for the points described below.
  • the photoacid generator preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of onium salt compounds and oxime sulfonate compounds, and has sensitivity, resolution and adhesion. From the viewpoint, it is more preferable to contain an oxime sulfonate compound.
  • the photoacid generator is a photoacid generator having the following structure.
  • the thermoplastic resin layer may contain a photobase generator.
  • the photobase generator include 2-nitrobenzylcyclohexylcarbamate, triphenylmethanol, O-carbamoylhydroxylamide, O-carbamoyloxime, [[(2,6-dinitrobenzyl) oxy] carbonyl] cyclohexylamine, and bis [ [(2-Nitrobenzyl) Oxy] carbonyl] Hexane 1,6-diamine, 4- (methylthiobenzoyl) -1-methyl-1-morpholinoetan, (4-morpholinobenzoyl) -1-benzyl-1-dimethylaminopropane , N- (2-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl) pyrrolidine, hexaammine cobalt (III) tris (triphenylmethylborate), 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -butanone, 2,6 -Dimethyl-3
  • the thermoplastic resin layer may contain a photoradical polymerization initiator.
  • the photoradical polymerization initiator include a photoradical polymerization initiator that may be contained in the above-mentioned negative photosensitive resin layer, and the preferred embodiment is also the same.
  • the thermoplastic resin layer may contain one kind alone or two or more kinds of compound C.
  • the content ratio of the compound C is 0.1% by mass to 10% by mass with respect to the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer from the viewpoint of the visibility of the exposed portion, the visibility of the non-exposed portion, and the resolution. It is preferably 0.5% by mass to 5% by mass, and more preferably 0.5% by mass.
  • the thermoplastic resin layer preferably contains a plasticizer from the viewpoints of resolution, adhesion to a layer adjacent to the thermoplastic resin layer, and developability.
  • the molecular weight of the plasticizer (the molecular weight of the oligomer or polymer is the weight average molecular weight (Mw); the same applies hereinafter in this paragraph) is preferably smaller than the molecular weight of the alkali-soluble resin.
  • the molecular weight of the plasticizer is preferably 200 to 2,000.
  • the plasticizer is not limited as long as it is a compound that develops plasticity by being compatible with an alkali-soluble resin. From the viewpoint of imparting plasticity, the plasticizer is preferably a compound having an alkyleneoxy group in the molecule, and more preferably a polyalkylene glycol compound.
  • the alkyleneoxy group contained in the plasticizer preferably has a polyethyleneoxy structure or a polypropyleneoxy structure.
  • the plasticizer preferably contains a (meth) acrylate compound from the viewpoint of resolution and storage stability. From the viewpoint of compatibility, resolution, and adhesion to the layer adjacent to the thermoplastic resin layer, it is more preferable that the alkali-soluble resin is an acrylic resin and the plasticizer contains a (meth) acrylate compound.
  • thermoplastic resin layer and the negative type photosensitive resin layer are arranged in direct contact with each other, the thermoplastic resin layer and the negative type photosensitive resin layer are each the same (meth) acrylate compound. It is preferable to include. This is because the thermoplastic resin layer and the negative photosensitive resin layer each contain the same (meth) acrylate compound, so that the diffusion of components between the layers is suppressed and the storage stability is improved.
  • the thermoplastic resin layer contains a (meth) acrylate compound as a plasticizer
  • the (meth) acrylate compound may not polymerize even in the exposed portion after exposure from the viewpoint of adhesion to the layer adjacent to the thermoplastic resin layer. preferable.
  • the (meth) acrylate compound used as a plasticizer has two or more (meth) acrylate compounds in one molecule from the viewpoints of resolution, adhesion to a layer adjacent to the thermoplastic resin layer, and developability. It is preferably a (meth) acrylate compound having a (meth) acryloyl group.
  • the (meth) acrylate compound used as a plasticizer is preferably a (meth) acrylate compound having an acid group or a urethane (meth) acrylate compound.
  • thermoplastic resin layer may contain one type alone or two or more types of plasticizer.
  • the content ratio of the plasticizer is 1% by mass to 70% by mass with respect to the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer from the viewpoints of resolution, adhesion to the layer adjacent to the thermoplastic resin layer, and developability. It is preferably present, more preferably 10% by mass to 60% by mass, and particularly preferably 20% by mass to 50% by mass.
  • the thermoplastic resin layer preferably contains a surfactant from the viewpoint of thickness uniformity.
  • the surfactant include a surfactant that may be contained in the negative photosensitive resin layer described above, and the preferred embodiment is also the same.
  • thermoplastic resin layer may contain one type alone or two or more types of surfactants.
  • the content ratio of the surfactant is preferably 0.001% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01% by mass to 3% by mass, based on the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer.
  • the thermoplastic resin layer may contain a sensitizer.
  • the sensitizer include the sensitizer that may be contained in the negative photosensitive resin layer described above.
  • thermoplastic resin layer may contain one type alone or two or more types of sensitizers.
  • the content ratio of the sensitizer is 0.01% by mass to 5% by mass with respect to the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer from the viewpoint of improving the sensitivity to the light source, the visibility of the exposed portion, and the visibility of the non-exposed portion. %, More preferably 0.05% by mass to 1% by mass.
  • thermoplastic resin layer may contain known additives in addition to the above components, if necessary.
  • thermoplastic resin layer is described in paragraphs 0189 to 0193 of JP-A-2014-85643. The contents of the above gazette are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the thickness of the thermoplastic resin layer is not limited.
  • the average thickness of the thermoplastic resin layer is preferably 1 ⁇ m or more, and more preferably 2 ⁇ m or more, from the viewpoint of adhesion to the layer adjacent to the thermoplastic resin layer.
  • the upper limit of the average thickness of the thermoplastic resin layer is not limited. From the viewpoint of developability and resolvability, the average thickness of the thermoplastic resin layer is preferably 20 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 10 ⁇ m or less, and particularly preferably 5 ⁇ m or less.
  • the method for forming the thermoplastic resin layer is not limited as long as it is a method capable of forming a layer containing the above components.
  • Examples of the method for forming the thermoplastic resin layer include a method in which the thermoplastic resin composition is applied to the surface of the temporary support and the coating film of the thermoplastic resin composition is dried.
  • thermoplastic resin composition examples include compositions containing the above components.
  • the thermoplastic resin composition preferably contains a solvent in order to adjust the viscosity of the thermoplastic resin composition and facilitate the formation of the thermoplastic resin layer.
  • the solvent contained in the thermoplastic resin composition is not limited as long as it is a solvent capable of dissolving or dispersing the components contained in the thermoplastic resin layer.
  • the solvent include a solvent that may be contained in the above-mentioned photosensitive resin composition, and the preferred embodiment is also the same.
  • thermoplastic resin composition may contain one kind alone or two or more kinds of solvents.
  • the content ratio of the solvent in the thermoplastic resin composition is preferably 50 parts by mass to 1,900 parts by mass, and 100 parts by mass to 900 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content in the thermoplastic resin composition. It is more preferable that it is a part.
  • thermoplastic resin composition The preparation of the thermoplastic resin composition and the formation of the thermoplastic resin layer may be carried out according to the above-mentioned method for preparing the photosensitive resin composition and the method for forming the photosensitive resin layer.
  • a thermoplastic resin composition was prepared by preparing a solution in which each component contained in the thermoplastic resin layer was dissolved in a solvent in advance and mixing the obtained solutions in a predetermined ratio, and then obtained.
  • the thermoplastic resin layer can be formed by applying the thermoplastic resin composition to the surface of the temporary support and drying the coating film of the thermoplastic resin composition. Further, after forming the photosensitive resin layer on the protective film, the thermoplastic resin layer may be formed on the surface of the photosensitive resin layer.
  • the photosensitive transfer material preferably has a water-soluble resin layer between the thermoplastic resin layer and the photosensitive resin layer. According to the water-soluble resin layer, it is possible to suppress the mixing of components when forming a plurality of layers and during storage.
  • the water-soluble resin layer is preferably a water-soluble layer from the viewpoint of developability and suppressing mixing of components during application of a plurality of layers and storage after application.
  • water-soluble means that the solubility in 100 g of water having a liquid temperature of 22 ° C. and a pH of 7.0 is 0.1 g or more.
  • the water-soluble resin layer examples include an oxygen blocking layer having an oxygen blocking function, which is described as a “separation layer” in JP-A-5-72724. Since the water-soluble resin layer is an oxygen blocking layer, the sensitivity at the time of exposure is improved, the time load of the exposure machine is reduced, and as a result, the productivity is improved.
  • the oxygen blocking layer used as the water-soluble resin layer may be appropriately selected from known layers.
  • the oxygen blocking layer used as the water-soluble resin layer is preferably an oxygen blocking layer that exhibits low oxygen permeability and is dispersed or dissolved in water or an alkaline aqueous solution (1% by mass aqueous solution of sodium carbonate at 22 ° C.). ..
  • the water-soluble resin layer preferably contains a resin.
  • the resin contained in the water-soluble resin layer include polyvinyl alcohol-based resin, polyvinylpyrrolidone-based resin, cellulose-based resin, acrylamide-based resin, polyethylene oxide-based resin, gelatin, vinyl ether-based resin, polyamide resin, and their co-weight. Coalescence is mentioned.
  • the resin contained in the water-soluble resin layer is preferably a water-soluble resin.
  • the resin contained in the water-soluble resin layer is the polymer A contained in the negative photosensitive resin layer and the thermoplastic resin (alkali soluble) contained in the thermoplastic resin layer from the viewpoint of suppressing the mixing of the components between the plurality of layers. It is preferable that the resin is different from any of the resins).
  • the water-soluble resin layer preferably contains polyvinyl alcohol, and contains polyvinyl alcohol and polyvinylpyrrolidone, from the viewpoint of oxygen blocking property and suppressing mixing of components during application and storage after application. It is more preferable to include it.
  • the water-soluble resin layer may contain one kind of resin alone or two or more kinds of resins.
  • the content ratio of the resin in the water-soluble resin layer is based on the total mass of the water-soluble resin layer from the viewpoint of oxygen blocking property and suppressing mixing of components during application of a plurality of layers and storage after application. , 50% by mass to 100% by mass, more preferably 70% by mass to 100% by mass, further preferably 80% by mass to 100% by mass, and 90% by mass to 100% by mass. It is particularly preferable to have.
  • the water-soluble resin layer may contain an additive if necessary.
  • the additive include a surfactant.
  • the thickness of the water-soluble resin layer is not limited.
  • the average thickness of the water-soluble resin layer is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m to 5 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.5 ⁇ m to 3 ⁇ m.
  • the oxygen barrier property is not deteriorated, the mixing of components during formation of a plurality of layers and storage can be suppressed, and the mixing of components during development can be suppressed. It is possible to suppress an increase in the removal time of the water-soluble resin layer.
  • the method for forming the water-soluble resin layer is not limited as long as it is a method capable of forming a layer containing the above components.
  • a method for forming the water-soluble resin layer for example, the composition for the water-soluble resin layer is applied to the surface of the thermoplastic resin layer or the negative photosensitive resin layer, and then the coating film of the composition for the water-soluble resin layer is applied. There is a method of drying.
  • compositions for the water-soluble resin layer include a resin and a composition containing any additive.
  • the composition for the water-soluble resin layer preferably contains a solvent in order to adjust the viscosity of the composition for the water-soluble resin layer and facilitate the formation of the water-soluble resin layer.
  • the solvent is not limited as long as it is a solvent that can dissolve or disperse the resin.
  • the solvent is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of water and a water-miscible organic solvent, and more preferably water or a mixed solvent of water and a water-miscible organic solvent.
  • water-miscible organic solvent examples include alcohols having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, acetone, ethylene glycol, and glycerin.
  • the water-miscible organic solvent is preferably an alcohol having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and more preferably methanol or ethanol.
  • the photosensitive transfer material may include a layer other than the above-mentioned layer (hereinafter, also referred to as “other layer”).
  • other layers include a contrast enhancement layer.
  • the contrast enhancement layer is described in paragraph 0134 of WO 2018/179640. Further, the other layers are described in paragraphs 0194 to 0196 of JP-A-2014-85643. The contents of these publications are incorporated herein.
  • the total thickness of the photosensitive transfer material is preferably 5 ⁇ m to 55 ⁇ m, more preferably 10 ⁇ m to 50 ⁇ m, and particularly preferably 20 ⁇ m to 40 ⁇ m.
  • the total thickness of the photosensitive transfer material is measured by a method according to the above-mentioned method for measuring the thickness of each layer.
  • the total thickness of each layer of the photosensitive transfer material excluding the temporary support and the protective film is preferably 20 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 10 ⁇ m or less, and 8 ⁇ m or less from the viewpoint of further exerting the effect in the present disclosure. It is more preferably 2 ⁇ m or more and 8 ⁇ m or less.
  • the total thickness of the photosensitive resin layer, the water-soluble resin layer and the thermoplastic resin layer in the photosensitive transfer material is preferably 20 ⁇ m or less, preferably 10 ⁇ m or less, from the viewpoint of further exerting the effect in the present disclosure. Is more preferable, and it is more preferably 8 ⁇ m or less, and particularly preferably 2 ⁇ m or more and 8 ⁇ m or less.
  • the method for producing the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure is not particularly limited, and a known production method, for example, a known method for forming each layer can be used.
  • a method for producing a photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure will be described with reference to FIG. 1.
  • the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure is not limited to the one having the structure shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of a layer structure in one embodiment of the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure.
  • a temporary support 11 a transfer layer 12 including a thermoplastic resin layer 13, a water-soluble resin layer 15, and a photosensitive resin layer 17 and a protective film 19 are laminated in this order.
  • thermoplastic resin composition is applied to the surface of the temporary support 11 and then the coating film of the thermoplastic resin composition is dried to obtain a thermoplastic resin layer.
  • a step of applying a photosensitive resin composition containing a binder polymer and an ethylenically unsaturated compound to the surface of the water-soluble resin layer 15 and then drying the coating film of the photosensitive resin composition to form the photosensitive resin layer 16.
  • thermoplastic resin composition containing at least one selected from the group consisting of an alkylene glycol ether solvent and an alkylene glycol ether acetate solvent, and a water- and water-miscible organic solvent.
  • a photosensitive resin layer composition containing at least one of the above, and at least one selected from the group consisting of a binder polymer, an ethylenically unsaturated compound, and an alkylene glycol ether solvent and an alkylene glycol ether acetate solvent. It is preferable to use a sex resin composition.
  • the water-soluble resin layer composition is applied to the surface of the thermoplastic resin layer 13 and / or is contained in the thermoplastic resin layer 13 during the storage period of the laminate having the coating film of the water-soluble resin layer composition.
  • Mixing of the component to be made and the component contained in the water-soluble resin layer 15 can be suppressed, and the photosensitive resin composition can be applied to the surface of the water-soluble resin layer 15 and / or the photosensitive resin composition. It is possible to suppress the mixing of the component contained in the water-soluble resin layer 15 and the component contained in the photosensitive resin layer 16 during the storage period of the laminate having the coating film.
  • the photosensitive transfer material 20 is manufactured by pressing the protective film 19 onto the photosensitive resin layer 17 of the laminate manufactured by the above manufacturing method.
  • the method for producing the photosensitive transfer material used in the present disclosure includes a step of providing a protective film 19 so as to be in contact with the second surface of the photosensitive resin layer 17, whereby the temporary support 11 and the thermoplastic resin layer 13 are provided. It is preferable to manufacture the photosensitive transfer material 20 including the transfer layer 12 including the water-soluble resin layer 15 and the photosensitive resin layer 17, and the protective film 19.
  • the photosensitive transfer material 20 may be wound up to prepare and store the photosensitive transfer material in the form of a roll.
  • the photosensitive transfer material in roll form can be provided as it is in the bonding process with the substrate in the roll-to-roll method described later.
  • the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure can be suitably used for various applications requiring precision microfabrication by photolithography.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may be used as a coating for etching, or electroforming may be performed mainly by electroplating.
  • the cured film obtained by patterning may be used as a permanent film, or may be used, for example, as an interlayer insulating film, a wiring protective film, a wiring protective film having an index matching layer, or the like.
  • the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure is used in the fields of semiconductor packages, printed circuit boards, various wiring forming applications for sensor boards, touch panels, electromagnetic wave shielding materials, conductive films such as film heaters, liquid crystal sealing materials, micromachines or microelectronics. It can be suitably used for applications such as formation of a structure in.
  • the photosensitive transfer material of the first embodiment an embodiment in which the photosensitive resin layer is a colored resin layer containing a pigment is also preferably mentioned.
  • the colored resin layer is used for, for example, a liquid crystal display (LCD) and a color used for a solid-state image sensor [for example, a CCD (charge-coupled device) and a CMOS (complementary metal oxide semiconductor)]. It is suitable for forming colored pixels such as filters or a black matrix.
  • the embodiments other than the pigment in the colored resin layer are the same as those described above.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may be a colored resin layer containing a pigment.
  • liquid crystal display windows of electronic devices may be provided with a cover glass having a black frame-shaped light-shielding layer formed on the peripheral edge of the back surface of a transparent glass substrate or the like in order to protect the liquid crystal display window. be.
  • a colored resin layer can be used to form such a light-shielding layer.
  • the pigment may be appropriately selected according to the desired hue, and can be selected from black pigments, white pigments, and chromatic pigments other than black and white. Above all, when forming a black pattern, a black pigment is preferably selected as the pigment.
  • the black pigment a known black pigment (organic pigment, inorganic pigment, etc.) can be appropriately selected as long as the effect in the present disclosure is not impaired.
  • examples of the black pigment include carbon black, titanium oxide, titanium carbide, iron oxide, titanium oxide, graphite and the like, and carbon black is particularly preferable.
  • carbon black from the viewpoint of surface resistance, carbon black having at least a part of the surface coated with a resin is preferable.
  • the particle size of the black pigment is preferably 0.001 ⁇ m to 0.1 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.01 ⁇ m to 0.08 ⁇ m in terms of number average particle size.
  • the particle size refers to the diameter of the circle when the area of the pigment particles is obtained from the photographic image of the pigment particles taken with an electronic microscope and the circle having the same area as the area of the pigment particles is considered, and the number average particle size. Is an average value obtained by obtaining the above particle size for any 100 particles and averaging the obtained 100 particle sizes.
  • the white pigment described in paragraphs 0015 and 0114 of JP-A-2005-007765 can be used as the white pigment.
  • the white pigments as the inorganic pigment, titanium oxide, zinc oxide, lithopone, light calcium carbonate, white carbon, aluminum oxide, aluminum hydroxide, or barium sulfate is preferable, and titanium oxide or zinc oxide is more preferable. Titanium oxide is preferable, and titanium oxide is more preferable.
  • rutile-type or anatase-type titanium oxide is more preferable, and rutile-type titanium oxide is particularly preferable.
  • the surface of titanium oxide may be treated with silica, alumina, titania, zirconia, or an organic substance, or may be subjected to two or more treatments.
  • the catalytic activity of titanium oxide is suppressed, and heat resistance, fading and the like are improved.
  • at least one of alumina treatment and zirconia treatment is preferable as the surface treatment of the surface of titanium oxide, and both alumina treatment and zirconia treatment are particularly preferable.
  • the photosensitive resin layer is a colored resin layer
  • the photosensitive resin layer further contains a chromatic pigment other than the black pigment and the white pigment from the viewpoint of transferability.
  • a chromatic pigment is contained, the particle size of the chromatic pigment is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 0.08 ⁇ m or less, in that the dispersibility is more excellent.
  • chromatic pigments include Victoria Pure Blue BO (Color Index (hereinafter CI) 42595), Auramine (CI41000), Fat Black HB (CI26150), and Monolite.
  • Pigment Red 180 C.I. I. Pigment Red 192, C.I. I. Pigment Red 215, C.I. I. Pigment Green 7, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15: 1, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15: 4, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 22, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 60, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 64, and C.I. I. Pigment Violet 23 and the like. Above all, C.I. I. Pigment Red 177 is preferred.
  • the content of the pigment is preferably more than 3% by mass and 40% by mass or less, more preferably more than 3% by mass and 35% by mass or less, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. It is more preferably more than 5% by mass and 35% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 10% by mass or more and 35% by mass or less.
  • the content of the pigment other than the black pigment is preferably 30% by mass or less, preferably 1% by mass or more, based on the black pigment. 20% by mass is more preferable, and 3% by mass to 15% by mass is further preferable.
  • the black pigment preferably carbon black
  • the dispersion liquid may be prepared by adding a mixture obtained by premixing a black pigment and a pigment dispersant to an organic solvent (or vehicle) and dispersing it with a disperser.
  • the pigment dispersant may be selected depending on the pigment and the solvent, and for example, a commercially available dispersant can be used.
  • the vehicle refers to a portion of the medium in which the pigment is dispersed when the pigment is dispersed, and is a liquid, a binder component that holds the black pigment in a dispersed state, and a solvent component that dissolves and dilutes the binder component. (Organic solvent) and.
  • the disperser is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include known dispersers such as a kneader, a roll mill, an attritor, a super mill, a dissolver, a homomixer, and a sand mill. Further, it may be finely pulverized by mechanical grinding using frictional force.
  • disperser and fine pulverization the description of "Encyclopedia of Pigments" (Kunizo Asakura, First Edition, Asakura Shoten, 2000, 438, 310) can be referred to.
  • the photosensitive transfer material 10 shown in FIG. 2 has a temporary support 1, a transfer layer 2 including a photosensitive resin layer 3 and a refractive index adjusting layer 5, and a protective film 7 in this order. Further, the photosensitive transfer material 10 shown in FIG. 2 has a form in which the refractive index adjusting layer 5 is arranged, but the refractive index adjusting layer 5 may not be arranged.
  • each element constituting the photosensitive transfer material of the second embodiment will be described.
  • the temporary support and protective film used in the photosensitive transfer material of the second embodiment are the same as those of the temporary support and protective film in the photosensitive transfer material of the first embodiment, and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • the photosensitive transfer material has a photosensitive resin layer.
  • a pattern can be formed on the transferred object by transferring the photosensitive resin layer onto the transferred object and then exposing and developing the photosensitive resin layer.
  • the components that can be contained in the photosensitive resin layer will be described in detail.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain a binder polymer.
  • the binder polymer include (meth) acrylic resin, styrene resin, epoxy resin, amide resin, amide epoxy resin, alkyd resin, phenol resin, ester resin, urethane resin, and the reaction of epoxy resin with (meth) acrylic acid.
  • examples thereof include the obtained epoxy acrylate resin and the acid-modified epoxy acrylate resin obtained by reacting the epoxy acrylate resin with the acid anhydride.
  • the binder polymer is a (meth) acrylic resin in that it is excellent in alkali developability and film forming property.
  • the (meth) acrylic resin means a resin having a structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic compound.
  • the content of the structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic compound is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 70% by mass or more, still more preferably 90% by mass or more, based on all the structural units of the (meth) acrylic resin. ..
  • the (meth) acrylic resin may be composed of only a structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic compound, or may have a structural unit derived from a polymerizable monomer other than the (meth) acrylic compound. .. That is, the upper limit of the content of the structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic compound is 100% by mass or less with respect to all the structural units of the (meth) acrylic resin.
  • Examples of the (meth) acrylic compound include (meth) acrylic acid, (meth) acrylic acid ester, (meth) acrylamide, and (meth) acrylonitrile.
  • Examples of the (meth) acrylic acid ester include (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester, (meth) acrylic acid tetrahydrofurfuryl ester, (meth) acrylic acid dimethylaminoethyl ester, (meth) acrylic acid diethylaminoethyl ester, and (meth) acrylic acid ester.
  • Acrylic acid glycidyl ester (meth) acrylic acid benzyl ester, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl (meth) acrylate, and 2,2,3,3-tetrafluoropropyl (meth) acrylate.
  • Meta) Acrylic acid alkyl esters are preferred.
  • the (meth) acrylamide include acrylamide such as diacetone acrylamide.
  • Examples of the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester include (meth) methyl acrylate, (meth) ethyl acrylate, (meth) propyl acrylate, (meth) butyl acrylate, (meth) pentyl (meth) acrylate, and (meth).
  • (meth) acrylic acid ester a (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester having an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is preferable, and methyl (meth) acrylate or ethyl (meth) acrylate is more preferable.
  • the (meth) acrylic resin may have a structural unit other than the structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic compound.
  • the polymerizable monomer forming the structural unit is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound other than the (meth) acrylic compound that can be copolymerized with the (meth) acrylic compound, and is, for example, styrene, vinyltoluene, and ⁇ . -Styrene compounds such as methylstyrene which may have a substituent on the ⁇ -position or aromatic ring, vinyl alcohol esters such as acrylonitrile and vinyl-n-butyl ether, maleic acid, maleic acid anhydride, monomethyl maleate, maleic acid.
  • maleic acid monoesters such as monoethyl and monoisopropyl maleic acid, fumaric acid, silicic acid, ⁇ -cyanosilicic acid, itaconic acid, and crotonic acid. These polymerizable monomers may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the (meth) acrylic resin preferably has a structural unit having an acid group from the viewpoint of improving the alkali developability.
  • the acid group include a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group, and a phosphonic acid group.
  • the (meth) acrylic resin more preferably has a structural unit having a carboxy group, and further preferably has a structural unit derived from the above-mentioned (meth) acrylic acid.
  • the content of the structural unit having an acid group (preferably the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid) in the (meth) acrylic resin is excellent in developability, and is based on the total mass of the (meth) acrylic resin. 10% by mass or more is preferable.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 50% by mass or less, more preferably 40% by mass or less, in terms of excellent alkali resistance.
  • the (meth) acrylic resin has a structural unit derived from the above-mentioned (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester.
  • the content of the structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester in the (meth) acrylic resin is preferably 50% by mass to 90% by mass, preferably 60% by mass or more, based on all the structural units of the (meth) acrylic resin. 90% by mass is more preferable, and 65% by mass to 90% by mass is further preferable.
  • the (meth) acrylic resin a resin having both a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid and a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester is preferable, and the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid and the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid are preferable.
  • a resin composed only of structural units derived from the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester is more preferable.
  • an acrylic resin having a structural unit derived from methacrylic acid, a structural unit derived from methyl methacrylate, and a structural unit derived from ethyl acrylate is also preferable.
  • the (meth) acrylic resin may have at least one selected from the group consisting of a structural unit derived from methacrylic acid and a structural unit derived from a methacrylic acid alkyl ester because the effect in the present disclosure is more excellent. It is preferable to have both a structural unit derived from methacrylic acid and a structural unit derived from an alkyl methacrylate ester.
  • the total content of the constituent units derived from methacrylic acid and the constituent units derived from methacrylic acid alkyl ester in the (meth) acrylic resin is higher than that of all the constituent units of the (meth) acrylic resin because the effect in the present disclosure is more excellent. 40% by mass or more is preferable, and 60% by mass or more is more preferable.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, and may be 100% by mass or less, preferably 80% by mass or less.
  • the (meth) acrylic resin is at least one selected from the group consisting of a structural unit derived from methacrylic acid and a structural unit derived from methacrylic acid alkyl ester, and acrylic acid, because the effect in the present disclosure is more excellent. It is also preferable to have at least one selected from the group consisting of the structural unit derived from the acrylic acid alkyl ester and the structural unit derived from the acrylic acid alkyl ester. From the viewpoint of the superior effect in the present disclosure, the total content of the structural unit derived from methacrylic acid and the structural unit derived from methacrylic acid alkyl ester is the structural unit derived from acrylic acid and the structural unit derived from acrylic acid alkyl ester. The mass ratio is preferably 60/40 to 80/20 with respect to the total content of the ester.
  • the (meth) acrylic resin preferably has an ester group at the terminal in that the photosensitive resin layer after transfer is excellent in developability.
  • the terminal portion of the (meth) acrylic resin is composed of a site derived from the polymerization initiator used in the synthesis.
  • a (meth) acrylic resin having an ester group at the terminal can be synthesized by using a polymerization initiator that generates a radical having an ester group.
  • the binder polymer is preferably, for example, a binder polymer having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more from the viewpoint of developability.
  • the binder polymer is, for example, a resin having a carboxy group having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more (so-called carboxy group-containing resin) from the viewpoint that it is easily crosslinked with the crosslinked component by heating to form a strong film. More preferably, it is a (meth) acrylic resin having a carboxy group having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more (so-called carboxy group-containing (meth) acrylic resin).
  • the binder polymer is a resin having a carboxy group
  • the three-dimensional crosslink density can be increased by adding a thermally crosslinkable compound such as a blocked isocyanate compound and thermally crosslinking the binder polymer.
  • a thermally crosslinkable compound such as a blocked isocyanate compound
  • the carboxy group of the resin having a carboxy group is dehydrated and made hydrophobic, the wet heat resistance can be improved.
  • the carboxy group-containing (meth) acrylic resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more is not particularly limited as long as the above acid value conditions are satisfied, and can be appropriately selected from known (meth) acrylic resins.
  • a carboxy group-containing acrylic resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more among the polymers described in paragraphs 0025 of JP-A-2011-095716, among the polymers described in paragraphs 0033 to 0052 of JP-A-2010-237589, a carboxy group-containing acrylic resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more.
  • Acrylic resin containing a carboxy group having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more can be preferably used.
  • the binder polymer is a styrene-acrylic copolymer.
  • the styrene-acrylic copolymer refers to a resin having a structural unit derived from a styrene compound and a structural unit derived from a (meth) acrylic compound, and is a structural unit derived from the styrene compound.
  • the total content of the structural units derived from the (meth) acrylic compound is preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more, based on all the structural units of the copolymer.
  • the content of the structural unit derived from the styrene compound is preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more, and further preferably 5% by mass to 80% by mass, based on all the structural units of the copolymer. preferable.
  • the content of the structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic compound is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more, and 20% by mass to 95% by mass, based on all the structural units of the copolymer. Mass% is more preferred.
  • the binder polymer preferably has an aromatic ring structure, and more preferably has a structural unit having an aromatic ring structure, because the effect in the present disclosure is more excellent.
  • the monomer forming a structural unit having an aromatic ring structure include styrene compounds such as styrene, tert-butoxystyrene, methylstyrene, and ⁇ -methylstyrene, and benzyl (meth) acrylate. Of these, styrene compounds are preferable, and styrene is more preferable. Further, it is more preferable that the binder polymer has a structural unit (constituent unit derived from styrene) represented by the following formula (S) from the viewpoint that the effect in the present disclosure is more excellent.
  • the content of the structural unit having an aromatic ring structure is 5% by mass or more with respect to all the structural units of the binder polymer from the viewpoint of more excellent effect in the present disclosure. 90% by mass is preferable, 10% by mass to 70% by mass is preferable, and 20% by mass to 60% by mass is further preferable. Further, the content of the structural unit having an aromatic ring structure in the binder polymer is preferably 5 mol% to 70 mol%, preferably 10 mol%, based on all the structural units of the binder polymer, because the effect in the present disclosure is more excellent. It is more preferably from 60 mol%, still more preferably from 20 mol% to 60 mol%.
  • the content of the structural unit represented by the above formula (S) in the binder polymer is preferably 5 mol% to 70 mol% with respect to all the structural units of the binder polymer from the viewpoint of further excellent effects in the present disclosure. 10 mol% to 60 mol% is more preferable, 20 mol% to 60 mol% is further preferable, and 20 mol% to 50 mol% is particularly preferable.
  • the above “constituent unit” shall be synonymous with the "monomer unit”.
  • the above-mentioned "monomer unit” may be modified after polymerization by a polymer reaction or the like. The same applies to the following.
  • the binder polymer preferably has an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure because the effect in the present disclosure is more excellent. That is, the binder polymer preferably has a structural unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure.
  • the structural unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure either a monocyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon structure or a polycyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon structure can be used. Above all, it is more preferable that the binder polymer has a ring structure in which two or more aliphatic hydrocarbon rings are fused.
  • Examples of the ring constituting the aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure in the structural unit having the aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure include a tricyclodecane ring, a cyclohexane ring, a cyclopentane ring, a norbornane ring, and an isoborone ring.
  • a ring in which two or more aliphatic hydrocarbon rings are fused is preferable because the effect in the present disclosure is more excellent, and a tetrahydrodicyclopentadiene ring (tricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] decane ring) is preferable. ) Is more preferable.
  • the monomer forming a structural unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure examples include dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, and isobornyl (meth) acrylate.
  • the binder polymer more preferably has a structural unit represented by the following formula (Cy), and the structural unit represented by the above formula (S) and the following formula. It is more preferable to have a structural unit represented by (Cy).
  • RM represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • RCy represents a monovalent group having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure.
  • the RM in the formula ( Cy ) is preferably a methyl group.
  • the RCy in the formula ( Cy ) is preferably a monovalent group having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure having 5 to 20 carbon atoms, and a fat having 6 to 16 carbon atoms, because the effect in the present disclosure is more excellent. It is more preferably a monovalent group having a group hydrocarbon ring structure, and even more preferably a monovalent group having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure having 8 to 14 carbon atoms.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure in RCy of the formula ( Cy ) has a cyclopentane ring structure, a cyclohexane ring structure, a tetrahydrodicyclopentadiene ring structure, a norbornane ring structure, or a norbornane ring structure, because the effect in the present disclosure is more excellent. It is preferably an isoborone ring structure, more preferably a cyclohexane ring structure or a tetrahydrodicyclopentadiene ring structure, and even more preferably a tetrahydrodicyclopentadiene ring structure.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure in RCy of the formula ( Cy ) is preferably a ring structure in which two or more aliphatic hydrocarbon rings are fused, from the viewpoint of further excellent effect in the present disclosure. It is more preferable that the ring is a condensed ring of ⁇ 4 aliphatic hydrocarbon rings.
  • the binder polymer may have one type of structural unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure alone, or may have two or more types.
  • the content of the structural unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure is higher than that of all the structural units of the binder polymer because the effect in the present disclosure is more excellent.
  • 5% by mass to 90% by mass is preferable, 10% by mass to 80% by mass is more preferable, and 20% by mass to 70% by mass is further preferable.
  • the content of the structural unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure in the binder polymer is preferably 5 mol% to 70 mol% with respect to all the structural units of the binder polymer from the viewpoint of further excellent effects in the present disclosure. 10 mol% to 60 mol% is more preferable, and 20 mol% to 50 mol% is further preferable. Further, the content of the structural unit represented by the above formula (Cy) in the binder polymer is preferably 5 mol% to 70 mol% with respect to all the structural units of the binder polymer from the viewpoint of further excellent effects in the present disclosure. 10 mol% to 60 mol% is more preferable, and 20 mol% to 50 mol% is further preferable.
  • the binder polymer has a structural unit having an aromatic ring structure and a structural unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure
  • the total content of the structural unit having an aromatic ring structure and the structural unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure is the present. From the viewpoint of more excellent effect in the disclosure, 10% by mass to 90% by mass is preferable, 20% by mass to 80% by mass is more preferable, and 40% by mass to 75% by mass is further preferable, based on all the constituent units of the binder polymer. ..
  • the total content of the structural unit having an aromatic ring structure and the structural unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure in the binder polymer is 10 with respect to all the structural units of the binder polymer because the effect in the present disclosure is more excellent. It is preferably mol% to 80 mol%, more preferably 20 mol% to 70 mol%, still more preferably 40 mol% to 60 mol%. Further, the total contents of the structural unit represented by the above formula (S) and the structural unit represented by the above formula (Cy) in the binder polymer are all the structural units of the binder polymer from the viewpoint that the effect in the present disclosure is more excellent.
  • nS of the structural unit represented by the above formula (S) and the molar amount nCy of the structural unit represented by the above formula (Cy) in the binder polymer are more effective in the present disclosure. It is preferable to satisfy the relationship shown in the following formula (SCy), more preferably to satisfy the following formula (SCy-1), and further preferably to satisfy the following formula (SCy-2).
  • the binder polymer preferably has a structural unit having an acid group because the effect in the present disclosure is more excellent.
  • the acid group include a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a phosphonic acid group, and a phosphoric acid group, and a carboxy group is preferable.
  • the structural unit having the acid group the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid shown below is preferable, and the structural unit derived from methacrylic acid is more preferable.
  • the binder polymer may have one type of structural unit having an acid group alone or two or more types.
  • the content of the structural unit having an acid group is 5% by mass to 50% by mass with respect to all the structural units of the binder polymer because the effect in the present disclosure is more excellent.
  • % Is preferable 5% by mass to 40% by mass is more preferable, and 10% by mass to 30% by mass is further preferable.
  • the content of the constituent unit having an acid group in the binder polymer is preferably 5 mol% to 70 mol%, preferably 10 mol% to 10 mol%, based on all the constituent units of the binder polymer, from the viewpoint of further excellent effect in the present disclosure.
  • the content of the constituent unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid in the binder polymer is preferably 5 mol% to 70 mol% with respect to all the constituent units of the binder polymer from the viewpoint of further excellent effects in the present disclosure. More preferably, mol% to 50 mol%, still more preferably 20 mol% to 40 mol%.
  • the binder polymer preferably has a reactive group, and more preferably has a structural unit having a reactive group, because the effect in the present disclosure is more excellent.
  • a reactive group a radically polymerizable group is preferable, and an ethylenically unsaturated group is more preferable.
  • the binder polymer preferably has a structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain.
  • the "main chain” represents a relatively longest bond chain among the molecules of the polymer compound constituting the resin, and the "side chain” refers to an atomic group branched from the main chain. show.
  • an ethylenically unsaturated group an allyl group or a (meth) acryloxy group is more preferable.
  • structural units having a reactive group include, but are not limited to, those shown below.
  • the binder polymer may have one type of structural unit having a reactive group alone or two or more types.
  • the content of the structural unit having a reactive group is from 5% by mass to 5% by mass with respect to all the structural units of the binder polymer from the viewpoint of better effect in the present disclosure. 70% by mass is preferable, 10% by mass to 50% by mass is more preferable, and 20% by mass to 40% by mass is further preferable.
  • the content of the structural unit having a reactive group in the binder polymer is preferably 5 mol% to 70 mol%, preferably 10 mol%, based on all the structural units of the binder polymer, because the effect in the present disclosure is more excellent. It is more preferably from 60 mol%, still more preferably from 20 mol% to 50 mol%.
  • a functional group such as a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, a primary amino group, a secondary amino group, an acetoacetyl group, and a sulfo group, an epoxy compound, and a blocked isocyanate are used.
  • a functional group such as a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, a primary amino group, a secondary amino group, an acetoacetyl group, and a sulfo group, an epoxy compound, and a blocked isocyanate.
  • examples thereof include a method of reacting a compound such as a compound, an isocyanate compound, a vinyl sulfone compound, an aldehyde compound, a methylol compound, and a carboxylic acid anhydride.
  • a preferred example of a means for introducing a reactive group into a binder polymer is that a polymer having a carboxy group is synthesized by a polymerization reaction and then glycidyl (meth) acrylate is added to a part of the carboxy group of the obtained polymer by the polymer reaction.
  • a means for introducing a (meth) acryloxy group into a polymer by reacting with the polymer By this means, a binder polymer having a (meth) acryloxy group in the side chain can be obtained.
  • the polymerization reaction is preferably carried out under a temperature condition of 70 ° C. to 100 ° C., and more preferably carried out under a temperature condition of 80 ° C.
  • the polymerization initiator used in the above polymerization reaction an azo-based initiator is preferable, and for example, V-601 (trade name) or V-65 (trade name) manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd. is more preferable.
  • the polymer reaction is preferably carried out under temperature conditions of 80 ° C to 110 ° C. In the above polymer reaction, it is preferable to use a catalyst such as an ammonium salt.
  • the binder polymer the polymers shown below are preferable because the effects in the present disclosure are more excellent.
  • the content ratios (a to d) and the weight average molecular weight Mw of each structural unit shown below can be appropriately changed according to the purpose.
  • the binder polymer may contain a polymer having a structural unit having a carboxylic acid anhydride structure (hereinafter, also referred to as “polymer X”).
  • the carboxylic acid anhydride structure may be either a chain carboxylic acid anhydride structure or a cyclic carboxylic acid anhydride structure, but a cyclic carboxylic acid anhydride structure is preferable.
  • a cyclic carboxylic acid anhydride structure As the ring having a cyclic carboxylic acid anhydride structure, a 5-membered ring to a 7-membered ring is preferable, a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring is more preferable, and a 5-membered ring is further preferable.
  • the structural unit having a carboxylic acid anhydride structure is a structural unit containing a divalent group obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms from the compound represented by the following formula P-1 in the main chain, or the following formula P-1. It is preferable that the monovalent group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from the represented compound is a structural unit bonded to the main chain directly or via a divalent linking group.
  • RA1a represents a substituent
  • n1a RA1a may be the same or different
  • Examples of the substituent represented by RA1a include an alkyl group.
  • Z 1a an alkylene group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkylene group having 2 or 3 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkylene group having 2 carbon atoms is further preferable.
  • n 1a represents an integer of 0 or more.
  • Z 1a represents an alkylene group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms
  • n 1a is preferably an integer of 0 to 4, more preferably an integer of 0 to 2, and even more preferably 0.
  • a plurality of RA1a may be the same or different. Further, although a plurality of RA1a may be bonded to each other to form a ring, it is preferable that the RA1a are not bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • a structural unit derived from an unsaturated carboxylic acid anhydride is preferable, a structural unit derived from an unsaturated cyclic carboxylic acid anhydride is more preferable, and an unsaturated aliphatic cyclic carboxylic acid is preferable.
  • a structural unit derived from an acid anhydride is more preferable, a structural unit derived from maleic anhydride or an itaconic acid anhydride is particularly preferable, and a structural unit derived from maleic anhydride is most preferable.
  • Rx represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a CH 2 OH group, or CF 3 groups
  • Me represents a methyl group.
  • the structural unit having a carboxylic acid anhydride structure in the polymer X may be one kind alone or two or more kinds.
  • the total content of the structural units having a carboxylic acid anhydride structure is preferably 0 mol% to 60 mol%, more preferably 5 mol% to 40 mol%, and 10 mol% with respect to all the structural units of the polymer X. It is more preferably ⁇ 35 mol%.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain only one type of polymer X, or may contain two or more types of polymer X.
  • the content of the polymer X is 0.1% by mass to 30% by mass with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer because the effect in the present disclosure is more excellent. Is preferable, 0.2% by mass to 20% by mass is more preferable, 0.5% by mass to 20% by mass is further preferable, and 1% by mass to 20% by mass is further preferable.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the binder polymer is preferably 5,000 or more, more preferably 10,000 or more, still more preferably 10,000 to 50,000, and even more preferably 20,000, because the effect in the present disclosure is more excellent. ⁇ 30,000 is particularly preferable.
  • the acid value of the binder polymer is preferably 10 mgKOH / g to 200 mgKOH / g, more preferably 60 mgKOH / g to 200 mgKOH / g, further preferably 60 mgKOH / g to 150 mgKOH / g, and particularly preferably 60 mgKOH / g to 110 mgKOH / g.
  • the acid value of the binder polymer is a value measured according to the method described in JIS K0070: 1992.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain only one kind of binder polymer, or may contain two or more kinds of binder polymers.
  • the content of the binder polymer is preferably 10% by mass to 90% by mass, more preferably 20% by mass to 80% by mass, more preferably 30% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer, because the effect in the present disclosure is more excellent. More preferably, it is by mass to 70% by mass.
  • the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a polymerizable compound.
  • the polymerizable compound is a compound having a polymerizable group. Examples of the polymerizable group include a radically polymerizable group and a cationically polymerizable group, and a radically polymerizable group is preferable.
  • the polymerizable compound preferably contains a radically polymerizable compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “ethylenically unsaturated compound”).
  • ethylenically unsaturated compound a (meth) acryloxy group is preferable.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated compound in the present specification is a compound other than the binder polymer, and preferably has a molecular weight of less than 5,000.
  • a compound represented by the following formula (M) (simply referred to as “Compound M”) can be mentioned.
  • Q2 - R1 - Q1 formula (M) Q 1 and Q 2 each independently represent a (meth) acryloyloxy group, and R 1 represents a divalent linking group having a chain structure.
  • Q 1 and Q 2 in the formula (M) have the same group as Q 1 and Q 2 from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis. Further, Q 1 and Q 2 in the formula (M) are preferably acryloyloxy groups from the viewpoint of reactivity.
  • R1 in the formula (M) an alkylene group, an alkyleneoxyalkylene group (-L 1 -OL 1- ), or a polyalkylene oxyalkylene group (-(L)" is used because the effect in the present disclosure is more excellent.
  • a hydrocarbon group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms or a polyalkyleneoxyalkylene group is more preferable, an alkylene group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms is further preferable, and an alkylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferable. Eighteen linear alkylene groups are particularly preferred.
  • the hydrocarbon group may have a chain structure at least partially, and the portion other than the chain structure is not particularly limited, and is, for example, a branched chain, cyclic, or having 1 to 1 to carbon atoms.
  • the alkylene group is more preferable, and the linear alkylene group is further preferable.
  • the above L 1 independently represents an alkylene group, and an ethylene group, a propylene group, or a butylene group is preferable, and an ethylene group or a 1,2-propylene group is more preferable.
  • p represents an integer of 2 or more, and is preferably an integer of 2 to 10.
  • the number of atoms of the shortest connecting chain connecting Q1 and Q2 in the compound M is preferably 3 to 50, more preferably 4 to 40, because the effect in the present disclosure is more excellent. It is preferable, 6 to 20 pieces are more preferable, and 8 pieces to 12 pieces are particularly preferable.
  • "the number of atoms in the shortest connecting chain connecting between Q1 and Q2" means the atoms in R1 connected to Q1 to the atoms in R1 connected to Q2 . The shortest number of atoms.
  • the compound M examples include 1,3-butanediol di (meth) acrylate, tetramethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate, and 1,6-hexanediol di (meth) acrylate.
  • the ester monomer can also be used as a mixture.
  • 1,6-hexanediol di (meth) acrylate, 1,9-nonanediol di (meth) acrylate, and 1,10-decanediol di (meth) acrylate are more effective in the present disclosure.
  • a compound and at least one compound selected from the group consisting of 1,10-decanediol di (meth) acrylate, more preferably 1,9-nonanediol di (meth) acrylate, and 1 , 10-Decandiol di (meth) acrylate is more preferably at least one compound selected from the group consisting of acrylates.
  • a bifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound can be mentioned.
  • the term "bifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound” means a compound having two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule.
  • a (meth) acryloyl group is preferable.
  • a (meth) acrylate compound is preferable.
  • the bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected from known compounds.
  • Examples of the bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound other than the compound M include tricyclodecanedimethanol di (meth) acrylate and tricyclodecanedimenanol di (meth) acrylate.
  • NK ester A-DCP tricyclodecanedimethanol diacrylate
  • NK ester A-DCP tricyclodecanedimenanol dimethacrylate
  • NK ester DCP manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.
  • 1,9-nonanediol diacrylate (trade name: NK ester A-NOD-N, manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
  • 1,6 -Hexanediol diacrylate (trade name: NK ester A-HD-N, manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
  • the trifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected from known compounds.
  • Examples of the trifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound include dipentaerythritol (tri / tetra / penta / hexa) (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol (tri / tetra) (meth) acrylate, and trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate.
  • Examples thereof include ditrimethylolpropane tetra (meth) acrylate, isocyanuric acid (meth) acrylate, and (meth) acrylate compound having a glycerintri (meth) acrylate skeleton.
  • (tri / tetra / penta / hexa) (meth) acrylate is a concept including tri (meth) acrylate, tetra (meth) acrylate, penta (meth) acrylate, and hexa (meth) acrylate.
  • (tri / tetra) (meth) acrylate” is a concept that includes tri (meth) acrylate and tetra (meth) acrylate.
  • Examples of the polymerizable compound include caprolactone-modified compounds of (meth) acrylate compounds (KAYARAD (registered trademark) DPCA-20 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., A-9300-1CL manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., etc.), (Meta). ) Alkylene oxide-modified compound of acrylate compound (KAYARAD (registered trademark) RP-1040 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., ATM-35E, A-9300 manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., EBECRYL (registered trademark) manufactured by Daicel Ornex Co., Ltd. ) 135, etc.), ethoxylated glycerin triacrylate (NK ester A-GLY-9E, etc. manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) can also be mentioned.
  • KAYARAD registered trademark
  • DPCA-20 Alkylene oxide-modified compound of acrylate compound
  • Examples of the polymerizable compound include urethane (meth) acrylate compounds.
  • Examples of the urethane (meth) acrylate include urethane di (meth) acrylate, and examples thereof include propylene oxide-modified urethane di (meth) acrylate, and ethylene oxide and propylene oxide-modified urethane di (meth) acrylate.
  • a urethane (meth) acrylate having trifunctionality or higher can also be mentioned.
  • As the lower limit of the number of functional groups 6-functionality or more is more preferable, and 8-functionality or more is further preferable.
  • the upper limit of the number of functional groups is preferably 20 or less.
  • trifunctional or higher functional urethane (meth) acrylates examples include 8UX-015A (manufactured by Taisei Fine Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), UA-32P (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), and U-15HA (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.). ), UA-1100H (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), AH-600 (trade name) manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd., and UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, UA-510H. , And UX-5000 (both manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) and the like.
  • One of the preferred embodiments of the polymerizable compound is an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group.
  • the acid group include a phosphoric acid group, a sulfo group, and a carboxy group.
  • the carboxy group is preferable as the acid group.
  • a trifunctional to tetrafunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group [pentaerythritol tri and a tetraacrylate (PETA) skeleton introduced with a carboxy group (acid value: 80 mgKOH).
  • a pentafunctional to hexafunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group dipentaerythritol penta and hexaacrylate (DPHA) with a carboxy group introduced into the skeleton [acid value: 25 mgKOH / g] ⁇ 70 mgKOH / g)] and the like.
  • DPHA dipentaerythritol penta and hexaacrylate
  • These trifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compounds having an acid group may be used in combination with a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group, if necessary.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group at least one selected from the group consisting of a bifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound having a carboxy group and a carboxylic acid anhydride thereof is preferable.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group is at least one selected from the group consisting of a bifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound having a carboxy group and a carboxylic acid anhydride thereof, the developability and film strength are higher. It will increase.
  • the bifunctional or higher functional unsaturated compound having a carboxy group is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected from known compounds.
  • Examples of the bifunctional or higher functional unsaturated compound having a carboxy group include Aronix (registered trademark) TO-2349 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), Aronix (registered trademark) M-520 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), and the like.
  • Aronix (registered trademark) M-510 manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd. can be mentioned.
  • the polymerizable compound having an acid group described in paragraphs 0025 to 0030 of JP-A-2004-239942 is preferable, and the contents described in this publication are incorporated in the present specification. Will be.
  • Examples of the polymerizable compound include a compound obtained by reacting a polyhydric alcohol with an ⁇ , ⁇ -unsaturated carboxylic acid, a compound obtained by reacting a glycidyl group-containing compound with an ⁇ , ⁇ -unsaturated carboxylic acid, and a urethane.
  • Urethane monomers such as (meth) acrylate compounds having a bond, ⁇ -chloro- ⁇ -hydroxypropyl- ⁇ '-(meth) acryloyloxyethyl-o-phthalate, ⁇ -hydroxyethyl- ⁇ '-(meth) acryloyloxyethyl Examples thereof include phthalic acid compounds such as -o-phthalate and ⁇ -hydroxypropyl- ⁇ '-(meth) acryloyloxyethyl-o-phthalate, and (meth) acrylic acid alkyl esters. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • Examples of the compound obtained by reacting a polyvalent alcohol with an ⁇ , ⁇ -unsaturated carboxylic acid include 2,2-bis (4-((meth) acrylamide polyethoxy) phenyl) propane and 2,2-bis.
  • Bisphenol A-based (meth) acrylate compounds such as (4-((meth) acryloxypolypropoxy) phenyl) propane and 2,2-bis (4-((meth) acryloxypolyethoxypolypropoxy) phenyl) propane , Polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate having 2 to 14 ethylene oxide groups, polypropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate having 2 to 14 propylene oxide groups, and 2 to 14 ethylene oxide groups.
  • an ethylene unsaturated compound having a tetramethylolmethane structure or a trimethylolpropane structure is preferable, and tetramethylolmethanetri (meth) acrylate, tetramethylolmethanetetra (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropanetri (meth) acrylate, or dimethylolpropanetri (meth) acrylate, or di (Trimethylolpropane) Tetraacrylate is more preferred.
  • Examples of the polymerizable compound include caprolactone-modified compounds of ethylenically unsaturated compounds (for example, KAYARAD® DPCA-20 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., A-9300-1CL manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., etc.).
  • An alkylene oxide-modified compound of an ethylenically unsaturated compound for example, KAYARAD RP-1040 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., ATM-35E, A-9300 manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., EBECRYL manufactured by Daicel Ornex Co., Ltd. (registered trademark). ) 135, etc.), ethoxylated glycerin triacrylate (A-GLY-9E, etc. manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and the like.
  • a compound containing an ester bond is preferable in that the photosensitive resin layer after transfer is excellent in developability.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated compound containing an ester bond is not particularly limited as long as it contains an ester bond in the molecule, but is not ethylene-free having a tetramethylolmethane structure or a trimethylolpropane structure in that the effect in the present disclosure is excellent.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated compound includes an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an aliphatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms and the above-mentioned ethylene unsaturated compound having a tetramethylol methane structure or a trimethylol propane structure. It is preferable to contain a compound.
  • Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated compound having an aliphatic structure having 6 or more carbon atoms include 1,9-nonanediol di (meth) acrylate, 1,10-decanediol di (meth) acrylate, and tricyclodecanedimethanoldi. Examples include (meth) acrylate.
  • One of the preferred embodiments of the polymerizable compound is a polymerizable compound having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure (preferably a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound).
  • a polymerizable compound having a ring structure in which two or more aliphatic hydrocarbon rings are condensed preferably a structure selected from the group consisting of a tricyclodecane structure and a tricyclodecene structure
  • a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having a ring structure in which two or more aliphatic hydrocarbon rings are fused is more preferable, and tricyclodecanedimethanol di (meth) acrylate is further preferable.
  • a cyclopentane structure, a cyclohexane structure, a tricyclodecane structure, a tricyclodecene structure, a norbornane structure, or an isoborone structure is preferable because the effect in the present disclosure is more excellent.
  • the molecular weight of the polymerizable compound is preferably 200 to 3,000, more preferably 250 to 2,600, still more preferably 280 to 2,200, and particularly preferably 300 to 2,200.
  • the proportion of the content of the polymerizable compound having a molecular weight of 300 or less among the polymerizable compounds contained in the photosensitive resin layer is 30% by mass or less with respect to the content of all the polymerizable compounds contained in the photosensitive resin layer. Is preferable, 25% by mass or less is more preferable, and 20% by mass or less is further preferable.
  • the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a bifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound, and more preferably contains a trifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound. More preferably, it contains a functional or tetrafunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound.
  • the photosensitive resin layer is a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure and a binder polymer having a structural unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring. And are preferably included.
  • the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a compound represented by the formula (M) (compound M) and an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group.
  • M compound M
  • 1,9-Nonandiol diacrylate, tricyclodecanedimethanol diacrylate, and a polyfunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having a carboxylic acid group are more preferable, and 1,9-nonandiol diacrylate and More preferably, it contains a tricyclodecanedimethanol diacrylate and a succinic acid-modified form of dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate.
  • the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains compound M, an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group, and a thermally crosslinkable compound described later, and the compound M is preferable. It is more preferable to contain an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group and a blocked isocyanate compound described later.
  • the photosensitive resin layer has a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound (preferably a bifunctional (meth) acrylate compound) and a trifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound. It preferably contains a saturated compound (preferably a trifunctional or higher functional (meth) acrylate compound).
  • the photosensitive resin layer contains compound M and a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure from the viewpoint of rust prevention. Is preferable. Further, as one of the preferred embodiments of the photosensitive resin layer, the photosensitive resin layer is not ethylenically having compound M and an acid group from the viewpoints of substrate adhesion, development residue inhibitory property, and rust resistance.
  • a saturated compound more preferably compound M, a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure, and an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group, and more preferably compound M, an aliphatic compound. It is more preferable to contain a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having a hydrocarbon ring structure, a trifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound, and an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group, more preferably compound M, an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring.
  • the photosensitive resin layer is a 1,9-nonanediol from the viewpoints of substrate adhesion, development residue inhibitory property, and rust resistance.
  • It preferably contains a diacrylate and a polyfunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having a carboxylic acid group, and preferably contains 1,9-nonanediol diacrylate, tricyclodecanedimethanol diacrylate, and polyfunctional ethylene having a carboxylic acid group. It preferably contains a sex-unsaturated compound, further including 1,9-nonanediol diacrylate, tricyclodecanedimethanol diacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, and an ethylenically unsaturated compound having a carboxylic acid group.
  • it contains 1,9-nonanediol diacrylate, tricyclodecanedimethanol diacrylate, an ethylenically unsaturated compound having a carboxylic acid group, and a urethane acrylate compound.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain a monofunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound as the ethylenically unsaturated compound.
  • the content of the bifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound in the ethylenically unsaturated compound is 60% by mass to 100% by mass with respect to the total content of all the ethylenically unsaturated compounds contained in the photosensitive resin layer. It is preferably 80% by mass to 100% by mass, more preferably 90% by mass to 100% by mass.
  • the polymerizable compound (particularly, the ethylenically unsaturated compound) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the polymerizable compound (particularly, the ethylenically unsaturated compound) in the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 1% by mass to 70% by mass, preferably 5% by mass to 70% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. Is more preferable, 5% by mass to 60% by mass is further preferable, and 5% by mass to 50% by mass is particularly preferable.
  • the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a photopolymerization initiator.
  • the photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited, and a known photopolymerization initiator can be used.
  • Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include a photopolymerization initiator having an oxime ester structure (hereinafter, also referred to as “oxym-based photopolymerization initiator”) and a photopolymerization initiator having an ⁇ -aminoalkylphenone structure (hereinafter, “ ⁇ -”.
  • Photopolymerization initiator hereinafter, also referred to as “acylphosphine oxide-based photopolymerization initiator”
  • photopolymerization initiator having an N-phenylglycine structure hereinafter, “N-phenylglycine-based photopolymerization initiator”. Also referred to as "agent").
  • the photopolymerization initiator is selected from the group consisting of an oxime-based photopolymerization initiator, an ⁇ -aminoalkylphenone-based photopolymerization initiator, an ⁇ -hydroxyalkylphenone-based polymerization initiator, and an N-phenylglycine-based photopolymerization initiator. It is preferable to contain at least one selected from the group consisting of an oxime-based photopolymerization initiator, an ⁇ -aminoalkylphenone-based photopolymerization initiator, and an N-phenylglycine-based photopolymerization initiator. Is more preferable.
  • the photopolymerization initiator for example, the polymerization initiator described in paragraphs 0031 to 0042 of JP-A-2011-95716 and paragraphs 0064-0081 of JP-A-2015-014783 may be used. ..
  • photopolymerization initiators include 1- [4- (phenylthio) phenyl] -1,2-octanedione-2- (O-benzoyloxime) [trade name: IRGACURE (registered trademark) OXE-01, BASF.
  • the photopolymerization initiator may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.1% by mass or more, preferably 0.5% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer.
  • the above is more preferable, and 1.0% by mass or more is further preferable.
  • the upper limit thereof is preferably 10% by mass or less, and more preferably 5% by mass or less, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain a heterocyclic compound.
  • the heterocycle contained in the heterocyclic compound may be either a monocyclic or polycyclic complex.
  • Examples of the hetero atom contained in the heterocyclic compound include a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom.
  • the heterocyclic compound preferably has at least one atom selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom, and more preferably has a nitrogen atom.
  • heterocyclic compound examples include a triazole compound, a benzotriazole compound, a tetrazole compound, a thiadiazol compound, a triazine compound, a rhonin compound, a thiazole compound, a benzothiazole compound, a benzoimidazole compound, a benzoxazole compound, and a pyrimidine compound.
  • the heterocyclic compound is at least one selected from the group consisting of a triazole compound, a benzotriazole compound, a tetrazole compound, a thiadiazol compound, a triazine compound, a rhonin compound, a thiazole compound, a benzoimidazole compound, and a benzoxazole compound.
  • the above-mentioned compound is preferable, and at least one compound selected from the group consisting of a triazole compound, a benzotriazole compound, a tetrazole compound, a thiadiazol compound, a thiazole compound, a benzothiazole compound, a benzoimidazole compound, and a benzoxazole compound is more preferable.
  • heterocyclic compound A preferable specific example of the heterocyclic compound is shown below.
  • examples of the triazole compound and the benzotriazole compound include the following compounds.
  • Examples of the tetrazole compound include the following compounds.
  • Examples of the thiadiazole compound include the following compounds.
  • Examples of the triazine compound include the following compounds.
  • Examples of the loadonine compound include the following compounds.
  • Examples of the thiazole compound include the following compounds.
  • benzothiazole compound examples include the following compounds.
  • Examples of the benzimidazole compound include the following compounds.
  • benzoxazole compound examples include the following compounds.
  • the heterocyclic compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the heterocyclic compound is preferably 0.01% by mass to 20.0% by mass, preferably 0.10% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. It is more preferably ⁇ 10.0% by mass, further preferably 0.30% by mass to 8.0% by mass, and particularly preferably 0.50% by mass to 5.0% by mass.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain an aliphatic thiol compound.
  • the photosensitive resin layer contains an aliphatic thiol compound, the aliphatic thiol compound undergoes an en-thiol reaction with a radically polymerizable compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group, so that the film formed is cured and shrunk. It is suppressed and the stress is relieved.
  • aliphatic thiol compound a monofunctional aliphatic thiol compound or a polyfunctional aliphatic thiol compound (that is, a bifunctional or higher functional aliphatic thiol compound) is preferable.
  • a polyfunctional aliphatic thiol compound is more preferable from the viewpoint of adhesion of the formed pattern (particularly, adhesion after exposure).
  • the term "polyfunctional aliphatic thiol compound” means an aliphatic compound having two or more thiol groups (also referred to as "mercapto groups”) in the molecule.
  • the polyfunctional aliphatic thiol compound a low molecular weight compound having a molecular weight of 100 or more is preferable. Specifically, the molecular weight of the polyfunctional aliphatic thiol compound is more preferably 100 to 1,500, and even more preferably 150 to 1,000.
  • the number of functional groups of the polyfunctional aliphatic thiol compound for example, bifunctional to 10 functional is preferable, bifunctional to 8 functional is more preferable, and bifunctional to 6 functional is further preferable, from the viewpoint of adhesion of the formed pattern. preferable.
  • polyfunctional aliphatic thiol compound examples include trimethylolpropanetris (3-mercaptobutylate), 1,4-bis (3-mercaptobutylyloxy) butane, pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptobutyrate), and the like.
  • the polyfunctional aliphatic thiol compounds include trimethylolpropane tris (3-mercaptobutyrate), 1,4-bis (3-mercaptobutylyloxy) butane, and 1,3,5-tris. At least one compound selected from the group consisting of (3-mercaptobutylyloxyethyl) -1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6 (1H, 3H, 5H) -trione is preferred.
  • Examples of the monofunctional aliphatic thiol compound include 1-octanethiol, 1-dodecanethiol, ⁇ -mercaptopropionic acid, methyl-3-mercaptopropionate, 2-ethylhexyl-3-mercaptopropionate, and n-. Examples thereof include octyl-3-mercaptopropionate, methoxybutyl-3-mercaptopropionate, and stearyl-3-mercaptopropionate.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain one kind of aliphatic thiol compound alone, or may contain two or more kinds of aliphatic thiol compounds.
  • the content of the aliphatic thiol compound is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass to 50% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. 5, 5% by mass to 30% by mass is more preferable, and 8% by mass to 20% by mass is particularly preferable.
  • the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a heat-crosslinkable compound from the viewpoint of the strength of the obtained cured film and the adhesiveness of the obtained uncured film.
  • the heat-crosslinkable compound used in the photosensitive resin layer of the second embodiment the above-mentioned heat-crosslinkable compound is preferably used in the photosensitive resin layer of the first embodiment.
  • the heat-crosslinkable compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the heat-crosslinkable compound is preferably 1% by mass to 50% by mass, preferably 5% by mass to 30% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. Is more preferable.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain a surfactant.
  • the surfactant used in the photosensitive resin layer of the second embodiment the above-mentioned surfactant is preferably used in the photosensitive resin layer of the first embodiment.
  • the surfactant may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.01% by mass to 3.0% by mass, preferably 0.01% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. -1.0% by mass is more preferable, and 0.05% by mass to 0.80% by mass is further preferable.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain a polymerization inhibitor.
  • the polymerization inhibitor means a compound having a function of delaying or prohibiting a polymerization reaction.
  • a known compound used as a polymerization inhibitor can be used.
  • polymerization inhibitor examples include phenothiazine compounds such as phenothiazine, bis- (1-dimethylbenzyl) phenothiazine, and 3,7-dioctylphenothiazine; bis [3- (3-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-5-.
  • Methylphenyl) propionic acid [ethylene bis (oxyethylene)] 2,4-bis [(laurylthio) methyl] -o-cresol, 1,3,5-tris (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-) Hydroxybenzyl), 1,3,5-tris (4-t-butyl-3-hydroxy-2,6-dimethylbenzyl), 2,4-bis- (n-octylthio) -6- (4-hydroxy-3) , 5-Di-t-butylanilino) -1,3,5-triazine, and hindered phenol compounds such as pentaerythritol tetrakis 3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate; 4 -Nitroso compounds such as nitrosophenol, N-nitrosodiphenylamine, N-nitrosocyclohexylhydroxylamine, and N-nitrosophenylhydroxylamine or salts thereof;
  • quinone compounds such as 4-benzoquinone; phenolic compounds such as 4-methoxyphenol, 4-methoxy-1-naphthol, and t-butylcatechol; copper dibutyldithiocarbamate, copper diethyldithiocarbamate, manganese diethyldithiocarbamate, And a metal salt compound such as manganese diphenyldithiocarbamate can be mentioned.
  • At least one selected from the group consisting of a phenylothiazine compound, a nitroso compound or a salt thereof, and a hindered phenol compound is preferable as the polymerization inhibitor because the effect in the present disclosure is more excellent, and phenylothiazine and bis [3].
  • a phenylothiazine compound, a nitroso compound or a salt thereof, and a hindered phenol compound is preferable as the polymerization inhibitor because the effect in the present disclosure is more excellent, and phenylothiazine and bis [3].
  • -(3-tert-Butyl-4-hydroxy-5-methylphenyl) propionic acid] [ethylenebis (oxyethylene)] 2,4-bis [(laurylthio) methyl] -o-cresol, 1,3,5- Tris (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) and N-nitrosophenylhydroxylamine aluminum salt are more preferred.
  • the polymerization inhibitor may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the polymerization inhibitor is preferably 0.01% by mass to 10.0% by mass, preferably 0.01% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. -5.0% by mass is more preferable, and 0.04% by mass to 3.0% by mass is further preferable.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain a hydrogen donating compound.
  • the hydrogen donating compound has an action of further improving the sensitivity of the photopolymerization initiator to active light rays and suppressing the inhibition of the polymerization of the polymerizable compound by oxygen.
  • Examples of the hydrogen donating compound include amines and amino acid compounds.
  • Examples of amines include M.I. R. Sander et al., "Journal of Polymer Society", Vol. 10, pp. 3173 (1972), Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 44-020189, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 51-082102, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 52-134692, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 59-138205. Examples thereof include the compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 60-0843305, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 62-018537, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 64-033104, and Research Disclosure No. 33825.
  • examples thereof include dimethylaniline and p-methylthiodimethylaniline.
  • at least one selected from the group consisting of 4,4'-bis (diethylamino) benzophenone and tris (4-dimethylaminophenyl) methane is preferable as the amines in that the effect in the present disclosure is more excellent. ..
  • amino acid compound examples include N-phenylglycine, N-methyl-N-phenylglycine, and N-ethyl-N-phenylglycine.
  • N-phenylglycine is preferable as the amino acid compound in that the effect in the present disclosure is more excellent.
  • Examples of the hydrogen donor compound include an organometallic compound (tributyltin acetate, etc.) described in JP-A-48-042965, a hydrogen donor described in JP-A-55-0344414, and JP-A-6.
  • a sulfur compound (Trithian and the like) described in JP-A-308727 can also be mentioned.
  • the hydrogen donating compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the hydrogen donating compound is based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer in terms of improving the curing rate due to the balance between the polymerization growth rate and the chain transfer. , 0.01% by mass to 10.0% by mass, more preferably 0.01% by mass to 8.0% by mass, still more preferably 0.03% by mass to 5.0% by mass.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain a predetermined amount of impurities.
  • the impurities in the photosensitive resin layer of the second embodiment are the same as in the preferred embodiment of the impurities described above in the photosensitive resin layer of the first embodiment.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain a residual monomer corresponding to each structural unit of the binder polymer described above.
  • the residual monomer corresponding to each structural unit of the binder polymer in the photosensitive resin layer of the second embodiment the residual monomer corresponding to each structural unit of the alkali-soluble resin described above in the photosensitive resin layer of the first embodiment. It is the same as the preferable aspect of.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain components other than the components described above (hereinafter, also referred to as “other components”).
  • Other components include, for example, colorants, antioxidants, and particles (eg, metal oxide particles).
  • other additives described in paragraphs 0058 to 0071 of JP-A-2000-310706 can also be mentioned.
  • metal oxide particles are preferable.
  • the metal in the metal oxide particles also includes metalloids such as B, Si, Ge, As, Sb, and Te.
  • the average primary particle diameter of the particles is preferably 1 nm to 200 nm, more preferably 3 nm to 80 nm, for example, from the viewpoint of transparency of the cured film.
  • the average primary particle size of the particles is calculated by measuring the particle size of 200 arbitrary particles using an electron microscope and arithmetically averaging the measurement results. If the shape of the particle is not spherical, the longest side is the particle diameter.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain only one kind of particles having different metal types and sizes, or may contain two or more kinds of particles.
  • the photosensitive resin layer does not contain particles, or when the photosensitive resin layer contains particles, the content of the particles is more than 0% by mass and 35% by mass or less with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. It is preferable that the particles are not contained, or the content of the particles is more than 0% by mass and 10% by mass or less based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer, and the particles are not contained or the particles are contained.
  • the amount is more preferably more than 0% by mass and 5% by mass or less with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer, and either does not contain particles or the content of particles is 0% by mass with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. Ultra 1% by mass or less is more preferable, and it is particularly preferable that particles are not contained.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain a colorant (pigment, dye, etc.), but for example, from the viewpoint of transparency, it is preferable that the photosensitive resin layer contains substantially no colorant.
  • the content of the colorant is preferably less than 1% by mass, more preferably less than 0.1% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer.
  • the antioxidant examples include 1-phenyl-3-pyrazolidone (also known as phenidone), 1-phenyl-4,4-dimethyl-3-pyrazolidone, and 1-phenyl-4-methyl-4-hydroxymethyl-.
  • 3-Pyrazoridones such as 3-pyrazolidone; polyhydroxybenzenes such as hydroquinone, catechol, pyrogallol, methylhydroquinone, and chlorhydroquinone; paramethylaminophenol, paraaminophenol, parahydroxyphenylglycine, and paraphenylenediamine. Be done.
  • 3-pyrazolidones are preferable as the antioxidant, and 1-phenyl-3-pyrazolidone is more preferable as the antioxidant in that the effect in the present disclosure is more excellent.
  • the content of the antioxidant is preferably 0.001% by mass or more, more preferably 0.005% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. 0.01% by mass or more is more preferable.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1% by mass or less.
  • the thickness of the photosensitive resin layer is not particularly limited, but is often 30 ⁇ m or less, and is preferably 20 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 15 ⁇ m or less, still more preferably 10 ⁇ m or less, and further preferably 5.0 ⁇ m in that the effect in the present disclosure is more excellent.
  • the following are particularly preferred.
  • As the lower limit 0.60 ⁇ m or more is preferable, and 1.5 ⁇ m or more is more preferable, because the strength of the film obtained by curing the photosensitive resin layer is excellent.
  • the thickness of the photosensitive resin layer can be calculated as, for example, an average value of any five points measured by cross-sectional observation with a scanning electron microscope (SEM).
  • the refractive index of the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 1.47 to 1.56, more preferably 1.49 to 1.54.
  • the photosensitive resin layer is preferably achromatic. Specifically, the total reflection (incident angle 8 °, light source: D-65 (2 ° field of view)) has an L * value of 10 to 90 in the CIE1976 (L * , a * , b * ) color space.
  • the a * value is preferably ⁇ 1.0 to 1.0
  • the b * value is preferably ⁇ 1.0 to 1.0.
  • the pattern (cured film of the photosensitive resin layer) obtained by curing the photosensitive resin layer is preferably achromatic.
  • the total reflection (incident angle 8 °, light source: D-65 (2 ° field of view)) has a pattern L * value of 10 to 90 in the CIE1976 (L * , a * , b * ) color space.
  • the a * value of the pattern is preferably ⁇ 1.0 to 1.0
  • the b * value of the pattern is preferably ⁇ 1.0 to 1.0.
  • the photosensitive transfer material preferably has a refractive index adjusting layer.
  • a known refractive index adjusting layer can be applied.
  • the material contained in the refractive index adjusting layer include a binder polymer, a polymerizable compound, a metal salt, and particles.
  • the method for controlling the refractive index of the refractive index adjusting layer is not particularly limited, and for example, a method using a resin having a predetermined refractive index alone, a method using a resin and particles, and a composite of a metal salt and a resin are used. Is mentioned.
  • binder polymer and the polymerizable compound examples include the binder polymer and the polymerizable compound described in the above section “Photosensitive resin layer”.
  • the particles include metal oxide particles and metal particles.
  • the type of the metal oxide particles is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include known metal oxide particles.
  • the metal in the metal oxide particles also includes metalloids such as B, Si, Ge, As, Sb, and Te.
  • the average primary particle diameter of the particles is preferably 1 nm to 200 nm, more preferably 3 nm to 80 nm, for example, from the viewpoint of transparency of the cured film.
  • the average primary particle size of the particles is calculated by measuring the particle size of 200 arbitrary particles using an electron microscope and arithmetically averaging the measurement results. If the shape of the particle is not spherical, the longest side is the particle diameter.
  • the metal oxide particles include zirconium oxide particles (ZrO 2 particles), Nb 2 O 5 particles, titanium oxide particles (TIO 2 particles), silicon dioxide particles (SiO 2 particles), and a composite thereof. At least one selected from the group consisting of particles is preferable. Among these, as the metal oxide particles, for example, at least one selected from the group consisting of zirconium oxide particles and titanium oxide particles is more preferable because the refractive index can be easily adjusted.
  • metal oxide particles include fired zirconium oxide particles (manufactured by CIK Nanotech Co., Ltd., product name: ZRPGM15WT% -F04) and fired zirconium oxide particles (manufactured by CIK Nanotech Co., Ltd., product name: ZRPGM15WT% -F74).
  • Fired zirconium oxide particles (CIK Nanotech Co., Ltd., product name: ZRPGM15WT% -F75), fired zirconium oxide particles (CIK Nanotech Co., Ltd., product name: ZRPGM15WT% -F76), zirconium oxide particles (Nano Teen OZ) -S30M, manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and zirconium oxide particles (Nano Teen OZ-S30K, manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.).
  • the particles may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the particles in the refractive index adjusting layer is preferably 1% by mass to 95% by mass, more preferably 20% by mass to 90% by mass, and 40% by mass to 85% by mass with respect to the total mass of the refractive index adjusting layer. More preferred.
  • the content of the titanium oxide particles is preferably 1% by mass to 95% by mass, more preferably 20% by mass to 90% by mass, based on the total mass of the refractive index adjusting layer. , 40% by mass to 85% by mass is more preferable.
  • the refractive index of the refractive index adjusting layer is preferably higher than that of the photosensitive resin layer.
  • the refractive index of the refractive index adjusting layer is preferably 1.50 or more, more preferably 1.55 or more, further preferably 1.60 or more, and particularly preferably 1.65 or more.
  • the upper limit of the refractive index of the refractive index adjusting layer is preferably 2.10 or less, more preferably 1.85 or less, further preferably 1.78 or less, and particularly preferably 1.74 or less.
  • the thickness of the refractive index adjusting layer is preferably 50 nm to 500 nm, more preferably 55 nm to 110 nm, and even more preferably 60 nm to 100 nm.
  • the method for producing the photosensitive transfer material of the second embodiment is not particularly limited, and a known method can be used.
  • a method for producing the photosensitive transfer material 10 shown in FIG. 2 for example, a photosensitive resin composition is applied to the surface of the temporary support 1 to form a coating film, and the coating film is further dried to form a photosensitive resin.
  • the step of forming the layer 3 and the composition for forming the refractive index adjusting layer are applied to the surface of the photosensitive resin layer 3 to form a coating film, and the coating film is further dried to form the refractive index adjusting layer 5. Examples include steps and methods including.
  • the photosensitive transfer material 10 is manufactured by crimping the protective film 7 onto the refractive index adjusting layer 5 of the laminate manufactured by the above-mentioned manufacturing method.
  • the method for producing the photosensitive transfer material of the first embodiment temporarily includes a step of providing a protective film 7 so as to be in contact with the surface of the refractive index adjusting layer 5 opposite to the side having the temporary support 1. It is preferable to manufacture the photosensitive transfer material 10 including the support 1, the transfer layer 2 including the photosensitive resin layer 3 and the refractive index adjusting layer 5, and the protective film 7.
  • the photosensitive transfer material 10 in the form of a roll may be manufactured and stored by winding the photosensitive transfer material 10.
  • the photosensitive transfer material in the form of a roll can be provided as it is in the bonding process with the substrate by the roll-to-roll method described later.
  • the method for producing the photosensitive transfer material 10 is a method in which the refractive index adjusting layer 5 is formed on the protective film 7 and then the photosensitive resin layer 3 is formed on the surface of the refractive index adjusting layer 5. You may. Further, as a method for producing the photosensitive transfer material 10, the photosensitive resin layer 3 is formed on the temporary support 1, and the refractive index adjusting layer 5 is separately formed on the protective film 7, and the photosensitive resin layer is formed. A method may be used in which the refractive index adjusting layer 5 is bonded to the 3 and the refractive index adjusting layer 5.
  • the method for forming the photosensitive resin composition and the photosensitive resin layer in the second embodiment is the same as the method for forming the photosensitive resin composition and the photosensitive resin layer described above in the first embodiment, which is a preferred embodiment. Is the same.
  • composition for forming a refractive index adjusting layer and a method for forming the refractive index adjusting layer preferably contains various components forming the above-mentioned refractive index adjusting layer and a solvent.
  • the preferable range of the content of each component with respect to the total solid content of the composition is the same as the preferable range of the content of each component with respect to the total mass of the refractive index adjusting layer described above. be.
  • the solvent is not particularly limited as long as it can dissolve or disperse the components contained in the refractive index adjusting layer, and at least one selected from the group consisting of water and a water-miscible organic solvent is preferable, with water or water.
  • a mixed solvent with a water-miscible organic solvent is more preferable.
  • the water-miscible organic solvent include alcohols having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, acetone, ethylene glycol, and glycerin, and alcohols having 1 to 3 carbon atoms are preferable, and methanol or ethanol is more preferable.
  • the solvent may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the solvent is preferably 50 parts by mass to 2,500 parts by mass, more preferably 50 parts by mass to 1,900 parts by mass, and 100 parts by mass to 900 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content of the composition.
  • the unit is more preferable.
  • the method for forming the refractive index adjusting layer is not particularly limited as long as it can form a layer containing the above components, and examples thereof include known coating methods (slit coating, spin coating, curtain coating, inkjet coating, etc.). Be done.
  • the photosensitive transfer material of the second embodiment can be manufactured.
  • the method of attaching the protective film to the refractive index adjusting layer is not particularly limited, and known methods can be mentioned.
  • Examples of the device for adhering the protective film to the refractive index adjusting layer include a vacuum laminator and a known laminator such as an auto-cut laminator. It is preferable that the laminator is provided with an arbitrary heatable roller such as a rubber roller and can be pressurized and heated.
  • the method for producing a resin pattern according to the present disclosure is a method for producing a resin pattern for forming a resin pattern on a substrate by using the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure.
  • the method for producing the resin pattern includes a step of peeling the protective film from the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure (hereinafter, also referred to as “protective film peeling step”), and the above-mentioned photosensitive transfer material from which the protective film has been peeled off.
  • a step of bringing the outermost layer on the side having the photosensitive resin layer to the temporary support in contact with a substrate (preferably a substrate having a conductive layer) and bonding them (hereinafter, also referred to as “bonding step”).
  • a step of pattern-exposing the photosensitive resin layer via the temporary support (hereinafter, also referred to as “exposure step”) and a step of developing the exposed photosensitive resin layer to form a resin pattern (hereinafter, “exposed step”). It is also referred to as "development step”), and a method including the above in this order is preferable.
  • the method for producing a laminate according to the present disclosure is a method for producing a laminate having a resin pattern on a substrate using the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure.
  • a method for producing the laminate a method including the protective film peeling step, the bonding step, the exposure step, and the developing step in this order is preferable.
  • the etching method according to the present disclosure is not particularly limited as long as it is a method using the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure.
  • the resin pattern is arranged in a laminate in which the substrate, the conductive layer, and the resin pattern manufactured by the method for manufacturing the resin pattern according to the present disclosure are laminated in this order.
  • a method including a step of etching the conductive layer in a region not provided is preferable.
  • each step included in the resin pattern manufacturing method, the laminated body manufacturing method, and the etching method will be described, but unless otherwise specified, each step included in the resin pattern manufacturing method or the laminated body manufacturing method will be described. The contents of the above shall also be applied to each step included in the etching method.
  • the method for producing the resin pattern or the method for producing the laminate preferably includes a step of peeling the protective film from the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure.
  • the method of peeling the protective film is not limited, and a known method can be applied.
  • the method for producing the resin pattern or the method for producing the laminate includes a bonding step.
  • the substrate or the conductive layer if the conductive layer is provided on the surface of the substrate
  • the substrate is brought into contact with the outermost layer on the side having the photosensitive resin layer with respect to the temporary support of the photosensitive transfer material.
  • the pattern-formed photosensitive after exposure and development is improved.
  • the resin layer can be suitably used as an etching resist when etching the conductive layer.
  • a layer other than the protective film (for example, a high refractive index layer and / or a low refractive index layer) is further formed on the surface of the photosensitive resin layer on the side where the photosensitive transfer material does not face the temporary support.
  • the surface of the photosensitive resin layer on the side that does not have the temporary support and the substrate are bonded to each other via the layer.
  • the method of crimping the substrate and the photosensitive transfer material is not particularly limited, and a known transfer method or laminating method can be used.
  • the photosensitive transfer material is bonded to the substrate by superimposing the outermost layer on the side having the photosensitive resin layer on the temporary support of the photosensitive transfer material on the substrate, and pressurizing and heating by means such as a roll. It is preferable that this is done by applying.
  • a known laminator such as a laminator, a vacuum laminator, and an auto-cut laminator capable of further increasing productivity can be used.
  • the laminating temperature is not particularly limited, but is preferably 70 ° C to 130 ° C, for example.
  • the resin pattern manufacturing method and the etching method including the bonding step are performed by a roll-to-roll method.
  • the roll-to-roll method uses a substrate that can be wound and unwound as a substrate, and winds the substrate or a structure containing the substrate before any of the steps included in the resin pattern manufacturing method or the etching method.
  • the unwinding method in the unwinding step and the winding method in the winding step are not particularly limited, and a known method may be used in the manufacturing method to which the roll-to-roll method is applied.
  • a known substrate may be used, but a substrate having a conductive layer is preferable, and it is more preferable to have a conductive layer on the surface of the substrate.
  • the substrate may have any layer other than the conductive layer, if necessary.
  • the substrate include a resin substrate, a glass substrate, and a semiconductor substrate.
  • Preferred embodiments of the substrate include, for example, description in paragraph 0140 of WO 2018/155193, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • the base material constituting the substrate examples include glass, silicon and a film.
  • the substrate constituting the substrate is preferably transparent.
  • transparent means that the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 400 nm to 700 nm is 80% or more.
  • the refractive index of the substrate constituting the substrate is preferably 1.50 to 1.52.
  • the transparent glass substrate examples include tempered glass represented by Corning's gorilla glass. Further, as the transparent glass substrate, the materials used in JP-A-2010-86684, JP-A-2010-152809 and JP-A-2010-257492 can be used.
  • a film substrate When a film substrate is used as the substrate, it is preferable to use a film substrate with low optical distortion and / or high transparency.
  • film substrates include polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyethylene naphthalate, polycarbonate, triacetyl cellulose and cycloolefin polymers.
  • a film substrate is preferable when it is manufactured by the roll-to-roll method. Further, when the circuit wiring for the touch panel is manufactured by the roll-to-roll method, it is preferable that the substrate is a sheet-like resin composition.
  • the conductive layer included in the substrate examples include a conductive layer used for general circuit wiring or touch panel wiring.
  • the conductive layer at least one layer selected from the group consisting of a metal layer, a conductive metal oxide layer, a graphene layer, a carbon nanotube layer and a conductive polymer layer is preferable from the viewpoint of conductivity and fine wire forming property.
  • a metal layer is more preferable, and a copper layer or a silver layer is further preferable.
  • the substrate may have one conductive layer alone, or may have two or more conductive layers. When having two or more conductive layers, it is preferable to have conductive layers made of different materials.
  • Examples of the material of the conductive layer include metals and conductive metal oxides.
  • Examples of the metal include Al, Zn, Cu, Fe, Ni, Cr, Mo, Ag and Au.
  • Examples of the conductive metal oxide include ITO (Indium Tin Oxide), IZO (Indium Zinc Oxide) and SiO 2 .
  • conductivity means that the volume resistivity is less than 1 ⁇ 106 ⁇ cm.
  • the volume resistivity of the conductive metal oxide is preferably less than 1 ⁇ 10 4 ⁇ cm.
  • a resin pattern is produced using a substrate having a plurality of conductive layers
  • the conductive layer an electrode pattern corresponding to the sensor of the visual recognition portion used in the capacitive touch panel or wiring of the peripheral extraction portion is preferable.
  • Preferred embodiments of the conductive layer include, for example, description in paragraph 0141 of WO 2018/155193, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • a substrate having at least one of a transparent electrode and a routing wire is preferable.
  • the above-mentioned substrate can be suitably used as a touch panel substrate.
  • the transparent electrode may function suitably as a touch panel electrode.
  • the transparent electrode is preferably composed of a metal oxide film such as ITO (indium tin oxide) and IZO (indium zinc oxide), a metal mesh, and a fine metal wire such as silver nanowire.
  • the thin metal wire include thin wires such as silver and copper. Of these, silver conductive materials such as silver mesh and silver nanowires are preferable.
  • Metal is preferable as the material of the routing wiring.
  • the metal that is the material of the routing wiring include gold, silver, copper, molybdenum, aluminum, titanium, chromium, zinc, and manganese, and alloys composed of two or more of these metal elements.
  • copper, molybdenum, aluminum, or titanium is preferable, and copper is particularly preferable.
  • the electrode protective film for a touch panel formed by using the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure directly or other electrodes for the purpose of protecting the electrodes and the like (that is, at least one of the electrodes for the touch panel and the wiring for the touch panel). It is preferably provided so as to cover the layers.
  • the method for manufacturing the resin pattern or the method for manufacturing the laminate includes a step (exposure step) of pattern-exposing the photosensitive resin layer after the above-mentioned bonding step.
  • the "pattern exposure” refers to an exposure in a form of exposure in a pattern, that is, a form in which an exposed portion and a non-exposed portion are present.
  • the positional relationship between the exposed area and the unexposed area in the pattern exposure is not particularly limited and is appropriately adjusted.
  • the detailed arrangement and specific size of the pattern in the pattern exposure are not particularly limited.
  • at least a part (preferably) of the pattern so as to improve the display quality of a display device (for example, a touch panel) having an input device having circuit wiring manufactured by an etching method and to reduce the area occupied by the take-out wiring.
  • the electrode pattern and / or the portion of the take-out wiring of the touch panel preferably contains a thin wire having a width of 20 ⁇ m or less, and more preferably contains a thin wire having a width of 10 ⁇ m or less.
  • the light source used for exposure can be appropriately selected and used as long as it is a light source that irradiates the photosensitive resin layer with light having a wavelength that allows exposure (for example, 365 nm or 405 nm). Specific examples thereof include ultra-high pressure mercury lamps, high pressure mercury lamps, metal halide lamps and LEDs (Light Emitting Diodes).
  • the exposure amount is preferably 5 mJ / cm 2 to 200 mJ / cm 2 , more preferably 10 mJ / cm 2 to 100 mJ / cm 2 .
  • Preferred embodiments of the light source, exposure amount and exposure method used for exposure include, for example, paragraphs 0146 to 0147 of International Publication No. 2018/155193, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • the temporary support may be peeled off from the photosensitive resin layer and then the pattern exposure may be performed. Before the temporary support is peeled off, the pattern is exposed through the temporary support, and then the temporary support is peeled off. You may.
  • the mask When the temporary support is peeled off before exposure, the mask may be exposed in contact with the photosensitive resin layer, or may be exposed in close proximity without contact.
  • the temporary support When the temporary support is exposed without being peeled off, the mask may be exposed in contact with the temporary support, or may be exposed in close contact with the temporary support without contact. In order to prevent mask contamination due to contact between the photosensitive resin layer and the mask and to avoid the influence of foreign matter adhering to the mask on the exposure, it is preferable to perform pattern exposure without peeling the temporary support.
  • the exposure method may be a contact exposure method in the case of contact exposure, a proximity exposure method in the case of a non-contact exposure method, a lens-based or mirror-based projection exposure method, or a direct exposure method using an exposure laser or the like. It can be selected and used.
  • an exposure machine having an appropriate numerical aperture (NA) of the lens can be used according to the required resolving power and depth of focus.
  • drawing may be performed directly on the photosensitive resin layer, or reduced projection exposure may be performed on the photosensitive resin layer via a lens. Further, the exposure may be performed not only in the atmosphere but also under reduced pressure or vacuum, or may be exposed by interposing a liquid such as water between the light source and the photosensitive resin layer.
  • the resin pattern manufacturing method, the laminated body manufacturing method, or the etching method includes a peeling step of peeling off the temporary support between the bonding step and the exposure step, or between the exposure step and the developing step. May be good.
  • the method for peeling the temporary support is not particularly limited, and a mechanism similar to the cover film peeling mechanism described in paragraphs 0161 to 0162 of JP2010-072589 can be used.
  • the method for producing a resin pattern or the method for producing a laminate preferably includes, after the above-mentioned exposure step, a step (development step) of developing the exposed photosensitive resin layer to form a resin pattern.
  • a step (development step) of developing the exposed photosensitive resin layer to form a resin pattern In the developing process, the photosensitive resin layer in the non-image area and other layers in the non-image area are removed. Further, in the developing step, other layers located on the photosensitive resin layer after exposure in the exposed portion may also be removed in a form of being dissolved or dispersed in the developing solution.
  • the exposed photosensitive resin layer can be developed by using a developing solution in the developing step.
  • the developing solution is not particularly limited as long as it can remove the non-image portion of the photosensitive resin layer, and for example, a known developing solution such as the developing solution described in JP-A-5-72724 can be used.
  • the developer may contain a water-soluble organic solvent and / or a surfactant.
  • the developer the developer described in paragraph 0194 of International Publication No. 2015/093271 is also preferably mentioned.
  • Preferred development methods include, for example, the development method described in paragraph 0195 of International Publication No. 2015/093271.
  • the development method is not particularly limited, and may be any of paddle development, shower development, shower and spin development, and dip development.
  • Shower development is a development process for removing non-image areas by spraying a developer onto the photosensitive resin layer after exposure with a shower. After the developing step, it is preferable to spray the cleaning agent with a shower and rub with a brush to remove the developing residue.
  • the liquid temperature of the developing solution is not particularly limited, but is preferably 20 ° C to 40 ° C.
  • the method for producing a resin pattern or the method for producing a laminate includes a step of exposing the resin pattern obtained by the above developing step (post-exposure step) and / or a step of heating (post-baking step). May be good. When both the post-exposure step and the post-baking step are included, it is preferable to carry out post-baking after post-exposure.
  • the etching method preferably includes a step (etching step) of etching the substrate in a region where the resin pattern is not arranged.
  • the resin pattern formed from the photosensitive resin layer is used as an etching resist, and the conductive layer is etched.
  • a method of etching treatment a known method can be applied, and for example, the method described in paragraphs 0209 to 0210 of JP-A-2017-120435 and paragraph 0048-paragraph 0054 of JP-A-2010-152155. Examples thereof include a wet etching method in which the material is immersed in an etching solution, and a dry etching method such as plasma etching.
  • an acidic or alkaline etching solution may be appropriately selected according to the etching target.
  • the acidic etching solution include an aqueous solution of an acidic component alone selected from hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, acetic acid, hydrofluoric acid, oxalic acid and phosphoric acid, and the acidic component, ferric chloride, ammonium fluoride and Examples thereof include a mixed aqueous solution with a salt selected from potassium permanganate.
  • the acidic component may be a component in which a plurality of acidic components are combined.
  • the alkaline etching solution includes an aqueous solution of an alkaline component alone selected from sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, ammonia, an organic amine, and a salt of an organic amine (tetramethylammonium hydroxide, etc.), and an alkaline component and a salt. Examples thereof include a mixed aqueous solution with (potassium permanganate, etc.).
  • the alkaline component may be a component in which a plurality of alkaline components are combined.
  • etching method it is preferable to perform a step (removal step) of removing the remaining resin pattern.
  • the removing step is not particularly limited and can be performed as needed, but it is preferably performed after the etching step.
  • the method for removing the remaining resin pattern is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a method for removing by chemical treatment, and a method for removing with a removing liquid is preferable.
  • a method for removing the photosensitive resin layer a substrate having a residual resin pattern is placed in a stirring liquid having a liquid temperature of preferably 30 ° C. to 80 ° C., more preferably 50 ° C. to 80 ° C. for 1 minute. A method of immersing for 30 minutes can be mentioned.
  • the removing liquid examples include a removing liquid in which an inorganic alkaline component or an organic alkaline component is dissolved in water, dimethyl sulfoxide, N-methylpyrrolidone, or a mixed solution thereof.
  • examples of the inorganic alkaline component include sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide.
  • examples of the organic alkali component include a primary amine compound, a secondary amine compound, a tertiary amine compound and a quaternary ammonium salt compound.
  • the removing liquid may be used and removed by a known method such as a spray method, a shower method and a paddle method.
  • the resin pattern manufacturing method, the laminated body manufacturing method, and the etching method may include any steps (other steps) other than the above-mentioned steps.
  • the following steps can be mentioned, but the steps are not limited to these steps.
  • examples of the exposure step, the developing step, and other steps applicable to the etching method include the steps described in paragraphs 0035 to 0051 of JP-A-2006-23696.
  • a step of reducing the visible light reflectance described in paragraph 0172 of International Publication No. 2019/022089 a new step on the insulating film described in paragraph 0172 of International Publication No. 2019/022089. Examples thereof include a step of forming a conductive layer, but the process is not limited to these steps.
  • the etching method may include a step of reducing the visible light reflectance of a part or all of the plurality of conductive layers of the substrate.
  • the treatment for reducing the visible light reflectance include an oxidation treatment.
  • the visible light reflectance of the conductive layer can be lowered by oxidizing copper to obtain copper oxide and blackening the conductive layer.
  • the treatment for reducing the visible light reflectance is described in paragraphs 0017 to 0025 of JP-A-2014-150118 and paragraphs 0041, 0042, 0048 and 0058 of JP-2013-206315. , The contents of these publications are incorporated herein.
  • the etching method preferably includes a step of forming an insulating film on the surface of the circuit wiring and a step of forming a new conductive layer on the surface of the insulating film.
  • a second electrode pattern insulated from the first electrode pattern can be formed.
  • the step of forming the insulating film is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a known method of forming a permanent film.
  • an insulating film having a desired pattern may be formed by photolithography using a photosensitive material having an insulating property.
  • the step of forming the new conductive layer on the insulating film is not particularly limited, and for example, a new conductive layer having a desired pattern may be formed by photolithography using a photosensitive material having conductivity.
  • the etching method uses a substrate having a plurality of conductive layers on both surfaces of the substrate, and sequentially or simultaneously forms a circuit on the conductive layers formed on both surfaces of the substrate.
  • a circuit wiring for a touch panel in which a first conductive pattern is formed on one surface of a substrate and a second conductive pattern is formed on the other surface. It is also preferable to form the touch panel circuit wiring having such a configuration from both sides of the substrate by roll-to-roll.
  • the resin pattern manufactured by the method for manufacturing the resin pattern according to the present disclosure, the laminate manufactured by the method for manufacturing the laminate according to the present disclosure, and the circuit wiring manufactured by the etching method according to the present disclosure are various. It can be applied to the device. Examples of the device provided with the laminated body include an input device and the like, and a touch panel is preferable, and a capacitive touch panel is more preferable. Further, the input device can be applied to a display device such as an organic electroluminescence display device and a liquid crystal display device. When the laminate is applied to a touch panel, the formed resin pattern is preferably used as a protective film for a touch panel electrode or a touch panel wiring. That is, it is preferable that the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure is used for forming an electrode protective film for a touch panel or wiring for a touch panel.
  • the method for manufacturing the electronic device according to the present disclosure is not particularly limited as long as it is a method using the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure.
  • the method for manufacturing the electronic device according to the present disclosure includes a step of peeling the protective film from the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure, and the photosensitive transfer material from which the protective film has been peeled off. The step of bringing the outermost layer on the side having the sex resin layer into contact with the substrate having the conductive layer and adhering them, the step of pattern-exposing the photosensitive resin layer via the temporary support, and the exposure of the photosensitive resin layer.
  • the manufactured electronic device has the above-mentioned resin pattern, including the steps of developing the sex resin layer to form a resin pattern in this order.
  • the electronic device manufactured by the method for manufacturing an electronic device according to the present disclosure preferably has the above resin pattern as a permanent film.
  • each step in the method of manufacturing an electronic device and the embodiment of the order in which each step is performed are as described in the above-mentioned sections of "Manufacturing method of resin pattern" and "Etching method”. Yes, and the preferred embodiment is the same.
  • the method for manufacturing the electronic device a known method for manufacturing the electronic device may be referred to, except that the wiring for the electronic device is formed by the above method. Further, the method for manufacturing an electronic device may include any process (other process) other than those described above.
  • the electronic device is not particularly limited, but is used in the fields of semiconductor packages, printed circuit boards, various wiring forming applications for sensor boards, touch panels, electromagnetic wave shielding materials, conductive films such as film heaters, liquid crystal sealing materials, micromachines or microelectronics. Structures are preferred.
  • the resin pattern is preferably used as a permanent film, for example, an interlayer insulating film, a wiring protective film, a wiring protective film having an index matching layer, or the like in the electronic device.
  • a touch panel is particularly preferable.
  • FIG. 3 and 4 show an example of a mask pattern used for manufacturing a touch panel.
  • GR is a non-image part (light-shielding part)
  • EX is an image part (exposure part)
  • DL virtualizes a frame for alignment. It is shown as a target.
  • a touch panel having a circuit wiring having the pattern A corresponding to EX can be manufactured. .. Specifically, it can be produced by the method shown in FIG. 1 of International Publication No. 2016/190405.
  • the central portion (pattern portion where the qualifications are connected) of the exposed portion EX is the portion where the transparent electrode (touch panel electrode) is formed, and the peripheral portion (thin line portion) of the exposed portion EX is. This is the part where the wiring of the peripheral extraction part is formed.
  • an electronic device having at least wiring for an electronic device is manufactured, and preferably, for example, a touch panel having at least wiring for a touch panel is manufactured.
  • the touch panel preferably has a transparent substrate, electrodes, and an insulating layer or a protective layer.
  • Examples of the detection method on the touch panel include known methods such as a resistance film method, a capacitance method, an ultrasonic method, an electromagnetic induction method, and an optical method. Above all, the capacitance method is preferable.
  • the touch panel type includes a so-called in-cell type (for example, those shown in FIGS. 5, 6, 7, and 8 of JP-A-2012-51751), and a so-called on-cell type (for example, JP-A-2013-168125).
  • 2013-54727A (described in FIG. 2), various outsell types (so-called GG, G1 / G2, GFF, GF2, GF1, G1F, etc.) and other configurations (for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-164871).
  • Examples of the touch panel include those described in paragraph 0229 of JP-A-2017-120435.
  • the temporary support 1 was produced by the following method.
  • the film thickness of the particle-containing layer was 40 nm as measured from a cross-sectional TEM photograph.
  • the average particle size of the particles contained in the particle-containing layer was measured by the above method using an HT-7700 type transmission electron microscope (TEM) manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation, and found to be 50 nm.
  • photosensitive resin compositions 1 to 5 After mixing so as to have the composition shown in Table 1 below, photosensitive resin compositions 1 to 5 (solid content concentration: 25% by mass) were prepared by adding methyl ethyl ketone.
  • BPE-500 2,2-bis (4- (methacryloxypentethoxy) phenyl) propane, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.
  • BPE-200 2,2-bis (4- (methacryloxydiethoxy) phenyl) Propane, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.
  • M-270 Polypropylene glycol diacrylate, manufactured by Toa Synthetic Co., Ltd.
  • A-TMPT Trimethylol propantriacrylate, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.
  • SR-454 ethoxylated ( 3) Trimethylol propantriacrylate, Sartmer SR-502: ethoxylated (9) Trimethylol propantriacrylate, Sartmer A-9300-CL1: ⁇ -caprolactone-modified tris- (2-acryloxyethyl) isocyanurate , Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.
  • B-CIM Photoradical generator (photopolymerization initiator), Hampford, 2- (2-chlorophenyl) -4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer SB-PI 701: Sensitizer, 4,4'-bis (diethylamino) benzophenone, obtained from Sanyo Trading Co., Ltd.
  • CBT-1 rust preventive, carboxybenzotriazole, TDP-G manufactured by Johoku Chemical Industry Co., Ltd .: polymerization inhibitor, phenothiazine , Kawaguchi Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.
  • Irganox245 Hindered phenol polymerizer, BASF F-552: Fluorosurfactant, Megafuck F552, DIC Co., Ltd.
  • ⁇ Preparation of water-soluble resin composition The following components were mixed to prepare a water-soluble resin composition (composition for a water-soluble resin layer). The unit of the amount of each component is a mass part.
  • Ion-exchanged water 38.12 parts Methanol (manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Company, Inc.): 57.17 parts Clarepoval 4-88LA (polyvinyl alcohol, manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd.): 3.22 parts Polyvinylpyrrolidone K-30 (Japan) Catalyst Co., Ltd.): 1.49 parts Megafuck F-444 (fluorine-based surfactant, manufactured by DIC Co., Ltd.): 0.0035 parts
  • thermoplastic resin composition The following components were mixed to prepare a thermoplastic resin composition.
  • Dye B-1 (the following compound): 0.1 part
  • Photoacid generator C-1 (the following compound): 0.1 part Plastic agent D-3 (NK ester A-DCP, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) : 2.2 parts
  • Polymer D-4 (8UX-015A, manufactured by Taisei Fine Chemicals Co., Ltd.): 1.1 parts Polymer D-5 (Aronix TO-2349, manufactured by Toa Synthetic Co., Ltd.): 0.5 parts Megafuck F-551 (Fluorine-based surfactant, manufactured by DIC Co., Ltd.): 0.02 part Phenothiazine: 0.03 part C
  • the dye B-1 is shown below.
  • the photoacid generator C-1 is shown below.
  • thermoplastic resin composition shown in Table 6 is applied onto the temporary support shown in Table 5 using a slit-shaped nozzle so that the coating layer is configured as shown in Tables 5 and 6, and the coating width is 1. It was applied so as to have a layer thickness of 0.0 m and the layer thickness shown in Table 6, and passed through a drying zone at 80 ° C. for 40 seconds to form a thermoplastic resin layer. Then, the water-soluble resin composition shown in Table 6 is applied onto the thermoplastic resin layer using a slit-shaped nozzle so that the coating width is 1.0 m and the layer thickness shown in Table 6 is 80 ° C.
  • the water-soluble resin layer was formed by passing through the drying zone of the above for 40 seconds. Further, the photosensitive resin composition shown in Table 6 is applied onto the water-soluble resin layer using a slit-shaped nozzle so that the coating width is 1.0 m and the layer thickness is as shown in Table 6, and the temperature is 80 ° C. A photosensitive resin layer was formed by passing through the drying zone for 40 seconds. The protective film shown in Table 5 was crimped onto this to prepare a photosensitive transfer material, which was wound into a roll form.
  • the dropping liquid (1) As the preparation of the dropping liquid (1), 107.1 g of methacrylic acid (manufactured by Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd., trade name Acryester M), methyl methacrylate (manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Company, trade name MMA) (5.46 g). , And cyclohexyl methacrylate (manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Company, Inc., trade name CHMA) (231.42 g) were mixed and diluted with PGM-Ac (60 g) to obtain a dropping liquid (1).
  • methacrylic acid manufactured by Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd., trade name Acryester M
  • methyl methacrylate manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Company, trade name MMA
  • CHMA cyclohexyl methacrylate
  • dimethyl 2,2'-azobis (2-methylpropionate) (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd., trade name V-601) (9.637 g) was added to PGM-Ac.
  • a dropping liquid (2) was obtained.
  • the dropping liquid (1) and the dropping liquid (2) are simultaneously added dropwise to the above-mentioned 2,000 mL flask (specifically, a 2,000 mL flask containing a liquid heated to 90 ° C.) over 3 hours. did.
  • the container of the dropping liquid (1) was washed with PGM-Ac (12 g), and the washing liquid was dropped into the 2,000 mL flask.
  • the container of the dropping liquid (2) was washed with PGM-Ac (6 g), and the washing liquid was dropped into the 2000 mL flask.
  • the reaction solution in the 2,000 mL flask was kept at 90 ° C. and stirred at a stirring speed of 250 rpm. Further, as a post-reaction, the mixture was stirred at 90 ° C. for 1 hour.
  • V-601 (2.401 g) was added to the reaction solution after the post-reaction as the first additional addition of the initiator. Further, the container of V-601 was washed with PGM-Ac (6 g), and the washing liquid was introduced into the reaction liquid. Then, the mixture was stirred at 90 ° C. for 1 hour.
  • V-601 (2.401 g) was added to the reaction solution as the second additional addition of the initiator. Further, the container of V-601 was washed with PGM-Ac (6 g), and the washing liquid was introduced into the reaction liquid. Then, the mixture was stirred at 90 ° C. for 1 hour. Next, V-601 (2.401 g) was added to the reaction solution as the third additional addition of the initiator. Further, the container of V-601 was washed with PGM-Ac (6 g), and the washing liquid was introduced into the reaction liquid. Then, the mixture was stirred at 90 ° C. for 3 hours.
  • glycidyl methacrylate manufactured by NOF CORPORATION, trade name Blemmer G (76.03 g) was added dropwise to the reaction solution over 1 hour.
  • the container of Blemmer G was washed with PGM-Ac (6 g), and the washing liquid was introduced into the reaction liquid. Then, as an addition reaction, the mixture was stirred at 100 ° C. for 6 hours.
  • the reaction solution was cooled and filtered through a mesh filter (100 mesh) for removing dust to obtain a solution of polymer D (1,158 g) (solid content concentration: 36.3% by mass).
  • the obtained polymer P-1 had a weight average molecular weight of 27,000, a number average molecular weight of 15,000, and an acid value of 95 mgKOH / g.
  • V-601 was added 3 times every 1 hour. After that, it was reacted for another 3 hours. Then, it was diluted with 58.4 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate and 11.7 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether. The temperature of the reaction solution was raised to 100 ° C. under an air flow, and 0.53 g of tetraethylammonium bromide and 0.26 g of p-methoxyphenol were added. To this, 25.5 g of glycidyl methacrylate (NOF Corporation Blemmer GH) was added dropwise over 20 minutes. This was reacted at 100 ° C.
  • NOF Corporation Blemmer GH glycidyl methacrylate
  • the solid content concentration of the obtained solution was 36.5% by mass.
  • the weight average molecular weight in terms of standard polystyrene in GPC was 17,000, the dispersity was 2.7, and the acid value of the polymer was 95 mgKOH / g.
  • the amount of residual monomer measured by gas chromatography was less than 0.1% by mass with respect to the polymer solid content in any of the monomers.
  • V-601 was added 3 times every 1 hour. After that, it was reacted for another 3 hours. Then, it was diluted with 160.7 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate and 233.3 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether. The temperature of the reaction solution was raised to 100 ° C. under an air flow, and 1.8 g of tetraethylammonium bromide and 0.86 g of p-methoxyphenol were added. 71.9 g of glycidyl methacrylate (Blemmer G manufactured by NOF CORPORATION) was added dropwise to this over 20 minutes. This was reacted at 100 ° C.
  • the solid content concentration of the obtained solution was 36.2%.
  • the weight average molecular weight in terms of standard polystyrene in GPC was 18,000, the dispersity was 2.3, and the acid value of the polymer was 124 mgKOH / g.
  • the amount of residual monomer measured by gas chromatography was less than 0.1% by mass with respect to the polymer solid content in any of the monomers.
  • compositions B-1 to B-4 for forming the refractive index adjusting layer were prepared with the compositions shown in Table 3 below.
  • the numerical value of each component in Table 3 represents "part by mass”.
  • Polymer A in Table 3 was synthesized and prepared as follows.
  • 1-Methylpropanol manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.
  • 270.0 g was introduced into a 1 L three-necked flask, and the temperature was raised to 70 ° C. under a nitrogen stream while stirring.
  • allyl methacrylate (45.6 g) (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) and methacrylic acid (14.4 g) (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) 1-methoxypropanol (Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) Dissolve in (270.0 g) (manufactured by Fuji Film Co., Ltd.), and further dissolve 3.94 g of V-65 (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) to prepare a dropping solution, and put it in a flask for 2.5 hours. The dropping liquid was dropped over. The reaction was carried out while maintaining the stirred state for 2.0 hours.
  • the coating amount was adjusted to an amount such that the film thickness after drying becomes the film thickness shown in Table 4, apply it on the photosensitive resin layer layer, and then dry it at a drying temperature of 80 ° C.
  • the refractive index adjustment layer was formed.
  • a protective film (Lumirror 16QS62, manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc.) was pressure-bonded onto the refractive index adjusting layer to prepare coating layers 11 to 26.
  • a copper layer having a thickness of 200 nm was prepared on a polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film having a thickness of 100 ⁇ m by a sputtering method, and a PET substrate with a copper layer was prepared.
  • PET polyethylene terephthalate
  • the surface energy (unit: mN / m) of the temporary support or the protective film is calculated by the following method.
  • the contact angles of the two liquids, pure water and methylene iodide were measured in an atmosphere of room temperature of 23 ° C and relative humidity of 50% to 60%. Three points were measured by (Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd.). The average value of the measured values obtained for each liquid was taken as the contact angle of each of the two types of liquids.
  • the protective film was peeled off from the prepared photosensitive transfer material, and laminated on a PET substrate with a copper layer under laminating conditions of a laminating roll temperature of 100 ° C., a linear pressure of 0.6 MPa, and a linear velocity (laminating rate) of 4.0 m / min.
  • the line-and-space pattern (Duty ratio 1: 1) mask and temporary support were brought into contact with each other, exposed to an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp, left at 23 ° C. for 3 hours, and then developed. Development was carried out by shower development for 40 seconds using a 1.0 mass% sodium carbonate aqueous solution at 28 ° C.
  • a line-and-space pattern having a line width of 9 ⁇ m was formed by the above method, and the exposure amount at which the ratio of the line width to the space width was 1: 1 was determined. Then, shower etching was performed for 60 seconds using MEC Bright (MEC) to prepare a copper pattern wiring. The obtained copper pattern wiring was observed with an optical microscope. A total of 10 shots were observed, with an observation area of 0.26 mm ⁇ 0.20 mm as one shot. If there is a disconnection (open) or a connection (short circuit) between wirings even at one point in one shot, the number of defective shots in 10 shots is defined as a wiring defect and evaluated. Wiring defects in the copper pattern are based on defects in the resin pattern. It is preferably A or B.
  • ⁇ Resolution evaluation> The resolution was evaluated using the copper pattern wiring produced in the defect evaluation. Using a mask in which the width of the line-and-space pattern was changed, the minimum width at which the resist pattern after development could be formed was defined as the minimum resolution and evaluated. Tables 5 and 6 show the minimum resolution ( ⁇ m) as the evaluation result of the resolution.
  • the protective film was peeled off from the produced photosensitive transfer material, and laminated on the PET substrate with a copper layer under laminating conditions of a laminating roll temperature of 100 ° C., a linear pressure of 0.6 MPa, and a linear velocity (laminating rate) of 1.0 m / min.
  • a laminate having at least the temporary support and the photosensitive resin layer on a PET substrate with a copper layer is 70 mm ⁇ 10 mm.
  • a sample was prepared by cutting into. The PET substrate side of the above sample was fixed on the reference table.
  • peeling force was measured.
  • ⁇ Measurement of haze value> The haze value was measured using a haze meter (NDH-2000, manufactured by Nippon Denshoku Kogyo Co., Ltd.) by a method according to JIS K 7105: 1981.
  • Temporary support 3 Biaxially stretched polyethylene terephthalate film, thickness 16 ⁇ m, Toray Industries, Inc. Lumirror 16QS62
  • Temporary support 4 Biaxially stretched polypropylene film, thickness 12 ⁇ m, Alfan E501 manufactured by Oji F-Tex Co., Ltd.
  • Temporary support 5 Biaxially stretched polyethylene terephthalate film, thickness 16 ⁇ m, Toray Industries, Inc. Lumirror P60
  • the transport surface (outside) in Table 8 is the surface opposite to the photosensitive resin layer side of the temporary support or the protective film, and the coated surface (inside) is the photosensitive resin in the temporary support or the protective film. This is the surface on the layer side.
  • the photosensitive transfer materials of Examples 1 to 28 were compared with the photosensitive transfer materials of Comparative Examples 1 to 3, and the photosensitive resin layer was exposed via a temporary support. Even so, a resin pattern with few defects can be obtained. Further, the photosensitive transfer materials of Examples 1 to 28 are also excellent in resolution and adhesion between the photosensitive resin layer or the thermoplastic resin layer and the temporary support.
  • Example 101 On a 100 ⁇ m thick PET substrate, ITO is formed into a film with a thickness of 150 nm by sputtering as a second conductive layer, and copper is formed into a film with a thickness of 200 nm as a conductive layer of the first layer by a vacuum vapor deposition method. This was used as a circuit forming substrate.
  • the photosensitive transfer material obtained in Example 10 was laminated on the copper layer (laminol temperature 120 ° C., linear pressure 0.8 MPa, linear velocity 1.0 m / min.). The laminated laminate was exposed to a contact pattern using a photomask provided with the pattern A shown in FIG.
  • pattern A The remaining photosensitive resin layer (pattern A) was peeled off using a stripping solution (KP-301 manufactured by Kanto Chemical Co., Ltd.), and the photosensitive transfer material obtained in Example 10 was again laminated on the copper layer (Kanto Kagaku Co., Ltd. KP-301). Lamilol temperature 120 ° C., linear pressure 0.8 MPa, linear velocity 1.0 m / min.). Next, the pattern was exposed using the photomask of pattern B shown in FIG. 4 in a state of alignment, and was developed and washed with water.
  • a stripping solution KP-301 manufactured by Kanto Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • Lamilol temperature 120 ° C., linear pressure 0.8 MPa, linear velocity 1.0 m / min.
  • the copper layer was etched with Cu-02, and the remaining photosensitive resin layer (pattern B) was peeled off with a stripping solution (KP-301 manufactured by Kanto Chemical Co., Ltd.) to obtain a circuit wiring board. ..
  • a stripping solution KP-301 manufactured by Kanto Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • the pattern was clean.
  • GR which is a gray part
  • EX is an exposed part
  • DL which is a dotted line part
  • GR which is a gray portion
  • EX is an exposed portion
  • DL which is a dotted line portion

Abstract

Provided is a photosensitive transfer material having a temporary support body, a photosensitive resin layer, and a protective film in that order. γb ≥ γc is satisfied, when: the surface energy of a surface of the temporary support body which is opposite the photosensitive resin layer side is γb (mN/m); and the surface energy of a surface of the protective film which is opposite the photosensitive resin layer side is γc (mN/m). Also provided are: a method for producing a resin pattern using the photosensitive transfer material; an etching method; and a method for manufacturing an electronic device.

Description

感光性転写材料、樹脂パターンの製造方法、エッチング方法、及び、電子デバイスの製造方法Photosensitive transfer material, resin pattern manufacturing method, etching method, and electronic device manufacturing method
 本開示は、感光性転写材料、樹脂パターンの製造方法、エッチング方法、及び、電子デバイスの製造方法に関する。 The present disclosure relates to a photosensitive transfer material, a method for manufacturing a resin pattern, an etching method, and a method for manufacturing an electronic device.
 静電容量型入力装置などのタッチパネルを備えた表示装置(有機エレクトロルミネッセンス(EL)表示装置及び液晶表示装置など)では、視認部のセンサーに相当する電極パターン、周辺配線部分及び取り出し配線部分の配線などの導電層パターンがタッチパネル内部に設けられている。
 一般的にパターン化した層の形成には、必要とするパターン形状を得るための工程数が少ないといったことから、感光性転写材料を用いて任意の基板上に設けた感光性樹脂組成物の層に対して、所望のパターンを有するマスクを介して露光した後に現像する方法が広く使用されている。
In display devices equipped with a touch panel such as a capacitance type input device (organic electroluminescence (EL) display device, liquid crystal display device, etc.), the electrode pattern corresponding to the sensor of the visual recognition part, the peripheral wiring part, and the wiring of the take-out wiring part are wired. The conductive layer pattern such as is provided inside the touch panel.
Generally, in forming a patterned layer, the number of steps for obtaining the required pattern shape is small, so a layer of a photosensitive resin composition provided on an arbitrary substrate using a photosensitive transfer material is used. On the other hand, a method of developing after exposure through a mask having a desired pattern is widely used.
 また、従来の感光性転写材料としては、特開2019-128445号公報に記載されたものが知られている。特許文献1には、保護フィルム上に、感光層と、粘着性層と、仮支持体と、をこの順に有し、上記感光層が粒子を含み、上記感光層と上記粘着性層とが接触しており、上記感光層と上記粘着性層とが剥離可能であり、上記感光層と上記粘着性層とを剥離した後の上記感光層の表面が上記粒子により形成された凹凸を有する感光性転写材料が記載されている。 Further, as a conventional photosensitive transfer material, those described in JP-A-2019-128445 are known. Patent Document 1 has a photosensitive layer, an adhesive layer, and a temporary support in this order on a protective film, the photosensitive layer contains particles, and the photosensitive layer and the adhesive layer come into contact with each other. The photosensitive layer and the adhesive layer can be peeled off, and the surface of the photosensitive layer after peeling the photosensitive layer and the adhesive layer has irregularities formed by the particles. The transfer material is described.
 本開示の一実施形態が解決しようとする課題は、感光性樹脂層を仮支持体を介して露光した場合であっても、欠陥の少ない樹脂パターンが得られる感光性転写材料を提供することである。
 また、本開示の他の実施形態が解決しようとする課題は、上記感光性転写材料を用いた樹脂パターンの製造方法、エッチング方法、及び、電子デバイスの製造方法を提供することである。
An object to be solved by one embodiment of the present disclosure is to provide a photosensitive transfer material capable of obtaining a resin pattern with few defects even when the photosensitive resin layer is exposed via a temporary support. be.
Further, an object to be solved by another embodiment of the present disclosure is to provide a method for producing a resin pattern using the above-mentioned photosensitive transfer material, an etching method, and a method for producing an electronic device.
 本開示には、以下の態様が含まれる。
<1> 仮支持体、感光性樹脂層、及び、保護フィルムをこの順で有し、上記仮支持体における上記感光性樹脂層側とは反対側の面の表面エネルギーをγb(mN/m)とし、上記保護フィルムにおける上記感光性樹脂層側とは反対側の面の表面エネルギーをγc(mN/m)としたときに、γb≧γcを満たす感光性転写材料。
<2> 上記仮支持体の厚みが、20μm以下である<1>に記載の感光性転写材料。
<3> 上記感光性樹脂層の厚みが、10μm以下である<1>又は<2>に記載の感光性転写材料。
<4> 上記仮支持体と上記感光性樹脂層との間に、他の層を更に有する<1>~<3>のいずれか1つに記載の感光性転写材料。
<5> 上記仮支持体のヘイズ値が、1.0%未満である<1>~<4>のいずれか1つに記載の感光性転写材料。
<6> 上記仮支持体の剥離力が、0.5mN/mm以上である<1>~<5>のいずれか1つに記載の感光性転写材料。
<7> 上記仮支持体における上記感光性樹脂層側とは反対側の面の算術平均粗さRaの値が、50nm以下である<1>~<6>のいずれか1つに記載の感光性転写材料。
<8> 上記保護フィルムにおける上記感光性樹脂層側とは反対側の面の算術平均粗さRaの値が、50nm以下である<1>~<7>のいずれか1つに記載の感光性転写材料。
<9> γb-γcの値が、0mN/mを超え50mN/m以下である<1>~<8>のいずれか1つに記載の感光性転写材料。
<10> γb-γcの値が、2mN/m以上30mN/m以下である<1>~<9>のいずれか1つに記載の感光性転写材料。
<11> γb-γcの値が、7mN/m以上20mN/m以下である<1>~<10>のいずれか1つに記載の感光性転写材料。
<12> ロール状の感光性転写材料である<1>~<11>のいずれか1つに記載の感光性転写材料。
<13> <1>~<12>のいずれか1つに記載の感光性転写材料から上記保護フィルムを剥離する工程と、上記保護フィルムを剥離した感光性転写材料における上記仮支持体に対して上記感光性樹脂層を有する側の最外層を、導電性層を有する基板に接触させて貼り合わせる工程と、上記感光性樹脂層を上記仮支持体を介してパターン露光する工程と、露光された上記感光性樹脂層を現像して樹脂パターンを形成する工程と、をこの順に含む樹脂パターンの製造方法。
<14> 上記基板、上記導電性層、及び、<13>に記載の樹脂パターンの製造方法により製造された樹脂パターンがこの順で積層された積層体において、上記樹脂パターンが配置されていない領域における上記導電性層をエッチング処理する工程を含むエッチング方法。
<15> <1>~<12>のいずれか1つに記載の感光性転写材料から上記保護フィルムを剥離する工程と、上記保護フィルムを剥離した感光性転写材料における上記仮支持体に対して上記感光性樹脂層を有する側の最外層を、導電性層を有する基板に接触させて貼り合わせる工程と、上記感光性樹脂層を上記仮支持体を介してパターン露光する工程と、露光された上記感光性樹脂層を現像して樹脂パターンを形成する工程と、をこの順に含み、製造された電子デバイスが、上記樹脂パターンを有する電子デバイスの製造方法。
The disclosure includes the following aspects:
<1> The temporary support, the photosensitive resin layer, and the protective film are provided in this order, and the surface energy of the surface of the temporary support opposite to the photosensitive resin layer side is γb (mN / m). A photosensitive transfer material that satisfies γb ≧ γc when the surface energy of the surface of the protective film opposite to the photosensitive resin layer side is γc (mN / m).
<2> The photosensitive transfer material according to <1>, wherein the temporary support has a thickness of 20 μm or less.
<3> The photosensitive transfer material according to <1> or <2>, wherein the thickness of the photosensitive resin layer is 10 μm or less.
<4> The photosensitive transfer material according to any one of <1> to <3>, which further has another layer between the temporary support and the photosensitive resin layer.
<5> The photosensitive transfer material according to any one of <1> to <4>, wherein the haze value of the temporary support is less than 1.0%.
<6> The photosensitive transfer material according to any one of <1> to <5>, wherein the temporary support has a peeling force of 0.5 mN / mm or more.
<7> The photosensitive according to any one of <1> to <6>, wherein the arithmetic average roughness Ra value of the surface of the temporary support opposite to the photosensitive resin layer side is 50 nm or less. Sex transfer material.
<8> The photosensitive property according to any one of <1> to <7>, wherein the arithmetic average roughness Ra value of the surface of the protective film opposite to the photosensitive resin layer side is 50 nm or less. Transfer material.
<9> The photosensitive transfer material according to any one of <1> to <8>, wherein the value of γb-γc is more than 0 mN / m and 50 mN / m or less.
<10> The photosensitive transfer material according to any one of <1> to <9>, wherein the value of γb-γc is 2 mN / m or more and 30 mN / m or less.
<11> The photosensitive transfer material according to any one of <1> to <10>, wherein the value of γb-γc is 7 mN / m or more and 20 mN / m or less.
<12> The photosensitive transfer material according to any one of <1> to <11>, which is a roll-shaped photosensitive transfer material.
<13> With respect to the step of peeling the protective film from the photosensitive transfer material according to any one of <1> to <12> and the temporary support in the photosensitive transfer material from which the protective film has been peeled off. The outermost layer on the side having the photosensitive resin layer was brought into contact with the substrate having the conductive layer and bonded to each other, and the photosensitive resin layer was exposed to a pattern through the temporary support. A method for producing a resin pattern, which comprises a step of developing the photosensitive resin layer to form a resin pattern and the process of forming the resin pattern in this order.
<14> A region in which the resin pattern is not arranged in the laminated body in which the substrate, the conductive layer, and the resin pattern manufactured by the method for manufacturing the resin pattern according to <13> are laminated in this order. The etching method including the step of etching the said conductive layer in.
<15> With respect to the step of peeling the protective film from the photosensitive transfer material according to any one of <1> to <12> and the temporary support in the photosensitive transfer material from which the protective film has been peeled off. The outermost layer on the side having the photosensitive resin layer was brought into contact with the substrate having the conductive layer and bonded to each other, and the photosensitive resin layer was exposed to a pattern through the temporary support. A method for manufacturing an electronic device having the resin pattern, comprising the steps of developing the photosensitive resin layer to form a resin pattern in this order.
 本開示の一実施形態によれば、感光性樹脂層を仮支持体を介して露光した場合であっても、欠陥の少ない樹脂パターンが得られる感光性転写材料を提供することができる。
 また、本開示の他の実施形態によれば、上記感光性転写材料を用いた樹脂パターンの製造方法、エッチング方法、及び、電子デバイスの製造方法を提供することができる。
According to one embodiment of the present disclosure, it is possible to provide a photosensitive transfer material that can obtain a resin pattern with few defects even when the photosensitive resin layer is exposed via a temporary support.
Further, according to another embodiment of the present disclosure, it is possible to provide a method for manufacturing a resin pattern using the above-mentioned photosensitive transfer material, an etching method, and a method for manufacturing an electronic device.
図1は、第1実施形態の感光性転写材料の構成の一例を示す概略図である。FIG. 1 is a schematic view showing an example of the configuration of the photosensitive transfer material of the first embodiment. 図2は、第2実施形態の感光性転写材料の構成の一例を示す概略図である。FIG. 2 is a schematic view showing an example of the configuration of the photosensitive transfer material of the second embodiment. 図3は、パターンAを示す概略平面図である。FIG. 3 is a schematic plan view showing the pattern A. 図4は、パターンBを示す概略平面図である。FIG. 4 is a schematic plan view showing the pattern B.
 以下、本開示の内容について説明する。なお、添付の図面を参照しながら説明するが、符号は省略する場合がある。
 また、本明細書において「~」を用いて表される数値範囲は、「~」の前後に記載される数値を下限値及び上限値として含む範囲を意味する。
 また、本明細書において、「(メタ)アクリル」はアクリル及びメタクリルの双方、又は、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アクリレート」はアクリレート及びメタクリレートの双方、又は、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アクリロイル」はアクリロイル及びメタクリロイルの双方、又は、いずれかを表す。
 更に、本明細書において組成物中の各成分の量は、組成物中に各成分に該当する物質が複数存在する場合、特に断らない限り、組成物中に存在する該当する複数の物質の合計量を意味する。
 本明細書において「工程」との語は、独立した工程だけでなく、他の工程と明確に区別できない場合であっても工程の所期の目的が達成されれば、本用語に含まれる。
 本明細書における基(原子団)の表記において、置換及び無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さないものと共に置換基を有するものをも包含するものである。例えば「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含するものである。
 本明細書において「露光」とは、特に断らない限り、光を用いた露光のみならず、電子線、イオンビーム等の粒子線を用いた描画も含む。また、露光に用いられる光としては、一般的に、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X線、電子線等の活性光線(活性エネルギー線)が挙げられる。
 また、本明細書における化学構造式は、水素原子を省略した簡略構造式で記載する場合もある。
 本明細書において、「質量%」と「重量%」とは同義であり、「質量部」と「重量部」とは同義である。
 また、本明細書において、2以上の好ましい態様の組み合わせは、より好ましい態様である。
 また、本明細書における重量平均分子量(Mw)及び数平均分子量(Mn)は、特に断りのない限り、TSKgel GMHxL、TSKgel G4000HxL、TSKgel G2000HxL(何れも東ソー(株)製の商品名)のカラムを使用したゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィ(GPC)分析装置により、溶剤THF(テトラヒドロフラン)、示差屈折計により検出し、標準物質としてポリスチレンを用いて換算した分子量である。
 本明細書において「全固形分」とは、組成物の全組成から溶剤を除いた成分の総質量をいう。また、「固形分」とは、上述のように、溶剤を除いた成分であり、例えば、25℃において固体であっても、液体であってもよい。
Hereinafter, the contents of the present disclosure will be described. Although the description will be given with reference to the attached drawings, the reference numerals may be omitted.
Further, the numerical range represented by using "-" in the present specification means a range including the numerical values before and after "-" as the lower limit value and the upper limit value.
Further, in the present specification, "(meth) acrylic" represents both acrylic and methacrylic, or either, and "(meth) acrylate" represents both acrylate and methacrylate, or either, and "(meth) acrylate". ) Acryloyl "represents both acryloyl and / or methacryloyl.
Further, in the present specification, the amount of each component in the composition is the sum of the plurality of applicable substances present in the composition when a plurality of the substances corresponding to each component are present in the composition, unless otherwise specified. Means quantity.
In the present specification, the term "process" is included in this term not only as an independent process but also as long as the intended purpose of the process is achieved even if it cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes.
In the notation of a group (atomic group) in the present specification, the notation not describing substitution and non-substitution includes those having no substituent as well as those having a substituent. For example, the "alkyl group" includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
As used herein, the term "exposure" includes not only exposure using light but also drawing using particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams, unless otherwise specified. Further, as the light used for exposure, generally, the emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays typified by excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, active rays such as electron beams (active energy rays) are used. Can be mentioned.
Further, the chemical structural formula in the present specification may be described by a simplified structural formula in which a hydrogen atom is omitted.
In the present specification, "% by mass" and "% by weight" are synonymous, and "parts by mass" and "parts by weight" are synonymous.
Further, in the present specification, a combination of two or more preferred embodiments is a more preferred embodiment.
Further, unless otherwise specified, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) in the present specification are columns of TSKgel GMHxL, TSKgel G4000HxL, and TSKgel G2000HxL (all are trade names manufactured by Toso Co., Ltd.). The molecular weight is detected by the solvent THF (tetrahydrofuran) and the differential refractometer by the gel permeation chromatography (GPC) analyzer used, and is converted by using polystyrene as a standard substance.
As used herein, the term "total solid content" refers to the total mass of the components excluding the solvent from the total composition of the composition. Further, the "solid content" is a component excluding the solvent as described above, and may be, for example, a solid or a liquid at 25 ° C.
(感光性転写材料)
 本開示に係る感光性転写材料は、仮支持体、感光性樹脂層、及び、保護フィルムをこの順で有し、上記仮支持体における上記感光性樹脂層側とは反対側の面の表面エネルギーをγb(mN/m)とし、上記保護フィルムにおける上記感光性樹脂層側とは反対側の面の表面エネルギーをγc(mN/m)としたときに、γb≧γcを満たす。
(Photosensitive transfer material)
The photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure has a temporary support, a photosensitive resin layer, and a protective film in this order, and the surface energy of the surface of the temporary support opposite to the photosensitive resin layer side. Is γb (mN / m), and γb ≧ γc is satisfied when the surface energy of the surface of the protective film opposite to the photosensitive resin layer side is γc (mN / m).
 特開2019-128445号公報に記載されているような、従来の感光性転写材料を用いた配線形成プロセスにおいて、導電層を有する基板に貼り合わせた感光性樹脂層を仮支持体を介して露光する際に、仮支持体に付着した異物により、得られる樹脂パターンに欠陥が生じることを、本発明者らは見出した。
 本発明者らが詳細に検討した結果、上記態様とすることにより、感光性樹脂層を仮支持体を介して露光した場合であっても、欠陥の少ない樹脂パターンが得られることを本発明者らは見出した。
 本開示に係る感光性転写材料では、上記仮支持体における上記感光性樹脂層側とは反対側の面の表面エネルギーをγb(mN/m)とし、上記保護フィルムにおける上記感光性樹脂層側とは反対側の面の表面エネルギーをγc(mN/m)としたときに、γb≧γcを満たす。それにより、詳細な機構は不明であるが、感光性転写材料を積層したり、又は、感光性転写材料をロール状に巻き取ることで、仮支持体と保護フィルムとが接触し、上記仮支持体上に付着したゴミ等の異物が、上記保護フィルムへ移動し、上記仮支持体上からは除去されるため、上記感光性樹脂層を上記仮支持体を介して露光した場合であっても、欠陥の少ない樹脂パターンが得られると推定している。
 なお、本開示における樹脂パターンの「欠陥」とは、樹脂パターンの形状不良箇所である。上記欠陥を有する樹脂パターンをエッチングマスクとして用いて配線を作製した場合、上記欠陥由来の配線の断線(オープン)又は配線の同士の結合(ショート)が生じる。特に高精細なパターンほどその影響が大きくなる。
In a wiring formation process using a conventional photosensitive transfer material as described in JP-A-2019-128445, a photosensitive resin layer bonded to a substrate having a conductive layer is exposed via a temporary support. The present inventors have found that the obtained resin pattern is defective due to the foreign matter adhering to the temporary support.
As a result of detailed studies by the present inventors, the present inventors have found that by adopting the above embodiment, a resin pattern having few defects can be obtained even when the photosensitive resin layer is exposed via a temporary support. Found.
In the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure, the surface energy of the surface of the temporary support opposite to the photosensitive resin layer side is γb (mN / m), and the surface energy of the temporary support is the same as that of the photosensitive resin layer side of the protective film. Satisfies γb ≧ γc when the surface energy of the opposite surface is γc (mN / m). As a result, although the detailed mechanism is unknown, the temporary support and the protective film come into contact with each other by laminating the photosensitive transfer material or winding the photosensitive transfer material in a roll shape, and the temporary support is described above. Foreign matter such as dust adhering to the body moves to the protective film and is removed from the temporary support, so that even when the photosensitive resin layer is exposed through the temporary support. It is estimated that a resin pattern with few defects can be obtained.
The "defect" of the resin pattern in the present disclosure is a defective shape of the resin pattern. When the wiring is manufactured by using the resin pattern having the above defect as an etching mask, the wiring due to the defect is broken (open) or the wiring is connected to each other (short circuit). In particular, the higher the definition of the pattern, the greater the effect.
 本開示に係る感光性転写材料は、上記仮支持体における上記感光性樹脂層側とは反対側の面の表面エネルギーをγb(mN/m)とし、上記保護フィルムにおける上記感光性樹脂層側とは反対側の面の表面エネルギーをγc(mN/m)としたときに、γb≧γcを満たす。
 上記仮支持体及び上記保護フィルムにおける表面エネルギーの調整方法としては、特に制限はないが、使用する樹脂の種類、添加剤等の組成、表面処理、延伸処理、後述する粒子含有層等の形成などの方法が挙げられる。
The photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure has a surface energy of γb (mN / m) on the surface of the temporary support opposite to the photosensitive resin layer side, and is different from the photosensitive resin layer side of the protective film. Satisfies γb ≧ γc when the surface energy of the opposite surface is γc (mN / m).
The method for adjusting the surface energy of the temporary support and the protective film is not particularly limited, but the type of resin used, the composition of additives and the like, the surface treatment, the stretching treatment, the formation of a particle-containing layer and the like described later, etc. Method can be mentioned.
 本開示において、仮支持体又は保護フィルムの表面エネルギー(単位:mN/m)は、以下の方法で算出する。
 仮支持体又は保護フィルムの測定面において、室温23℃相対湿度50%~60%の雰囲気下で、純水及びヨウ化メチレンの2種類の液体の各接触角を、接触角計CA-A型(協和界面科学(株)社製)により、3点測定する。各液体について得られた測定値の平均値を、2種類の液体各々の接触角とする。得られた2種類の液体の接触角を用いて、Owens-Wendtに基づく幾何平均法により、分散力γ、極性力γ及び分散力と極性力の和である表面エネルギーγ(=γ+γ)を算出する。
 具体的な算出方法を示す。各記号の意味について下記に示す。γSLは固体と液体との界面での張力である場合、下記数式(1)が成立する。
γSL:フィルム表面と既知の液体の表面自由エネルギー
γ:フィルム表面の表面自由エネルギー
γ:既知の液体の表面自由エネルギー
γ :フィルム表面の表面自由エネルギーの分散力成分
γ :フィルム表面の表面自由エネルギーの極性力成分
γ :既知の液体の表面自由エネルギーの分散力成分
γ :既知の液体の表面自由エネルギーの極性力成分
  γSL=γ+γ-2(γ ・γ 1/2-2(γ ・γ 1/2・・・式(1)
 また、平滑な固体面と液滴が接触角(θ)で接しているときの状態は次式で表現される(Youngの式)。
  γ=γSL+γcosθ・・・式(2)
 これら数式(1)及び数式(2)を組み合わせると、次式が得られる。
  (γ ・γ 1/2+(γ ・γ 1/2(=γ(1+cosθ)/2・・・式(3)
 実際には、純水及びヨウ化メチレンの2種類の液体の接触角(θ)と、既知の液体の表面エネルギーγ及び、各成分(γ 、γ )を数式(3)に代入し、連立方程式を解く。
 その結果、フィルムの表面エネルギー(γ)を算出する。
In the present disclosure, the surface energy (unit: mN / m) of the temporary support or the protective film is calculated by the following method.
On the measurement surface of the temporary support or protective film, the contact angles of two types of liquids, pure water and methylene iodide, were measured in an atmosphere of room temperature of 23 ° C and relative humidity of 50% to 60%. Measure 3 points by (Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd.). The average value of the measured values obtained for each liquid is taken as the contact angle of each of the two types of liquids. Using the contact angles of the two obtained liquids, the surface energy γ (= γ d) , which is the sum of the dispersion force γ d , the polarity force γ p , and the dispersion force and the polarity force, is obtained by the geometric mean method based on Owns-Wendt. + Γ p ) is calculated.
A specific calculation method is shown. The meaning of each symbol is shown below. When γ SL is the tension at the interface between the solid and the liquid, the following mathematical formula (1) holds.
γ SL : Surface free energy of film surface and known liquid γ S : Surface free energy of known liquid γ L : Surface free energy of known liquid γ S d : Dispersive force component of surface free energy of film surface γ S p : Polarity component of surface free energy of film surface γ L d : Dispersive force component of surface free energy of known liquid γ L p : Polar force component of surface free energy of known liquid γ SL = γ S + γ L -2 ( γ S d・ γ L d ) 1/2 -2 (γ S p・ γ L p ) 1/2・ ・ ・ Equation (1)
Further, the state when the smooth solid surface and the droplet are in contact with each other at the contact angle (θ) is expressed by the following equation (Young's equation).
γ S = γ SL + γ L cos θ ・ ・ ・ Equation (2)
By combining these mathematical formulas (1) and (2), the following equation is obtained.
s d・ γ L d ) 1/2 + (γ s p・ γ L p ) 1/2 (= γ L (1 + cos θ) / 2 ... Equation (3)
Actually, the contact angle (θ) of two kinds of liquids, pure water and methylene iodide, the surface energy γ L of the known liquid, and each component (γ L d , γ L p ) are calculated in the formula (3). Substitute and solve simultaneous equations.
As a result, the surface energy (γ S ) of the film is calculated.
 本開示に係る感光性転写材料において、γb-γcの値は、仮支持体を介して露光する場合における樹脂パターンの欠陥抑制性、及び、解像性(以下、単に「樹脂パターンの欠陥抑制性、及び、解像性」ともいう。)の観点から、0mN/mを超え50mN/m以下であることが好ましく、2mN/m以上30mN/m以下であることがより好ましく、7mN/m以上20mN/m以下であることが特に好ましい。 In the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure, the value of γb-γc is the defect suppressing property of the resin pattern and the resolution property (hereinafter, simply “resin pattern defect suppressing property” when exposed via a temporary support. From the viewpoint of "resolvability"), it is preferably more than 0 mN / m and 50 mN / m or less, more preferably 2 mN / m or more and 30 mN / m or less, and 7 mN / m or more and 20 mN. It is particularly preferable that it is / m or less.
 本開示に係る感光性転写材料において、上記仮支持体における上記感光性樹脂層側とは反対側の面の表面エネルギーγbの値は、樹脂パターンの欠陥抑制性、及び、解像性の観点から、30mN/m~70mN/mであることが好ましく、40mN/m~65mN/mであることがより好ましく、45mN/m~60mN/mであることが特に好ましい。 In the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure, the value of the surface energy γb on the surface of the temporary support opposite to the photosensitive resin layer side is determined from the viewpoint of defect suppression and resolvability of the resin pattern. , 30 mN / m to 70 mN / m, more preferably 40 mN / m to 65 mN / m, and particularly preferably 45 mN / m to 60 mN / m.
 本開示に係る感光性転写材料において、上記保護フィルムにおける上記感光性樹脂層側とは反対側の面の表面エネルギーγcの値は、樹脂パターンの欠陥抑制性、及び、解像性の観点から、20mN/m~65mN/mであることが好ましく、25mN/m~55mN/mであることがより好ましく、30mN/m~45mN/mであることが特に好ましい。 In the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure, the value of the surface energy γc on the surface of the protective film opposite to the photosensitive resin layer side is determined from the viewpoint of defect suppression property and resolution property of the resin pattern. It is preferably 20 mN / m to 65 mN / m, more preferably 25 mN / m to 55 mN / m, and particularly preferably 30 mN / m to 45 mN / m.
 本開示に係る感光性転写材料は、仮支持体と、感光性樹脂層と、保護フィルムとをこの順に有する。
 また、本開示に係る感光性転写材料は、仮支持体と感光性樹脂層との間、感光性樹脂層と保護フィルムとの間等に他の層を有していてもよい。
 本開示に係る感光性転写材料は、本開示における効果をより発揮する観点から、ロール状の感光性転写材料であることが好ましい。
The photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure has a temporary support, a photosensitive resin layer, and a protective film in this order.
Further, the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure may have another layer between the temporary support and the photosensitive resin layer, between the photosensitive resin layer and the protective film, and the like.
The photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure is preferably a roll-shaped photosensitive transfer material from the viewpoint of further exerting the effect in the present disclosure.
 本開示に係る感光性転写材料の態様の一例を以下に示すが、これに制限されない。
(1)「仮支持体/感光性樹脂層/屈折率調整層/保護フィルム」
(2)「仮支持体/感光性樹脂層/保護フィルム」
(3)「仮支持体/水溶性樹脂層/感光性樹脂層/保護フィルム」
(4)「仮支持体/熱可塑性樹脂層/水溶性樹脂層/感光性樹脂層/保護フィルム」
 なお、上記各構成において、感光性樹脂層は、ネガ型感光性樹脂層であることが好ましい。また、感光性樹脂層が着色樹脂層であることも好ましい。本開示に係る感光性転写材料は、後述するように配線保護膜用感光性転写材料として使用されてもよいし、エッチングレジスト用感光性転写材料として使用されてもよい。
 配線保護膜用感光性転写材料とする場合、感光性転写材料の構成としては、例えば、上述した(1)又は(2)の構成であることが好ましい。
 また、エッチングレジスト用感光性転写材料とする場合、感光性転写材料の構成としては、例えば、上述した(2)~(4)の構成であることが好ましい。
An example of the embodiment of the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure is shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
(1) "Temporary support / photosensitive resin layer / refractive index adjusting layer / protective film"
(2) "Temporary support / photosensitive resin layer / protective film"
(3) "Temporary support / water-soluble resin layer / photosensitive resin layer / protective film"
(4) "Temporary support / thermoplastic resin layer / water-soluble resin layer / photosensitive resin layer / protective film"
In each of the above configurations, the photosensitive resin layer is preferably a negative photosensitive resin layer. It is also preferable that the photosensitive resin layer is a colored resin layer. The photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure may be used as a photosensitive transfer material for a wiring protective film or as a photosensitive transfer material for an etching resist, as will be described later.
When the photosensitive transfer material for a wiring protective film is used, the configuration of the photosensitive transfer material is preferably, for example, the configuration of (1) or (2) described above.
Further, in the case of using a photosensitive transfer material for an etching resist, the composition of the photosensitive transfer material is preferably, for example, the above-mentioned configurations (2) to (4).
 感光性転写材料において、感光性樹脂層の仮支持体側とは反対側にその他の層を更に有する構成の場合、感光性樹脂層の仮支持体側とは反対側に配置されるその他の層の合計厚みは、感光性樹脂層の層厚に対して、0.1%~30%であることが好ましく、0.1%~20%であることがより好ましい。 In the case of a photosensitive transfer material having another layer on the side opposite to the temporary support side of the photosensitive resin layer, the sum of the other layers arranged on the side opposite to the temporary support side of the photosensitive resin layer. The thickness is preferably 0.1% to 30%, more preferably 0.1% to 20%, based on the thickness of the photosensitive resin layer.
 以下において、具体的な実施形態の一例を挙げて、本開示に係る感光性転写材料について説明する。なお、以下の第1実施形態の感光性転写材料は、エッチングレジスト用感光性転写材料に好適に使用できる構成であり、以下の第2実施形態の感光性転写材料は、配線保護膜用感光性転写材料に好適に使用できる構成である。 Hereinafter, the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure will be described with reference to an example of a specific embodiment. The photosensitive transfer material of the first embodiment below has a configuration that can be suitably used as a photosensitive transfer material for an etching resist, and the photosensitive transfer material of the second embodiment below is photosensitive for a wiring protective film. It is a configuration that can be suitably used for a transfer material.
〔〔第1実施形態の感光性転写材料〕〕
 以下において、第1実施形態の感光性転写材料について、一例を挙げて説明する。
 図1に示す感光性転写材料20は、仮支持体11と、熱可塑性樹脂層13、水溶性樹脂層15、及び、感光性樹脂層17を含む転写層12と、保護フィルム19とを、この順に有する。
 また、図1で示す感光性転写材料20は熱可塑性樹脂層13及び水溶性樹脂層15を配置した形態であるが、熱可塑性樹脂層13及び水溶性樹脂層15は、配置されなくてもよい。
 以下において、第1実施形態の感光性転写材料を構成する各要素について説明する。
[[Photosensitive transfer material of the first embodiment]]
Hereinafter, the photosensitive transfer material of the first embodiment will be described with an example.
The photosensitive transfer material 20 shown in FIG. 1 includes a temporary support 11, a transfer layer 12 including a thermoplastic resin layer 13, a water-soluble resin layer 15, and a photosensitive resin layer 17, and a protective film 19. Have in order.
Further, the photosensitive transfer material 20 shown in FIG. 1 has a form in which the thermoplastic resin layer 13 and the water-soluble resin layer 15 are arranged, but the thermoplastic resin layer 13 and the water-soluble resin layer 15 may not be arranged. ..
Hereinafter, each element constituting the photosensitive transfer material of the first embodiment will be described.
〔仮支持体〕
 本開示に用いられる感光性転写材料は、仮支持体を有する。
 仮支持体は、感光性樹脂層又は感光性樹脂層を含む積層体を支持し、且つ、剥離可能な支持体である。
[Temporary support]
The photosensitive transfer material used in the present disclosure has a temporary support.
The temporary support is a support that supports a photosensitive resin layer or a laminate containing the photosensitive resin layer and is removable.
 仮支持体は、感光性樹脂層をパターン露光する際に、仮支持体を介した感光性樹脂層の露光が可能になる観点から、光透過性を有することが好ましい。なお、本明細書において「光透過性を有する」とは、パターン露光に使用する波長の光の透過率が50%以上であることを意味する。
 仮支持体は、感光性樹脂層の露光感度向上の観点から、パターン露光に使用する波長(より好ましくは波長365nm)の光の透過率が60%以上であることが好ましく、70%以上であることがより好ましい。
 なお、感光性転写材料が備える層の透過率とは、層の主面に垂直な方向(すなわち、厚さ方向)に光を入射させたときの、入射光の強度に対する層を通過して出射した出射光の強度の比率であり、大塚電子(株)製MCPD Seriesを用いて測定される。
The temporary support preferably has light transmittance from the viewpoint that the photosensitive resin layer can be exposed through the temporary support when the photosensitive resin layer is exposed to a pattern. In addition, in this specification, "having light transmittance" means that the transmittance of light of the wavelength used for pattern exposure is 50% or more.
From the viewpoint of improving the exposure sensitivity of the photosensitive resin layer, the temporary support preferably has a light transmittance of 60% or more, preferably 70% or more, at a wavelength (more preferably 365 nm) used for pattern exposure. Is more preferable.
The transmittance of the layer included in the photosensitive transfer material means that when light is incident in a direction perpendicular to the main surface of the layer (that is, in the thickness direction), the light is emitted through the layer with respect to the intensity of the incident light. It is a ratio of the intensity of the emitted light, and is measured using MCPD Series manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd.
 仮支持体を構成する材料としては、例えば、ガラス基板、樹脂フィルム及び紙が挙げられ、強度、可撓性及び光透過性の観点から、樹脂フィルムが好ましい。
 樹脂フィルムとしては、ポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET:polyethylene terephthalate)フィルム、トリ酢酸セルロースフィルム、ポリスチレンフィルム及びポリカーボネートフィルムが挙げられる。中でも、PETフィルムが好ましく、2軸延伸PETフィルムがより好ましい。
Examples of the material constituting the temporary support include a glass substrate, a resin film and paper, and a resin film is preferable from the viewpoint of strength, flexibility and light transmission.
Examples of the resin film include polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film, cellulose triacetate film, polystyrene film and polycarbonate film. Among them, PET film is preferable, and biaxially stretched PET film is more preferable.
 仮支持体の厚さ(層厚)は、特に制限されず、支持体としての強度、回路配線形成用基板との貼り合わせに求められる可撓性、及び、最初の露光工程で要求される光透過性の観点から、材質に応じて選択すればよい。
 仮支持体の厚さは、5μm~100μmの範囲が好ましく、取扱い易さ及び汎用性の点から、10μm~50μmの範囲がより好ましく、10μm~20μmの範囲が更に好ましく、10μm~16μmの範囲が特に好ましい。
 また、仮支持体の厚さは、樹脂パターンの欠陥抑制性、解像性及び直線性の観点から、50μm以下であることが好ましく、25μm以下であることがより好ましく、20μm以下であることが特に好ましい。
The thickness (layer thickness) of the temporary support is not particularly limited, and the strength as the support, the flexibility required for bonding to the circuit wiring forming substrate, and the light required in the first exposure step are not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of transparency, it may be selected according to the material.
The thickness of the temporary support is preferably in the range of 5 μm to 100 μm, more preferably in the range of 10 μm to 50 μm, further preferably in the range of 10 μm to 20 μm, and in the range of 10 μm to 16 μm from the viewpoint of ease of handling and versatility. Especially preferable.
The thickness of the temporary support is preferably 50 μm or less, more preferably 25 μm or less, and more preferably 20 μm or less, from the viewpoint of defect suppression, resolution, and linearity of the resin pattern. Especially preferable.
 また、仮支持体として使用するフィルムには、シワ等の変形、傷、欠陥などがないことが好ましい。
 仮支持体を介するパターン露光時のパターン形成性、及び、仮支持体の透明性の観点から、仮支持体に含まれる微粒子、異物、欠陥、析出物などの数は少ない方が好ましい。直径1μm以上の微粒子や異物や欠陥の数は、50個/10mm以下であることが好ましく、10個/10mm以下であることがより好ましく、3個/10mm以下であることが更に好ましく、0個/10mmであることが特に好ましい。
Further, it is preferable that the film used as the temporary support is free from deformation such as wrinkles, scratches, defects and the like.
From the viewpoint of pattern formation during pattern exposure via the temporary support and transparency of the temporary support, it is preferable that the number of fine particles, foreign substances, defects, precipitates, etc. contained in the temporary support is small. The number of fine particles, foreign substances and defects having a diameter of 1 μm or more is preferably 50 pieces / 10 mm 2 or less, more preferably 10 pieces / 10 mm 2 or less, and further preferably 3 pieces / 10 mm 2 or less. , 0 pieces / 10 mm 2 is particularly preferable.
 樹脂パターンの欠陥抑制性、解像性、及び、仮支持体の透明性の観点から、仮支持体のヘイズは小さい方が好ましい。具体的には、仮支持体のヘイズ値が、2%以下が好ましく、1.5%以下がより好ましく、1.0%未満が更に好ましく、0.5%以下が特に好ましい。
 本開示におけるヘイズ値は、ヘイズメーター(NDH-2000、日本電色工業(株)製)を用いて、JIS K 7105:1981年に準ずる方法により測定する。
From the viewpoint of defect suppression and resolution of the resin pattern and transparency of the temporary support, it is preferable that the haze of the temporary support is small. Specifically, the haze value of the temporary support is preferably 2% or less, more preferably 1.5% or less, further preferably less than 1.0%, and particularly preferably 0.5% or less.
The haze value in the present disclosure is measured by a haze meter (NDH-2000, manufactured by Nippon Denshoku Kogyo Co., Ltd.) by a method according to JIS K 7105: 1981.
 仮支持体の表面に、ハンドリング性を付与する観点で、微小な粒子を含有する層(滑剤層)を設けてもよい。滑剤層は、仮支持体の片面に設けてもよいし、両面に設けてもよい。滑剤層に含まれる粒子の直径は、例えば、0.05μm~0.8μmとすることができる。また、滑剤層の層厚は、例えば、0.05μm~1.0μmとすることができる。 A layer (lubricant layer) containing fine particles may be provided on the surface of the temporary support from the viewpoint of imparting handleability. The lubricant layer may be provided on one side of the temporary support or on both sides. The diameter of the particles contained in the lubricant layer can be, for example, 0.05 μm to 0.8 μm. The thickness of the lubricant layer can be, for example, 0.05 μm to 1.0 μm.
 仮支持体における上記感光性樹脂層側とは反対側の面の算術平均粗さRaは、搬送性、樹脂パターンの欠陥抑制性、及び、解像性の観点から、仮支持体における上記感光性樹脂層側の面の算術平均粗さRa以上であることが好ましい。
 仮支持体における上記感光性樹脂層側とは反対側の面の算術平均粗さRaは、搬送性、樹脂パターンの欠陥抑制性、及び、解像性の観点から、100nm以下であることが好ましく、50nm以下であることがより好ましく、20nm以下であることが更に好ましく、10nm以下であることが特に好ましい。
 仮支持体における上記感光性樹脂層側の面の算術平均粗さRaは、仮支持体の剥離性、樹脂パターンの欠陥抑制性、及び、解像性の観点から、100nm以下であることが好ましく、50nm以下であることがより好ましく、20nm以下であることが更に好ましく、10nm以下であることが特に好ましい。
 また、仮支持体における上記感光性樹脂層側とは反対側の面の算術平均粗さRaの値から仮支持体における上記感光性樹脂層側の面の算術平均粗さRaの値を減じた値は、搬送性、樹脂パターンの欠陥抑制性、及び、解像性の観点から、0nm~10nmであることが好ましく、0nm~5nmであることがより好ましい。
The arithmetic average roughness Ra of the surface of the temporary support opposite to the photosensitive resin layer side is the photosensitive of the temporary support from the viewpoints of transportability, defect suppression of the resin pattern, and resolution. It is preferable that the surface has an arithmetic average roughness Ra or more on the resin layer side.
The arithmetic average roughness Ra of the surface of the temporary support opposite to the photosensitive resin layer side is preferably 100 nm or less from the viewpoints of transportability, defect suppression of the resin pattern, and resolution. , 50 nm or less, more preferably 20 nm or less, and particularly preferably 10 nm or less.
The arithmetic average roughness Ra of the surface of the temporary support on the photosensitive resin layer side is preferably 100 nm or less from the viewpoint of peelability of the temporary support, defect suppression of the resin pattern, and resolution. , 50 nm or less, more preferably 20 nm or less, and particularly preferably 10 nm or less.
Further, the value of the arithmetic average roughness Ra of the surface of the temporary support on the side opposite to the photosensitive resin layer side was subtracted from the value of the arithmetic average roughness Ra of the surface of the temporary support on the side of the photosensitive resin layer. The value is preferably 0 nm to 10 nm, and more preferably 0 nm to 5 nm, from the viewpoints of transportability, defect suppression property of the resin pattern, and resolution.
 本開示における仮支持体又は保護フィルムの表面の算術平均粗さRaは、以下の方法により測定するものとする。
 3次元光学プロファイラー(New View7300、Zygo社製)を用いて、以下の条件にて仮支持体又は保護フィルムの表面を測定し、フィルムの表面プロファイルを得る。
 測定・解析ソフトとしては、MetroPro ver8.3.2のMicroscope Applicationを用いる。次に、上記解析ソフトにてSurface Map画面を表示し、Surface Map画面中でヒストグラムデータを得る。得られたヒストグラムデータから、算術平均粗さを算出し、仮支持体又は保護フィルムの表面のRa値を得る。
 仮支持体又は保護フィルムが感光性樹脂層等に貼り合わされている場合は、感光性樹脂層から仮支持体又は保護フィルムを剥離して、剥離した側の表面のRa値を測定すればよい。
The arithmetic average roughness Ra of the surface of the temporary support or the protective film in the present disclosure shall be measured by the following method.
Using a three-dimensional optical profiler (New View7300, manufactured by Zygo), the surface of the temporary support or the protective film is measured under the following conditions to obtain the surface profile of the film.
As the measurement / analysis software, Microscope Application of MetroPro ver8.3.2 is used. Next, the Surface Map screen is displayed by the above analysis software, and the histogram data is obtained in the Surface Map screen. From the obtained histogram data, the arithmetic mean roughness is calculated, and the Ra value of the surface of the temporary support or the protective film is obtained.
When the temporary support or the protective film is attached to the photosensitive resin layer or the like, the temporary support or the protective film may be peeled off from the photosensitive resin layer, and the Ra value of the surface on the peeled side may be measured.
 仮支持体の剥離力、具体的には、仮支持体と感光性樹脂層又は熱可塑性樹脂層との間の剥離力は、巻き取られた積層体をロールツーロール方式によって再び搬送する際に、上下に積み重なった積層体と積層体との接着に起因する仮支持体の剥離抑制性の観点から、0.5mN/mm以上であることが好ましく、0.5mN/mm~2.0mN/mmであることがより好ましい。 The peeling force of the temporary support, specifically, the peeling force between the temporary support and the photosensitive resin layer or the thermoplastic resin layer is when the wound laminate is transported again by the roll-to-roll method. From the viewpoint of suppressing the peeling of the temporary support due to the adhesion between the vertically stacked laminates and the laminate, it is preferably 0.5 mN / mm or more, preferably 0.5 mN / mm to 2.0 mN / mm. Is more preferable.
 本開示における仮支持体の剥離力は、以下のように測定するものとする。
 厚さ100μmのポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)フィルム上に、スパッタ法にて厚さ200nmの銅層を作製し、銅層付きPET基板を作製する。
 作製した感光性転写材料から保護フィルムを剥離し、ラミネートロール温度100℃、線圧0.6MPa、線速度(ラミネート速度)1.0m/minのラミネート条件で上記銅層付きPET基板にラミネートする。次に、仮支持体の表面にテープ(日東電工(株)製PRINTACK)を貼りつけた後に、銅層付きPET基板上に少なくとも仮支持体及び感光性樹脂層を有する積層体を、70mm×10mmにカットしてサンプルを作製する。上記サンプルのPET基板側を試料台の上に固定する。
 引張圧縮試験機((株)今田製作所製、SV-55)を用いて、180度の方向に、5.5mm/秒でテープを引っ張って、感光性樹脂層又は熱可塑性樹脂層と仮支持体との間で剥離して、剥離に必要な力(剥離力)密着力を測定する。
The peeling force of the temporary support in the present disclosure shall be measured as follows.
A copper layer having a thickness of 200 nm is produced on a polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film having a thickness of 100 μm by a sputtering method, and a PET substrate with a copper layer is produced.
The protective film is peeled off from the produced photosensitive transfer material, and laminated on the PET substrate with a copper layer under laminating conditions of a laminating roll temperature of 100 ° C., a linear pressure of 0.6 MPa, and a linear velocity (laminating rate) of 1.0 m / min. Next, after attaching a tape (PINTACK manufactured by Nitto Denko Corporation) to the surface of the temporary support, a laminate having at least the temporary support and the photosensitive resin layer on a PET substrate with a copper layer is 70 mm × 10 mm. Cut to make a sample. The PET substrate side of the sample is fixed on the sample table.
Using a tensile compression tester (SV-55, manufactured by Imada Seisakusho Co., Ltd.), pull the tape in the direction of 180 degrees at 5.5 mm / sec to obtain a photosensitive resin layer or a thermoplastic resin layer and a temporary support. The force required for peeling (peeling force) is measured.
 仮支持体の好ましい態様としては、例えば、特開2014-85643号公報の段落0017~段落0018、特開2016-27363号公報の段落0019~0026、国際公開第2012/081680号の段落0041~0057、国際公開第2018/179370号の段落0029~0040、特開2019-101405号公報の段落0012~段落0032に記載があり、これらの公報の内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Preferred embodiments of the provisional support include, for example, paragraphs 0017 to 0018 of JP-A-2014-85643, paragraphs 0019 to 0026 of JP-A-2016-27363, and paragraphs 0041 to 0057 of International Publication No. 2012/081680. , Paragraphs 0029 to 0040 of International Publication No. 2018/179370, paragraphs 0012 to paragraph 0032 of JP-A-2019-101405, and the contents of these publications are incorporated in the present specification.
〔保護フィルム〕
 感光性転写材料は、保護フィルムを有する。
 感光性樹脂層と保護フィルムとは、直接接していることが好ましい。
〔Protective film〕
The photosensitive transfer material has a protective film.
It is preferable that the photosensitive resin layer and the protective film are in direct contact with each other.
 保護フィルムを構成する材料としては、樹脂フィルム及び紙が挙げられ、強度及び可撓性の観点から、樹脂フィルムが好ましい。
 樹脂フィルムとしては、ポリエチレンフィルム、ポリプロピレンフィルム、ポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルム、トリ酢酸セルロースフィルム、ポリスチレンフィルム、及び、ポリカーボネートフィルムが挙げられる。中でも、ポリエチレンフィルム、ポリプロピレンフィルム、又は、ポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルムが好ましい。
Examples of the material constituting the protective film include a resin film and paper, and a resin film is preferable from the viewpoint of strength and flexibility.
Examples of the resin film include a polyethylene film, a polypropylene film, a polyethylene terephthalate film, a cellulose triacetate film, a polystyrene film, and a polycarbonate film. Of these, polyethylene film, polypropylene film, or polyethylene terephthalate film is preferable.
 保護フィルムの厚さ(層厚)は、特に制限されないが、5μm~100μmが好ましく、10μm~50μmがより好ましい。
 保護フィルムにおける上記感光性樹脂層側とは反対側の面の算術平均粗さRaは、搬送性、樹脂パターンの欠陥抑制性、及び、解像性の観点から、保護フィルムにおける上記感光性樹脂層側の面の算術平均粗さRa以下であることが好ましく、保護フィルムにおける上記感光性樹脂層側の面の算術平均粗さRaより小さいことがより好ましい。
 保護フィルムにおける上記感光性樹脂層側とは反対側の面の算術平均粗さRaは、搬送性及び巻き取り性の観点から、300nm以下が好ましく、100nm以下がより好ましく、70nm以下が更に好ましく、50nm以下であることが特に好ましい。
 また、保護フィルムにおける上記感光性樹脂層側の面の算術平均粗さRaは、解像性により優れる点から、300nm以下が好ましく、100nm以下がより好ましく、70nm以下が更に好ましく、50nm以下であることが特に好ましい。保護フィルムの表面のRa値が上記範囲であることにより、感光性樹脂層及び形成される樹脂パターンの層厚の均一性が向上するためと考えられる。
 保護フィルムの表面のRa値の下限は、特に制限されないが、両面ともそれぞれ、1nm以上が好ましく、10nm以上がより好ましく、20nm以上が特に好ましい。
 また、保護フィルムの剥離力は、仮支持体の剥離力よりも小さいことが好ましい。
The thickness (layer thickness) of the protective film is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5 μm to 100 μm, more preferably 10 μm to 50 μm.
The arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface of the protective film opposite to the surface opposite to the photosensitive resin layer side is the photosensitive resin layer of the protective film from the viewpoints of transportability, defect suppression of the resin pattern, and resolution. It is preferably equal to or less than the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the side surface, and more preferably smaller than the arithmetic average roughness Ra of the surface on the photosensitive resin layer side of the protective film.
The arithmetic average roughness Ra of the surface of the protective film opposite to the photosensitive resin layer side is preferably 300 nm or less, more preferably 100 nm or less, still more preferably 70 nm or less, from the viewpoint of transportability and winding property. It is particularly preferably 50 nm or less.
The arithmetic average roughness Ra of the surface of the protective film on the photosensitive resin layer side is preferably 300 nm or less, more preferably 100 nm or less, further preferably 70 nm or less, and further preferably 50 nm or less, from the viewpoint of excellent resolution. Is particularly preferred. It is considered that the Ra value on the surface of the protective film is in the above range to improve the uniformity of the layer thickness of the photosensitive resin layer and the formed resin pattern.
The lower limit of the Ra value on the surface of the protective film is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 1 nm or more, more preferably 10 nm or more, and particularly preferably 20 nm or more on both sides.
Further, the peeling force of the protective film is preferably smaller than the peeling force of the temporary support.
〔感光性樹脂層〕
 本開示に係る感光性転写材料は、感光性樹脂層を有する。
 感光性樹脂層は、ネガ型感光性樹脂層であっても、ポジ型感光性樹脂層であってもよいが、露光により露光部の現像液に対する溶解性が低下し、非露光部が現像により除去されるネガ型感光性樹脂層であることが好ましい。
 感光性樹脂層は、アルカリ可溶性樹脂、重合性化合物(好ましくはエチレン性不飽和化合物)及び光重合開始剤を含むことが好ましく、上記感光性樹脂層の全質量基準で、アルカリ可溶性樹脂:10質量%~90質量%;エチレン性不飽和化合物:5質量%~70質量%;及び光重合開始剤:0.01質量%~20質量%を含むことがより好ましい。
 以下、各成分を順に説明する。
[Photosensitive resin layer]
The photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure has a photosensitive resin layer.
The photosensitive resin layer may be a negative type photosensitive resin layer or a positive type photosensitive resin layer, but the solubility of the exposed part in the developing solution is lowered by the exposure, and the non-exposed part is developed by the development. It is preferably a negative photosensitive resin layer to be removed.
The photosensitive resin layer preferably contains an alkali-soluble resin, a polymerizable compound (preferably an ethylenically unsaturated compound), and a photopolymerization initiator. Based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer, the alkali-soluble resin: 10 mass. %-90% by mass; Ethylene unsaturated compound: 5% by mass-70% by mass; and photopolymerization initiator: 0.01% by mass to 20% by mass.
Hereinafter, each component will be described in order.
<アルカリ可溶性樹脂>
 感光性樹脂層は、アルカリ可溶性樹脂を含むことが好ましい。
 なお、本明細書において、「アルカリ可溶性」とは、22℃において炭酸ナトリウムの1質量%水溶液100gへの溶解度が0.1g以上であることを意味する。
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂としては、特に制限はなく、例えば、エッチングレジストに用いられる公知のアルカリ可溶性樹脂が好適に挙げられる。
 また、アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、バインダーポリマーであることが好ましい。
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂としては、酸基を有するアルカリ可溶性樹脂であることが好ましい。
 中でも、アルカリ可溶性樹脂としては、後述する重合体Aが好ましい。
<Alkali-soluble resin>
The photosensitive resin layer preferably contains an alkali-soluble resin.
In the present specification, "alkali-soluble" means that the solubility of sodium carbonate in 100 g of a 1% by mass aqueous solution at 22 ° C. is 0.1 g or more.
The alkali-soluble resin is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include known alkali-soluble resins used for etching resists.
Further, the alkali-soluble resin is preferably a binder polymer.
The alkali-soluble resin is preferably an alkali-soluble resin having an acid group.
Among them, the alkali-soluble resin is preferably polymer A, which will be described later.
-重合体A-
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂としては、重合体Aを含むことが好ましい。
 重合体Aの酸価は、現像液による感光性樹脂層の膨潤を抑制することにより、解像性がより優れる点から、220mgKOH/g以下が好ましく、200mgKOH/g未満がより好ましく、190mgKOH/g未満が更に好ましい。
 重合体Aの酸価の下限は特に制限されないが、現像性がより優れる点から、60mgKOH/g以上が好ましく、120mgKOH/g以上がより好ましく、150mgKOH/g以上が更に好ましく、170mgKOH/g以上が特に好ましい。
-Polymer A-
The alkali-soluble resin preferably contains the polymer A.
The acid value of the polymer A is preferably 220 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably less than 200 mgKOH / g, and more preferably 190 mgKOH / g, from the viewpoint of better resolution by suppressing the swelling of the photosensitive resin layer by the developing solution. Less than is more preferred.
The lower limit of the acid value of the polymer A is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of better developability, 60 mgKOH / g or more is preferable, 120 mgKOH / g or more is more preferable, 150 mgKOH / g or more is further preferable, and 170 mgKOH / g or more is more preferable. Especially preferable.
 なお、酸価は、試料1gを中和するのに必要な水酸化カリウムの質量[mg]であり、
本明細書においては、単位をmgKOH/gと記載する。酸価は、例えば、化合物中における酸基の平均含有量から算出できる。
 重合体Aの酸価は、重合体Aを構成する構成単位の種類及び酸基を含有する構成単位の含有量により調整すればよい。
The acid value is the mass [mg] of potassium hydroxide required to neutralize 1 g of the sample.
In the present specification, the unit is described as mgKOH / g. The acid value can be calculated, for example, from the average content of acid groups in the compound.
The acid value of the polymer A may be adjusted according to the type of the structural unit constituting the polymer A and the content of the structural unit containing the acid group.
 重合体Aの重量平均分子量は、5,000~500,000であることが好ましい。重量平均分子量を500,000以下にすることは、解像性及び現像性を向上させる観点から好ましい。重量平均分子量を100,000以下にすることがより好ましく、60,000以下にすることが更に好ましく、50,000以下にすることが特に好ましい。一方で、重合体Aの重量平均分子量を5,000以上にすることは、現像凝集物の性状、並びに感光性樹脂積層体とした場合のエッジフューズ性及びカットチップ性等の未露光膜の性状を制御する観点から好ましい。重合体Aは、重量平均分子量を10,000以上にすることがより好ましく、20,000以上にすることが更に好ましく、30,000以上にすることが特に好ましい。エッジフューズ性とは、感光性転写材料をロール状に巻き取った場合に、ロールの端面からの、感光性樹脂層のはみ出し易さの程度をいう。カットチップ性とは、未露光膜をカッターで切断した場合に、チップの飛び易さの程度をいう。このチップが感光性樹脂積層体の上面等に付着すると、後の露光工程等でマスクに転写して、不良品の原因となる。重合体Aの分散度は、1.0~6.0であることが好ましく、1.0~5.0であることがより好ましく、1.0~4.0であることが更に好ましく、1.0~3.0であることが更に好ましい。本開示で、分子量は、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィーを用いて測定される値である。また、分散度は、数平均分子量に対する重量平均分子量の比(重量平均分子量/数平均分子量)である。 The weight average molecular weight of the polymer A is preferably 5,000 to 500,000. It is preferable that the weight average molecular weight is 500,000 or less from the viewpoint of improving the resolvability and the developability. The weight average molecular weight is more preferably 100,000 or less, further preferably 60,000 or less, and particularly preferably 50,000 or less. On the other hand, setting the weight average molecular weight of the polymer A to 5,000 or more is the property of the developed aggregate and the properties of the unexposed film such as edge fuse property and cut chip property in the case of a photosensitive resin laminate. It is preferable from the viewpoint of controlling. The weight average molecular weight of the polymer A is more preferably 10,000 or more, further preferably 20,000 or more, and particularly preferably 30,000 or more. The edge fuse property refers to the degree of ease with which the photosensitive resin layer protrudes from the end face of the roll when the photosensitive transfer material is wound into a roll. The cut chip property refers to the degree of ease of chip flying when the unexposed film is cut with a cutter. If this chip adheres to the upper surface of the photosensitive resin laminate or the like, it will be transferred to the mask in a later exposure step or the like, causing a defective product. The dispersity of the polymer A is preferably 1.0 to 6.0, more preferably 1.0 to 5.0, and even more preferably 1.0 to 4.0. It is more preferably 0.0 to 3.0. In the present disclosure, the molecular weight is a value measured using gel permeation chromatography. The degree of dispersion is the ratio of the weight average molecular weight to the number average molecular weight (weight average molecular weight / number average molecular weight).
 感光性樹脂層は、露光時の焦点位置がずれたときの線幅太り又は解像度の悪化を抑制する観点から、重合体Aとして、芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体成分を含むものであることが好ましい。なお、このような芳香族炭化水素基としては、例えば、置換又は非置換のフェニル基や、置換又は非置換のアラルキル基が挙げられる。重合体Aにおける芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体成分の含有割合は、全単量体成分の合計質量を基準として、20質量%以上であることが好ましく、30質量%以上であることがより好ましく、40質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、45質量%以上であることが特に好ましく、50質量%以上であることが最も好ましい。上限としては特に限定されないが、好ましくは95質量%以下、より好ましくは85質量%以下である。なお、重合体Aを複数種類含有する場合における、芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体成分の含有割合は、重量平均値として求めた。 The photosensitive resin layer may contain a monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group as the polymer A from the viewpoint of suppressing line width thickening or deterioration of resolution when the focal position is deviated during exposure. preferable. Examples of such aromatic hydrocarbon groups include substituted or unsubstituted phenyl groups and substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl groups. The content ratio of the monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group in the polymer A is preferably 20% by mass or more, preferably 30% by mass or more, based on the total mass of all the monomer components. More preferably, it is more preferably 40% by mass or more, particularly preferably 45% by mass or more, and most preferably 50% by mass or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 95% by mass or less, and more preferably 85% by mass or less. When a plurality of types of the polymer A were contained, the content ratio of the monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group was determined as a weight average value.
 上記芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体としては、例えば、アラルキル基を有するモノマー、スチレン、及び重合可能なスチレン誘導体(例えば、メチルスチレン、ビニルトルエン、tert-ブトキシスチレン、アセトキシスチレン、4-ビニル安息香酸、スチレンダイマー、スチレントリマー等)が挙げられる。中でも、アラルキル基を有するモノマー、又はスチレンが好ましい。一態様において、重合体Aにおける芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体成分がスチレンである場合、スチレン単量体成分の含有割合は、全単量体成分の合計質量を基準として、20質量%~50質量%であることが好ましく、25質量%~45質量%であることがより好ましく、30質量%~40質量%であることが更に好ましく、30質量%~35質量%であることが特に好ましい。 Examples of the monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group include a monomer having an aralkyl group, styrene, and a polymerizable styrene derivative (for example, methylstyrene, vinyltoluene, tert-butoxystyrene, acetoxystyrene, 4-vinyl). Benzoic acid, styrene dimer, styrene trimmer, etc.). Of these, a monomer having an aralkyl group or styrene is preferable. In one embodiment, when the monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group in the polymer A is styrene, the content ratio of the styrene monomer component is 20% by mass based on the total mass of all the monomer components. It is preferably ~ 50% by mass, more preferably 25% by mass to 45% by mass, further preferably 30% by mass to 40% by mass, and particularly preferably 30% by mass to 35% by mass. preferable.
 アラルキル基としては、置換又は非置換のフェニルアルキル基(ベンジル基を除く)、置換又は非置換のベンジル基等が挙げられ、置換又は非置換のベンジル基が好ましい。 Examples of the aralkyl group include a substituted or unsubstituted phenylalkyl group (excluding a benzyl group), a substituted or unsubstituted benzyl group and the like, and a substituted or unsubstituted benzyl group is preferable.
 フェニルアルキル基を有する単量体としては、フェニルエチル(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。 Examples of the monomer having a phenylalkyl group include phenylethyl (meth) acrylate and the like.
 ベンジル基を有する単量体としては、ベンジル基を有する(メタ)アクリレート、例えば、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、クロロベンジル(メタ)アクリレート等;ベンジル基を有するビニルモノマー、例えば、ビニルベンジルクロライド、ビニルベンジルアルコール等が挙げられる。中でもベンジル(メタ)アクリレートが好ましい。一態様において、重合体Aにおける芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体成分がベンジル(メタ)アクリレートである場合、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート単量体成分の含有割合は、全単量体成分の合計質量を基準として、50質量%~95質量%であることが好ましく、60質量%~90質量%であることがより好ましく、70質量%~90質量%であることが更に好ましく、75質量%~90質量%であることが特に好ましい。 Examples of the monomer having a benzyl group include (meth) acrylate having a benzyl group, for example, benzyl (meth) acrylate, chlorobenzyl (meth) acrylate and the like; vinyl monomers having a benzyl group, for example, vinylbenzyl chloride and vinylbenzyl. Examples include alcohol. Of these, benzyl (meth) acrylate is preferable. In one embodiment, when the monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group in the polymer A is benzyl (meth) acrylate, the content ratio of the benzyl (meth) acrylate monomer component is the total of all the monomer components. Based on the mass, it is preferably 50% by mass to 95% by mass, more preferably 60% by mass to 90% by mass, further preferably 70% by mass to 90% by mass, and 75% by mass to 90% by mass. It is particularly preferably 90% by mass.
 芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体成分を含有する重合体Aは、芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体と、後述する第一の単量体の少なくとも1種及び/又は後述する第二の単量体の少なくとも1種とを重合することにより得られることが好ましい。 The polymer A containing a monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group includes a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group, at least one of the first monomers described below, and / or a second described below. It is preferably obtained by polymerizing with at least one of the monomers of.
 芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体成分を含有しない重合体Aは、後述する第一の単量体の少なくとも1種を重合することにより得られることが好ましく、第一の単量体の少なくとも1種と後述する第二の単量体の少なくとも1種とを共重合することにより得られることがより好ましい。 The polymer A containing no monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably obtained by polymerizing at least one of the first monomers described later, and at least the first monomer. It is more preferable to obtain it by copolymerizing one kind with at least one kind of the second monomer described later.
 第一の単量体は、分子中にカルボキシ基を有する単量体である。第一の単量体としては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸、フマル酸、ケイ皮酸、クロトン酸、イタコン酸、4-ビニル安息香酸、マレイン酸無水物、マレイン酸半エステル等が挙げられる。これらの中でも、(メタ)アクリル酸が好ましい。
 重合体Aにおける第一の単量体の含有割合は、全単量体成分の合計質量を基準として、5質量%~50質量%であることが好ましく、10質量%~40質量%であることがより好ましく、15質量%~30質量%であることが更に好ましい。
The first monomer is a monomer having a carboxy group in the molecule. Examples of the first monomer include (meth) acrylic acid, fumaric acid, cinnamic acid, crotonic acid, itaconic acid, 4-vinylbenzoic acid, maleic acid anhydride, maleic acid semi-ester and the like. Among these, (meth) acrylic acid is preferable.
The content ratio of the first monomer in the polymer A is preferably 5% by mass to 50% by mass, preferably 10% by mass to 40% by mass, based on the total mass of all the monomer components. Is more preferable, and 15% by mass to 30% by mass is further preferable.
 第一の単量体の共重合割合は、全単量体成分の合計質量を基準として、10質量%~50質量%であることが好ましい。上記共重合割合を10質量%以上にすることは、良好な現像性を発現させる観点、エッジフューズ性を制御するなどの観点から好ましく、15質量%以上がより好ましく、20質量%以上が更に好ましい。上記共重合割合を50質量%以下にすることは、レジストパターンの高解像性及びスソ形状の観点から、更にはレジストパターンの耐薬品性の観点から好ましく、これらの観点においては、35質量%以下がより好ましく、30質量%以下が更に好ましく、27質量%以下が特に好ましい。 The copolymerization ratio of the first monomer is preferably 10% by mass to 50% by mass based on the total mass of all the monomer components. The copolymerization ratio of 10% by mass or more is preferable from the viewpoint of exhibiting good developability and controlling edge fuseability, more preferably 15% by mass or more, still more preferably 20% by mass or more. .. It is preferable to set the copolymerization ratio to 50% by mass or less from the viewpoint of high resolution and the shape of the resist pattern, and further from the viewpoint of chemical resistance of the resist pattern, and from these viewpoints, 35% by mass. The following is more preferable, 30% by mass or less is further preferable, and 27% by mass or less is particularly preferable.
 第二の単量体は、非酸性であり、かつ分子中に重合性不飽和基を少なくとも1個有する単量体である。第二の単量体としては、例えば、メチル(メタ)アクリレート、エチル(メタ)アクリレート、n-プロピル(メタ)アクリレート、イソプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、n-ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、イソブチル(メタ)アクリレート、tert-ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、シクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、2-エチルヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート等の(メタ)アクリレート類;酢酸ビニル等のビニルアルコールのエステル類;並びに(メタ)アクリロニトリル等が挙げられる。中でも、メチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-エチルヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、及びn-ブチル(メタ)アクリレートが好ましく、メチル(メタ)アクリレートが特に好ましい。
 重合体Aにおける第二の単量体の含有割合は、全単量体成分の合計質量を基準として、5質量%~60質量%であることが好ましく、15質量%~50質量%であることがより好ましく、20質量%~45質量%であることが更に好ましい。
The second monomer is a monomer that is non-acidic and has at least one polymerizable unsaturated group in the molecule. Examples of the second monomer include methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, n-butyl (meth) acrylate, and isobutyl (meth) acrylate. , Tart-butyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate and other (meth) acrylates; vinyl acetate And the like, esters of vinyl alcohols; as well as (meth) acrylonitrile and the like. Of these, methyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, and n-butyl (meth) acrylate are preferable, and methyl (meth) acrylate is particularly preferable.
The content ratio of the second monomer in the polymer A is preferably 5% by mass to 60% by mass, preferably 15% by mass to 50% by mass, based on the total mass of all the monomer components. Is more preferable, and 20% by mass to 45% by mass is further preferable.
 アラルキル基を有する単量体、及び/又はスチレンを単量体として含有することが、露光時の焦点位置がずれたときの線幅太りや解像度の悪化を抑制する観点から好ましい。例えば、メタクリル酸とベンジルメタクリレートとスチレンを含む共重合体、メタクリル酸とメチルメタクリレートとベンジルメタクリレートとスチレンを含む共重合体等が好ましい。
 一態様において、重合体Aは、芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体成分を25質量%~40質量%、第一の単量体成分を20質量%~35質量%、第二の単量体成分を30質量%~45質量%含む重合体であることが好ましい。また、別の態様において、芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体成分を70質量%~90質量%、第一の単量体成分を10質量%~25質量%含む重合体であることが好ましい。
It is preferable to contain a monomer having an aralkyl group and / or styrene as a monomer from the viewpoint of suppressing line width thickening and deterioration of resolution when the focal position is deviated during exposure. For example, a copolymer containing methacrylic acid, benzyl methacrylate and styrene, a copolymer containing methacrylic acid, methyl methacrylate, benzyl methacrylate and styrene and the like are preferable.
In one embodiment, the polymer A contains 25% by mass to 40% by mass of a monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group, 20% by mass to 35% by mass of the first monomer component, and a second unit amount. It is preferably a polymer containing 30% by mass to 45% by mass of a body component. In another embodiment, the polymer preferably contains 70% by mass to 90% by mass of a monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group and 10% by mass to 25% by mass of the first monomer component. ..
 重合体Aは、側鎖に分岐構造や脂環構造を有してもよい。また、重合体Aは、側鎖に直鎖構造を有してもよい。側鎖に分岐構造を有する基を含有するモノマー、又は側鎖に脂環構造を有する基を含有するモノマーを使用することによって、重合体Aの側鎖に分岐構造や脂環構造を導入することができる。脂環構造を有する基は単環又は多環であってもよい
 側鎖に分岐構造を有する基を含有するモノマーの具体例としては、例えば(メタ)アクリル酸i-プロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸i-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸s-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸t-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸i-アミル、(メタ)アクリル酸t-アミル、(メタ)アクリル酸sec-iso-アミル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-オクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸3-オクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸t-オクチル等が挙げられる。これらの中でも、(メタ)アクリル酸i-プロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸i-ブチル、又は、メタクリル酸t-ブチルが好ましく、メタクリル酸i-プロピル、又は、メタクリル酸t-ブチルがより好ましい。
 側鎖に脂環構造を有する基を含有するモノマーとしては、単環の脂肪族炭化水素基を有するモノマー、多環の脂肪族炭化水素基を有するモノマーが挙げられ、炭素数(炭素原子数)5~20個の脂環式炭化水素基を有する(メタ)アクリレートが挙げられる。より具体的な例としては、例えば(メタ)アクリル酸(ビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプチル-2)、(メタ)アクリル酸-1-アダマンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸-2-アダマンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸-3-メチル-1-アダマンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸-3,5-ジメチル-1-アダマンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸-3-エチルアダマンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸-3-メチル-5-エチル-1-アダマンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸-3,5,8-トリエチル-1-アダマンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸-3,5-ジメチル-8-エチル-1-アダマンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-メチル-2-アダマンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-エチル-2-アダマンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸3-ヒドロキシ-1-アダマンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸オクタヒドロ-4,7-メンタノインデン-5-イル、(メタ)アクリル酸オクタヒドロ-4,7-メンタノインデン-1-イルメチル、(メタ)アクリル酸-1-メンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸トリシクロデカン、(メタ)アクリル酸-3-ヒドロキシ-2,6,6-トリメチル-ビシクロ[3.1.1]ヘプチル、(メタ)アクリル酸-3,7,7-トリメチル-4-ヒドロキシビシクロ[4.1.0]ヘプチル、(メタ)アクリル酸(ノル)ボルニル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソボルニル、(メタ)アクリル酸フェンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸-2,2,5-トリメチルシクロヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸シクロヘキシル等が挙げられる。これら(メタ)アクリル酸エステルの中でも、(メタ)アクリル酸シクロヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸(ノル)ボルニル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソボルニル、(メタ)アクリル酸-1-アダマンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸-2-アダマンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸フェンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸1-メンチル、又は、(メタ)アクリル酸トリシクロデカンが好ましく、(メタ)アクリル酸シクロヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸(ノル)ボルニル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソボルニル、(メタ)アクリル酸-2-アダマンチル、又は、(メタ)アクリル酸トリシクロデカンが特に好ましい。
The polymer A may have a branched structure or an alicyclic structure in the side chain. Further, the polymer A may have a linear structure in the side chain. Introducing a branched structure or an alicyclic structure into the side chain of polymer A by using a monomer containing a group having a branched structure in the side chain or a monomer containing a group having an alicyclic structure in the side chain. Can be done. The group having an alicyclic structure may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Specific examples of the monomer containing a group having a branched structure in the side chain include i-propyl (meth) acrylic acid and (meth) acrylic acid. i-Butyl, (meth) acrylate s-butyl, (meth) acrylate t-butyl, (meth) acrylate i-amyl, (meth) acrylate t-amyl, (meth) acrylate sec-iso-amyl , 2-octyl (meth) acrylate, 3-octyl (meth) acrylate, t-octyl (meth) acrylate and the like. Among these, i-propyl (meth) acrylate, i-butyl (meth) acrylate, or t-butyl methacrylate are preferable, and i-propyl methacrylate or t-butyl methacrylate is more preferable.
Examples of the monomer containing a group having an alicyclic structure in the side chain include a monomer having a monocyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon group and a monomer having a polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon group, and the number of carbon atoms (number of carbon atoms) can be mentioned. Examples thereof include (meth) acrylates having 5 to 20 alicyclic hydrocarbon groups. More specific examples include, for example, (meth) acrylic acid (bicyclo [2.2.1] heptyl-2), (meth) acrylic acid-1-adamantyl, (meth) acrylic acid-2-adamantyl, (meth). ) Acrylic acid-3-methyl-1-adamantyl, (meth) acrylate-3,5-dimethyl-1-adamantyl, (meth) acrylate-3-ethyladamantyl, (meth) acrylate-3-methyl-5 -Ethyl-1-adamantyl, (meth) acrylic acid-3,5,8-triethyl-1-adamantyl, (meth) acrylic acid-3,5-dimethyl-8-ethyl-1-adamantyl, (meth) acrylic acid 2-Methyl-2-adamantyl, 2-ethyl-2-adamantyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxy-1-adamantyl (meth) acrylate, octahydro-4,7-mentanoinden-5 (meth) acrylate -Il, octahydro-4,7-mentanoinden-1-ylmethyl (meth) acrylate, -1-mentyl (meth) acrylate, tricyclodecane (meth) acrylate, -3-hydroxy (meth) acrylate -2,6,6-trimethyl-bicyclo [3.1.1] heptyl, (meth) acrylic acid-3,7,7-trimethyl-4-hydroxybicyclo [4.1.0] heptyl, (meth) acrylic Examples thereof include acid (nor) bornyl, (meth) acrylate isobornyl, (meth) acrylate fentyl, (meth) acrylate-2,2,5-trimethylcyclohexyl, and (meth) acrylate cyclohexyl. Among these (meth) acrylic acid esters, (meth) acrylic acid cyclohexyl, (meth) acrylic acid (nor) boronyl, (meth) acrylic acid isobornyl, (meth) acrylic acid-1-adamantyl, (meth) acrylic acid- 2-adamantyl, fentyl (meth) acrylate, 1-mentyl (meth) acrylate, or tricyclodecane (meth) acrylate is preferred, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, (nor) bornyl, (meth) acrylate, Isobornyl (meth) acrylate, -2-adamantyl (meth) acrylate, or tricyclodecane (meth) acrylate are particularly preferred.
 重合体Aは、1種単独で使用することができ、或いは2種以上を混合して使用してもよい。2種以上を混合して使用する場合には、芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体成分を含む重合体Aを2種類混合使用すること、又は芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体成分を含む重合体Aと、芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体成分を含まない重合体Aと、を混合使用することが好ましい。後者の場合、芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体成分を含む重合体Aの使用割合は、重合体Aの全部に対して、50質量%以上であることが好ましく、70質量%以上であることがより好ましく、80質量%以上であることが好ましく、90質量%以上であることがより好ましい。 The polymer A can be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more kinds are mixed and used, two kinds of polymer A containing a monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group may be mixed and used, or a monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group may be used. It is preferable to use a mixture of the polymer A containing the polymer A and the polymer A containing no monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group. In the latter case, the ratio of the polymer A containing the monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group to the total amount of the polymer A is preferably 50% by mass or more, preferably 70% by mass or more. It is more preferably 80% by mass or more, and more preferably 90% by mass or more.
 重合体Aの合成は、上記で説明された単数又は複数の単量体を、アセトン、メチルエチルケトン、イソプロパノール等の溶剤で希釈した溶液に、過酸化ベンゾイル、アゾイソブチロニトリル等のラジカル重合開始剤を適量添加し、加熱撹拌することにより行われることが好ましい。混合物の一部を反応液に滴下しながら合成を行う場合もある。反応終了後、さらに溶剤を加えて、所望の濃度に調整する場合もある。合成手段としては、溶液重合以外に、塊状重合、懸濁重合、又は乳化重合を用いてもよい。 In the synthesis of the polymer A, a radical polymerization initiator such as benzoyl peroxide and azoisobutyronitrile is added to a solution obtained by diluting the one or more monomers described above with a solvent such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone and isopropanol. Is preferably added in an appropriate amount and heated and stirred. In some cases, a part of the mixture is added dropwise to the reaction solution for synthesis. After completion of the reaction, a solvent may be further added to adjust the concentration to a desired level. As the synthesis means, bulk polymerization, suspension polymerization, or emulsion polymerization may be used in addition to solution polymerization.
 重合体Aのガラス転移温度Tgは、30℃以上135℃以下であることが好ましい。感光性樹脂層において、135℃以下のTgを有する重合体Aを使用することによって、露光時の焦点位置がずれたときの線幅太りや解像度の悪化を抑制することができる。この観点から、重合体AのTgは、130℃以下であることがより好ましく、120℃以下であることが更に好ましく、110℃以下であることが特に好ましい。また、30℃以上のTgを有する重合体Aを使用することは、耐エッジフューズ性を向上させる観点から好ましい。この観点から、重合体AのTgは、40℃以上であることがより好ましく、50℃以上であることが更に好ましく、60℃以上であることが特に好ましく、70℃以上であることが最も好ましい。 The glass transition temperature Tg of the polymer A is preferably 30 ° C. or higher and 135 ° C. or lower. By using the polymer A having a Tg of 135 ° C. or lower in the photosensitive resin layer, it is possible to suppress line width thickening and deterioration of resolution when the focal position is deviated during exposure. From this viewpoint, the Tg of the polymer A is more preferably 130 ° C. or lower, further preferably 120 ° C. or lower, and particularly preferably 110 ° C. or lower. Further, it is preferable to use the polymer A having a Tg of 30 ° C. or higher from the viewpoint of improving the edge fuse resistance. From this viewpoint, the Tg of the polymer A is more preferably 40 ° C. or higher, further preferably 50 ° C. or higher, particularly preferably 60 ° C. or higher, and most preferably 70 ° C. or higher. ..
 感光性樹脂層は、アルカリ可溶性樹脂以外の樹脂を含有してもよい。
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂以外の樹脂としては、アクリル樹脂、スチレン-アクリル共重合体(但し、スチレン含有率が40質量%以下であるもの)、ポリウレタン樹脂、ポリビニルアルコール、ポリビニルホルマール、ポリアミド樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、ポリアミド樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、ポリアセタール樹脂、ポリヒドロキシスチレン樹脂、ポリイミド樹脂、ポリベンゾオキサゾール樹脂、ポリシロキサン樹脂、ポリエチレンイミン、ポリアリルアミン、及び、ポリアルキレングリコールが挙げられる。
The photosensitive resin layer may contain a resin other than the alkali-soluble resin.
Resins other than the alkali-soluble resin include acrylic resin, styrene-acrylic copolymer (however, the styrene content is 40% by mass or less), polyurethane resin, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl formal, polyamide resin, polyester resin, and polyamide. Examples thereof include resins, epoxy resins, polyacetal resins, polyhydroxystyrene resins, polyimide resins, polybenzoxazole resins, polysiloxane resins, polyethyleneimines, polyallylamines, and polyalkylene glycols.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、1種単独で使用することができ、或いは2種以上を混合して使用してもよい。
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂の、感光性樹脂層の全質量に対する割合は、好ましくは10質量%~90質量%の範囲であり、より好ましくは30質量%~70質量%であり、更に好ましくは40質量%~60質量%である。感光性樹脂層に対するアルカリ可溶性樹脂の割合を90質量%以下にすることは、現像時間を制御する観点から好ましい。一方で、感光性樹脂層に対するアルカリ可溶性樹脂の割合を10質量%以上にすることは、耐エッジフューズ性を向上させる観点から好ましい。
The alkali-soluble resin may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The ratio of the alkali-soluble resin to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer is preferably in the range of 10% by mass to 90% by mass, more preferably 30% by mass to 70% by mass, and further preferably 40% by mass to 40% by mass. It is 60% by mass. It is preferable that the ratio of the alkali-soluble resin to the photosensitive resin layer is 90% by mass or less from the viewpoint of controlling the developing time. On the other hand, it is preferable to set the ratio of the alkali-soluble resin to the photosensitive resin layer to 10% by mass or more from the viewpoint of improving the edge fuse resistance.
<重合性化合物>
 感光性樹脂層は、重合性化合物を含むことが好ましい。なお、本明細書において「重合性化合物」とは、後述する重合開始剤の作用を受けて重合する化合物であって、上述したアルカリ可溶性樹脂とは異なる化合物を意味する。
<Polymerizable compound>
The photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a polymerizable compound. In the present specification, the "polymerizable compound" means a compound that polymerizes under the action of a polymerization initiator described later, and is different from the above-mentioned alkali-soluble resin.
 重合性化合物が有する重合性基としては、重合反応に関与する基であれば特に制限されず、例えば、ビニル基、アクリロイル基、メタクリロイル基、スチリル基及びマレイミド基等のエチレン性不飽和基を有する基;並びに、エポキシ基及びオキセタン基等のカチオン性重合性基を有する基が挙げられる。
 重合性基としては、エチレン性不飽和基を有する基が好ましく、アクリロイル基又はメタクリロイル基がより好ましい。
 また、重合性化合物としては、エチレン性不飽和化合物を含むことが好ましく、(メタ)アクリレート化合物を含むことがより好ましい。
The polymerizable group of the polymerizable compound is not particularly limited as long as it is a group involved in the polymerization reaction, and has, for example, an ethylenically unsaturated group such as a vinyl group, an acryloyl group, a methacryloyl group, a styryl group and a maleimide group. Groups; and groups having a cationically polymerizable group such as an epoxy group and an oxetane group can be mentioned.
As the polymerizable group, a group having an ethylenically unsaturated group is preferable, and an acryloyl group or a methacryloyl group is more preferable.
The polymerizable compound preferably contains an ethylenically unsaturated compound, and more preferably contains a (meth) acrylate compound.
 エチレン性不飽和化合物は、1つ以上のエチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物である。
 感光性樹脂層は、エチレン性不飽和化合物として、2官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物を含むことが好ましい。
 ここで、2官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物とは、一分子中にエチレン性不飽和基を2つ以上有する化合物を意味する。
 エチレン性不飽和基としては、(メタ)アクリロイル基がより好ましい。
 エチレン性不飽和化合物としては、(メタ)アクリレート化合物が好ましい。
An ethylenically unsaturated compound is a compound having one or more ethylenically unsaturated groups.
The photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a bifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound as the ethylenically unsaturated compound.
Here, the bifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound means a compound having two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule.
As the ethylenically unsaturated group, a (meth) acryloyl group is more preferable.
As the ethylenically unsaturated compound, a (meth) acrylate compound is preferable.
 エチレン性不飽和化合物としては、感光性樹脂層の感光性がより優れる点で、一分子中に2つ以上のエチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物(多官能エチレン性不飽和化合物)を含むことが好ましい。
 また、解像性及び剥離性により優れる点で、エチレン性不飽和化合物が一分子中に有するエチレン性不飽和基の数は、6つ以下が好ましく、3つ以下がより好ましく、2つ以下が更に好ましい。
The ethylenically unsaturated compound may contain a compound having two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups (polyfunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound) in one molecule because the photosensitive resin layer has better photosensitivity. preferable.
Further, the number of ethylenically unsaturated groups contained in one molecule of the ethylenically unsaturated compound is preferably 6 or less, more preferably 3 or less, and 2 or less in terms of excellent resolution and peelability. More preferred.
 感光性樹脂層は、感光性樹脂層の感光性と解像性及び剥離性とのバランスがより優れる点で、一分子中に2つ又は3つのエチレン性不飽和基を有する2官能又は3官能エチレン性不飽和化合物を含有することが好ましく、一分子中に2つのエチレン性不飽和基を有する2官能エチレン性不飽和化合物を含有することがより好ましい。
 感光性樹脂層における、エチレン性不飽和化合物の含有量に対する2官能エチレン性不飽和化合物の含有量は、剥離性に優れる点から、60質量%以上が好ましく、70質量%超がより好ましく、90質量%以上が更に好ましい。上限は特に制限されず、100質量%であってもよい。即ち、感光性樹脂層に含まれるエチレン性不飽和化合物が全て2官能エチレン性不飽和化合物であってもよい。
 また、エチレン性不飽和化合物としては、重合性基として(メタ)アクリロイル基を有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物が好ましい。
The photosensitive resin layer is bifunctional or trifunctional having two or three ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule in that the photosensitive resin layer has a better balance between photosensitivity, resolution and peelability. It is preferable to contain an ethylenically unsaturated compound, and more preferably to contain a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having two ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule.
The content of the bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound in the photosensitive resin layer with respect to the content of the ethylenically unsaturated compound is preferably 60% by mass or more, more preferably more than 70% by mass, and more preferably 90, from the viewpoint of excellent peelability. More preferably by mass% or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited and may be 100% by mass. That is, all the ethylenically unsaturated compounds contained in the photosensitive resin layer may be bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds.
Further, as the ethylenically unsaturated compound, a (meth) acrylate compound having a (meth) acryloyl group as a polymerizable group is preferable.
-エチレン性不飽和化合物B1-
 感光性樹脂層は、芳香環及び2つのエチレン性不飽和基を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物B1を含有することが好ましい。エチレン性不飽和化合物B1は、上述したエチレン性不飽和化合物のうち、一分子中に1つ以上の芳香環を有する2官能エチレン性不飽和化合物である。
-Ethylene unsaturated compound B1-
The photosensitive resin layer preferably contains an aromatic ring and an ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 having two ethylenically unsaturated groups. The ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 is a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having one or more aromatic rings in one molecule among the above-mentioned ethylenically unsaturated compounds.
 感光性樹脂層中、エチレン性不飽和化合物の含有量に対するエチレン性不飽和化合物B1の含有量の質量比は、解像性がより優れる点から、40質量%以上であることが好ましく、50質量%以上であることがより好ましく、55質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、60質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。上限は特に制限されないが、剥離性の点から、99質量%以下が好ましく、95質量%以下がより好ましく、90質量%以下が更に好ましく、85質量%以下が特に好ましい。 The mass ratio of the content of the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 to the content of the ethylenically unsaturated compound in the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 40% by mass or more, preferably 50% by mass, from the viewpoint of better resolution. % Or more, more preferably 55% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 60% by mass or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of peelability, 99% by mass or less is preferable, 95% by mass or less is more preferable, 90% by mass or less is further preferable, and 85% by mass or less is particularly preferable.
 エチレン性不飽和化合物B1が有する芳香環としては、例えば、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環等の芳香族炭化水素環、チオフェン環、フラン環、ピロール環、イミダゾール環、トリアゾール環、ピリジン環等の芳香族複素環、並びに、それらの縮合環が挙げられ、芳香族炭化水素環が好ましく、ベンゼン環がより好ましい。なお、上記芳香環は、置換基を有してもよい。
 エチレン性不飽和化合物B1は、芳香環を1つのみ有してもよく、2つ以上の芳香環を有してもよい。
Examples of the aromatic ring contained in the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 include an aromatic hydrocarbon ring such as a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring and an anthracene ring, a thiophene ring, a furan ring, a pyrrole ring, an imidazole ring, a triazole ring and a pyridine ring. Aromatic heterocycles and fused rings thereof are mentioned, and aromatic hydrocarbon rings are preferable, and benzene rings are more preferable. The aromatic ring may have a substituent.
The ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 may have only one aromatic ring or may have two or more aromatic rings.
 エチレン性不飽和化合物B1は、現像液による感光性樹脂層の膨潤を抑制することにより、解像性が向上する点から、ビスフェノール構造を有することが好ましい。
 ビスフェノール構造としては、例えば、ビスフェノールA(2,2-ビス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロパン)に由来するビスフェノールA構造、ビスフェノールF(2,2-ビス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)メタン)に由来するビスフェノールF構造、及び、ビスフェノールB(2,2-ビス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)ブタン)に由来するビスフェノールB構造が挙げられ、ビスフェノールA構造が好ましい。
The ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 preferably has a bisphenol structure from the viewpoint of improving the resolution by suppressing the swelling of the photosensitive resin layer by the developing solution.
Examples of the bisphenol structure include a bisphenol A structure derived from bisphenol A (2,2-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) propane) and a bisphenol derived from bisphenol F (2,2-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) methane). Examples thereof include an F structure and a bisphenol B structure derived from bisphenol B (2,2-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) butane), and a bisphenol A structure is preferable.
 ビスフェノール構造を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物B1としては、例えば、ビスフェノール構造と、そのビスフェノール構造の両端に結合した2つの重合性基(好ましくは(メタ)アクリロイル基)とを有する化合物が挙げられる。
 ビスフェノール構造の両端と2つの重合性基とは、直接結合してもよく、1つ以上のアルキレンオキシ基を介して結合してもよい。ビスフェノール構造の両端に付加するアルキレンオキシ基としては、エチレンオキシ基又はプロピレンオキシ基が好ましく、エチレンオキシ基がより好ましい。ビスフェノール構造に付加するアルキレンオキシ基の付加数は特に制限されないが、1分子あたり4個~16個が好ましく、6個~14個がより好ましい。
 ビスフェノール構造を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物B1については、特開2016-224162号公報の段落0072~0080に記載されており、この公報に記載の内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 having a bisphenol structure include a compound having a bisphenol structure and two polymerizable groups (preferably (meth) acryloyl groups) bonded to both ends of the bisphenol structure.
Both ends of the bisphenol structure and the two polymerizable groups may be directly bonded or may be bonded via one or more alkyleneoxy groups. As the alkyleneoxy group added to both ends of the bisphenol structure, an ethyleneoxy group or a propyleneoxy group is preferable, and an ethyleneoxy group is more preferable. The number of alkyleneoxy groups added to the bisphenol structure is not particularly limited, but is preferably 4 to 16 per molecule, more preferably 6 to 14.
The ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 having a bisphenol structure is described in paragraphs 0072 to 0080 of JP-A-2016-224162, and the contents described in this publication are incorporated in the present specification.
 エチレン性不飽和化合物B1としては、ビスフェノールA構造を有する2官能エチレン性不飽和化合物が好ましく、2,2-ビス(4-((メタ)アクリロキシポリアルコキシ)フェニル)プロパンがより好ましい。
 2,2-ビス(4-((メタ)アクリロキシポリアルコキシ)フェニル)プロパンとしては、例えば、2,2-ビス(4-(メタクリロキシジエトキシ)フェニル)プロパン(FA-324M、日立化成(株)製)、2,2-ビス(4-(メタクリロキシエトキシプロポキシ)フェニル)プロパン、2,2-ビス(4-(メタクリロキシペンタエトキシ)フェニル)プロパン(BPE-500、新中村化学工業(株)製)、2,2-ビス(4-(メタクリロキシドデカエトキシテトラプロポキシ)フェニル)プロパン(FA-3200MY、日立化成(株)製)、2,2-ビス(4-(メタクリロキシペンタデカエトキシ)フェニル)プロパン(BPE-1300、新中村化学工業(株)製)、2,2-ビス(4-(メタクリロキシジエトキシ)フェニル)プロパン(BPE-200、新中村化学工業(株)製)、及び、エトキシ化(10)ビスフェノールAジアクリレート(NKエステルA-BPE-10、新中村化学工業(株)製)が挙げられる。
As the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1, a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having a bisphenol A structure is preferable, and 2,2-bis (4-((meth) acryloxypolyalkoxy) phenyl) propane is more preferable.
Examples of the 2,2-bis (4-((meth) acryloxypolyalkoxy) phenyl) propane include 2,2-bis (4- (methacryloxydiethoxy) phenyl) propane (FA-324M, Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.). Co., Ltd.), 2,2-bis (4- (methacryloxyethoxypropoxy) phenyl) propane, 2,2-bis (4- (methacryloxypentethoxy) phenyl) propane (BPE-500, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. ( , 2,2-Bis (4- (methacryloxydeccaethoxytetrapropoxy) phenyl) propane (FA-3200MY, manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.), 2,2-bis (4- (methacryloxypentadeca) Ethoxy) phenyl) propane (BPE-1300, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), 2,2-bis (4- (methacryloxydiethoxy) phenyl) propane (BPE-200, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) ), And ethoxylated (10) bisphenol A diacrylate (NK ester A-BPE-10, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.).
 エチレン性不飽和化合物B1としては、下記式(Bis)で表される化合物を使用することができる。 As the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1, a compound represented by the following formula (Bis) can be used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

 
 式(Bis)中、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又はメチル基を表し、AはCであり、BはCであり、n及びnはそれぞれ独立に、1~39の整数であり、かつn+nは2~40の整数であり、n及びnはそれぞれ独立に、0~29の整数であり、かつn+nは0~30の整数であり、-(A-O)-及び-(B-O)-の繰り返し単位の配列は、ランダムであってもブロックであってもよい。そして、ブロックの場合、-(A-O)-と-(B-O)-とのいずれがビスフェノール構造側でもよい。
 一態様において、n+n+n+nは、2~20の整数が好ましく、2~16の整数がより好ましく、4~12の整数が更に好ましい。また、n+nは、0~10の整数が好ましく、0~4の整数がより好ましく、0~2の整数が更に好ましく、0が特に好ましい。
In the formula (Bis), R 1 and R 2 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, A is C 2 H 4 , B is C 3 H 6 , and n 1 and n 3 are independent, respectively. In addition, n 1 + n 3 is an integer of 1 to 39, n 1 + n 3 is an integer of 2 to 40, n 2 and n 4 are independently integers of 0 to 29, and n 2 + n 4 is an integer of 0 to 40. It is an integer of 30, and the sequence of repeating units of-(AO)-and-(BO)-may be random or block. In the case of a block, either − (A—O) − or − (BO) − may be on the bisphenol structure side.
In one embodiment, n 1 + n 2 + n 3 + n 4 is preferably an integer of 2 to 20, more preferably an integer of 2 to 16, and even more preferably an integer of 4 to 12. Further, n 2 + n 4 is preferably an integer of 0 to 10, more preferably an integer of 0 to 4, further preferably an integer of 0 to 2, and particularly preferably 0.
 エチレン性不飽和化合物B1は、1種単独で使用しても、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 感光性樹脂層における、エチレン性不飽和化合物B1の含有量は、解像性がより優れる点から、感光性樹脂層の全質量に対して、10質量%以上が好ましく、20質量%以上がより好ましい。上限は特に制限されないが、転写性及びエッジフュージョン(感光性転写材料の端部から感光性樹脂層中の成分が滲み出す現象)の点から、70質量%以下が好ましく、60質量%以下がより好ましい。
The ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The content of the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 in the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 20% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer, from the viewpoint of better resolution. preferable. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 70% by mass or less, more preferably 60% by mass or less, from the viewpoint of transferability and edge fusion (a phenomenon in which the components in the photosensitive resin layer exude from the edges of the photosensitive transfer material). preferable.
 感光性樹脂層は、上述したエチレン性不飽和化合物B1以外のエチレン性不飽和化合物を含有してもよい。
 エチレン性不飽和化合物B1以外のエチレン性不飽和化合物は、特に制限されず、公知の化合物の中から適宜選択できる。例えば、一分子中に1つのエチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物(単官能エチレン性不飽和化合物)、芳香環を有さない2官能エチレン性不飽和化合物、及び、3官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物が挙げられる。
The photosensitive resin layer may contain an ethylenically unsaturated compound other than the above-mentioned ethylenically unsaturated compound B1.
The ethylenically unsaturated compound other than the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected from known compounds. For example, a compound having one ethylenically unsaturated group in one molecule (monofunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound), a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having no aromatic ring, and a trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compound. Examples include compounds.
 単官能エチレン性不飽和化合物としては、例えば、エチル(メタ)アクリレート、エチルヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、2-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシエチルサクシネート、ポリエチレングリコールモノ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリプロピレングリコールモノ(メタ)アクリレート、及び、フェノキシエチル(メタ)アクリレートが挙げられる。 Examples of the monofunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound include ethyl (meth) acrylate, ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, 2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl succinate, polyethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, and polypropylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate. , And phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate.
 芳香環を有さない2官能エチレン性不飽和化合物としては、例えば、アルキレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリアルキレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ウレタンジ(メタ)アクリレート、及び、トリメチロールプロパンジアクリレートが挙げられる。
 アルキレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレートとしては、例えば、トリシクロデカンジメタノールジアクリレート(A-DCP、新中村化学工業(株)製)、トリシクロデカンジメタノールジメタクリレート(DCP、新中村化学工業(株)製)、1,9-ノナンジオールジアクリレート(A-NOD-N、新中村化学工業(株)製)、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジアクリレート(A-HD-N、新中村化学工業(株)製)、エチレングリコールジメタクリレート、1,10-デカンジオールジアクリレート、及び、ネオペンチルグリコールジ(メタ)アクリレートが挙げられる。
 ポリアルキレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレートとしては、例えば、ポリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ジプロピレングリコールジアクリレート、トリプロピレングリコールジアクリレート、及び、ポリプロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレートが挙げられる。
 ウレタンジ(メタ)アクリレートとしては、例えば、プロピレンオキサイド変性ウレタンジ(メタ)アクリレート、並びに、エチレンオキサイド及びプロピレンオキサイド変性ウレタンジ(メタ)アクリレートが挙げられる。の市販品としては、例えば、8UX-015A(大成ファインケミカル(株)製)、UA-32P(新中村化学工業(株)製)、及び、UA-1100H(新中村化学工業(株)製)が挙げられる。
Examples of the bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having no aromatic ring include alkylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, polyalkylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, urethane di (meth) acrylate, and trimethylolpropane diacrylate. Be done.
Examples of the alkylene glycol di (meth) acrylate include tricyclodecanedimethanol diacrylate (A-DCP, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and tricyclodecanedimethanol dimethacrylate (DCP, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.). ), 1,9-Nonandiol diacrylate (A-NOD-N, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate (A-HD-N, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) ), Ethylene glycol dimethacrylate, 1,10-decanediol diacrylate, and neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate.
Examples of the polyalkylene glycol di (meth) acrylate include polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, dipropylene glycol diacrylate, tripropylene glycol diacrylate, and polypropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate.
Examples of the urethane di (meth) acrylate include propylene oxide-modified urethane di (meth) acrylate, and ethylene oxide and propylene oxide-modified urethane di (meth) acrylate. Examples of commercially available products include 8UX-015A (manufactured by Taisei Fine Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), UA-32P (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), and UA-1100H (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.). Can be mentioned.
 3官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物としては、例えば、ジペンタエリスリトール(トリ/テトラ/ペンタ/ヘキサ)(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトール(トリ/テトラ)(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ジトリメチロールプロパンテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールエタントリ(メタ)アクリレート、イソシアヌル酸トリ(メタ)アクリレート、グリセリントリ(メタ)アクリレート、並びに、これらのアルキレンオキサイド変性物が挙げられる。
 ここで、「(トリ/テトラ/ペンタ/ヘキサ)(メタ)アクリレート」は、トリ(メタ)アクリレート、テトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、及びヘキサ(メタ)アクリレートを包含する概念であり、「(トリ/テトラ)(メタ)アクリレート」は、トリ(メタ)アクリレート及びテトラ(メタ)アクリレートを包含する概念である。一態様において、感光性樹脂層は、上述したエチレン性不飽和化合物B1及び3官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物を含むことが好ましく、上述したエチレン性不飽和化合物B1及び2種以上の3官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物を含むことがより好ましい。この場合、エチレン性不飽和化合物B1と3官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物の質量比は、(エチレン性不飽和化合物B1の合計質量):(3官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物の合計質量)=1:1~5:1が好ましく、1.2:1~4:1がより好ましく、1.5:1~3:1が更に好ましい。
 また、一態様において、感光性樹脂層は、上述したエチレン性不飽和化合物B1及び2種以上の3官能のエチレン性不飽和化合物を含むことが好ましい。
Examples of the trifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound include dipentaerythritol (tri / tetra / penta / hexa) (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol (tri / tetra) (meth) acrylate, and trimethylolpropane tri (meth). Examples thereof include acrylates, trimethylolpropane tetra (meth) acrylates, trimethylolethanetri (meth) acrylates, isocyanuric acid tri (meth) acrylates, glycerintri (meth) acrylates, and alkylene oxide modifications thereof.
Here, "(tri / tetra / penta / hexa) (meth) acrylate" is a concept including tri (meth) acrylate, tetra (meth) acrylate, penta (meth) acrylate, and hexa (meth) acrylate. , "(Tri / tetra) (meth) acrylate" is a concept that includes tri (meth) acrylate and tetra (meth) acrylate. In one embodiment, the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains the above-mentioned ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 and a trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compound, and the above-mentioned ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 and two or more trifunctional or higher. It is more preferable to contain the ethylenically unsaturated compound of. In this case, the mass ratio of the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 to the trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compound is (total mass of the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1): (total mass of the trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compound). = 1: 1 to 5: 1, more preferably 1.2: 1 to 4: 1, and even more preferably 1.5: 1 to 3: 1.
Further, in one embodiment, the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains the above-mentioned ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 and two or more trifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds.
 3官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物のアルキレンオキサイド変性物としては、カプロラクトン変性(メタ)アクリレート化合物(日本化薬(株)製KAYARAD(登録商標)DPCA-20、新中村化学工業(株)製A-9300-1CL等)、アルキレンオキサイド変性(メタ)アクリレート化合物(日本化薬(株)製KAYARAD RP-1040、新中村化学工業(株)製ATM-35E及びA-9300、ダイセル・オルネクス社製EBECRYL(登録商標) 135等)、エトキシル化グリセリントリアクリレート(新中村化学工業(株)製A-GLY-9E等)、アロニックス(登録商標)TO-2349(東亞合成(株)製)、アロニックスM-520(東亞合成(株)製)、並びに、アロニックスM-510(東亞合成(株)製)が挙げられる。 Examples of the alkylene oxide-modified product of the trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compound include caprolactone-modified (meth) acrylate compound (KAYARAD (registered trademark) DPCA-20 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. and A manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. -9300-1CL, etc.), alkylene oxide-modified (meth) acrylate compound (KAYARAD RP-1040 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., ATM-35E and A-9300 manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., EBECRYL manufactured by Daicel Ornex Co., Ltd. (Registered trademark) 135, etc.), ethoxylated glycerin triacrylate (A-GLY-9E, etc. manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Aronix (registered trademark) TO-2349 (manufactured by Toa Synthetic Co., Ltd.), Aronix M- 520 (manufactured by Toa Synthetic Co., Ltd.) and Aronix M-510 (manufactured by Toa Synthetic Co., Ltd.) can be mentioned.
 また、エチレン性不飽和化合物B1以外のエチレン性不飽和化合物としては、特開2004-239942号公報の段落0025~0030に記載の酸基を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物を用いてもよい。 Further, as the ethylenically unsaturated compound other than the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1, the ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group described in paragraphs 0025 to 0030 of JP-A-2004-239942 may be used.
 感光性樹脂層におけるエチレン性不飽和化合物の含有量Mmとアルカリ可溶性樹脂の含有量Mbとの比Mm/Mbの値は、解像性及び直線性の観点から、1.0以下であることが好ましく、0.9以下であることがより好ましく、0.5以上0.9以下であることが特に好ましい。
 また、感光性樹脂層におけるエチレン性不飽和化合物は、硬化性、及び、解像性の観点から、(メタ)アクリル化合物を含むことが好ましい。
 更に、感光性樹脂層におけるエチレン性不飽和化合物は、硬化性、解像性及び直線性の観点から、(メタ)アクリル化合物を含み、かつ感光性樹脂層に含まれる上記(メタ)アクリル化合物の全質量に対するアクリル化合物の含有量が、60質量%以下であることがより好ましい。
The value of the ratio Mm / Mb of the content Mm of the ethylenically unsaturated compound and the content Mb of the alkali-soluble resin in the photosensitive resin layer may be 1.0 or less from the viewpoint of resolution and linearity. It is more preferably 0.9 or less, and particularly preferably 0.5 or more and 0.9 or less.
Further, the ethylenically unsaturated compound in the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a (meth) acrylic compound from the viewpoint of curability and resolvability.
Further, the ethylenically unsaturated compound in the photosensitive resin layer contains a (meth) acrylic compound from the viewpoint of curability, resolution and linearity, and the (meth) acrylic compound contained in the photosensitive resin layer. It is more preferable that the content of the acrylic compound with respect to the total mass is 60% by mass or less.
 エチレン性不飽和化合物B1を含むエチレン性不飽和化合物の分子量(分布を有する場合は、重量平均分子量(Mw))としては、200~3,000が好ましく、280~2,200がより好ましく、300~2,200が更に好ましい。 The molecular weight (weight average molecular weight (Mw) when having a distribution) of the ethylenically unsaturated compound containing the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 is preferably 200 to 3,000, more preferably 280 to 2,200, and 300. -2,200 is more preferable.
 重合性化合物(特に、エチレン性不飽和化合物)は、1種単独で使用しても、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 感光性樹脂層における重合性化合物(特に、エチレン性不飽和化合物)の含有量は、感光性樹脂層の全質量に対し、10質量%~70質量%が好ましく、20質量%~60質量%がより好ましく、20質量%~50質量%が更に好ましい。
The polymerizable compound (particularly, the ethylenically unsaturated compound) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The content of the polymerizable compound (particularly, the ethylenically unsaturated compound) in the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 10% by mass to 70% by mass, preferably 20% by mass to 60% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. More preferably, 20% by mass to 50% by mass is further preferable.
<光重合開始剤>
 感光性樹脂層は、光重合開始剤を含むことが好ましい。
 光重合開始剤は、紫外線、可視光線及びX線等の活性光線を受けて、エチレン性不飽和化合物の重合を開始する化合物である。光重合開始剤としては、特に制限されず、公知の光重合開始剤を用いることができる。
 光重合開始剤としては、例えば、光ラジカル重合開始剤及び光カチオン重合開始剤が挙げられ、光ラジカル重合開始剤が好ましい。
<Photopolymerization initiator>
The photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a photopolymerization initiator.
The photopolymerization initiator is a compound that initiates the polymerization of an ethylenically unsaturated compound by receiving active light such as ultraviolet rays, visible light and X-rays. The photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited, and a known photopolymerization initiator can be used.
Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include a photoradical polymerization initiator and a photocationic polymerization initiator, and a photoradical polymerization initiator is preferable.
 光ラジカル重合開始剤としては、例えば、オキシムエステル構造を有する光重合開始剤、α-アミノアルキルフェノン構造を有する光重合開始剤、α-ヒドロキシアルキルフェノン構造を有する光重合開始剤、アシルフォスフィンオキサイド構造を有する光重合開始剤、N-フェニルグリシン構造を有する光重合開始剤、及び、ビイミダゾール化合物が挙げられる。 Examples of the photoradical polymerization initiator include a photopolymerization initiator having an oxime ester structure, a photopolymerization initiator having an α-aminoalkylphenone structure, a photopolymerization initiator having an α-hydroxyalkylphenone structure, and an acylphosphine oxide. Examples thereof include a photopolymerization initiator having a structure, a photopolymerization initiator having an N-phenylglycine structure, and a biimidazole compound.
 光ラジカル重合開始剤としては、例えば、特開2011-95716号公報の段落0031~0042、特開2015-14783号公報の段落0064~0081に記載された重合開始剤を用いてもよい。 As the photoradical polymerization initiator, for example, the polymerization initiator described in paragraphs 0031 to 0042 of JP-A-2011-95716 and paragraphs 0064-0081 of JP-A-2015-14783 may be used.
 光ラジカル重合開始剤としては、例えば、ジメチルアミノ安息香酸エチル(DBE、CAS No.10287-53-3)、ベンゾインメチルエーテル、アニシル(p,p’-ジメトキシベンジル)、TAZ-110(商品名:みどり化学(株)製)、ベンゾフェノン、TAZ-111(商品名:みどり化学(株)製)、IrgacureOXE01、OXE02、OXE03、OXE04(BASF社製)、Omnirad651及び369(商品名:IGM Resins B.V.社製)、及び、2,2’-ビス(2-クロロフェニル)-4,4’,5,5’-テトラフェニル-1,2’-ビイミダゾール(東京化成工業(株)製)が挙げられる。 Examples of the photoradical polymerization initiator include ethyl dimethylaminobenzoate (DBE, CAS No. 10287-53-3), benzoin methyl ether, anisyl (p, p'-dimethoxybenzyl), and TAZ-110 (trade name:). Midori Kagaku Co., Ltd.), Benzoinone, TAZ-111 (trade name: Midori Kagaku Co., Ltd.), Radical OXE01, OXE02, OXE03, OXE04 (BASF), Omnirad 651 and 369 (trade name: IGM Resins B.V.) , And 2,2'-bis (2-chlorophenyl) -4,4', 5,5'-tetraphenyl-1,2'-biimidazole (manufactured by Tokyo Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.) Be done.
 光ラジカル重合開始剤の市販品としては、例えば、1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル]-1,2-オクタンジオン-2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)(商品名:IRGACURE(登録商標) OXE-01、BASF社製)、1-[9-エチル-6-(2-メチルベンゾイル)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]エタノン-1-(O-アセチルオキシム)(商品名:IRGACURE OXE-02、BASF社製)、IRGACURE OXE-03(BASF社製)、2-(ジメチルアミノ)-2-[(4-メチルフェニル)メチル]-1-[4-(4-モルフォリニル)フェニル]-1-ブタノン(商品名:Omnirad 379EG、IGM Resins B.V.製)、2-メチル-1-(4-メチルチオフェニル)-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オン(商品名:Omnirad 907、IGM Resins B.V.製)、2-ヒドロキシ-1-{4-[4-(2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチルプロピオニル)ベンジル]フェニル}-2-メチルプロパン-1-オン(商品名:Omnirad 127、IGM Resins B.V.製)、2-ベンジル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)ブタノン-1(商品名:Omnirad 369、IGM Resins B.V.製)、2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン(商品名:Omnirad 1173、IGM Resins B.V.製)、1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン(商品名:Omnirad 184、IGM Resins B.V.製)、2,2-ジメトキシ-1,2-ジフェニルエタン-1-オン(商品名:Omnirad 651、IGM Resins B.V.製)、2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾリル-ジフェニルフォスフィンオキサイド(商品名:Omnirad TPO H、IGM Resins B.V.製)、ビス(2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾリル)フェニルフォスフィンオキサイド(商品名:Omnirad 819、IGM Resins B.V.製)、オキシムエステル系の光重合開始剤(商品名:Lunar 6、DKSHジャパン(株)製)、2,2’-ビス(2-クロロフェニル)-4,4’,5,5’-テトラフェニルビスイミダゾール(2-(2-クロロフェニル)-4,5-ジフェニルイミダゾール二量体)(商品名:B-CIM、Hampford社製)、及び、2-(o-クロロフェニル)-4,5-ジフェニルイミダゾール二量体(商品名:BCTB、東京化成工業(株)製)が挙げられる。 Examples of commercially available photoradical polymerization initiators include 1- [4- (phenylthio) phenyl] -1,2-octanedione-2- (O-benzoyloxime) (trade name: IRGACURE (registered trademark) OXE-. 01, manufactured by BASF), 1- [9-ethyl-6- (2-methylbenzoyl) -9H-carbazole-3-yl] etanone-1- (O-acetyloxime) (trade name: IRGACURE OXE-02, BASF), IRGACURE OXE-03 (BASF), 2- (dimethylamino) -2-[(4-methylphenyl) methyl] -1- [4- (4-morpholinyl) phenyl] -1-butanone (Product name: Omnirad 379EG, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), 2-Methyl-1- (4-methylthiophenyl) -2-morpholinopropane-1-one (Product name: Omnirad 907, IGM Resins B.V.) , 2-Hydroxy-1- {4- [4- (2-hydroxy-2-methylpropionyl) benzyl] phenyl} -2-methylpropan-1-one (trade name: Omnirad 127, IGM Resins B. V.), 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) butanone-1 (trade name: Omnirad 369, IGM Resins B.V.), 2-hydroxy-2-methyl- 1-Phenylpropan-1-one (trade name: Omnirad 1173, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), 1-hydroxycyclohexylphenylketone (trade name: Omnirad 184, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), 2,2- Dimethoxy-1,2-diphenylethan-1-one (trade name: Omnirad 651, manufactured by IGM Resins BV), 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl-diphenylphosphinoxide (trade name: Omnirad TPO H,) IGM Resins B.V.), Bis (2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl) phenylphosphinoxide (trade name: Omnirad 819, IGM Resins B.V.), Oxime ester-based photopolymerization initiator ( Product name: Lunar 6, manufactured by DKSH Japan Co., Ltd., 2,2'-bis (2-chlorophenyl) -4,4', 5,5'-tetraphenylbisimidazole (2- (2-chlorophenyl) -4) , 5-Diphenylimidazole dimer ) (Product name: B-CIM, manufactured by Hampford) and 2- (o-chlorophenyl) -4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer (trade name: BCTB, manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.). ..
 光カチオン重合開始剤(光酸発生剤)は、活性光線を受けて酸を発生する化合物である。光カチオン重合開始剤としては、波長300nm以上、好ましくは波長300~450nmの活性光線に感応し、酸を発生する化合物が好ましいが、その化学構造は制限されない。また、波長300nm以上の活性光線に直接感応しない光カチオン重合開始剤についても、増感剤と併用することによって波長300nm以上の活性光線に感応し、酸を発生する化合物であれば、増感剤と組み合わせて好ましく用いることができる。
 光カチオン重合開始剤としては、pKaが4以下の酸を発生する光カチオン重合開始剤が好ましく、pKaが3以下の酸を発生する光カチオン重合開始剤がより好ましく、pKaが2以下の酸を発生する光カチオン重合開始剤が特に好ましい。pKaの下限値は特に定めないが、例えば、-10.0以上が好ましい。
The photocationic polymerization initiator (photoacid generator) is a compound that generates an acid by receiving active light rays. As the photocationic polymerization initiator, a compound that is sensitive to active light having a wavelength of 300 nm or more, preferably a wavelength of 300 to 450 nm and generates an acid is preferable, but its chemical structure is not limited. In addition, a photocationic polymerization initiator that is not directly sensitive to active light with a wavelength of 300 nm or more is also a sensitizer if it is a compound that is sensitive to active light with a wavelength of 300 nm or more and generates an acid when used in combination with a sensitizer. Can be preferably used in combination with.
As the photocationic polymerization initiator, a photocationic polymerization initiator that generates an acid having a pKa of 4 or less is preferable, a photocationic polymerization initiator that generates an acid having a pKa of 3 or less is more preferable, and an acid having a pKa of 2 or less is used. The generated photocationic polymerization initiator is particularly preferred. The lower limit of pKa is not particularly defined, but is preferably -10.0 or higher, for example.
 光カチオン重合開始剤としては、イオン性光カチオン重合開始剤及び非イオン性光カチオン重合開始剤が挙げられる。
 イオン性光カチオン重合開始剤として、例えば、ジアリールヨードニウム塩類及びトリアリールスルホニウム塩類等のオニウム塩化合物、並びに、第4級アンモニウム塩類が挙げられる。
 イオン性光カチオン重合開始剤としては、特開2014-85643号公報の段落0114~0133に記載のイオン性光カチオン重合開始剤を用いてもよい。
Examples of the photocationic polymerization initiator include an ionic photocationic polymerization initiator and a nonionic photocationic polymerization initiator.
Examples of the ionic photocationic polymerization initiator include onium salt compounds such as diaryliodonium salts and triarylsulfonium salts, and quaternary ammonium salts.
As the ionic photocationic polymerization initiator, the ionic photocationic polymerization initiator described in paragraphs 0114 to 0133 of JP-A-2014-85643 may be used.
 非イオン性光カチオン重合開始剤としては、例えば、トリクロロメチル-s-トリアジン類、ジアゾメタン化合物、イミドスルホネート化合物、及び、オキシムスルホネート化合物が挙げられる。トリクロロメチル-s-トリアジン類、ジアゾメタン化合物及びイミドスルホネート化合物としては、特開2011-221494号公報の段落0083~0088に記載の化合物を用いてもよい。また、オキシムスルホネート化合物としては、国際公開第2018/179640号の段落0084~0088に記載された化合物を用いてもよい。 Examples of the nonionic photocationic polymerization initiator include trichloromethyl-s-triazines, diazomethane compounds, imide sulfonate compounds, and oxime sulfonate compounds. As the trichloromethyl-s-triazines, the diazomethane compound and the imide sulfonate compound, the compounds described in paragraphs 0083 to 886 of JP-A-2011-22149 may be used. Further, as the oxime sulfonate compound, the compound described in paragraphs 0084 to 0088 of International Publication No. 2018/179640 may be used.
 感光性樹脂層は、光重合開始剤を、1種単独で含有してもよいし、2種以上を含有してもよい。
 感光性樹脂層における光重合開始剤の含有量は、特に制限されないが、感光性樹脂層の全質量に対し、0.1質量%以上が好ましく、0.5質量%以上がより好ましく、1.0質量%以上が更に好ましい。上限は特に制限されないが、感光性樹脂層の全質量に対し、10質量%以下が好ましく、5質量%以下がより好ましい。
The photosensitive resin layer may contain one type of photopolymerization initiator alone or two or more types.
The content of the photopolymerization initiator in the photosensitive resin layer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1% by mass or more, more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. 0% by mass or more is more preferable. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer.
<色素>
 感光性樹脂層は、露光部及び非露光部の視認性、現像後のパターン視認性、及び、解像性の観点から、色素を含有することが好ましく、発色時の波長範囲400nm~780nmにおける最大吸収波長が450nm以上であり、かつ、酸、塩基、又はラジカルにより最大吸収波長が変化する色素(単に「色素N」ともいう。)を含有することがより好ましい。色素Nを含有すると、詳細なメカニズムは不明であるが、隣接する層(例えば、仮支持体及び隣接する他の層)との密着性が向上し、解像性により優れる。
<Dye>
The photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a dye from the viewpoints of visibility of the exposed and non-exposed areas, pattern visibility after development, and resolution, and the maximum in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 780 nm at the time of color development. It is more preferable to contain a dye having an absorption wavelength of 450 nm or more and whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by an acid, a base, or a radical (also referred to simply as “dye N”). When the dye N is contained, the detailed mechanism is unknown, but the adhesion to the adjacent layer (for example, the temporary support and other adjacent layers) is improved, and the resolution is more excellent.
 本明細書において、色素が「酸、塩基又はラジカルにより極大吸収波長が変化する」とは、発色状態にある色素が酸、塩基又はラジカルにより消色する態様、消色状態にある色素が酸、塩基又はラジカルにより発色する態様、及び、発色状態にある色素が他の色相の発色状態に変化する態様のいずれの態様を意味してもよい。
 具体的には、色素Nは、露光により消色状態から変化して発色する化合物であってもよいし、露光により発色状態から変化して消色する化合物であってもよい。この場合、露光により酸、塩基又はラジカルが感光性樹脂層内において発生し作用することにより、発色又は消色の状態が変化する色素でもよく、酸、塩基又はラジカルにより感光性樹脂層内の状態(例えばpH)が変化することで発色又は消色の状態が変化する色素でもよい。また、露光を介さずに、酸、塩基又はラジカルを刺激として直接受けて発色又は消色の状態が変化する色素でもよい。
In the present specification, the term "the maximum absorption wavelength is changed by an acid, a base or a radical" means that the dye in a color-developing state is decolorized by an acid, a base or a radical, and the dye in a decolorized state is an acid. It may mean any aspect of a mode in which a color is developed by a base or a radical, or a mode in which a dye in a color-developing state changes to a color-developing state of another hue.
Specifically, the dye N may be a compound that changes its color from the decolorized state by exposure and may be a compound that changes its color from the decolorized state by exposure. In this case, it may be a dye whose color development or decolorization state is changed by the acid, base or radical generated and acted on in the photosensitive resin layer by exposure, and the state in the photosensitive resin layer by the acid, base or radical. It may be a dye whose color development or decolorization state changes by changing (for example, pH). Further, it may be a dye that changes its color development or decolorization state by directly receiving an acid, a base or a radical as a stimulus without going through exposure.
 中でも、露光部及び非露光部の視認性並びに解像性の観点から、色素Nは、酸又はラジカルにより最大吸収波長が変化する色素が好ましく、ラジカルにより最大吸収波長が変化する色素がより好ましい。
 感光性樹脂層は、露光部及び非露光部の視認性並びに解像性の観点から、色素Nとしてラジカルにより最大吸収波長が変化する色素、及び、光ラジカル重合開始剤の両者を含有することが好ましい。
 また、露光部及び非露光部の視認性の観点から、色素Nは、酸、塩基、又はラジカルにより発色する色素であることが好ましい。
Among them, the dye N is preferably a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by an acid or a radical, and more preferably a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by a radical, from the viewpoint of visibility and resolution of an exposed portion and a non-exposed portion.
The photosensitive resin layer may contain both a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by radicals as dye N and a photoradical polymerization initiator from the viewpoint of visibility and resolution of exposed and unexposed parts. preferable.
Further, from the viewpoint of visibility of the exposed portion and the non-exposed portion, the dye N is preferably a dye that develops color by an acid, a base, or a radical.
 本開示における色素Nの発色機構の例としては、感光性樹脂層に光ラジカル重合開始剤、光カチオン重合開始剤(光酸発生剤)又は光塩基発生剤を添加して、露光後に光ラジカル重合開始剤、光カチオン重合開始剤又は光塩基発生剤から発生するラジカル、酸又は塩基によって、ラジカル反応性色素、酸反応性色素又は塩基反応性色素(例えばロイコ色素)が発色する態様が挙げられる。 As an example of the color development mechanism of the dye N in the present disclosure, a photoradical polymerization initiator, a photocationic polymerization initiator (photoacid generator) or a photobase generator is added to the photosensitive resin layer, and photoradical polymerization is performed after exposure. Examples thereof include an embodiment in which a radical-reactive dye, an acid-reactive dye or a base-reactive dye (for example, a leuco dye) is colored by a radical, an acid or a base generated from an initiator, a photocationic polymerization initiator or a photobase generator.
 色素Nは、露光部及び非露光部の視認性の観点から、発色時の波長範囲400nm~780nmにおける極大吸収波長が、550nm以上であることが好ましく、550nm~700nmであることがより好ましく、550nm~650nmであることが更に好ましい。
 また、色素Nは、発色時の波長範囲400nm~780nmにおける極大吸収波長を1つのみ有していてもよく、2つ以上有していてもよい。色素Nが発色時の波長範囲400nm~780nmにおける極大吸収波長を2つ以上有する場合は、2つ以上の極大吸収波長のうち吸光度が最も高い極大吸収波長が450nm以上であればよい。
From the viewpoint of visibility of the exposed and non-exposed areas, the dye N preferably has a maximum absorption wavelength of 550 nm or more in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 780 nm at the time of color development, more preferably 550 nm to 700 nm. It is more preferably ~ 650 nm.
Further, the dye N may have only one maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 780 nm at the time of color development, or may have two or more. When the dye N has two or more maximum absorption wavelengths in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 780 nm at the time of color development, the maximum absorption wavelength having the highest absorbance among the two or more maximum absorption wavelengths may be 450 nm or more.
 色素Nの極大吸収波長は、大気雰囲気下で、分光光度計:UV3100((株)島津製作所製)を用いて、400nm~780nmの範囲で色素Nを含有する溶液(液温25℃)の透過スペクトルを測定し、光の強度が極小となる波長(極大吸収波長)を検出することにより、得られる。 The maximum absorption wavelength of the dye N is transmitted through a solution containing the dye N (liquid temperature 25 ° C.) in the range of 400 nm to 780 nm using a spectrophotometer: UV3100 (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation) in an atmospheric atmosphere. It is obtained by measuring the spectrum and detecting the wavelength at which the light intensity becomes the minimum (maximum absorption wavelength).
 露光により発色又は消色する色素としては、例えば、ロイコ化合物が挙げられる。
 露光により消色する色素としては、例えば、ロイコ化合物、ジアリールメタン系色素、オキザジン系色素、キサンテン系色素、イミノナフトキノン系色素、アゾメチン系色素及びアントラキノン系色素が挙げられる。
 色素Nとしては、露光部及び非露光部の視認性の観点から、ロイコ化合物が好ましい。
Examples of the dye that develops or decolorizes by exposure include leuco compounds.
Examples of the dye to be decolorized by exposure include leuco compounds, diarylmethane dyes, oxadin dyes, xanthene dyes, iminonaphthoquinone dyes, azomethine dyes and anthraquinone dyes.
As the dye N, a leuco compound is preferable from the viewpoint of visibility of the exposed portion and the non-exposed portion.
 ロイコ化合物としては、例えば、トリアリールメタン骨格を有するロイコ化合物(トリアリールメタン系色素)、スピロピラン骨格を有するロイコ化合物(スピロピラン系色素)、フルオラン骨格を有するロイコ化合物(フルオラン系色素)、ジアリールメタン骨格を有するロイコ化合物(ジアリールメタン系色素)、ローダミンラクタム骨格を有するロイコ化合物(ローダミンラクタム系色素)、インドリルフタリド骨格を有するロイコ化合物(インドリルフタリド系色素)、及び、ロイコオーラミン骨格を有するロイコ化合物(ロイコオーラミン系色素)が挙げられる。
 中でも、トリアリールメタン系色素又はフルオラン系色素が好ましく、トリフェニルメタン骨格を有するロイコ化合物(トリフェニルメタン系色素)又はフルオラン系色素がより好ましい。
Examples of the leuco compound include a leuco compound having a triarylmethane skeleton (triarylmethane dye), a leuco compound having a spiropyran skeleton (spiropylan dye), a leuco compound having a fluorane skeleton (fluorane dye), and a diarylmethane skeleton. Leuco compounds (diarylmethane dyes), leuco compounds having a rhodamine lactam skeleton (lodamine lactam dyes), leuco compounds having an indrill phthalide skeleton (indolyl phthalide dyes), and leuco auramine skeletons. Examples thereof include leuco compounds (leuco auramine-based dyes) having a leuco compound.
Of these, triarylmethane-based dyes or fluorane-based dyes are preferable, and leuco compounds (triphenylmethane-based dyes) or fluorane-based dyes having a triphenylmethane skeleton are more preferable.
 ロイコ化合物としては、露光部及び非露光部の視認性の観点から、ラクトン環、スルチン環又はスルトン環を有することが好ましい。これにより、ロイコ化合物が有するラクトン環、スルチン環又はスルトン環を、光ラジカル重合開始剤から発生するラジカル又は光カチオン重合開始剤から発生する酸と反応させて、ロイコ化合物を閉環状態に変化させて消色させるか、又は、ロイコ化合物を開環状態に変化させて発色させることができる。ロイコ化合物としては、ラクトン環、スルチン環又はスルトン環を有し、ラジカル又は酸によりラクトン環、スルチン環又はスルトン環が開環して発色する化合物が好ましく、ラクトン環を有し、ラジカル又は酸によりラクトン環が開環して発色する化合物がより好ましい。 The leuco compound preferably has a lactone ring, a surujin ring, or a sultone ring from the viewpoint of visibility of the exposed portion and the non-exposed portion. As a result, the lactone ring, sultin ring, or sulton ring of the leuco compound is reacted with the radical generated from the photoradical polymerization initiator or the acid generated from the photocationic polymerization initiator to change the leuco compound into a closed ring state. The color can be decolorized or the leuco compound can be changed to an open ring state to develop a color. The leuco compound has a lactone ring, a sultone ring or a sultone ring, and a compound in which the lactone ring, the sultone ring or the sultone ring is opened by a radical or an acid to develop color is preferable, and the compound has a lactone ring and is formed by a radical or an acid. A compound in which the lactone ring is opened to develop color is more preferable.
 色素Nとしては、例えば、以下の染料及びロイコ化合物が挙げられる。
 色素Nのうち染料の具体例としては、ブリリアントグリーン、エチルバイオレット、メチルグリーン、クリスタルバイオレット、ベイシックフクシン、メチルバイオレット2B、キナルジンレッド、ローズベンガル、メタニルイエロー、チモールスルホフタレイン、キシレノールブルー、メチルオレンジ、パラメチルレッド、コンゴーフレッド、ベンゾプルプリン4B、α-ナフチルレッド、ナイルブルー2B、ナイルブルーA、メチルバイオレット、マラカイトグリーン、パラフクシン、ビクトリアピュアブルー-ナフタレンスルホン酸塩、ビクトリアピュアブルーBOH(保土谷化学工業(株)製)、オイルブルー#603(オリヱント化学工業(株)製)、オイルピンク#312(オリヱント化学工業(株)製)、オイルレッド5B(オリヱント化学工業(株)製)、オイルスカーレット#308(オリヱント化学工業(株)製)、オイルレッドOG(オリヱント化学工業(株)製)、オイルレッドRR(オリヱント化学工業(株)製)、オイルグリーン#502(オリヱント化学工業(株)製)、スピロンレッドBEHスペシャル(保土谷化学工業(株)製)、m-クレゾールパープル、クレゾールレッド、ローダミンB、ローダミン6G、スルホローダミンB、オーラミン、4-p-ジエチルアミノフェニルイミノナフトキノン、2-カルボキシアニリノ-4-p-ジエチルアミノフェニルイミノナフトキノン、2-カルボキシステアリルアミノ-4-p-N,N-ビス(ヒドロキシエチル)アミノ-フェニルイミノナフトキノン、1-フェニル-3-メチル-4-p-ジエチルアミノフェニルイミノ-5-ピラゾロン、及び、1-β-ナフチル-4-p-ジエチルアミノフェニルイミノ-5-ピラゾロンが挙げられる。
Examples of the dye N include the following dyes and leuco compounds.
Specific examples of dyes among dyes N include Brilliant Green, Ethyl Violet, Methyl Green, Crystal Violet, Basic Fuxin, Methyl Violet 2B, Kinaldine Red, Rose Bengal, Metanyl Yellow, Timor Sulfophthalein, Xylenol Blue, and Methyl. Orange, Paramethyl Red, Congofred, Benzopurpurin 4B, α-Naphthyl Red, Nile Blue 2B, Nile Blue A, Methyl Violet, Malakite Green, Parafuxin, Victoria Pure Blue-Naphthalene Sulfate, Victoria Pure Blue BOH Tsuchiya Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Oil Blue # 603 (manufactured by Orient Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Oil Pink # 312 (manufactured by Orient Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Oil Red 5B (manufactured by Orient Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Oil Scarlet # 308 (manufactured by Orient Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Oil Red OG (manufactured by Orient Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Oil Red RR (manufactured by Orient Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Oil Green # 502 (manufactured by Orient Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) ), Spiron Red BEH Special (manufactured by Hodoya Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), m-cresol purple, cresol red, rhodamine B, rhodamine 6G, sulfordamine B, auramine, 4-p-diethylaminophenyliminonaphthoquinone, 2-carboxy Anilino-4-p-diethylaminophenyliminonaphthoquinone, 2-carboxystearylamino-4-p-N, N-bis (hydroxyethyl) amino-phenyliminonaphthoquinone, 1-phenyl-3-methyl-4-p-diethylamino Examples thereof include phenylimino-5-pyrazolone and 1-β-naphthyl-4-p-diethylaminophenylimino-5-pyrazolone.
 色素Nのうちロイコ化合物の具体例としては、p,p’,p”-ヘキサメチルトリアミノトリフェニルメタン(ロイコクリスタルバイオレット)、Pergascript Blue SRB(チバガイギー社製)、クリスタルバイオレットラクトン、マラカイトグリーンラクトン、ベンゾイルロイコメチレンブルー、2-(N-フェニル-N-メチルアミノ)-6-(N-p-トリル-N-エチル)アミノフルオラン、2-アニリノ-3-メチル-6-(N-エチル-p-トルイジノ)フルオラン、3,6-ジメトキシフルオラン、3-(N,N-ジエチルアミノ)-5-メチル-7-(N,N-ジベンジルアミノ)フルオラン、3-(N-シクロヘキシル-N-メチルアミノ)-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-(N,N-ジエチルアミノ)-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-(N,N-ジエチルアミノ)-6-メチル-7-キシリジノフルオラン、3-(N,N-ジエチルアミノ)-6-メチル-7-クロロフルオラン、3-(N,N-ジエチルアミノ)-6-メトキシ-7-アミノフルオラン、3-(N,N-ジエチルアミノ)-7-(4-クロロアニリノ)フルオラン、3-(N,N-ジエチルアミノ)-7-クロロフルオラン、3-(N,N-ジエチルアミノ)-7-ベンジルアミノフルオラン、3-(N,N-ジエチルアミノ)-7,8-ベンゾフロオラン、3-(N,N-ジブチルアミノ)-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-(N,N-ジブチルアミノ)-6-メチル-7-キシリジノフルオラン、3-ピペリジノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-ピロリジノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3,3-ビス(1-エチル-2-メチルインドール-3-イル)フタリド、3,3-ビス(1-n-ブチル-2-メチルインドール-3-イル)フタリド、3,3-ビス(p-ジメチルアミノフェニル)-6-ジメチルアミノフタリド、3-(4-ジエチルアミノ-2-エトキシフェニル)-3-(1-エチル-2-メチルインドール-3-イル)-4-ザフタリド、3-(4-ジエチルアミノフェニル)-3-(1-エチル-2-メチルインドール-3-イル)フタリド、及び、3’,6’-ビス(ジフェニルアミノ)スピロイソベンゾフラン-1(3H),9’-[9H]キサンテン-3-オンが挙げられる。 Specific examples of the leuco compound among the dyes N include p, p', p "-hexamethyltriaminotriphenylmethane (leucocrystal violet), Pergascript Blue SRB (manufactured by Ciba Geigy), crystal violet lactone, and malakite green lactone. Benzoyl leucomethylene blue, 2- (N-phenyl-N-methylamino) -6- (N-p-trill-N-ethyl) aminofluorane, 2-anilino-3-methyl-6- (N-ethyl-p) -Truizino) fluorane, 3,6-dimethoxyfluorane, 3- (N, N-diethylamino) -5-methyl-7- (N, N-dibenzylamino) fluorane, 3- (N-cyclohexyl-N-methyl) Amino) -6-methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3- (N, N-diethylamino) -6-methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3- (N, N-diethylamino) -6-methyl-7 -Xylidinofluorane, 3- (N, N-diethylamino) -6-methyl-7-chlorofluorane, 3- (N, N-diethylamino) -6-methoxy-7-aminofluorane, 3- (N) , N-diethylamino) -7- (4-chloroanilino) fluorane, 3- (N, N-diethylamino) -7-chlorofluorane, 3- (N, N-diethylamino) -7-benzylaminofluorane, 3- (N, N-diethylamino) -7,8-benzofluorolane, 3- (N, N-dibutylamino) -6-methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3- (N, N-dibutylamino) -6 -Methyl-7-xylidinofluolane, 3-piperidino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluolane, 3-pyrrolidino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluolane, 3,3-bis (1-ethyl- 2-Methylindole-3-yl) phthalide, 3,3-bis (1-n-butyl-2-methylindole-3-yl) phthalide, 3,3-bis (p-dimethylaminophenyl) -6-dimethyl Aminophthalide, 3- (4-diethylamino-2-ethoxyphenyl) -3- (1-ethyl-2-methylindole-3-yl) -4-zaphthalide, 3- (4-diethylaminophenyl) -3-( 1-Ethyl-2-methylindol-3-yl) phthalide and 3', 6'-bis (diphenylamino) spirisobenzofuran-1 (3H), 9'-[9H] xanthene-3-one. Be done.
 色素Nは、露光部及び非露光部の視認性、現像後のパターン視認性、及び、解像性の観点から、ラジカルにより最大吸収波長が変化する色素であることが好ましく、ラジカルにより発色する色素であることがより好ましい。
 色素Nとしては、ロイコクリスタルバイオレット、クリスタルバイオレットラクトン、ブリリアントグリーン、又は、ビクトリアピュアブルー-ナフタレンスルホン酸塩が好ましい。
The dye N is preferably a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by radicals from the viewpoints of visibility of exposed and unexposed areas, pattern visibility after development, and resolution, and is a dye that develops color by radicals. Is more preferable.
As the dye N, leuco crystal violet, crystal violet lactone, brilliant green, or Victoria pure blue-naphthalene sulfonate is preferable.
 色素は、1種単独で使用しても、2種以上を使用してもよい。
 色素の含有量は、露光部及び非露光部の視認性、現像後のパターン視認性、及び、解像性の観点から、感光性樹脂層の全質量に対し、0.1質量%以上が好ましく、0.1質量%~10質量%がより好ましく、0.1質量%~5質量%が更に好ましく、0.1質量%~1質量%が特に好ましい。
 また、色素Nの含有量は、露光部及び非露光部の視認性、現像後のパターン視認性、及び、解像性の観点から、感光性樹脂層の全質量に対し、0.1質量%以上が好ましく、0.1質量%~10質量%がより好ましく、0.1質量%~5質量%が更に好ましく、0.1質量%~1質量%が特に好ましい。
The dye may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The content of the dye is preferably 0.1% by mass or more with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer from the viewpoints of visibility of the exposed and non-exposed areas, pattern visibility after development, and resolution. , 0.1% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.1% by mass to 5% by mass, and particularly preferably 0.1% by mass to 1% by mass.
The content of the dye N is 0.1% by mass with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer from the viewpoints of visibility of the exposed portion and the non-exposed portion, pattern visibility after development, and resolution. The above is preferable, 0.1% by mass to 10% by mass is more preferable, 0.1% by mass to 5% by mass is further preferable, and 0.1% by mass to 1% by mass is particularly preferable.
 色素Nの含有量は、感光性樹脂層に含まれる色素Nの全てを発色状態にした場合の色素の含有量を意味する。以下に、ラジカルにより発色する色素を例に、色素Nの含有量の定量方法を説明する。
 メチルエチルケトン100mLに、色素0.001g又は0.01gを溶かした2種類の溶液を調製する。得られた各溶液に、光ラジカル重合開始剤Irgacure OXE01(商品名、BASFジャパン株式会社)を加え、365nmの光を照射することによりラジカルを発生させ、全ての色素を発色状態にする。その後、大気雰囲気下で、分光光度計(UV3100、(株)島津製作所製)を用いて、液温が25℃である各溶液の吸光度を測定し、検量線を作成する。
 次に、色素に代えて感光性樹脂層3gをメチルエチルケトンに溶かすこと以外は上記と同様の方法で、色素を全て発色させた溶液の吸光度を測定する。得られた感光性樹脂層を含有する溶液の吸光度から、検量線に基づいて感光性樹脂層に含まれる色素の含有量を算出する。
The content of the dye N means the content of the dye when all of the dye N contained in the photosensitive resin layer is in a colored state. Hereinafter, a method for quantifying the content of dye N will be described by taking a dye that develops color by radicals as an example.
Two kinds of solutions in which 0.001 g or 0.01 g of the dye is dissolved in 100 mL of methyl ethyl ketone are prepared. Irgacure OXE01 (trade name, BASF Japan, Inc.), a photoradical polymerization initiator, is added to each of the obtained solutions, and radicals are generated by irradiating with light of 365 nm to bring all the dyes into a colored state. Then, in an atmospheric atmosphere, the absorbance of each solution having a liquid temperature of 25 ° C. is measured using a spectrophotometer (UV3100, manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation), and a calibration curve is prepared.
Next, the absorbance of the solution in which all the dyes are developed is measured by the same method as above except that 3 g of the photosensitive resin layer is dissolved in methyl ethyl ketone instead of the dye. From the absorbance of the obtained solution containing the photosensitive resin layer, the content of the dye contained in the photosensitive resin layer is calculated based on the calibration curve.
<熱架橋性化合物>
 感光性樹脂層は、得られる硬化膜の強度、及び、得られる未硬化膜の粘着性の観点から、熱架橋性化合物を含むことが好ましい。なお、本明細書においては、後述するエチレン性不飽和基を有する熱架橋性化合物は、重合性化合物としては扱わず、熱架橋性化合物として扱うものとする。
 熱架橋性化合物としては、メチロール化合物、及びブロックイソシアネート化合物が挙げられる。中でも、得られる硬化膜の強度、及び、得られる未硬化膜の粘着性の観点から、ブロックイソシアネート化合物が好ましい。
 ブロックイソシアネート化合物は、ヒドロキシ基及びカルボキシ基と反応するため、例えば、樹脂及び/又は重合性化合物等が、ヒドロキシ基及びカルボキシ基の少なくとも一方を有する場合には、形成される膜の親水性が下がり、感光性樹脂層を硬化した膜を保護膜として使用する場合の機能が強化される傾向がある。
 なお、ブロックイソシアネート化合物とは、「イソシアネートのイソシアネート基をブロック剤で保護(いわゆる、マスク)した構造を有する化合物」を指す。
<Thermal crosslinkable compound>
The photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a heat-crosslinkable compound from the viewpoint of the strength of the obtained cured film and the adhesiveness of the obtained uncured film. In this specification, the thermally crosslinkable compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group described later is not treated as a polymerizable compound, but is treated as a thermally crosslinkable compound.
Examples of the heat-crosslinkable compound include a methylol compound and a blocked isocyanate compound. Of these, a blocked isocyanate compound is preferable from the viewpoint of the strength of the obtained cured film and the adhesiveness of the obtained uncured film.
Since the blocked isocyanate compound reacts with a hydroxy group and a carboxy group, for example, when the resin and / or the polymerizable compound has at least one of the hydroxy group and the carboxy group, the hydrophilicity of the formed film decreases. When a film obtained by curing a photosensitive resin layer is used as a protective film, the function tends to be enhanced.
The blocked isocyanate compound refers to "a compound having a structure in which the isocyanate group of isocyanate is protected (so-called masked) with a blocking agent".
 ブロックイソシアネート化合物の解離温度は、特に制限されないが、100℃~160℃が好ましく、130℃~150℃がより好ましい。
 ブロックイソシアネートの解離温度とは、「示差走査熱量計を用いて、DSC(Differential scanning calorimetry)分析にて測定した場合における、ブロックイソシアネートの脱保護反応に伴う吸熱ピークの温度」を意味する。
 示差走査熱量計としては、例えば、セイコーインスツルメンツ(株)製の示差走査熱量計(型式:DSC6200)を好適に使用できる。但し、示差走査熱量計は、これに限定されない。
The dissociation temperature of the blocked isocyanate compound is not particularly limited, but is preferably 100 ° C to 160 ° C, more preferably 130 ° C to 150 ° C.
The dissociation temperature of the blocked isocyanate means "the temperature of the endothermic peak associated with the deprotection reaction of the blocked isocyanate when measured by DSC (Differential scanning calorimetry) analysis using a differential scanning calorimeter".
As the differential scanning calorimeter, for example, a differential scanning calorimeter (model: DSC6200) manufactured by Seiko Instruments, Inc. can be preferably used. However, the differential scanning calorimeter is not limited to this.
 解離温度が100℃~160℃であるブロック剤としては、活性メチレン化合物〔マロン酸ジエステル(マロン酸ジメチル、マロン酸ジエチル、マロン酸ジn-ブチル、マロン酸ジ2-エチルヘキシル等)〕、オキシム化合物(ホルムアルドオキシム、アセトアルドオキシム、アセトオキシム、メチルエチルケトオキシム、及びシクロヘキサノンオキシム等の分子内に-C(=N-OH)-で表される構造を有する化合物)が挙げられる。
 これらの中でも、解離温度が100℃~160℃であるブロック剤としては、例えば、保存安定性の観点から、オキシム化合物を含むことが好ましい。
Examples of the blocking agent having a dissociation temperature of 100 ° C. to 160 ° C. include active methylene compounds [malonic acid diester (dimethyl malonate, diethyl malonate, din-butyl malonate, di2-ethylhexyl malonic acid, etc.)] and oxime compounds. (A compound having a structure represented by -C (= N-OH)-in a molecule such as formaldehyde, acetaldoxime, acetoxime, methylethylketooxime, and cyclohexanoneoxime) can be mentioned.
Among these, the blocking agent having a dissociation temperature of 100 ° C. to 160 ° C. preferably contains, for example, an oxime compound from the viewpoint of storage stability.
 ブロックイソシアネート化合物は、例えば、膜の脆性改良、被転写体との密着力向上等の観点から、イソシアヌレート構造を有することが好ましい。
 イソシアヌレート構造を有するブロックイソシアネート化合物は、例えば、ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネートをイソシアヌレート化して保護することにより得られる。
 イソシアヌレート構造を有するブロックイソシアネート化合物の中でも、オキシム化合物をブロック剤として用いたオキシム構造を有する化合物が、オキシム構造を有さない化合物よりも解離温度を好ましい範囲にしやすく、且つ、現像残渣を少なくしやすいという観点から好ましい。
The blocked isocyanate compound preferably has an isocyanurate structure, for example, from the viewpoint of improving the brittleness of the membrane and improving the adhesion to the transferred body.
The blocked isocyanate compound having an isocyanurate structure can be obtained, for example, by subjecting hexamethylene diisocyanate to isocyanurate to protect it.
Among the blocked isocyanate compounds having an isocyanurate structure, the compound having an oxime structure using an oxime compound as a blocking agent is easier to set the dissociation temperature in a preferable range and reduces the development residue than the compound having no oxime structure. It is preferable from the viewpoint of ease.
 ブロックイソシアネート化合物は、重合性基を有していてもよい。
 重合性基としては、特に制限はなく、公知の重合性基を用いることができ、ラジカル重合性基が好ましい。
 重合性基としては、(メタ)アクリロキシ基、(メタ)アクリルアミド基及びスチリル基等のエチレン性不飽和基、並びに、グリシジル基等のエポキシ基を有する基が挙げられる。
 中でも、重合性基としては、エチレン性不飽和基が好ましく、(メタ)アクリロキシ基がより好ましく、アクリロキシ基が更に好ましい。
The blocked isocyanate compound may have a polymerizable group.
The polymerizable group is not particularly limited, and a known polymerizable group can be used, and a radically polymerizable group is preferable.
Examples of the polymerizable group include an ethylenically unsaturated group such as a (meth) acryloxy group, a (meth) acrylamide group and a styryl group, and a group having an epoxy group such as a glycidyl group.
Among them, as the polymerizable group, an ethylenically unsaturated group is preferable, a (meth) acryloxy group is more preferable, and an acryloxy group is further preferable.
 ブロックイソシアネート化合物としては、市販品を使用できる。
 ブロックイソシアネート化合物の市販品の例としては、カレンズ(登録商標) AOI-BM、カレンズ(登録商標) MOI-BM、カレンズ(登録商標) MOI-BP等(以上、昭和電工(株)製)、ブロック型のデュラネートシリーズ(例えば、デュラネート(登録商標) TPA-B80E、デュラネート(登録商標) WT32-B75P等、旭化成ケミカルズ(株)製)が挙げられる。
 また、ブロックイソシアネート化合物として、下記の構造の化合物を用いることもできる。
As the blocked isocyanate compound, a commercially available product can be used.
Examples of commercially available blocked isocyanate compounds include Karenz (registered trademark) AOI-BM, Karenz (registered trademark) MOI-BM, Karenz (registered trademark) MOI-BP (all manufactured by Showa Denko KK), and blocks. Examples thereof include the Duranate series of molds (for example, Duranate (registered trademark) TPA-B80E, Duranate (registered trademark) WT32-B75P, etc., manufactured by Asahi Kasei Chemicals Co., Ltd.).
Further, as the blocked isocyanate compound, a compound having the following structure can also be used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

 
 熱架橋性化合物は、1種単独で使用してもよく、2種以上使用してもよい。
 感光性樹脂層が熱架橋性化合物を含む場合、熱架橋性化合物の含有量は、感光性樹脂層の全質量に対して、1質量%~50質量%が好ましく、5質量%~30質量%がより好ましい。
The heat-crosslinkable compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
When the photosensitive resin layer contains a heat-crosslinkable compound, the content of the heat-crosslinkable compound is preferably 1% by mass to 50% by mass, preferably 5% by mass to 30% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. Is more preferable.
<その他の成分>
 感光性樹脂層は、上述したアルカリ可溶性樹脂、エチレン性不飽和化合物、光重合開始剤、色素、及び、熱架橋性化合物以外の成分を含有してもよい。
<Other ingredients>
The photosensitive resin layer may contain components other than the above-mentioned alkali-soluble resin, ethylenically unsaturated compound, photopolymerization initiator, dye, and heat-crosslinkable compound.
-界面活性剤-
 感光性樹脂層は、厚さ均一性の観点から、界面活性剤を含有することが好ましい。
 界面活性剤としては、例えば、アニオン性界面活性剤、カチオン性界面活性剤、ノニオン性(非イオン性)界面活性剤、及び、両性界面活性剤が挙げられ、ノニオン性界面活性剤が好ましい。
 界面活性剤としては、例えば、特許第4502784号公報の段落0017、及び、特開2009-237362号公報の段落0060~0071に記載の界面活性剤が挙げられる。
-Surfactant-
The photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a surfactant from the viewpoint of thickness uniformity.
Examples of the surfactant include anionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, nonionic (nonionic) surfactants, and amphoteric surfactants, and nonionic surfactants are preferable.
Examples of the surfactant include paragraphs 0017 of Japanese Patent No. 4502784 and paragraphs 0060 to 0071 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-237362.
 界面活性剤としては、フッ素系界面活性剤又はシリコーン系界面活性剤が好ましい。
 フッ素系界面活性剤の市販品としては、例えば、メガファック(商品名)F-171、F-172、F-173、F-176、F-177、F-141、F-142、F-143、F-144、F-437、F-475、F-477、F-479、F-482、F-551-A、F-552、F-554、F-555-A、F-556、F-557、F-558、F-559、F-560、F-561、F-565、F-563、F-568、F-575、F-780、EXP、MFS-330、MFS-578、MFS-579、MFS-586、MFS-587、EXP.MFS-628、EXP.MFS-631、EXP.MFS-603、R-41、R-41-LM、R-01、R-40、R-40-LM、RS-43、TF-1956、RS-90、R-94、RS-72-K、DS-21(以上、DIC(株)製)、フロラード(商品名)FC430、FC431、FC171(以上、住友スリーエム(株)製)、サーフロン(商品名)S-382、SC-101、SC-103、SC-104、SC-105、SC-1068、SC-381、SC-383、S-393、KH-40(以上、AGC(株)製)、PolyFox(商品名)PF636、PF656、PF6320、PF6520、PF7002(以上、OMNOVA社製)、フタージェント(商品名)710FM、610FM、601AD、601ADH2、602A、215M、245F(以上、(株)NEOS製)、U-120E(ユニケム株式会社)等が挙げられる。
 また、フッ素系界面活性剤は、フッ素原子を含有する官能基を持つ分子構造を有し、熱を加えるとフッ素原子を含有する官能基の部分が切断されてフッ素原子が揮発するアクリル系化合物も好適に使用できる。このようなフッ素系界面活性剤としては、DIC(株)製のメガファック(商品名)DSシリーズ(化学工業日報(2016年2月22日)、日経産業新聞(2016年2月23日))、例えばメガファック(商品名)DS-21が挙げられる。
As the surfactant, a fluorine-based surfactant or a silicone-based surfactant is preferable.
Commercially available products of fluorine-based surfactants include, for example, Megafuck (trade names) F-171, F-172, F-173, F-176, F-177, F-141, F-142, F-143. , F-144, F-437, F-475, F-477, F-479, F-482, F-551-A, F-552, F-554, F-555-A, F-556, F -557, F-558, F-559, F-560, F-561, F-565, F-563, F-568, F-575, F-780, EXP, MFS-330, MFS-578, MFS -579, MFS-586, MFS-587, EXP. MFS-628, EXP. MFS-631, EXP. MFS-603, R-41, R-41-LM, R-01, R-40, R-40-LM, RS-43, TF-1956, RS-90, R-94, RS-72-K, DS-21 (above, manufactured by DIC Co., Ltd.), Florard (trade name) FC430, FC431, FC171 (above, manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Co., Ltd.), Surflon (trade name) S-382, SC-101, SC-103 , SC-104, SC-105, SC-1068, SC-381, SC-383, S-393, KH-40 (all manufactured by AGC Co., Ltd.), PolyFox (trade name) PF636, PF656, PF6320, PF6520. , PF7002 (above, manufactured by OMNOVA), Footgent (trade name) 710FM, 610FM, 601AD, 601ADH2, 602A, 215M, 245F (above, manufactured by NEOS Co., Ltd.), U-120E (Unichem Co., Ltd.) and the like. Will be.
Further, the fluorine-based surfactant has a molecular structure having a functional group containing a fluorine atom, and an acrylic compound in which a portion of the functional group containing a fluorine atom is cut off and the fluorine atom volatilizes when heat is applied. Can be suitably used. As such a fluorine-based surfactant, Megafuck (trade name) DS series manufactured by DIC Corporation (The Chemical Daily (February 22, 2016), Nikkei Sangyo Shimbun (February 23, 2016)) For example, Megafuck (trade name) DS-21 can be mentioned.
 また、フッ素系界面活性剤は、フッ素化アルキル基又はフッ素化アルキレンエーテル基を有するフッ素原子含有ビニルエーテル化合物と、親水性のビニルエーテル化合物との重合体を用いることも好ましい。
 フッ素系界面活性剤は、ブロックポリマーを用いることもできる。フッ素系界面活性剤は、フッ素原子を有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物に由来する構成単位と、アルキレンオキシ基(好ましくはエチレンオキシ基、プロピレンオキシ基)を2以上(好ましくは5以上)有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物に由来する構成単位と、を含む含フッ素高分子化合物も好ましく用いることができる。
 フッ素系界面活性剤は、エチレン性不飽和基を側鎖に有する含フッ素重合体を用いることもできる。メガファック(商品名)RS-101、RS-102、RS-718K、RS-72-K(以上、DIC(株)製)等が挙げられる。
Further, as the fluorine-based surfactant, it is also preferable to use a polymer of a fluorine atom-containing vinyl ether compound having a fluorinated alkyl group or a fluorinated alkylene ether group and a hydrophilic vinyl ether compound.
As the fluorine-based surfactant, a block polymer can also be used. The fluorine-based surfactant has a structural unit derived from a (meth) acrylate compound having a fluorine atom and 2 or more (preferably 5 or more) alkyleneoxy groups (preferably ethyleneoxy groups and propyleneoxy groups) (meth). A fluorine-containing polymer compound containing a structural unit derived from an acrylate compound can also be preferably used.
As the fluorine-based surfactant, a fluorine-containing polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain can also be used. Megafuck (trade name) RS-101, RS-102, RS-718K, RS-72-K (all manufactured by DIC Corporation) and the like can be mentioned.
 ノニオン系界面活性剤としては、グリセロール、トリメチロールプロパン、トリメチロールエタン並びにそれらのエトキシレート及びプロポキシレート(例えば、グリセロールプロポキシレート、グリセロールエトキシレート等)、ポリオキシエチレンラウリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンステアリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンオレイルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンオクチルフェニルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンノニルフェニルエーテル、ポリエチレングリコールジラウレート、ポリエチレングリコールジステアレート、ソルビタン脂肪酸エステル、プルロニック(商品名)L10、L31、L61、L62、10R5、17R2、25R2(以上、BASF社製)、テトロニック(商品名)304、701、704、901、904、150R1、HYDROPALAT WE 3323(以上、BASF社製)、ソルスパース(商品名)20000(以上、日本ルーブリゾール(株)製)、NCW-101、NCW-1001、NCW-1002(以上、富士フイルム和光純薬(株)製)、パイオニン(商品名)D-1105、D-6112、D-6112-W、D-6315(以上、竹本油脂(株)製)、オルフィンE1010、サーフィノール104、400、440(以上、日信化学工業(株)製)などが挙げられる。
 フッ素系界面活性剤としては、環境適性向上の観点から、パーフルオロオクタン酸(PFOA)及びパーフルオロオクタンスルホン酸(PFOS)等の炭素数が7以上の直鎖状パーフルオロアルキル基を有する化合物の代替材料に由来する界面活性剤であることが好ましい。
Nonionic surfactants include glycerol, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane and their ethoxylates and propoxylates (eg, glycerol propoxylate, glycerol ethoxylate, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ethers, polyoxyethylene stearyl ethers, etc. Polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester, Pluronic (trade name) L10, L31, L61, L62, 10R5, 17R2 , 25R2 (above, manufactured by BASF), Tetronic (trade name) 304, 701, 704, 901, 904, 150R1, HYDROPALAT WE 3323 (above, manufactured by BASF), Solspers (trade name) 20000 (above, Nippon Loubri) Zol Co., Ltd.), NCW-1001, NCW-1001, NCW-1002 (all manufactured by Fujifilm Wako Junyaku Co., Ltd.), Pionin (trade name) D-1105, D-6112, D-6112-W , D-6315 (above, manufactured by Takemoto Yushi Co., Ltd.), Orfin E1010, Surfinol 104, 400, 440 (above, manufactured by Nissin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and the like.
As the fluorine-based surfactant, from the viewpoint of improving environmental suitability, compounds having a linear perfluoroalkyl group having 7 or more carbon atoms, such as perfluorooctanoic acid (PFOA) and perfluorooctanesulfonic acid (PFOS), may be used. It is preferably a surfactant derived from an alternative material.
 シリコーン系界面活性剤としては、シロキサン結合からなる直鎖状ポリマー、及び、側鎖や末端に有機基を導入した変性シロキサンポリマーが挙げられる。
 シリコーン系界面活性剤の具体例としては、EXP.S-309-2、EXP.S-315、EXP.S-503-2、EXP.S-505-2(以上、DIC株式会社製)、DOWSIL(商品名)8032 ADDITIVE、トーレシリコーンDC3PA、トーレシリコーンSH7PA、トーレシリコーンDC11PA、トーレシリコーンSH21PA、トーレシリコーンSH28PA、トーレシリコーンSH29PA、トーレシリコーンSH30PA、トーレシリコーンSH8400(以上、東レ・ダウコーニング(株)製)並びに、X-22-4952、X-22-4272、X-22-6266、KF-351A、K354L、KF-355A、KF-945、KF-640、KF-642、KF-643、X-22-6191、X-22-4515、KF-6004、KP-341、KF-6001、KF-6002、KP-101KP-103、KP-104、KP-105、KP-106、KP-109、KP-109、KP-112、KP-120、KP-121、KP-124、KP-125、KP-301、KP-306、KP-310、KP-322、KP-323、KP-327、KP-341、KP-368、KP-369、KP-611、KP-620、KP-621、KP-626、KP-652(以上、信越化学工業(株)製)、F-4440、TSF-4300、TSF-4445、TSF-4460、TSF-4452(以上、モメンティブ・パフォーマンス・マテリアルズ社製)、BYK300、BYK306、BYK307、BYK310、BYK320、BYK323、BYK325、BYK330、BYK313、BYK315N、BYK331、BYK333、BYK345、BYK347、BYK348、BYK349、BYK370、BYK377、BYK378、BYK323(以上、ビックケミー社製)等が挙げられる。
Examples of the silicone-based surfactant include a linear polymer composed of a siloxane bond and a modified siloxane polymer having an organic group introduced into a side chain or a terminal.
Specific examples of the silicone-based surfactant include EXP. S-309-2, EXP. S-315, EXP. S-503-2, EXP. S-505-2 (all manufactured by DIC Co., Ltd.), DOWNIL (trade name) 8032 ADDITIVE, Torre Silicone DC3PA, Torre Silicone SH7PA, Torre Silicone DC11PA, Torre Silicone SH21PA, Torre Silicone SH28PA, Torre Silicone SH29PA, Torre Silicone SH30PA, Torre Silicone SH8400 (all manufactured by Toray Dow Corning Co., Ltd.), X-22-4952, X-22-4272, X-22-6266, KF-351A, K354L, KF-355A, KF-945, KF -640, KF-642, KF-643, X-22-6191, X-22-4515, KF-6004, KP-341, KF-6001, KF-6002, KP-101KP-103, KP-104, KP -105, KP-106, KP-109, KP-109, KP-112, KP-120, KP-121, KP-124, KP-125, KP-301, KP-306, KP-310, KP-322 , KP-323, KP-327, KP-341, KP-368, KP-369, KP-611, KP-620, KP-621, KP-626, KP-652 (all manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) ), F-4440, TSF-4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, TSF-4452 (all manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials), BYK300, BYK306, BYK307, BYK310, BYK320, BYK323, BYK325, BYK330, BYK313, BYK315N, BYK331, BYK333, BYK345, BYK347, BYK348, BYK349, BYK370, BYK377, BYK378, BYK323 (all manufactured by Big Chemie) and the like can be mentioned.
 感光性樹脂層は、界面活性剤を、1種単独で含有してもよいし、2種以上を含有してもよい。
 界面活性剤の含有量は、感光性樹脂層の全質量に対し、0.001質量%~10質量%が好ましく、0.01質量%~3質量%がより好ましい。
The photosensitive resin layer may contain one type of surfactant alone or two or more types.
The content of the surfactant is preferably 0.001% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01% by mass to 3% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer.
-添加剤-
 感光性樹脂層は、上記成分以外に、必要に応じて公知の添加剤を含有してもよい。
 添加剤としては、例えば、重合禁止剤、増感剤、可塑剤、ヘテロ環状化合物、ベンゾトリアゾール類、カルボキシベンゾトリアゾール類、ピリジン類(イソニコチンアミド等)、プリン塩基(アデニン等)、及び、溶剤が挙げられる。感光性樹脂層は、各添加剤を1種単独で含有してもよいし、2種以上を含有してもよい。
-Additive-
In addition to the above components, the photosensitive resin layer may contain known additives, if necessary.
Examples of the additive include a polymerization inhibitor, a sensitizer, a plasticizer, a heterocyclic compound, benzotriazoles, carboxybenzotriazoles, pyridines (isonicotinamide, etc.), purine bases (adenine, etc.), and a solvent. Can be mentioned. The photosensitive resin layer may contain one type of each additive alone, or may contain two or more types of each additive.
 感光性樹脂層は、重合禁止剤を含有してもよい。重合禁止剤としては、ラジカル重合禁止剤が好ましい。
 重合禁止剤としては、例えば、特許第4502784号公報の段落0018に記載された熱重合防止剤が挙げられる。中でも、フェノチアジン、フェノキサジン又は4-メトキシフェノールが好ましい。その他の重合禁止剤としては、ナフチルアミン、塩化第一銅、ニトロソフェニルヒドロキシアミンアルミニウム塩、ジフェニルニトロソアミン等が挙げられる。感光性樹脂組成物の感度を損なわないために、ニトロソフェニルヒドロキシアミンアルミニウム塩を重合禁止剤として使用することが好ましい。
The photosensitive resin layer may contain a polymerization inhibitor. As the polymerization inhibitor, a radical polymerization inhibitor is preferable.
Examples of the polymerization inhibitor include the thermal polymerization inhibitor described in paragraph 0018 of Japanese Patent No. 4502784. Of these, phenothiazine, phenoxazine or 4-methoxyphenol is preferable. Examples of other polymerization inhibitors include naphthylamine, cuprous chloride, nitrosophenylhydroxyamine aluminum salt, diphenylnitrosamine and the like. It is preferable to use a nitrosophenylhydroxyamine aluminum salt as a polymerization inhibitor so as not to impair the sensitivity of the photosensitive resin composition.
 ベンゾトリアゾール類としては、例えば、1,2,3-ベンゾトリアゾール、1-クロロ-1,2,3-ベンゾトリアゾール、ビス(N-2-エチルヘキシル)アミノメチレン-1,2,3-ベンゾトリアゾール、ビス(N-2-エチルヘキシル)アミノメチレン-1,2,3-トリルトリアゾール、ビス(N-2-ヒドロキシエチル)アミノメチレン-1,2,3-ベンゾトリアゾール等が挙げられる。  Examples of benzotriazoles include 1,2,3-benzotriazole, 1-chloro-1,2,3-benzotriazole, bis (N-2-ethylhexyl) aminomethylene-1,2,3-benzotriazole, and the like. Examples thereof include bis (N-2-ethylhexyl) aminomethylene-1,2,3-triltriazole, bis (N-2-hydroxyethyl) aminomethylene-1,2,3-benzotriazole and the like. The
 カルボキシベンゾトリアゾール類としては、例えば、4-カルボキシ-1,2,3-ベンゾトリアゾール、5-カルボキシ-1,2,3-ベンゾトリアゾール、N-(N,N-ジ-2-エチルヘキシル)アミノメチレンカルボキシベンゾトリアゾール、N-(N,N-ジ-2-ヒドロキシエチル)アミノメチレンカルボキシベンゾトリアゾール、N-(N,N-ジ-2-エチルヘキシル)アミノエチレンカルボキシベンゾトリアゾール等が挙げられる。カルボキシベンゾトリアゾール類としては、例えば、CBT-1(城北化学工業(株)製、商品名)などの市販品を用いることができる。 Examples of carboxybenzotriazoles include 4-carboxy-1,2,3-benzotriazole, 5-carboxy-1,2,3-benzotriazole, and N- (N, N-di-2-ethylhexyl) aminomethylene. Examples thereof include carboxybenzotriazole, N- (N, N-di-2-hydroxyethyl) aminomethylenecarboxybenzotriazole, N- (N, N-di-2-ethylhexyl) aminoethylenecarboxybenzotriazole and the like. As the carboxybenzotriazoles, for example, a commercially available product such as CBT-1 (manufactured by Johoku Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., trade name) can be used.
 重合禁止剤、ベンゾトリアゾ-ル類、及びカルボキシベンゾトリアゾ-ル類の合計含有量は、感光性樹脂層の全質量に対し、0.01質量%~3質量%であることが好ましく、0.05質量%~1質量%であることがより好ましい。上記含有量を0.01質量%以上にすることは、感光性樹脂組成物に保存安定性を付与するという観点から好ましい。一方で、上記含有量を3質量%以下にすることは、感度を維持し、染料の脱色を抑える観点から好ましい。 The total content of the polymerization inhibitor, benzotriazols, and carboxybenzotriazols is preferably 0.01% by mass to 3% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. It is more preferably 05% by mass to 1% by mass. It is preferable that the content is 0.01% by mass or more from the viewpoint of imparting storage stability to the photosensitive resin composition. On the other hand, it is preferable to set the content to 3% by mass or less from the viewpoint of maintaining the sensitivity and suppressing the decolorization of the dye.
 感光性樹脂層は、増感剤を含有してもよい。
 増感剤は、特に制限されず、公知の増感剤、染料及び顔料を用いることができる。増感剤としては、例えば、ジアルキルアミノベンゾフェノン化合物、ピラゾリン化合物、アントラセン化合物、クマリン化合物、キサントン化合物、チオキサントン化合物、アクリドン化合物、オキサゾール化合物、ベンゾオキサゾール化合物、チアゾール化合物、ベンゾチアゾール化合物、トリアゾール化合物(例えば、1,2,4-トリアゾール)、スチルベン化合物、トリアジン化合物、チオフェン化合物、ナフタルイミド化合物、トリアリールアミン化合物、及び、アミノアクリジン化合物が挙げられる。
The photosensitive resin layer may contain a sensitizer.
The sensitizer is not particularly limited, and known sensitizers, dyes and pigments can be used. Examples of the sensitizer include dialkylaminobenzophenone compounds, pyrazoline compounds, anthracene compounds, coumarin compounds, xanthone compounds, thioxanthone compounds, acridone compounds, oxazole compounds, benzoxazole compounds, thiazole compounds, benzothiazole compounds, and triazole compounds (for example,). 1,2,4-triazole), stylben compounds, triazine compounds, thiophene compounds, naphthalimide compounds, triarylamine compounds, and aminoacridin compounds.
 感光性樹脂層は、増感剤を1種単独で含有してもよいし、2種以上を含有してもよい。
 感光性樹脂層が増感剤を含有する場合、増感剤の含有量は、目的により適宜選択できるが、光源に対する感度の向上、及び、重合速度と連鎖移動のバランスによる硬化速度の向上の観点から、感光性樹脂層の全質量に対して、0.01質量%~5質量%が好ましく、0.05質量%~1質量%がより好ましい。
The photosensitive resin layer may contain one type of sensitizer alone, or may contain two or more types of sensitizer.
When the photosensitive resin layer contains a sensitizer, the content of the sensitizer can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose, but from the viewpoint of improving the sensitivity to the light source and improving the curing rate by balancing the polymerization rate and the chain transfer. Therefore, 0.01% by mass to 5% by mass is preferable, and 0.05% by mass to 1% by mass is more preferable with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer.
 感光性樹脂層は、可塑剤及びヘテロ環状化合物よりなる群から選択される少なくとも1種を含有してもよい。
 可塑剤及びヘテロ環状化合物としては、国際公開第2018/179640号の段落0097~0103及び0111~0118に記載された化合物が挙げられる。
The photosensitive resin layer may contain at least one selected from the group consisting of a plasticizer and a heterocyclic compound.
Examples of the plasticizer and the heterocyclic compound include the compounds described in paragraphs 097 to 0103 and 0111 to 0118 of International Publication No. 2018/179640.
 感光性樹脂層は、溶剤を含有してもよい。溶剤を含む感光性樹脂組成物により感光性樹脂層を形成した場合、感光性樹脂層に溶剤が残留することがある。 The photosensitive resin layer may contain a solvent. When the photosensitive resin layer is formed by the photosensitive resin composition containing a solvent, the solvent may remain in the photosensitive resin layer.
 また、感光性樹脂層は、金属酸化物粒子、酸化防止剤、分散剤、酸増殖剤、現像促進剤、導電性繊維、熱ラジカル重合開始剤、熱酸発生剤、紫外線吸収剤、増粘剤、架橋剤、及び、有機又は無機の沈殿防止剤等の公知の添加剤を更に含有してもよい。
 感光性樹脂層に含有される添加剤については特開2014-85643号公報の段落0165~0184に記載されており、この公報の内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
The photosensitive resin layer includes metal oxide particles, antioxidants, dispersants, acid growth agents, development accelerators, conductive fibers, thermal radical polymerization initiators, thermal acid generators, ultraviolet absorbers, and thickeners. , Cross-linking agents, and known additives such as organic or inorganic anti-precipitation agents may be further contained.
Additives contained in the photosensitive resin layer are described in paragraphs 0165 to 0184 of JP-A-2014-85643, and the contents of this publication are incorporated in the present specification.
<不純物等>
 感光性樹脂層は、所定量の不純物を含んでいてもよい。
 不純物の具体例としては、ナトリウム、カリウム、マグネシウム、カルシウム、鉄、マンガン、銅、アルミニウム、チタン、クロム、コバルト、ニッケル、亜鉛、スズ、ハロゲン及びこれらのイオンが挙げられる。中でも、ハロゲン化物イオン、ナトリウムイオン、及びカリウムイオンは不純物として混入し易いため、下記の含有量にすることが好ましい。
<Impurities, etc.>
The photosensitive resin layer may contain a predetermined amount of impurities.
Specific examples of impurities include sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, iron, manganese, copper, aluminum, titanium, chromium, cobalt, nickel, zinc, tin, halogen and ions thereof. Of these, halide ions, sodium ions, and potassium ions are likely to be mixed as impurities, so the following content is preferable.
 感光性樹脂層における不純物の含有量は、質量基準で、80ppm以下が好ましく、10ppm以下がより好ましく、2ppm以下が更に好ましい。不純物の含有量は、質量基準で、1ppb以上とすることができ、0.1ppm以上としてもよい。 The content of impurities in the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 80 ppm or less, more preferably 10 ppm or less, still more preferably 2 ppm or less on a mass basis. The content of impurities may be 1 ppb or more, or 0.1 ppm or more, on a mass basis.
 不純物を上記範囲にする方法としては、組成物の原料として不純物の含有量が少ないものを選択すること、感光性樹脂層の作製時に不純物の混入を防ぐこと、及び洗浄して除去することが挙げられる。このような方法により、不純物量を上記範囲内とすることができる。 Examples of the method for keeping impurities within the above range include selecting a raw material for the composition having a low content of impurities, preventing contamination of the photosensitive resin layer at the time of producing the photosensitive resin layer, and cleaning and removing the impurities. Be done. By such a method, the amount of impurities can be kept within the above range.
 不純物は、例えば、ICP(Inductively Coupled Plasma)発光分光分析法、原子吸光分光法、及びイオンクロマトグラフィー法等の公知の方法で定量できる。 Impurities can be quantified by known methods such as ICP (Inductively Coupled Plasma) emission spectroscopy, atomic absorption spectroscopy, and ion chromatography.
 感光性樹脂層における、ベンゼン、ホルムアルデヒド、トリクロロエチレン、1,3-ブタジエン、四塩化炭素、クロロホルム、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、ヘキサン等の化合物の含有量は、少ないことが好ましい。これら化合物の感光性樹脂層の全質量に対する含有量としては、質量基準で、100ppm以下が好ましく、20ppm以下がより好ましく、4ppm以下が更に好ましい。
 下限は、質量基準で、感光性樹脂層の全質量に対して、10ppb以上とすることができ、100ppb以上とすることができる。これら化合物は、上記の金属の不純物と同様の方法で含有量を抑制できる。また、公知の測定法により定量できる。
The content of compounds such as benzene, formaldehyde, trichlorethylene, 1,3-butadiene, carbon tetrachloride, chloroform, N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide, and hexane in the photosensitive resin layer may be low. preferable. The content of these compounds with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 100 ppm or less, more preferably 20 ppm or less, still more preferably 4 ppm or less on a mass basis.
The lower limit can be 10 ppb or more and 100 ppb or more with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer on a mass basis. The content of these compounds can be suppressed in the same manner as the above-mentioned metal impurities. Further, it can be quantified by a known measurement method.
 感光性樹脂層における水の含有量は、信頼性及びラミネート性を向上させる観点から、0.01質量%~1.0質量%が好ましく、0.05質量%~0.5質量%がより好ましい。 The water content in the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 0.01% by mass to 1.0% by mass, more preferably 0.05% by mass to 0.5% by mass, from the viewpoint of improving reliability and laminating property. ..
<残存モノマー>
 感光性樹脂層は、上述したアルカリ可溶性樹脂の各構成単位に対応する残存モノマーを含む場合がある。
 残存モノマーの含有量は、パターニング性、及び、信頼性の点から、アルカリ可溶性樹脂全質量に対して、5,000質量ppm以下が好ましく、2,000質量ppm以下がより好ましく、500質量ppm以下が更に好ましい。下限は特に制限されないが、1質量ppm以上が好ましく、10質量ppm以上がより好ましい。
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂の各構成単位の残存モノマーは、パターニング性、及び、信頼性の点から、感光性樹脂層の全質量に対して、3,000質量ppm以下が好ましく、600質量ppm以下がより好ましく、100質量ppm以下が更に好ましい。下限は特に制限されないが、0.1質量ppm以上が好ましく、1質量ppm以上がより好ましい。
<Residual monomer>
The photosensitive resin layer may contain a residual monomer corresponding to each structural unit of the alkali-soluble resin described above.
The content of the residual monomer is preferably 5,000 mass ppm or less, more preferably 2,000 mass ppm or less, and 500 mass ppm or less with respect to the total mass of the alkali-soluble resin from the viewpoint of patterning property and reliability. Is more preferable. The lower limit is not particularly limited, but 1 mass ppm or more is preferable, and 10 mass ppm or more is more preferable.
The residual monomer of each structural unit of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 3,000 mass ppm or less, more preferably 600 mass ppm or less, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer from the viewpoint of patterning property and reliability. , 100 mass ppm or less is more preferable. The lower limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1 mass ppm or more, and more preferably 1 mass ppm or more.
 高分子反応でアルカリ可溶性樹脂を合成する際のモノマーの残存モノマー量も、上記範囲とすることが好ましい。例えば、カルボン酸側鎖にアクリル酸グリシジルを反応させてアルカリ可溶性樹脂を合成する場合には、アクリル酸グリシジルの含有量を上記範囲にすることが好ましい。
 残存モノマーの量は、液体クロマトグラフィー、及び、ガスクロマトグラフィー等の公知の方法で測定できる。
The amount of residual monomer of the monomer when synthesizing the alkali-soluble resin by the polymer reaction is also preferably in the above range. For example, when glycidyl acrylate is reacted with the carboxylic acid side chain to synthesize an alkali-soluble resin, the content of glycidyl acrylate is preferably in the above range.
The amount of the residual monomer can be measured by a known method such as liquid chromatography and gas chromatography.
<物性等>
 感光性樹脂層の層厚は、0.1μm~300μmが好ましく、0.2μm~100μmがより好ましく、0.5μm~50μmが更に好ましく、0.5μm~15μmがより更に好ましく、0.5μm~10μmが特に好ましく、0.5μm~8μmが最も好ましい。これにより、感光性樹脂層の現像性が向上し、解像性を向上させることができる。
 また、一態様において、0.5μm~5μmが好ましく、0.5μm~4μmがより好ましく、0.5μm~3μmが更に好ましい。
 更に、感光性樹脂層の層厚は、解像性の観点から、10μm以下であることが好ましく、8μm以下であることがより好ましい。
 感光性転写材料が備える各層の層厚は、感光性転写材料の主面に対し垂直な方向の断面を走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM:Scanning Electron Microscope)により観察し、得られた観察画像に基づいて各層の厚さを10点以上計測し、その平均値を算出することにより、測定される。
<Physical characteristics, etc.>
The thickness of the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 0.1 μm to 300 μm, more preferably 0.2 μm to 100 μm, further preferably 0.5 μm to 50 μm, further preferably 0.5 μm to 15 μm, and even more preferably 0.5 μm to 10 μm. Is particularly preferable, and 0.5 μm to 8 μm is most preferable. As a result, the developability of the photosensitive resin layer is improved, and the resolvability can be improved.
Further, in one embodiment, 0.5 μm to 5 μm is preferable, 0.5 μm to 4 μm is more preferable, and 0.5 μm to 3 μm is further preferable.
Further, the layer thickness of the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 10 μm or less, more preferably 8 μm or less, from the viewpoint of resolvability.
The layer thickness of each layer of the photosensitive transfer material is based on the observation image obtained by observing the cross section in the direction perpendicular to the main surface of the photosensitive transfer material with a scanning electron microscope (SEM). It is measured by measuring the thickness of each layer at 10 points or more and calculating the average value thereof.
 また、密着性により優れる点から、感光性樹脂層の波長365nmの光の透過率は、10%以上が好ましく、30%以上が好ましく、50%以上がより好ましい。上限は特に制限されないが、99.9%以下が好ましい。 Further, from the viewpoint of excellent adhesion, the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 365 nm in the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 10% or more, preferably 30% or more, and more preferably 50% or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 99.9% or less.
<形成方法>
 感光性樹脂層の形成方法は、上記の成分を含有する層を形成可能な方法であれば特に制限されない。
 感光性樹脂層の形成方法としては、例えば、アルカリ可溶性樹脂、エチレン性不飽和化合物、光重合開始剤及び溶剤等を含有する感光性樹脂組成物を調製し、仮支持体等の表面に感光性樹脂組成物を塗布し、感光性樹脂組成物の塗膜を乾燥することにより形成する方法が挙げられる。
<Formation method>
The method for forming the photosensitive resin layer is not particularly limited as long as it is a method capable of forming a layer containing the above components.
As a method for forming the photosensitive resin layer, for example, a photosensitive resin composition containing an alkali-soluble resin, an ethylenically unsaturated compound, a photopolymerization initiator, a solvent and the like is prepared, and the surface of the temporary support or the like is photosensitive. Examples thereof include a method of applying the resin composition and drying the coating film of the photosensitive resin composition to form the resin composition.
 感光性樹脂層の形成に使用される感光性樹脂組成物としては、例えば、アルカリ可溶性樹脂、エチレン性不飽和化合物、光重合開始剤、上記の任意成分及び溶剤を含有する組成物が挙げられる。
 感光性樹脂組成物は、感光性樹脂組成物の粘度を調節し、感光性樹脂層の形成を容易にするため、溶剤を含有することが好ましい。
Examples of the photosensitive resin composition used for forming the photosensitive resin layer include a composition containing an alkali-soluble resin, an ethylenically unsaturated compound, a photopolymerization initiator, the above-mentioned optional components and a solvent.
The photosensitive resin composition preferably contains a solvent in order to adjust the viscosity of the photosensitive resin composition and facilitate the formation of the photosensitive resin layer.
-溶剤-
 感光性樹脂組成物に含有される溶剤としては、アルカリ可溶性樹脂、エチレン性不飽和化合物、光重合開始剤及び上記の任意成分を溶解又は分散可能であれば特に制限されず、公知の溶剤を使用できる。
 溶剤としては、例えば、アルキレングリコールエーテル溶剤、アルキレングリコールエーテルアセテート溶剤、アルコール溶剤(メタノール及びエタノール等)、ケトン溶剤(アセトン及びメチルエチルケトン等)、芳香族炭化水素溶剤(トルエン等)、非プロトン性極性溶剤(N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド等)、環状エーテル溶剤(テトラヒドロフラン等)、エステル溶剤、アミド溶剤、ラクトン溶剤、並びにこれらの2種以上を含む混合溶剤が挙げられる。
 仮支持体、熱可塑性樹脂層、水溶性樹脂層、感光性樹脂層及び保護フィルムを備える感光性転写材料を作製する場合、感光性樹脂組成物は、アルキレングリコールエーテル溶剤及びアルキレングリコールエーテルアセテート溶剤よりなる群から選択される少なくとも1種を含有することが好ましい。中でも、アルキレングリコールエーテル溶剤及びアルキレングリコールエーテルアセテート溶剤よりなる群から選択される少なくとも1種と、ケトン溶剤及び環状エーテル溶剤よりなる群から選択される少なくとも1種とを含む混合溶剤がより好ましく、アルキレングリコールエーテル溶剤及びアルキレングリコールエーテルアセテート溶剤よりなる群から選択される少なくとも1種、ケトン溶剤、並びに環状エーテル溶剤の3種を少なくとも含む混合溶剤が更に好ましい。
-solvent-
The solvent contained in the photosensitive resin composition is not particularly limited as long as it can dissolve or disperse an alkali-soluble resin, an ethylenically unsaturated compound, a photopolymerization initiator and the above optional components, and a known solvent is used. can.
Examples of the solvent include an alkylene glycol ether solvent, an alkylene glycol ether acetate solvent, an alcohol solvent (methanol, ethanol, etc.), a ketone solvent (acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, etc.), an aromatic hydrocarbon solvent (toluene, etc.), and an aprotonic polar solvent. Examples thereof include (N, N-dimethylformamide, etc.), cyclic ether solvents (tetratetra, etc.), ester solvents, amide solvents, lactone solvents, and mixed solvents containing two or more of these.
When a photosensitive transfer material including a temporary support, a thermoplastic resin layer, a water-soluble resin layer, a photosensitive resin layer and a protective film is produced, the photosensitive resin composition is prepared from an alkylene glycol ether solvent and an alkylene glycol ether acetate solvent. It is preferable to contain at least one selected from the group. Among them, a mixed solvent containing at least one selected from the group consisting of an alkylene glycol ether solvent and an alkylene glycol ether acetate solvent and at least one selected from the group consisting of a ketone solvent and a cyclic ether solvent is more preferable. A mixed solvent containing at least one selected from the group consisting of a glycol ether solvent and an alkylene glycol ether acetate solvent, a ketone solvent, and at least three types of a cyclic ether solvent is more preferable.
 アルキレングリコールエーテル溶剤としては、例えば、エチレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル、エチレングリコールジアルキルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル、プロピレングリコールジアルキルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジアルキルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル及びジプロピレングリコールジアルキルエーテルが挙げられる。
 アルキレングリコールエーテルアセテート溶剤としては、例えば、エチレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテート及びジプロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテートが挙げられる。
 溶剤としては、国際公開第2018/179640号の段落0092~0094に記載された溶剤、及び、特開2018-177889公報の段落0014に記載された溶剤を用いてもよく、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
Examples of the alkylene glycol ether solvent include ethylene glycol monoalkyl ether, ethylene glycol dialkyl ether, propylene glycol monoalkyl ether, propylene glycol dialkyl ether, diethylene glycol dialkyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoalkyl ether and dipropylene glycol dialkyl ether. ..
Examples of the alkylene glycol ether acetate solvent include ethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate and dipropylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate.
As the solvent, the solvent described in paragraphs 0092 to 0094 of International Publication No. 2018/179640 and the solvent described in paragraph 0014 of JP-A-2018-177789 may be used, and the contents thereof are described in the present specification. Incorporated into the book.
 感光性樹脂組成物は、溶剤を1種単独で含有してもよく、2種以上を含有してもよい。
 感光性樹脂組成物を塗布する際における溶剤の含有量は、感光性樹脂組成物中の全固形分100質量部に対し、50質量部~1,900質量部が好ましく、100質量部~900質量部がより好ましい。 
The photosensitive resin composition may contain one type of solvent alone, or may contain two or more types of solvent.
The content of the solvent when the photosensitive resin composition is applied is preferably 50 parts by mass to 1,900 parts by mass, preferably 100 parts by mass to 900 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content in the photosensitive resin composition. The part is more preferable.
 感光性樹脂組成物の調製方法は特に制限されず、例えば、各成分を上記溶剤に溶解させた溶液を予め調製し、得られた溶液を所定の割合で混合することにより、感光性樹脂組成物を調製する方法が挙げられる。
 感光性樹脂組成物は、感光性樹脂層を形成する前に、孔径0.2μm~30μmのフィルターを用いてろ過することが好ましい。
The method for preparing the photosensitive resin composition is not particularly limited. For example, a solution in which each component is dissolved in the above solvent is prepared in advance, and the obtained solution is mixed at a predetermined ratio to prepare the photosensitive resin composition. There is a method of preparing.
The photosensitive resin composition is preferably filtered using a filter having a pore size of 0.2 μm to 30 μm before forming the photosensitive resin layer.
 感光性樹脂組成物の塗布方法は特に制限されず、公知の方法で塗布すればよい。塗布方法としては、例えば、スリット塗布、スピン塗布、カーテン塗布及びインクジェット塗布が挙げられる。
 また、感光性樹脂層は、感光性樹脂組成物を後述する保護フィルム上に塗布し、乾燥することにより形成してもよい。
The method for applying the photosensitive resin composition is not particularly limited, and the photosensitive resin composition may be applied by a known method. Examples of the coating method include slit coating, spin coating, curtain coating and inkjet coating.
Further, the photosensitive resin layer may be formed by applying the photosensitive resin composition on a protective film described later and drying it.
 また、本開示における感光性転写材料は、解像性、及び、仮支持体の剥離性の観点から、上記仮支持体と上記感光性樹脂層との間に、他の層を有することが好ましい。
 他の層としては、熱可塑性樹脂層、水溶性樹脂層等が好ましく挙げられる。
 中でも、上記他の層として、熱可塑性樹脂層、及び、水溶性樹脂層を有することが好ましい。
Further, the photosensitive transfer material in the present disclosure preferably has another layer between the temporary support and the photosensitive resin layer from the viewpoint of resolution and peelability of the temporary support. ..
As the other layer, a thermoplastic resin layer, a water-soluble resin layer and the like are preferably mentioned.
Above all, it is preferable to have a thermoplastic resin layer and a water-soluble resin layer as the other layers.
〔熱可塑性樹脂層〕
 本開示に係る感光性転写材料は、熱可塑性樹脂層を有してもよい。感光性転写材料は、仮支持体と感光性樹脂層との間に熱可塑性樹脂層を有することが好ましい。感光性転写材料が仮支持体と感光性樹脂層との間に熱可塑性樹脂層を有することで、被着物への追従性が向上して、被着物と感光性転写材料との間の気泡の混入が抑制される結果、層間の密着性が向上するためである。
[Thermoplastic resin layer]
The photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure may have a thermoplastic resin layer. The photosensitive transfer material preferably has a thermoplastic resin layer between the temporary support and the photosensitive resin layer. By having the thermoplastic resin layer between the temporary support and the photosensitive resin layer, the photosensitive transfer material has improved followability to the adherend, and bubbles between the adherend and the photosensitive transfer material are improved. This is because the adhesion between the layers is improved as a result of suppressing the mixing.
 熱可塑性樹脂層は、熱可塑性樹脂として、アルカリ可溶性樹脂を含むことが好ましい。 The thermoplastic resin layer preferably contains an alkali-soluble resin as the thermoplastic resin.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂としては、例えば、アクリル樹脂、ポリスチレン樹脂、スチレン-アクリル共重合体、ポリウレタン樹脂、ポリビニルアルコール、ポリビニルホルマール、ポリアミド樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、ポリアミド樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、ポリアセタール樹脂、ポリヒドロキシスチレン樹脂、ポリイミド樹脂、ポリベンゾオキサゾール樹脂、ポリシロキサン樹脂、ポリエチレンイミン、ポリアリルアミン、及びポリアルキレングリコールが挙げられる。 Examples of the alkali-soluble resin include acrylic resin, polystyrene resin, styrene-acrylic copolymer, polyurethane resin, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl formal, polyamide resin, polyester resin, polyamide resin, epoxy resin, polyacetal resin, and polyhydroxystyrene resin. Examples thereof include polyimide resins, polybenzoxazole resins, polysiloxane resins, polyethyleneimines, polyallylamines, and polyalkylene glycols.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、現像性、及び熱可塑性樹脂層に隣接する層との密着性の観点から、アクリル樹脂であることが好ましい。ここで、「アクリル樹脂」とは、(メタ)アクリル酸に由来する構成単位、(メタ)アクリル酸エステルに由来する構成単位、及び(メタ)アクリル酸アミドに由来する構成単位よりなる群から選択される少なくとも1種を有する樹脂を意味する。 The alkali-soluble resin is preferably an acrylic resin from the viewpoint of developability and adhesion to the layer adjacent to the thermoplastic resin layer. Here, the "acrylic resin" is selected from the group consisting of a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid, a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid ester, and a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid amide. It means a resin having at least one kind.
 アクリル樹脂において、(メタ)アクリル酸に由来する構成単位、(メタ)アクリル酸エステルに由来する構成単位、及び(メタ)アクリル酸アミドに由来する構成単位の合計含有量の割合は、アクリル樹脂の全質量に対して、50質量%以上であることが好ましい。アクリル樹脂において、(メタ)アクリル酸に由来する構成単位、及び(メタ)アクリル酸エステルに由来する構成単位の合計含有量の割合は、アクリル樹脂の全質量に対して、30質量%~100質量%であることが好ましく、50質量%~100質量%であることがより好ましい。 In the acrylic resin, the ratio of the total content of the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid, the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid ester, and the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid amide is the ratio of the total content of the acrylic resin. It is preferably 50% by mass or more with respect to the total mass. In the acrylic resin, the ratio of the total content of the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid and the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid ester is 30% by mass to 100% by mass with respect to the total mass of the acrylic resin. %, More preferably 50% by mass to 100% by mass.
 また、アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、酸基を有する重合体であることが好ましい。酸基としては、例えば、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、リン酸基、及びホスホン酸基が挙げられ、カルボキシ基が好ましい。 Further, the alkali-soluble resin is preferably a polymer having an acid group. Examples of the acid group include a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group, and a phosphonic acid group, and a carboxy group is preferable.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、現像性の観点から、酸価が60mgKOH/g以上であるアルカリ可溶性樹脂であることが好ましく、酸価が60mgKOH/g以上であるカルボキシ基含有アクリル樹脂であることがより好ましい。酸価の上限は、制限されない。アルカリ可溶性樹脂の酸価は、200mgKOH/g以下であることが好ましく、150mgKOH/g以下であることがより好ましい。 From the viewpoint of developability, the alkali-soluble resin is preferably an alkali-soluble resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more, and more preferably a carboxy group-containing acrylic resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more. The upper limit of acid value is not limited. The acid value of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 200 mgKOH / g or less, and more preferably 150 mgKOH / g or less.
 酸価が60mgKOH/g以上であるカルボキシ基含有アクリル樹脂としては、制限されず、公知の樹脂から適宜選択して用いることができる。酸価が60mgKOH/g以上であるカルボキシ基含有アクリル樹脂としては、例えば、特開2011-95716号公報の段落0025に記載のポリマーのうち酸価が60mgKOH/g以上であるカルボキシ基含有アクリル樹脂、特開2010-237589号公報の段落0033~段落0052に記載のポリマーのうち酸価が60mgKOH/g以上であるカルボキシ基含有アクリル樹脂、及び特開2016-224162号公報の段落0053~段落0068に記載のバインダーポリマーのうち酸価が60mgKOH/g以上であるカルボキシ基含有アクリル樹脂が挙げられる。 The carboxy group-containing acrylic resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more is not limited and can be appropriately selected from known resins and used. Examples of the carboxy group-containing acrylic resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more include a carboxy group-containing acrylic resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more among the polymers described in paragraph 0025 of JP-A-2011-95716. Acrylic resin containing a carboxy group having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more among the polymers described in paragraphs 0033 to 0052 of JP-A-2010-237589, and paragraphs 0053 to paragraph 0068 of JP-A-2016-224162. Among the binder polymers of the above, a carboxy group-containing acrylic resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more can be mentioned.
 カルボキシ基含有アクリル樹脂におけるカルボキシ基を有する構成単位の含有割合は、カルボキシ基含有アクリル樹脂の全質量に対して、5質量%~50質量%であることが好ましく、10質量%~40質量%であることがより好ましく、12質量%~30質量%であることが特に好ましい。 The content ratio of the structural unit having a carboxy group in the carboxy group-containing acrylic resin is preferably 5% by mass to 50% by mass, preferably 10% by mass to 40% by mass, based on the total mass of the carboxy group-containing acrylic resin. It is more preferable to have it, and it is particularly preferable that it is 12% by mass to 30% by mass.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、現像性、及び熱可塑性樹脂層に隣接する層との密着性の観点から、(メタ)アクリル酸に由来する構成単位を有するアクリル樹脂であることが特に好ましい。 The alkali-soluble resin is particularly preferably an acrylic resin having a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid from the viewpoint of developability and adhesion to a layer adjacent to the thermoplastic resin layer.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、反応性基を有してもよい。反応性基は、例えば、付加重合可能な基であればよい。反応性基としては、例えば、エチレン性不飽和基、重縮合性基(例えば、ヒドロキシ基、及びカルボキシ基)、及び重付加反応性基(例えば、エポキシ基、及び(ブロック)イソシアネート基)が挙げられる。 The alkali-soluble resin may have a reactive group. The reactive group may be, for example, a group capable of addition polymerization. Examples of the reactive group include an ethylenically unsaturated group, a polycondensable group (for example, a hydroxy group and a carboxy group), and a polyaddition reactive group (for example, an epoxy group and a (block) isocyanate group). Be done.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、1,000以上であることが好ましく、1万~10万であることがより好ましく、2万~5万であることが特に好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 1,000 or more, more preferably 10,000 to 100,000, and particularly preferably 20,000 to 50,000.
 熱可塑性樹脂層は、1種単独、又は2種以上のアルカリ可溶性樹脂を含んでもよい。 The thermoplastic resin layer may contain one kind alone or two or more kinds of alkali-soluble resins.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂の含有割合は、現像性、及び熱可塑性樹脂層に隣接する層との密着性の観点から、熱可塑性樹脂層の全質量に対して、10質量%~99質量%であることが好ましく、20質量%~90質量%であることがより好ましく、40質量%~80質量%であることが更に好ましく、50質量%~70質量%であることが特に好ましい。 The content ratio of the alkali-soluble resin may be 10% by mass to 99% by mass with respect to the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer from the viewpoint of developability and adhesion to the layer adjacent to the thermoplastic resin layer. It is preferably 20% by mass to 90% by mass, more preferably 40% by mass to 80% by mass, and particularly preferably 50% by mass to 70% by mass.
 熱可塑性樹脂層は、発色時の波長範囲である400nm~780nmにおける最大吸収波長が450nm以上であり、かつ、酸、塩基、又はラジカルにより最大吸収波長が変化する色素(以下、「色素B」という場合がある。)を含むことが好ましい。色素Bの好ましい態様は、後述する点以外は、上記した色素Nの好ましい態様と同様である。 The thermoplastic resin layer has a maximum absorption wavelength of 450 nm or more in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 780 nm at the time of color development, and the maximum absorption wavelength is changed by an acid, a base, or a radical (hereinafter referred to as “dye B”). In some cases), it is preferable to include. The preferred embodiment of the dye B is the same as the preferred embodiment of the dye N described above, except for the points described later.
 色素Bは、露光部の視認性、非露光部の視認性、及び解像性の観点から、酸、又はラジカルにより最大吸収波長が変化する色素であることが好ましく、酸により最大吸収波長が変化する色素であることがより好ましい。 The dye B is preferably a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by an acid or a radical from the viewpoints of visibility of the exposed portion, visibility of the unexposed portion, and resolution, and the maximum absorption wavelength is changed by the acid. It is more preferable that the dye is a radical.
 熱可塑性樹脂層は、露光部の視認性、非露光部の視認性、及び解像性の観点から、色素Bとして酸により最大吸収波長が変化する色素と、後述する光により酸を発生する化合物と、を含むことが好ましい。 The thermoplastic resin layer is a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by an acid as the dye B and a compound which generates an acid by light, which will be described later, from the viewpoints of the visibility of the exposed part, the visibility of the non-exposed part, and the resolution. And, preferably.
 熱可塑性樹脂層は、1種単独、又は2種以上の色素Bを含んでもよい。 The thermoplastic resin layer may contain one type alone or two or more types of dye B.
 色素Bの含有割合は、露光部の視認性、非露光部の視認性の観点から、熱可塑性樹脂層の全質量に対して、0.2質量%以上であることが好ましく、0.2質量%~6質量%であることがより好ましく、0.2質量%~5質量%であることが更に好ましく、0.25質量%~3.0質量%であることが特に好ましい。 The content ratio of the dye B is preferably 0.2% by mass or more, preferably 0.2% by mass, based on the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer from the viewpoint of the visibility of the exposed portion and the visibility of the non-exposed portion. It is more preferably% to 6% by mass, further preferably 0.2% by mass to 5% by mass, and particularly preferably 0.25% by mass to 3.0% by mass.
 ここで、色素Bの含有割合は、熱可塑性樹脂層に含まれる色素Bの全てを発色状態にした場合の色素の含有割合を意味する。以下、ラジカルにより発色する色素を例として、色素Bの含有割合の定量方法を説明する。メチルエチルケトン(100mL)に、色素(0.001g)、及び色素(0.01g)をそれぞれ溶かした2つの溶液を調製する。得られた各溶液に、光ラジカル重合開始剤としてIRGACURE OXE-01(BASF社)を加えた後、365nmの光を照射することによりラジカルを発生させ、全ての色素を発色状態にする。次に、大気雰囲気下で、分光光度計(UV3100、株式会社島津製作所)を用いて、液温が25℃である各溶液の吸光度を測定し、検量線を作成する。次に、色素に代えて熱可塑性樹脂層(0.1g)をメチルエチルケトンに溶かすこと以外は上記と同様の方法で、色素を全て発色させた溶液の吸光度を測定する。得られた熱可塑性樹脂層を含有する溶液の吸光度から、検量線に基づいて熱可塑性樹脂層に含まれる色素の量を算出する。 Here, the content ratio of the dye B means the content ratio of the dye when all of the dye B contained in the thermoplastic resin layer is in a colored state. Hereinafter, a method for quantifying the content ratio of the dye B will be described by taking a dye that develops color by radicals as an example. Two solutions are prepared by dissolving the dye (0.001 g) and the dye (0.01 g) in methyl ethyl ketone (100 mL). IRGACURE OXE-01 (BASF) is added to each of the obtained solutions as a photoradical polymerization initiator, and then radicals are generated by irradiating with light of 365 nm to bring all the dyes into a colored state. Next, in an atmospheric atmosphere, the absorbance of each solution having a liquid temperature of 25 ° C. is measured using a spectrophotometer (UV3100, Shimadzu Corporation) to prepare a calibration curve. Next, the absorbance of the solution in which all the dyes are colored is measured by the same method as above except that the thermoplastic resin layer (0.1 g) is dissolved in methyl ethyl ketone instead of the dye. From the absorbance of the obtained solution containing the thermoplastic resin layer, the amount of the dye contained in the thermoplastic resin layer is calculated based on the calibration curve.
 熱可塑性樹脂層は、光により酸、塩基、又はラジカルを発生する化合物(以下、「化合物C」という場合がある。)を含んでもよい。化合物Cは、活性光線(例えば、紫外線、及び可視光線)を受けて、酸、塩基、又はラジカルを発生する化合物であることが好ましい。化合物Cとしては、公知の、光酸発生剤、光塩基発生剤、及び光ラジカル重合開始剤(光ラジカル発生剤)が挙げられる。化合物Cは、光酸発生剤であることが好ましい。 The thermoplastic resin layer may contain a compound that generates an acid, a base, or a radical by light (hereinafter, may be referred to as "compound C"). Compound C is preferably a compound that receives active light rays (for example, ultraviolet rays and visible light rays) to generate an acid, a base, or a radical. Examples of the compound C include known photoacid generators, photobase generators, and photoradical polymerization initiators (photoradical generators). Compound C is preferably a photoacid generator.
 熱可塑性樹脂層は、解像性の観点から、光酸発生剤を含むことが好ましい。光酸発生剤としては、上述したネガ型感光性樹脂層に含まれてもよい光カチオン重合開始剤が挙げられ、後述する点以外は好ましい態様も同じである。 The thermoplastic resin layer preferably contains a photoacid generator from the viewpoint of resolution. Examples of the photoacid generator include a photocationic polymerization initiator that may be contained in the negative-type photosensitive resin layer described above, and the same preferred embodiments are used except for the points described below.
 光酸発生剤は、感度、及び解像性の観点から、オニウム塩化合物、及びオキシムスルホネート化合物よりなる群から選択された少なくとも1種を含むことが好ましく、感度、解像性、及び密着性の観点から、オキシムスルホネート化合物を含むことがより好ましい。 From the viewpoint of sensitivity and resolution, the photoacid generator preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of onium salt compounds and oxime sulfonate compounds, and has sensitivity, resolution and adhesion. From the viewpoint, it is more preferable to contain an oxime sulfonate compound.
 また、光酸発生剤は、以下の構造を有する光酸発生剤であることも好ましい。 It is also preferable that the photoacid generator is a photoacid generator having the following structure.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

 
 熱可塑性樹脂層は、光塩基発生剤を含んでもよい。光塩基発生剤としては、例えば、2-ニトロベンジルシクロヘキシルカルバメート、トリフェニルメタノール、O-カルバモイルヒドロキシルアミド、O-カルバモイルオキシム、[[(2,6-ジニトロベンジル)オキシ]カルボニル]シクロヘキシルアミン、ビス[[(2-ニトロベンジル)オキシ]カルボニル]ヘキサン1,6-ジアミン、4-(メチルチオベンゾイル)-1-メチル-1-モルホリノエタン、(4-モルホリノベンゾイル)-1-ベンジル-1-ジメチルアミノプロパン、N-(2-ニトロベンジルオキシカルボニル)ピロリジン、ヘキサアンミンコバルト(III)トリス(トリフェニルメチルボレート)、2-ベンジル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルホリノフェニル)-ブタノン、2,6-ジメチル-3,5-ジアセチル-4-(2-ニトロフェニル)-1,4-ジヒドロピリジン、及び2,6-ジメチル-3,5-ジアセチル-4-(2,4-ジニトロフェニル)-1,4-ジヒドロピリジンが挙げられる。 The thermoplastic resin layer may contain a photobase generator. Examples of the photobase generator include 2-nitrobenzylcyclohexylcarbamate, triphenylmethanol, O-carbamoylhydroxylamide, O-carbamoyloxime, [[(2,6-dinitrobenzyl) oxy] carbonyl] cyclohexylamine, and bis [ [(2-Nitrobenzyl) Oxy] carbonyl] Hexane 1,6-diamine, 4- (methylthiobenzoyl) -1-methyl-1-morpholinoetan, (4-morpholinobenzoyl) -1-benzyl-1-dimethylaminopropane , N- (2-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl) pyrrolidine, hexaammine cobalt (III) tris (triphenylmethylborate), 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -butanone, 2,6 -Dimethyl-3,5-diacetyl-4- (2-nitrophenyl) -1,4-dihydropyridine, and 2,6-dimethyl-3,5-diacetyl-4- (2,4-dinitrophenyl) -1, Examples include 4-dihydropyridine.
 熱可塑性樹脂層は、光ラジカル重合開始剤を含んでもよい。光ラジカル重合開始剤としては、例えば、上述したネガ型感光性樹脂層に含まれてもよい光ラジカル重合開始剤が挙げられ、好ましい態様も同じである。 The thermoplastic resin layer may contain a photoradical polymerization initiator. Examples of the photoradical polymerization initiator include a photoradical polymerization initiator that may be contained in the above-mentioned negative photosensitive resin layer, and the preferred embodiment is also the same.
 熱可塑性樹脂層は、1種単独、又は2種以上の化合物Cを含んでもよい。 The thermoplastic resin layer may contain one kind alone or two or more kinds of compound C.
 化合物Cの含有割合は、露光部の視認性、非露光部の視認性、及び解像性の観点から、熱可塑性樹脂層の全質量に対して、0.1質量%~10質量%であることが好ましく、0.5質量%~5質量%であることがより好ましい。 The content ratio of the compound C is 0.1% by mass to 10% by mass with respect to the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer from the viewpoint of the visibility of the exposed portion, the visibility of the non-exposed portion, and the resolution. It is preferably 0.5% by mass to 5% by mass, and more preferably 0.5% by mass.
 熱可塑性樹脂層は、解像性、熱可塑性樹脂層に隣接する層との密着性、及び現像性の観点から、可塑剤を含むことが好ましい。 The thermoplastic resin layer preferably contains a plasticizer from the viewpoints of resolution, adhesion to a layer adjacent to the thermoplastic resin layer, and developability.
 可塑剤の分子量(オリゴマー又はポリマーの分子量については重量平均分子量(Mw)をいう。以下、本段落において同じ。)は、アルカリ可溶性樹脂の分子量よりも小さいことが好ましい。可塑剤の分子量は、200~2,000であることが好ましい。 The molecular weight of the plasticizer (the molecular weight of the oligomer or polymer is the weight average molecular weight (Mw); the same applies hereinafter in this paragraph) is preferably smaller than the molecular weight of the alkali-soluble resin. The molecular weight of the plasticizer is preferably 200 to 2,000.
 可塑剤は、アルカリ可溶性樹脂と相溶して可塑性を発現する化合物であれば制限されない。可塑剤は、可塑性付与の観点から、分子中にアルキレンオキシ基を有する化合物であることが好ましく、ポリアルキレングリコール化合物であることがより好ましい。可塑剤に含まれるアルキレンオキシ基は、ポリエチレンオキシ構造、又はポリプロピレンオキシ構造を有することが好ましい。 The plasticizer is not limited as long as it is a compound that develops plasticity by being compatible with an alkali-soluble resin. From the viewpoint of imparting plasticity, the plasticizer is preferably a compound having an alkyleneoxy group in the molecule, and more preferably a polyalkylene glycol compound. The alkyleneoxy group contained in the plasticizer preferably has a polyethyleneoxy structure or a polypropyleneoxy structure.
 可塑剤は、解像性、及び保存安定性の観点から、(メタ)アクリレート化合物を含むことが好ましい。相溶性、解像性、及び熱可塑性樹脂層に隣接する層との密着性の観点から、アルカリ可溶性樹脂がアクリル樹脂であり、かつ、可塑剤が(メタ)アクリレート化合物を含むことがより好ましい。 The plasticizer preferably contains a (meth) acrylate compound from the viewpoint of resolution and storage stability. From the viewpoint of compatibility, resolution, and adhesion to the layer adjacent to the thermoplastic resin layer, it is more preferable that the alkali-soluble resin is an acrylic resin and the plasticizer contains a (meth) acrylate compound.
 可塑剤として用いられる(メタ)アクリレート化合物としては、例えば、上記エチレン性不飽和化合物において記載した(メタ)アクリレート化合物が挙げられる。感光性転写材料において、熱可塑性樹脂層とネガ型感光性樹脂層とが直接接触して配置される場合、熱可塑性樹脂層、及びネガ型感光性樹脂層は、それぞれ、同じ(メタ)アクリレート化合物を含むことが好ましい。熱可塑性樹脂層、及びネガ型感光性樹脂層が、それぞれ、同じ(メタ)アクリレート化合物を含むことで、層間の成分拡散が抑制され、保存安定性が向上するためである。 Examples of the (meth) acrylate compound used as a plasticizer include the (meth) acrylate compound described in the ethylenically unsaturated compound. In the photosensitive transfer material, when the thermoplastic resin layer and the negative type photosensitive resin layer are arranged in direct contact with each other, the thermoplastic resin layer and the negative type photosensitive resin layer are each the same (meth) acrylate compound. It is preferable to include. This is because the thermoplastic resin layer and the negative photosensitive resin layer each contain the same (meth) acrylate compound, so that the diffusion of components between the layers is suppressed and the storage stability is improved.
 熱可塑性樹脂層が可塑剤として(メタ)アクリレート化合物を含む場合、熱可塑性樹脂層に隣接する層との密着性の観点から、露光後の露光部においても(メタ)アクリレート化合物は重合しないことが好ましい。 When the thermoplastic resin layer contains a (meth) acrylate compound as a plasticizer, the (meth) acrylate compound may not polymerize even in the exposed portion after exposure from the viewpoint of adhesion to the layer adjacent to the thermoplastic resin layer. preferable.
 ある実施形態において、可塑剤として用いられる(メタ)アクリレート化合物は、解像性、熱可塑性樹脂層に隣接する層との密着性、及び現像性の観点から、一分子中に2つ以上の(メタ)アクリロイル基を有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物であることが好ましい。 In certain embodiments, the (meth) acrylate compound used as a plasticizer has two or more (meth) acrylate compounds in one molecule from the viewpoints of resolution, adhesion to a layer adjacent to the thermoplastic resin layer, and developability. It is preferably a (meth) acrylate compound having a (meth) acryloyl group.
 ある実施形態において、可塑剤として用いられる(メタ)アクリレート化合物は、酸基を有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物、又はウレタン(メタ)アクリレート化合物であることが好ましい。 In certain embodiments, the (meth) acrylate compound used as a plasticizer is preferably a (meth) acrylate compound having an acid group or a urethane (meth) acrylate compound.
 熱可塑性樹脂層は、1種単独、又は2種以上の可塑剤を含んでもよい。 The thermoplastic resin layer may contain one type alone or two or more types of plasticizer.
 可塑剤の含有割合は、解像性、熱可塑性樹脂層に隣接する層との密着性、及び現像性の観点から、熱可塑性樹脂層の全質量に対して、1質量%~70質量%であることが好ましく、10質量%~60質量%であることがより好ましく、20質量%~50質量%であることが特に好ましい。 The content ratio of the plasticizer is 1% by mass to 70% by mass with respect to the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer from the viewpoints of resolution, adhesion to the layer adjacent to the thermoplastic resin layer, and developability. It is preferably present, more preferably 10% by mass to 60% by mass, and particularly preferably 20% by mass to 50% by mass.
 熱可塑性樹脂層は、厚さの均一性の観点から、界面活性剤を含むことが好ましい。界面活性剤としては、例えば、上述したネガ型感光性樹脂層に含まれてもよい界面活性剤が挙げられ、好ましい態様も同じである。 The thermoplastic resin layer preferably contains a surfactant from the viewpoint of thickness uniformity. Examples of the surfactant include a surfactant that may be contained in the negative photosensitive resin layer described above, and the preferred embodiment is also the same.
 熱可塑性樹脂層は、1種単独、又は2種以上の界面活性剤を含んでもよい。 The thermoplastic resin layer may contain one type alone or two or more types of surfactants.
 界面活性剤の含有割合は、熱可塑性樹脂層の全質量に対して、0.001質量%~10質量%であることが好ましく、0.01質量%~3質量%であることがより好ましい。 The content ratio of the surfactant is preferably 0.001% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01% by mass to 3% by mass, based on the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer.
 熱可塑性樹脂層は、増感剤を含んでもよい。増感剤としては、例えば、上述したネガ型感光性樹脂層に含まれてもよい増感剤が挙げられる。 The thermoplastic resin layer may contain a sensitizer. Examples of the sensitizer include the sensitizer that may be contained in the negative photosensitive resin layer described above.
 熱可塑性樹脂層は、1種単独、又は2種以上の増感剤を含んでもよい。 The thermoplastic resin layer may contain one type alone or two or more types of sensitizers.
 増感剤の含有割合は、光源に対する感度の向上、露光部の視認性、及び非露光部の視認性の観点から、熱可塑性樹脂層の全質量に対して、0.01質量%~5質量%であることが好ましく、0.05質量%~1質量%であることがより好ましい。 The content ratio of the sensitizer is 0.01% by mass to 5% by mass with respect to the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer from the viewpoint of improving the sensitivity to the light source, the visibility of the exposed portion, and the visibility of the non-exposed portion. %, More preferably 0.05% by mass to 1% by mass.
 熱可塑性樹脂層は、上記成分以外に、必要に応じて公知の添加剤を含んでもよい。 The thermoplastic resin layer may contain known additives in addition to the above components, if necessary.
 また、熱可塑性樹脂層については、特開2014-85643号公報の段落0189~段落0193に記載されている。上記公報の内容は、参照により本明細書に組み込まれる。 Further, the thermoplastic resin layer is described in paragraphs 0189 to 0193 of JP-A-2014-85643. The contents of the above gazette are incorporated herein by reference.
 熱可塑性樹脂層の厚さは、制限されない。熱可塑性樹脂層の平均厚さは、熱可塑性樹脂層に隣接する層との密着性の観点から、1μm以上であることが好ましく、2μm以上であることがより好ましい。熱可塑性樹脂層の平均厚さの上限は、制限されない。熱可塑性樹脂層の平均厚さは、現像性、及び解像性の観点から、20μm以下であることが好ましく、10μm以下であることがより好ましく、5μm以下であることが特に好ましい。 The thickness of the thermoplastic resin layer is not limited. The average thickness of the thermoplastic resin layer is preferably 1 μm or more, and more preferably 2 μm or more, from the viewpoint of adhesion to the layer adjacent to the thermoplastic resin layer. The upper limit of the average thickness of the thermoplastic resin layer is not limited. From the viewpoint of developability and resolvability, the average thickness of the thermoplastic resin layer is preferably 20 μm or less, more preferably 10 μm or less, and particularly preferably 5 μm or less.
 熱可塑性樹脂層の形成方法は、上記の成分を含む層を形成可能な方法であれば制限されない。熱可塑性樹脂層の形成方法としては、例えば、仮支持体の表面に、熱可塑性樹脂組成物を塗布し、熱可塑性樹脂組成物の塗膜を乾燥する方法が挙げられる。 The method for forming the thermoplastic resin layer is not limited as long as it is a method capable of forming a layer containing the above components. Examples of the method for forming the thermoplastic resin layer include a method in which the thermoplastic resin composition is applied to the surface of the temporary support and the coating film of the thermoplastic resin composition is dried.
 熱可塑性樹脂組成物としては、例えば、上記の成分を含む組成物が挙げられる。熱可塑性樹脂組成物は、熱可塑性樹脂組成物の粘度を調節し、熱可塑性樹脂層の形成を容易にするため、溶剤を含むことが好ましい。 Examples of the thermoplastic resin composition include compositions containing the above components. The thermoplastic resin composition preferably contains a solvent in order to adjust the viscosity of the thermoplastic resin composition and facilitate the formation of the thermoplastic resin layer.
 熱可塑性樹脂組成物に含まれる溶剤としては、熱可塑性樹脂層に含まれる成分を溶解、又は分散可能な溶剤であれば制限されない。溶剤としては、上述した感光性樹脂組成物が含んでもよい溶剤が挙げられ、好ましい態様も同じである。 The solvent contained in the thermoplastic resin composition is not limited as long as it is a solvent capable of dissolving or dispersing the components contained in the thermoplastic resin layer. Examples of the solvent include a solvent that may be contained in the above-mentioned photosensitive resin composition, and the preferred embodiment is also the same.
 熱可塑性樹脂組成物は、1種単独、又は2種以上の溶剤を含んでもよい。 The thermoplastic resin composition may contain one kind alone or two or more kinds of solvents.
 熱可塑性樹脂組成物における溶剤の含有割合は、熱可塑性樹脂組成物中の全固形分100質量部に対して、50質量部~1,900質量部であることが好ましく、100質量部~900質量部であることがより好ましい。 The content ratio of the solvent in the thermoplastic resin composition is preferably 50 parts by mass to 1,900 parts by mass, and 100 parts by mass to 900 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content in the thermoplastic resin composition. It is more preferable that it is a part.
 熱可塑性樹脂組成物の調製、及び熱可塑性樹脂層の形成は、上述した感光性樹脂組成物の調製方法、及び感光性樹脂層の形成方法に準じて行えばよい。例えば、熱可塑性樹脂層に含まれる各成分を溶剤に溶解した溶液を予め調製し、得られた各溶液を所定の割合で混合することにより、熱可塑性樹脂組成物を調製した後、得られた熱可塑性樹脂組成物を仮支持体の表面に塗布し、熱可塑性樹脂組成物の塗膜を乾燥させることにより、熱可塑性樹脂層を形成することができる。また、保護フィルム上に、感光性樹脂層を形成した後、感光性樹脂層の表面に熱可塑性樹脂層を形成してもよい。 The preparation of the thermoplastic resin composition and the formation of the thermoplastic resin layer may be carried out according to the above-mentioned method for preparing the photosensitive resin composition and the method for forming the photosensitive resin layer. For example, a thermoplastic resin composition was prepared by preparing a solution in which each component contained in the thermoplastic resin layer was dissolved in a solvent in advance and mixing the obtained solutions in a predetermined ratio, and then obtained. The thermoplastic resin layer can be formed by applying the thermoplastic resin composition to the surface of the temporary support and drying the coating film of the thermoplastic resin composition. Further, after forming the photosensitive resin layer on the protective film, the thermoplastic resin layer may be formed on the surface of the photosensitive resin layer.
〔水溶性樹脂層〕
 感光性転写材料は、熱可塑性樹脂層と感光性樹脂層との間に、水溶性樹脂層を有することが好ましい。水溶性樹脂層によれば、複数の層を形成する際、及び保存の際における成分の混合を抑制できる。
[Water-soluble resin layer]
The photosensitive transfer material preferably has a water-soluble resin layer between the thermoplastic resin layer and the photosensitive resin layer. According to the water-soluble resin layer, it is possible to suppress the mixing of components when forming a plurality of layers and during storage.
 水溶性樹脂層は、現像性、並びに、複数層を塗布する際及び塗布後の保存の際における成分の混合を抑制する観点から、水溶性の層であることが好ましい。本開示において、「水溶性」とは、液温が22℃であるpH7.0の水100gへの溶解度が0.1g以上であることを意味する。 The water-soluble resin layer is preferably a water-soluble layer from the viewpoint of developability and suppressing mixing of components during application of a plurality of layers and storage after application. In the present disclosure, "water-soluble" means that the solubility in 100 g of water having a liquid temperature of 22 ° C. and a pH of 7.0 is 0.1 g or more.
 水溶性樹脂層としては、例えば、特開平5-72724号公報に「分離層」として記載されている、酸素遮断機能のある酸素遮断層が挙げられる。水溶性樹脂層が酸素遮断層であることで、露光時の感度が向上し、露光機の時間負荷が低減する結果、生産性が向上する。水溶性樹脂層として用いられる酸素遮断層は、公知の層から適宜選択すればよい。水溶性樹脂層として用いられる酸素遮断層は、低い酸素透過性を示し、水、若しくはアルカリ水溶液(22℃の炭酸ナトリウムの1質量%水溶液)に分散、又は溶解する酸素遮断層であることが好ましい。 Examples of the water-soluble resin layer include an oxygen blocking layer having an oxygen blocking function, which is described as a “separation layer” in JP-A-5-72724. Since the water-soluble resin layer is an oxygen blocking layer, the sensitivity at the time of exposure is improved, the time load of the exposure machine is reduced, and as a result, the productivity is improved. The oxygen blocking layer used as the water-soluble resin layer may be appropriately selected from known layers. The oxygen blocking layer used as the water-soluble resin layer is preferably an oxygen blocking layer that exhibits low oxygen permeability and is dispersed or dissolved in water or an alkaline aqueous solution (1% by mass aqueous solution of sodium carbonate at 22 ° C.). ..
 水溶性樹脂層は、樹脂を含むことが好ましい。水溶性樹脂層に含まれる樹脂としては、例えば、ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂、ポリビニルピロリドン系樹脂、セルロース系樹脂、アクリルアミド系樹脂、ポリエチレンオキサイド系樹脂、ゼラチン、ビニルエーテル系樹脂、ポリアミド樹脂、及びこれらの共重合体が挙げられる。水溶性樹脂層に含まれる樹脂は、水溶性樹脂であることが好ましい。 The water-soluble resin layer preferably contains a resin. Examples of the resin contained in the water-soluble resin layer include polyvinyl alcohol-based resin, polyvinylpyrrolidone-based resin, cellulose-based resin, acrylamide-based resin, polyethylene oxide-based resin, gelatin, vinyl ether-based resin, polyamide resin, and their co-weight. Coalescence is mentioned. The resin contained in the water-soluble resin layer is preferably a water-soluble resin.
 水溶性樹脂層に含まれる樹脂は、複数の層間の成分の混合を抑制する観点から、ネガ型感光性樹脂層に含まれる重合体A、及び熱可塑性樹脂層に含まれる熱可塑性樹脂(アルカリ可溶性樹脂)のいずれとも異なる樹脂であることが好ましい。 The resin contained in the water-soluble resin layer is the polymer A contained in the negative photosensitive resin layer and the thermoplastic resin (alkali soluble) contained in the thermoplastic resin layer from the viewpoint of suppressing the mixing of the components between the plurality of layers. It is preferable that the resin is different from any of the resins).
 水溶性樹脂層は、酸素遮断性、並びに、複数層を塗布する際及び塗布後の保存の際における成分の混合を抑制する観点から、ポリビニルアルコールを含むことが好ましく、ポリビニルアルコール、及びポリビニルピロリドンを含むことがより好ましい。 The water-soluble resin layer preferably contains polyvinyl alcohol, and contains polyvinyl alcohol and polyvinylpyrrolidone, from the viewpoint of oxygen blocking property and suppressing mixing of components during application and storage after application. It is more preferable to include it.
 水溶性樹脂層は、1種単独、又は2種以上の樹脂を含んでもよい。 The water-soluble resin layer may contain one kind of resin alone or two or more kinds of resins.
 水溶性樹脂層における樹脂の含有割合は、酸素遮断性、並びに、複数層を塗布する際及び塗布後の保存の際における成分の混合を抑制する観点から、水溶性樹脂層の全質量に対して、50質量%~100質量%であることが好ましく、70質量%~100質量%であることがより好ましく、80質量%~100質量%であることが更に好ましく、90質量%~100質量%であることが特に好ましい。 The content ratio of the resin in the water-soluble resin layer is based on the total mass of the water-soluble resin layer from the viewpoint of oxygen blocking property and suppressing mixing of components during application of a plurality of layers and storage after application. , 50% by mass to 100% by mass, more preferably 70% by mass to 100% by mass, further preferably 80% by mass to 100% by mass, and 90% by mass to 100% by mass. It is particularly preferable to have.
 また、水溶性樹脂層は、必要に応じて添加剤を含んでもよい。添加剤としては、例えば、界面活性剤が挙げられる。 Further, the water-soluble resin layer may contain an additive if necessary. Examples of the additive include a surfactant.
 水溶性樹脂層の厚さは、制限されない。水溶性樹脂層の平均厚さは、0.1μm~5μmであることが好ましく、0.5μm~3μmであることがより好ましい。水溶性樹脂層の厚さが上記範囲であることで、酸素遮断性を低下させることがなく、複数の層を形成する際、及び保存の際における成分の混合を抑制でき、また、現像時の水溶性樹脂層の除去時間の増大を抑制できる。 The thickness of the water-soluble resin layer is not limited. The average thickness of the water-soluble resin layer is preferably 0.1 μm to 5 μm, more preferably 0.5 μm to 3 μm. When the thickness of the water-soluble resin layer is within the above range, the oxygen barrier property is not deteriorated, the mixing of components during formation of a plurality of layers and storage can be suppressed, and the mixing of components during development can be suppressed. It is possible to suppress an increase in the removal time of the water-soluble resin layer.
 水溶性樹脂層の形成方法は、上記の成分を含む層を形成可能な方法であれば制限されない。水溶性樹脂層の形成方法としては、例えば、熱可塑性樹脂層、又はネガ型感光性樹脂層の表面に、水溶性樹脂層用組成物を塗布した後、水溶性樹脂層用組成物の塗膜を乾燥する方法が挙げられる。 The method for forming the water-soluble resin layer is not limited as long as it is a method capable of forming a layer containing the above components. As a method for forming the water-soluble resin layer, for example, the composition for the water-soluble resin layer is applied to the surface of the thermoplastic resin layer or the negative photosensitive resin layer, and then the coating film of the composition for the water-soluble resin layer is applied. There is a method of drying.
 水溶性樹脂層用組成物としては、例えば、樹脂、及び任意の添加剤を含む組成物が挙げられる。水溶性樹脂層用組成物は、水溶性樹脂層用組成物の粘度を調節し、水溶性樹脂層の形成を容易にするため、溶剤を含むことが好ましい。溶剤としては、樹脂を溶解、又は分散可能な溶剤であれば制限されない。溶剤は、水、及び水混和性の有機溶剤よりなる群から選択される少なくとも1種であることが好ましく、水、又は水と水混和性の有機溶剤との混合溶剤であることがより好ましい。 Examples of the composition for the water-soluble resin layer include a resin and a composition containing any additive. The composition for the water-soluble resin layer preferably contains a solvent in order to adjust the viscosity of the composition for the water-soluble resin layer and facilitate the formation of the water-soluble resin layer. The solvent is not limited as long as it is a solvent that can dissolve or disperse the resin. The solvent is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of water and a water-miscible organic solvent, and more preferably water or a mixed solvent of water and a water-miscible organic solvent.
 水混和性の有機溶剤としては、例えば、炭素数が1~3であるアルコール、アセトン、エチレングリコール、及びグリセリンが挙げられる。水混和性の有機溶剤は、炭素数が1~3であるアルコールであることが好ましく、メタノール、又はエタノールであることがより好ましい。 Examples of the water-miscible organic solvent include alcohols having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, acetone, ethylene glycol, and glycerin. The water-miscible organic solvent is preferably an alcohol having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and more preferably methanol or ethanol.
 感光性転写材料は、上述した層以外の層(以下「その他の層」ともいう。)を備えてもよい。その他の層としては、例えば、コントラストエンハンスメント層が挙げられる。
 コントラストエンハンスメント層については、国際公開第2018/179640号の段落0134に記載されている。また、その他の層については特開2014-85643号公報の段落0194~0196に記載されている。これらの公報の内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
The photosensitive transfer material may include a layer other than the above-mentioned layer (hereinafter, also referred to as “other layer”). Examples of other layers include a contrast enhancement layer.
The contrast enhancement layer is described in paragraph 0134 of WO 2018/179640. Further, the other layers are described in paragraphs 0194 to 0196 of JP-A-2014-85643. The contents of these publications are incorporated herein.
 感光性転写材料の総厚みは、5μm~55μmであることが好ましく、10μm~50μmであることがより好ましく、20μm~40μmであることが特に好ましい。感光性転写材料の総厚みは、上記各層の厚みの測定方法に準ずる方法によって測定する。
 感光性転写材料における仮支持体及び保護フィルムを除く各層の総厚みは、本開示における効果をより発揮する観点から、20μm以下であることが好ましく、10μm以下であることがより好ましく、8μm以下であることが更に好ましく、2μm以上8μm以下であることが特に好ましい。
 また、感光性転写材料における感光性樹脂層、水溶性樹脂層及び熱可塑性樹脂層の総厚みは、本開示における効果をより発揮する観点から、20μm以下であることが好ましく、10μm以下であることがより好ましく、8μm以下であることが更に好ましく、2μm以上8μm以下であることが特に好ましい。
The total thickness of the photosensitive transfer material is preferably 5 μm to 55 μm, more preferably 10 μm to 50 μm, and particularly preferably 20 μm to 40 μm. The total thickness of the photosensitive transfer material is measured by a method according to the above-mentioned method for measuring the thickness of each layer.
The total thickness of each layer of the photosensitive transfer material excluding the temporary support and the protective film is preferably 20 μm or less, more preferably 10 μm or less, and 8 μm or less from the viewpoint of further exerting the effect in the present disclosure. It is more preferably 2 μm or more and 8 μm or less.
Further, the total thickness of the photosensitive resin layer, the water-soluble resin layer and the thermoplastic resin layer in the photosensitive transfer material is preferably 20 μm or less, preferably 10 μm or less, from the viewpoint of further exerting the effect in the present disclosure. Is more preferable, and it is more preferably 8 μm or less, and particularly preferably 2 μm or more and 8 μm or less.
〔感光性転写材料の製造方法〕
 本開示に係る感光性転写材料の製造方法は、特に制限されず、公知の製造方法、例えば、公知の各層の形成方法を用いることができる。
 以下、図1を参照しながら、本開示に係る感光性転写材料の製造方法について説明する。但し、本開示に係る感光性転写材料は、図1に示す構成を有するものに制限されない。
 図1は、本開示に係る感光性転写材料の一実施態様における層構成の一例を示す概略断面図である。図1に示す感光性転写材料20は、仮支持体11と、熱可塑性樹脂層13、水溶性樹脂層15及び感光性樹脂層17を含む転写層12と、保護フィルム19とがこの順に積層された構成を有する。
[Manufacturing method of photosensitive transfer material]
The method for producing the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure is not particularly limited, and a known production method, for example, a known method for forming each layer can be used.
Hereinafter, a method for producing a photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure will be described with reference to FIG. 1. However, the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure is not limited to the one having the structure shown in FIG.
FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of a layer structure in one embodiment of the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure. In the photosensitive transfer material 20 shown in FIG. 1, a temporary support 11, a transfer layer 12 including a thermoplastic resin layer 13, a water-soluble resin layer 15, and a photosensitive resin layer 17 and a protective film 19 are laminated in this order. Has a structure.
 上記の感光性転写材料20の製造方法としては、例えば、仮支持体11の表面に熱可塑性樹脂組成物を塗布した後、熱可塑性樹脂組成物の塗膜を乾燥させることにより、熱可塑性樹脂層12を形成する工程と、熱可塑性樹脂層13の表面に水溶性樹脂層組成物を塗布した後、水溶性樹脂層組成物の塗膜を乾燥させて水溶性樹脂層15を形成する工程と、水溶性樹脂層15の表面にバインダーポリマー及びエチレン性不飽和化合物を含有する感光性樹脂組成物を塗布した後、感光性樹脂組成物の塗膜を乾燥させて感光性樹脂層16を形成する工程とを含む方法が挙げられる。
 上記の製造方法において、アルキレングリコールエーテル溶剤及びアルキレングリコールエーテルアセテート溶剤よりなる群から選択される少なくとも1種を含有する熱可塑性樹脂組成物と、水及び水混和性の有機溶剤よりなる群から選択される少なくとも1種を含有する水溶性樹脂層組成物と、バインダーポリマー、エチレン性不飽和化合物、並びに、アルキレングリコールエーテル溶剤及びアルキレングリコールエーテルアセテート溶剤よりなる群から選択される少なくとも1種を含有する感光性樹脂組成物とを使用することが好ましい。これにより、熱可塑性樹脂層13の表面への水溶性樹脂層組成物の塗布、及び/又は、水溶性樹脂層組成物の塗膜を有する積層体の保存期間における、熱可塑性樹脂層13に含有される成分と水溶性樹脂層15に含有される成分との混合を抑制でき、なお且つ、水溶性樹脂層15の表面への感光性樹脂組成物の塗布、及び/又は、感光性樹脂組成物の塗膜を有する積層体の保存期間における、水溶性樹脂層15に含有される成分と感光性樹脂層16に含有される成分との混合を抑制できる。
As a method for producing the photosensitive transfer material 20, for example, a thermoplastic resin composition is applied to the surface of the temporary support 11 and then the coating film of the thermoplastic resin composition is dried to obtain a thermoplastic resin layer. A step of forming the water-soluble resin layer 12 and a step of applying the water-soluble resin layer composition to the surface of the thermoplastic resin layer 13 and then drying the coating film of the water-soluble resin layer composition to form the water-soluble resin layer 15. A step of applying a photosensitive resin composition containing a binder polymer and an ethylenically unsaturated compound to the surface of the water-soluble resin layer 15 and then drying the coating film of the photosensitive resin composition to form the photosensitive resin layer 16. A method including and can be mentioned.
In the above production method, it is selected from the group consisting of a thermoplastic resin composition containing at least one selected from the group consisting of an alkylene glycol ether solvent and an alkylene glycol ether acetate solvent, and a water- and water-miscible organic solvent. A photosensitive resin layer composition containing at least one of the above, and at least one selected from the group consisting of a binder polymer, an ethylenically unsaturated compound, and an alkylene glycol ether solvent and an alkylene glycol ether acetate solvent. It is preferable to use a sex resin composition. As a result, the water-soluble resin layer composition is applied to the surface of the thermoplastic resin layer 13 and / or is contained in the thermoplastic resin layer 13 during the storage period of the laminate having the coating film of the water-soluble resin layer composition. Mixing of the component to be made and the component contained in the water-soluble resin layer 15 can be suppressed, and the photosensitive resin composition can be applied to the surface of the water-soluble resin layer 15 and / or the photosensitive resin composition. It is possible to suppress the mixing of the component contained in the water-soluble resin layer 15 and the component contained in the photosensitive resin layer 16 during the storage period of the laminate having the coating film.
 上記の製造方法により製造された積層体の感光性樹脂層17に、保護フィルム19を圧着させることにより、感光性転写材料20が製造される。
 本開示に用いられる感光性転写材料の製造方法としては、感光性樹脂層17の第2面に接するように保護フィルム19を設ける工程を含むことにより、仮支持体11と、熱可塑性樹脂層13、水溶性樹脂層15及び感光性樹脂層17を含む転写層12と、保護フィルム19とを備える感光性転写材料20を製造することが好ましい。
 上記の製造方法により感光性転写材料20を製造した後、感光性転写材料20を巻き取ることにより、ロール形態の感光性転写材料を作製及び保管してもよい。ロール形態の感光性転写材料は、後述するロールツーロール方式での基板との貼り合わせ工程にそのままの形態で提供できる。
The photosensitive transfer material 20 is manufactured by pressing the protective film 19 onto the photosensitive resin layer 17 of the laminate manufactured by the above manufacturing method.
The method for producing the photosensitive transfer material used in the present disclosure includes a step of providing a protective film 19 so as to be in contact with the second surface of the photosensitive resin layer 17, whereby the temporary support 11 and the thermoplastic resin layer 13 are provided. It is preferable to manufacture the photosensitive transfer material 20 including the transfer layer 12 including the water-soluble resin layer 15 and the photosensitive resin layer 17, and the protective film 19.
After the photosensitive transfer material 20 is manufactured by the above-mentioned manufacturing method, the photosensitive transfer material 20 may be wound up to prepare and store the photosensitive transfer material in the form of a roll. The photosensitive transfer material in roll form can be provided as it is in the bonding process with the substrate in the roll-to-roll method described later.
 本開示に係る感光性転写材料は、フォトリソグラフィによる精密微細加工が必要な各種用途に好適に用いることができる。感光性樹脂層をパターニング後に、感光性樹脂層を被膜としてエッチングをしてもよいし、電気めっきを主体とするエレクトロフォーミングを行ってもよい。また、パターニングによって得られた硬化膜は、永久膜として使用してもよく、例えば、層間絶縁膜、配線保護膜、インデックスマッチング層を有する配線保護膜などとして用いてもよい。また、本開示に係る感光性転写材料は、半導体パッケージ、プリント基板、センサー基板の各種配線形成用途、タッチパネル、電磁波シールド材、フィルムヒーターのような導電性フィルム、液晶シール材、マイクロマシン又はマイクロエレクトロニクス分野における構造物の形成等の用途に好適に使用し得る。 The photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure can be suitably used for various applications requiring precision microfabrication by photolithography. After patterning the photosensitive resin layer, the photosensitive resin layer may be used as a coating for etching, or electroforming may be performed mainly by electroplating. Further, the cured film obtained by patterning may be used as a permanent film, or may be used, for example, as an interlayer insulating film, a wiring protective film, a wiring protective film having an index matching layer, or the like. Further, the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure is used in the fields of semiconductor packages, printed circuit boards, various wiring forming applications for sensor boards, touch panels, electromagnetic wave shielding materials, conductive films such as film heaters, liquid crystal sealing materials, micromachines or microelectronics. It can be suitably used for applications such as formation of a structure in.
 また、第1の実施態様の感光性転写材料は、感光性樹脂層が顔料を含む着色樹脂層である態様も好ましく挙げられる。
 着色樹脂層の用途としては、上述した以外に、例えば、液晶表示装置(LCD)、並びに、固体撮像素子〔例えば、CCD(charge-coupled device)及びCMOS(complementary metal oxide semiconductor)〕に用いられるカラーフィルタ等の着色画素又はブラックマトリクスを形成する用途に好適である。
 着色樹脂層における顔料以外の態様については、上述した態様と同様である。
Further, as the photosensitive transfer material of the first embodiment, an embodiment in which the photosensitive resin layer is a colored resin layer containing a pigment is also preferably mentioned.
In addition to the above, the colored resin layer is used for, for example, a liquid crystal display (LCD) and a color used for a solid-state image sensor [for example, a CCD (charge-coupled device) and a CMOS (complementary metal oxide semiconductor)]. It is suitable for forming colored pixels such as filters or a black matrix.
The embodiments other than the pigment in the colored resin layer are the same as those described above.
<顔料>
 感光性樹脂層は、顔料を含む着色樹脂層となっていてもよい。
 近年の電子機器が有する液晶表示窓には、液晶表示窓を保護するために、透明なガラス基板等の裏面周縁部に黒色の枠状遮光層が形成されたカバーガラスが取り付けられている場合がある。このような遮光層を形成するために着色樹脂層が使用し得る。
 顔料としては、所望とする色相に合わせて適宜選択すればよく、黒色顔料、白色顔料、黒色及び白色以外の有彩色の顔料の中から選択できる。中でも、黒色系のパターンを形成する場合には、顔料として黒色顔料が好適に選択される。
<Pigment>
The photosensitive resin layer may be a colored resin layer containing a pigment.
In recent years, liquid crystal display windows of electronic devices may be provided with a cover glass having a black frame-shaped light-shielding layer formed on the peripheral edge of the back surface of a transparent glass substrate or the like in order to protect the liquid crystal display window. be. A colored resin layer can be used to form such a light-shielding layer.
The pigment may be appropriately selected according to the desired hue, and can be selected from black pigments, white pigments, and chromatic pigments other than black and white. Above all, when forming a black pattern, a black pigment is preferably selected as the pigment.
 黒色顔料としては、本開示における効果を損なわない範囲であれば、公知の黒色顔料(有機顔料又は無機顔料等)を適宜選択することができる。中でも、光学濃度の観点から、黒色顔料としては、例えば、カーボンブラック、酸化チタン、チタンカーバイド、酸化鉄、酸化チタン及び黒鉛等が好適に挙げられ、カーボンブラックが特に好ましい。カーボンブラックとしては、表面抵抗の観点から、表面の少なくとも一部が樹脂で被覆されたカーボンブラックが好ましい。 As the black pigment, a known black pigment (organic pigment, inorganic pigment, etc.) can be appropriately selected as long as the effect in the present disclosure is not impaired. Among them, from the viewpoint of optical density, examples of the black pigment include carbon black, titanium oxide, titanium carbide, iron oxide, titanium oxide, graphite and the like, and carbon black is particularly preferable. As the carbon black, from the viewpoint of surface resistance, carbon black having at least a part of the surface coated with a resin is preferable.
 黒色顔料の粒径は、分散安定性の観点から、数平均粒径で0.001μm~0.1μmが好ましく、0.01μm~0.08μmがより好ましい。
 ここで、粒径とは、電子顕微鏡で撮影した顔料粒子の写真像から顔料粒子の面積を求め、顔料粒子の面積と同面積の円を考えた場合の円の直径を指し、数平均粒径は、任意の100個の粒子について上記の粒径を求め、求められた100個の粒径を平均して得られる平均値である。
From the viewpoint of dispersion stability, the particle size of the black pigment is preferably 0.001 μm to 0.1 μm, more preferably 0.01 μm to 0.08 μm in terms of number average particle size.
Here, the particle size refers to the diameter of the circle when the area of the pigment particles is obtained from the photographic image of the pigment particles taken with an electronic microscope and the circle having the same area as the area of the pigment particles is considered, and the number average particle size. Is an average value obtained by obtaining the above particle size for any 100 particles and averaging the obtained 100 particle sizes.
 黒色顔料以外の顔料として、白色顔料については、特開2005-007765号公報の段落0015及び0114に記載の白色顔料を使用できる。具体的には、白色顔料のうち、無機顔料としては、酸化チタン、酸化亜鉛、リトポン、軽質炭酸カルシウム、ホワイトカーボン、酸化アルミニウム、水酸化アルミニウム、又は硫酸バリウムが好ましく、酸化チタン又は酸化亜鉛がより好ましく、酸化チタンが更に好ましい。無機顔料としては、ルチル型又はアナターゼ型の酸化チタンが更に好ましく、ルチル型の酸化チタンが特に好ましい。
 また、酸化チタンの表面は、シリカ処理、アルミナ処理、チタニア処理、ジルコニア処理、又は有機物処理が施されていてもよく、二つ以上の処理が施されてもよい。これにより、酸化チタンの触媒活性が抑制され、耐熱性及び褪光性等が改善される。
 加熱後の感光性樹脂層の厚みを薄くする観点から、酸化チタンの表面への表面処理としては、アルミナ処理及びジルコニア処理の少なくとも一方が好ましく、アルミナ処理及びジルコニア処理の両方が特に好ましい。
As the pigment other than the black pigment, the white pigment described in paragraphs 0015 and 0114 of JP-A-2005-007765 can be used as the white pigment. Specifically, among the white pigments, as the inorganic pigment, titanium oxide, zinc oxide, lithopone, light calcium carbonate, white carbon, aluminum oxide, aluminum hydroxide, or barium sulfate is preferable, and titanium oxide or zinc oxide is more preferable. Titanium oxide is preferable, and titanium oxide is more preferable. As the inorganic pigment, rutile-type or anatase-type titanium oxide is more preferable, and rutile-type titanium oxide is particularly preferable.
Further, the surface of titanium oxide may be treated with silica, alumina, titania, zirconia, or an organic substance, or may be subjected to two or more treatments. As a result, the catalytic activity of titanium oxide is suppressed, and heat resistance, fading and the like are improved.
From the viewpoint of reducing the thickness of the photosensitive resin layer after heating, at least one of alumina treatment and zirconia treatment is preferable as the surface treatment of the surface of titanium oxide, and both alumina treatment and zirconia treatment are particularly preferable.
 また、感光性樹脂層が着色樹脂層である場合、転写性の観点から、感光性樹脂層は、黒色顔料及び白色顔料以外の有彩色の顔料を更に含んでいることも好ましい。有彩色の顔料を含む場合、有彩色の顔料の粒径としては、分散性がより優れる点で、0.1μm以下が好ましく、0.08μm以下がより好ましい。
 有彩色の顔料としては、例えば、ビクトリア・ピュアーブルーBO(Color Index(以下C.I.)42595)、オーラミン(C.I.41000)、ファット・ブラックHB(C.I.26150)、モノライト・エローGT(C.I.ピグメント・エロー12)、パーマネント・エローGR(C.I.ピグメント・エロー17)、パーマネント・エローHR(C.I.ピグメント・エロー83)、パーマネント・カーミンFBB(C.I.ピグメント・レッド146)、ホスターバームレッドESB(C.I.ピグメント・バイオレット19)、パーマネント・ルビーFBH(C.I.ピグメント・レッド11)、ファステル・ピンクBスプラ(C.I.ピグメント・レッド81)、モナストラル・ファースト・ブルー(C.I.ピグメント・ブルー15)、モノライト・ファースト・ブラックB(C.I.ピグメント・ブラック1)及びカーボン、C.I.ピグメント・レッド97、C.I.ピグメント・レッド122、C.I.ピグメント・レッド149、C.I.ピグメント・レッド168、C.I.ピグメント・レッド177、C.I.ピグメント・レッド180、C.I.ピグメント・レッド192、C.I.ピグメント・レッド215、C.I.ピグメント・グリーン7、C.I.ピグメント・ブルー15:1、C.I.ピグメント・ブルー15:4、C.I.ピグメント・ブルー22、C.I.ピグメント・ブルー60、C.I.ピグメント・ブルー64、及びC.I.ピグメント・バイオレット23等が挙げられる。中でも、C.I.ピグメント・レッド177が好ましい。
When the photosensitive resin layer is a colored resin layer, it is also preferable that the photosensitive resin layer further contains a chromatic pigment other than the black pigment and the white pigment from the viewpoint of transferability. When a chromatic pigment is contained, the particle size of the chromatic pigment is preferably 0.1 μm or less, more preferably 0.08 μm or less, in that the dispersibility is more excellent.
Examples of chromatic pigments include Victoria Pure Blue BO (Color Index (hereinafter CI) 42595), Auramine (CI41000), Fat Black HB (CI26150), and Monolite. -Ero GT (CI Pigment Ellow 12), Permanent Ellow GR (CI Pigment Ellow 17), Permanent Yellow HR (CI Pigment Ellow 83), Permanent Carmine FBB (C) I. Pigment Red 146), Hoster Balm Red ESB (CI Pigment Violet 19), Permanent Ruby FBH (CI Pigment Red 11), Fastel Pink B Supra (CI Pigment) Red 81), Monastral First Blue (CI Pigment Blue 15), Monolite First Black B (CI Pigment Black 1) and Carbon, C.I. I. Pigment Red 97, C.I. I. Pigment Red 122, C.I. I. Pigment Red 149, C.I. I. Pigment Red 168, C.I. I. Pigment Red 177, C.I. I. Pigment Red 180, C.I. I. Pigment Red 192, C.I. I. Pigment Red 215, C.I. I. Pigment Green 7, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15: 1, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15: 4, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 22, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 60, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 64, and C.I. I. Pigment Violet 23 and the like. Above all, C.I. I. Pigment Red 177 is preferred.
 感光性樹脂層が顔料を含む場合、顔料の含有量としては、感光性樹脂層の全質量に対して、3質量%超40質量%以下が好ましく、3質量%超35質量%以下がより好ましく、5質量%超35質量%以下が更に好ましく、10質量%以上35質量%以下が特に好ましい。 When the photosensitive resin layer contains a pigment, the content of the pigment is preferably more than 3% by mass and 40% by mass or less, more preferably more than 3% by mass and 35% by mass or less, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. It is more preferably more than 5% by mass and 35% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 10% by mass or more and 35% by mass or less.
 感光性樹脂層が黒色顔料以外の顔料(白色顔料及び有彩色の顔料)を含む場合、黒色顔料以外の顔料の含有量は、黒色顔料に対して、30質量%以下が好ましく、1質量%~20質量%がより好ましく、3質量%~15質量%が更に好ましい。 When the photosensitive resin layer contains a pigment other than the black pigment (white pigment and chromatic pigment), the content of the pigment other than the black pigment is preferably 30% by mass or less, preferably 1% by mass or more, based on the black pigment. 20% by mass is more preferable, and 3% by mass to 15% by mass is further preferable.
 なお、感光性樹脂層が黒色顔料を含み、且つ、感光性樹脂層が感光性樹脂組成物で形成される場合、黒色顔料(好ましくはカーボンブラック)は、顔料分散液の形態で感光性樹脂組成物に導入されることが好ましい。
 分散液は、黒色顔料と顔料分散剤とをあらかじめ混合して得られる混合物を、有機溶剤(又はビヒクル)に加えて分散機で分散させることによって調製されるものでもよい。顔料分散剤は、顔料及び溶剤に応じて選択すればよく、例えば市販の分散剤を使用することができる。なお、ビヒクルとは、顔料分散液とした場合に顔料を分散させている媒質の部分を指し、液状であり、黒色顔料を分散状態で保持するバインダー成分と、バインダー成分を溶解及び希釈する溶剤成分(有機溶剤)と、を含む。
When the photosensitive resin layer contains a black pigment and the photosensitive resin layer is formed of a photosensitive resin composition, the black pigment (preferably carbon black) has a photosensitive resin composition in the form of a pigment dispersion. It is preferable to introduce it into a product.
The dispersion liquid may be prepared by adding a mixture obtained by premixing a black pigment and a pigment dispersant to an organic solvent (or vehicle) and dispersing it with a disperser. The pigment dispersant may be selected depending on the pigment and the solvent, and for example, a commercially available dispersant can be used. The vehicle refers to a portion of the medium in which the pigment is dispersed when the pigment is dispersed, and is a liquid, a binder component that holds the black pigment in a dispersed state, and a solvent component that dissolves and dilutes the binder component. (Organic solvent) and.
 分散機としては、特に制限はなく、例えば、ニーダー、ロールミル、アトライター、スーパーミル、ディゾルバ、ホモミキサー、及びサンドミル等の公知の分散機が挙げられる。更に、機械的摩砕により摩擦力を利用して微粉砕してもよい。分散機及び微粉砕については、「顔料の事典」(朝倉邦造著、第一版、朝倉書店、2000年、438頁、310頁)の記載を参照することができる。 The disperser is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include known dispersers such as a kneader, a roll mill, an attritor, a super mill, a dissolver, a homomixer, and a sand mill. Further, it may be finely pulverized by mechanical grinding using frictional force. For the disperser and fine pulverization, the description of "Encyclopedia of Pigments" (Kunizo Asakura, First Edition, Asakura Shoten, 2000, 438, 310) can be referred to.
〔〔第2実施形態の感光性転写材料〕〕
 以下において、第2実施形態の感光性転写材料について、一例を挙げて説明する。
 図2に示す感光性転写材料10は、仮支持体1と、感光性樹脂層3及び屈折率調整層5を含む転写層2と、保護フィルム7とを、この順に有する。
 また、図2で示す感光性転写材料10は屈折率調整層5を配置した形態であるが、屈折率調整層5は、配置されなくてもよい。
 以下において、第2実施形態の感光性転写材料を構成する各要素について説明する。
 第2実施形態の感光性転写材料に用いられる仮支持体及び保護フィルムは、第1実施形態の感光性転写材料における仮支持体及び保護フィルムと同様であり、好ましい態様も同様である。
[[Photosensitive transfer material of the second embodiment]]
Hereinafter, the photosensitive transfer material of the second embodiment will be described with an example.
The photosensitive transfer material 10 shown in FIG. 2 has a temporary support 1, a transfer layer 2 including a photosensitive resin layer 3 and a refractive index adjusting layer 5, and a protective film 7 in this order.
Further, the photosensitive transfer material 10 shown in FIG. 2 has a form in which the refractive index adjusting layer 5 is arranged, but the refractive index adjusting layer 5 may not be arranged.
Hereinafter, each element constituting the photosensitive transfer material of the second embodiment will be described.
The temporary support and protective film used in the photosensitive transfer material of the second embodiment are the same as those of the temporary support and protective film in the photosensitive transfer material of the first embodiment, and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
〔感光性樹脂層〕
 感光性転写材料は、感光性樹脂層を有する。
 感光性樹脂層を被転写体上に転写した後、露光及び現像を行うことにより、被転写体上にパターンを形成できる。
 以下、感光性樹脂層に含まれ得る成分について詳述する。
[Photosensitive resin layer]
The photosensitive transfer material has a photosensitive resin layer.
A pattern can be formed on the transferred object by transferring the photosensitive resin layer onto the transferred object and then exposing and developing the photosensitive resin layer.
Hereinafter, the components that can be contained in the photosensitive resin layer will be described in detail.
<バインダーポリマー>
 感光性樹脂層は、バインダーポリマーを含んでいてもよい。
 バインダーポリマーとしては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル樹脂、スチレン樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、アミド樹脂、アミドエポキシ樹脂、アルキド樹脂、フェノール樹脂、エステル樹脂、ウレタン樹脂、エポキシ樹脂と(メタ)アクリル酸との反応で得られるエポキシアクリレート樹脂、及び、エポキシアクリレート樹脂と酸無水物との反応で得られる酸変性エポキシアクリレート樹脂が挙げられる。
<Binder polymer>
The photosensitive resin layer may contain a binder polymer.
Examples of the binder polymer include (meth) acrylic resin, styrene resin, epoxy resin, amide resin, amide epoxy resin, alkyd resin, phenol resin, ester resin, urethane resin, and the reaction of epoxy resin with (meth) acrylic acid. Examples thereof include the obtained epoxy acrylate resin and the acid-modified epoxy acrylate resin obtained by reacting the epoxy acrylate resin with the acid anhydride.
 バインダーポリマーの好適態様の一つとして、アルカリ現像性及びフィルム形成性に優れる点で、(メタ)アクリル樹脂が挙げられる。
 なお、本明細書において、(メタ)アクリル樹脂とは、(メタ)アクリル化合物に由来する構成単位を有する樹脂を意味する。(メタ)アクリル化合物に由来する構成単位の含有量は、(メタ)アクリル樹脂の全構成単位に対して、50質量%以上が好ましく、70質量%以上がより好ましく、90質量%以上が更に好ましい。
 (メタ)アクリル樹脂は、(メタ)アクリル化合物に由来する構成単位のみで構成されていてもよく、(メタ)アクリル化合物以外の重合性単量体に由来する構成単位を有していてもよい。すなわち、(メタ)アクリル化合物に由来する構成単位の含有量の上限は、(メタ)アクリル樹脂の全構成単位に対して、100質量%以下である。
One of the preferred embodiments of the binder polymer is a (meth) acrylic resin in that it is excellent in alkali developability and film forming property.
In the present specification, the (meth) acrylic resin means a resin having a structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic compound. The content of the structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic compound is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 70% by mass or more, still more preferably 90% by mass or more, based on all the structural units of the (meth) acrylic resin. ..
The (meth) acrylic resin may be composed of only a structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic compound, or may have a structural unit derived from a polymerizable monomer other than the (meth) acrylic compound. .. That is, the upper limit of the content of the structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic compound is 100% by mass or less with respect to all the structural units of the (meth) acrylic resin.
 (メタ)アクリル化合物としては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸、(メタ)アクリル酸エステル、(メタ)アクリルアミド、及び、(メタ)アクリロニトリルが挙げられる。
 (メタ)アクリル酸エステルとしては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル、(メタ)アクリル酸テトラヒドロフルフリルエステル、(メタ)アクリル酸ジメチルアミノエチルエステル、(メタ)アクリル酸ジエチルアミノエチルエステル、(メタ)アクリル酸グリシジルエステル、(メタ)アクリル酸ベンジルエステル、2,2,2-トリフルオロエチル(メタ)アクリレート、及び、2,2,3,3-テトラフルオロプロピル(メタ)アクリレートが挙げられ、(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルが好ましい。
 (メタ)アクリルアミドとしては、例えば、ジアセトンアクリルアミド等のアクリルアミドが挙げられる。
Examples of the (meth) acrylic compound include (meth) acrylic acid, (meth) acrylic acid ester, (meth) acrylamide, and (meth) acrylonitrile.
Examples of the (meth) acrylic acid ester include (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester, (meth) acrylic acid tetrahydrofurfuryl ester, (meth) acrylic acid dimethylaminoethyl ester, (meth) acrylic acid diethylaminoethyl ester, and (meth) acrylic acid ester. ) Acrylic acid glycidyl ester, (meth) acrylic acid benzyl ester, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl (meth) acrylate, and 2,2,3,3-tetrafluoropropyl (meth) acrylate. Meta) Acrylic acid alkyl esters are preferred.
Examples of the (meth) acrylamide include acrylamide such as diacetone acrylamide.
 (メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルとしては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸メチル、(メタ)アクリル酸エチル、(メタ)アクリル酸プロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ペンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘプチル、(メタ)アクリル酸オクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-エチルヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ノニル、(メタ)アクリル酸デシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ウンデシル、及び、(メタ)アクリル酸ドデシル等の炭素数が1~12のアルキル基を有する(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルが挙げられる。
 (メタ)アクリル酸エステルとしては、炭素数1~4のアルキル基を有する(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルが好ましく、(メタ)アクリル酸メチル又は(メタ)アクリル酸エチルがより好ましい。
Examples of the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester include (meth) methyl acrylate, (meth) ethyl acrylate, (meth) propyl acrylate, (meth) butyl acrylate, (meth) pentyl (meth) acrylate, and (meth). Hexyl acrylate, heptyl (meth) acrylate, octyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, nonyl (meth) acrylate, decyl (meth) acrylate, undecyl (meth) acrylate, and Examples thereof include (meth) acrylic acid alkyl esters having an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms such as dodecyl (meth) acrylic acid.
As the (meth) acrylic acid ester, a (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester having an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is preferable, and methyl (meth) acrylate or ethyl (meth) acrylate is more preferable.
 (メタ)アクリル樹脂は、(メタ)アクリル化合物に由来する構成単位以外の構成単位を有していてもよい。
 上記構成単位を形成する重合性単量体としては、(メタ)アクリル化合物と共重合可能な(メタ)アクリル化合物以外の化合物であれば特に制限されず、例えば、スチレン、ビニルトルエン、及び、α-メチルスチレン等のα位又は芳香族環に置換基を有してもよいスチレン化合物、アクリロニトリル及びビニル-n-ブチルエーテル等のビニルアルコールエステル、マレイン酸、マレイン酸無水物、マレイン酸モノメチル、マレイン酸モノエチル、及び、マレイン酸モノイソプロピル等のマレイン酸モノエステル、フマル酸、ケイ皮酸、α-シアノケイ皮酸、イタコン酸、並びに、クロトン酸が挙げられる。
 これらの重合性単量体は、1種又は2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
The (meth) acrylic resin may have a structural unit other than the structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic compound.
The polymerizable monomer forming the structural unit is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound other than the (meth) acrylic compound that can be copolymerized with the (meth) acrylic compound, and is, for example, styrene, vinyltoluene, and α. -Styrene compounds such as methylstyrene which may have a substituent on the α-position or aromatic ring, vinyl alcohol esters such as acrylonitrile and vinyl-n-butyl ether, maleic acid, maleic acid anhydride, monomethyl maleate, maleic acid. Examples thereof include maleic acid monoesters such as monoethyl and monoisopropyl maleic acid, fumaric acid, silicic acid, α-cyanosilicic acid, itaconic acid, and crotonic acid.
These polymerizable monomers may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 また、(メタ)アクリル樹脂は、アルカリ現像性をより良好にする点から、酸基を有する構成単位を有することが好ましい。酸基としては、例えば、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、リン酸基、及び、ホスホン酸基が挙げられる。
 中でも、(メタ)アクリル樹脂は、カルボキシ基を有する構成単位を有することがより好ましく、上記の(メタ)アクリル酸に由来する構成単位を有することが更に好ましい。
Further, the (meth) acrylic resin preferably has a structural unit having an acid group from the viewpoint of improving the alkali developability. Examples of the acid group include a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group, and a phosphonic acid group.
Among them, the (meth) acrylic resin more preferably has a structural unit having a carboxy group, and further preferably has a structural unit derived from the above-mentioned (meth) acrylic acid.
 (メタ)アクリル樹脂における酸基を有する構成単位(好ましくは(メタ)アクリル酸に由来する構成単位)の含有量は、現像性に優れる点で、(メタ)アクリル樹脂の全質量に対して、10質量%以上が好ましい。また、上限値は特に制限されないが、アルカリ耐性に優れる点で、50質量%以下が好ましく、40質量%以下がより好ましい。 The content of the structural unit having an acid group (preferably the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid) in the (meth) acrylic resin is excellent in developability, and is based on the total mass of the (meth) acrylic resin. 10% by mass or more is preferable. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 50% by mass or less, more preferably 40% by mass or less, in terms of excellent alkali resistance.
 また、(メタ)アクリル樹脂は、上述した(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルに由来する構成単位を有することがより好ましい。
 (メタ)アクリル樹脂における(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルに由来する構成単位の含有量は、(メタ)アクリル樹脂の全構成単位に対して、50質量%~90質量%が好ましく、60質量%~90質量%がより好ましく、65質量%~90質量%が更に好ましい。
Further, it is more preferable that the (meth) acrylic resin has a structural unit derived from the above-mentioned (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester.
The content of the structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester in the (meth) acrylic resin is preferably 50% by mass to 90% by mass, preferably 60% by mass or more, based on all the structural units of the (meth) acrylic resin. 90% by mass is more preferable, and 65% by mass to 90% by mass is further preferable.
 (メタ)アクリル樹脂としては、(メタ)アクリル酸に由来する構成単位及び(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルに由来する構成単位の両者を有する樹脂が好ましく、(メタ)アクリル酸に由来する構成単位及び(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルに由来する構成単位のみで構成されている樹脂がより好ましい。
 また、(メタ)アクリル樹脂としては、メタクリル酸に由来する構成単位、メタクリル酸メチルに由来する構成単位、及び、アクリル酸エチルに由来する構成単位を有するアクリル樹脂も好ましい。
As the (meth) acrylic resin, a resin having both a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid and a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester is preferable, and the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid and the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid are preferable. A resin composed only of structural units derived from the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester is more preferable.
Further, as the (meth) acrylic resin, an acrylic resin having a structural unit derived from methacrylic acid, a structural unit derived from methyl methacrylate, and a structural unit derived from ethyl acrylate is also preferable.
 また、(メタ)アクリル樹脂は、本開示における効果がより優れる点から、メタクリル酸に由来する構成単位及びメタクリル酸アルキルエステルに由来する構成単位よりなる群から選択される少なくとも1種を有することが好ましく、メタクリル酸に由来する構成単位及びメタクリル酸アルキルエステルに由来する構成単位の両者を有することが好ましい。
 (メタ)アクリル樹脂におけるメタクリル酸に由来する構成単位及びメタクリル酸アルキルエステルに由来する構成単位の合計含有量は、本開示における効果がより優れる点から、(メタ)アクリル樹脂の全構成単位に対して、40質量%以上が好ましく、60質量%以上がより好ましい。上限は特に制限されず、100質量%以下であってもよく、80質量%以下が好ましい。
Further, the (meth) acrylic resin may have at least one selected from the group consisting of a structural unit derived from methacrylic acid and a structural unit derived from a methacrylic acid alkyl ester because the effect in the present disclosure is more excellent. It is preferable to have both a structural unit derived from methacrylic acid and a structural unit derived from an alkyl methacrylate ester.
The total content of the constituent units derived from methacrylic acid and the constituent units derived from methacrylic acid alkyl ester in the (meth) acrylic resin is higher than that of all the constituent units of the (meth) acrylic resin because the effect in the present disclosure is more excellent. 40% by mass or more is preferable, and 60% by mass or more is more preferable. The upper limit is not particularly limited, and may be 100% by mass or less, preferably 80% by mass or less.
 また、(メタ)アクリル樹脂は、本開示における効果がより優れる点から、メタクリル酸に由来する構成単位及びメタクリル酸アルキルエステルに由来する構成単位よりなる群から選択される少なくとも1種と、アクリル酸に由来する構成単位及びアクリル酸アルキルエステルに由来する構成単位よりなる群から選択される少なくとも1種とを有することも好ましい。
 本開示における効果がより優れる点から、メタクリル酸に由来する構成単位及びメタクリル酸アルキルエステルに由来する構成単位の合計含有量は、アクリル酸に由来する構成単位及びアクリル酸アルキルエステルに由来する構成単位の合計含有量に対して、質量比で60/40~80/20が好ましい。
Further, the (meth) acrylic resin is at least one selected from the group consisting of a structural unit derived from methacrylic acid and a structural unit derived from methacrylic acid alkyl ester, and acrylic acid, because the effect in the present disclosure is more excellent. It is also preferable to have at least one selected from the group consisting of the structural unit derived from the acrylic acid alkyl ester and the structural unit derived from the acrylic acid alkyl ester.
From the viewpoint of the superior effect in the present disclosure, the total content of the structural unit derived from methacrylic acid and the structural unit derived from methacrylic acid alkyl ester is the structural unit derived from acrylic acid and the structural unit derived from acrylic acid alkyl ester. The mass ratio is preferably 60/40 to 80/20 with respect to the total content of the ester.
 (メタ)アクリル樹脂は、転写後の感光性樹脂層の現像性に優れる点で、末端にエステル基を有することが好ましい。
 なお、(メタ)アクリル樹脂の末端部は、合成に用いた重合開始剤に由来する部位により構成される。末端にエステル基を有する(メタ)アクリル樹脂は、エステル基を有するラジカルを発生する重合開始剤を用いることにより合成できる。
The (meth) acrylic resin preferably has an ester group at the terminal in that the photosensitive resin layer after transfer is excellent in developability.
The terminal portion of the (meth) acrylic resin is composed of a site derived from the polymerization initiator used in the synthesis. A (meth) acrylic resin having an ester group at the terminal can be synthesized by using a polymerization initiator that generates a radical having an ester group.
 また、バインダーポリマーの別の好適態様としては、アルカリ可溶性樹脂が挙げられる。
 バインダーポリマーは、例えば、現像性の点から、酸価60mgKOH/g以上のバインダーポリマーであることが好ましい。
 また、バインダーポリマーは、例えば、加熱により架橋成分と熱架橋し、強固な膜を形成しやすいという点から、酸価60mgKOH/g以上のカルボキシ基を有する樹脂(いわゆる、カルボキシ基含有樹脂)であることがより好ましく、酸価60mgKOH/g以上のカルボキシ基を有する(メタ)アクリル樹脂(いわゆる、カルボキシ基含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂)であることが更に好ましい。
 バインダーポリマーがカルボキシ基を有する樹脂であると、例えば、ブロックイソシアネート化合物等の熱架橋性化合物を添加して熱架橋することで、3次元架橋密度を高めることができる。また、カルボキシ基を有する樹脂のカルボキシ基が無水化され、疎水化すると、湿熱耐性が改善し得る。
Further, another preferred embodiment of the binder polymer is an alkali-soluble resin.
The binder polymer is preferably, for example, a binder polymer having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more from the viewpoint of developability.
Further, the binder polymer is, for example, a resin having a carboxy group having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more (so-called carboxy group-containing resin) from the viewpoint that it is easily crosslinked with the crosslinked component by heating to form a strong film. More preferably, it is a (meth) acrylic resin having a carboxy group having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more (so-called carboxy group-containing (meth) acrylic resin).
When the binder polymer is a resin having a carboxy group, the three-dimensional crosslink density can be increased by adding a thermally crosslinkable compound such as a blocked isocyanate compound and thermally crosslinking the binder polymer. Further, when the carboxy group of the resin having a carboxy group is dehydrated and made hydrophobic, the wet heat resistance can be improved.
 酸価60mgKOH/g以上のカルボキシ基含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂としては、上記酸価の条件を満たす限りにおいて、特に制限はなく、公知の(メタ)アクリル樹脂から適宜選択できる。
 例えば、特開2011-095716号公報の段落0025に記載のポリマーのうち、酸価60mgKOH/g以上のカルボキシ基含有アクリル樹脂、特開2010-237589号公報の段落0033~0052に記載のポリマーのうち、酸価60mgKOH/g以上のカルボキシ基含有アクリル樹脂等を好ましく使用できる。
The carboxy group-containing (meth) acrylic resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more is not particularly limited as long as the above acid value conditions are satisfied, and can be appropriately selected from known (meth) acrylic resins.
For example, among the polymers described in paragraphs 0025 of JP-A-2011-095716, among the polymers described in paragraphs 0033 to 0052 of JP-A-2010-237589, a carboxy group-containing acrylic resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more. , Acrylic resin containing a carboxy group having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more can be preferably used.
 バインダーポリマーの他の好適態様としては、スチレン-アクリル共重合体が挙げられる。なお、本明細書において、スチレン-アクリル共重合体とは、スチレン化合物に由来する構成単位と、(メタ)アクリル化合物に由来する構成単位とを有する樹脂を指し、上記スチレン化合物に由来する構成単位、及び、上記(メタ)アクリル化合物に由来する構成単位の合計含有量は、上記共重合体の全構成単位に対して、30質量%以上が好ましく、50質量%以上がより好ましい。
 また、スチレン化合物に由来する構成単位の含有量は、上記共重合体の全構成単位に対して、1質量%以上が好ましく、5質量%以上がより好ましく、5質量%~80質量%が更に好ましい。
 また、上記(メタ)アクリル化合物に由来する構成単位の含有量は、上記共重合体の全構成単位に対して、5質量%以上が好ましく、10質量%以上がより好ましく、20質量%~95質量%が更に好ましい。
Another preferred embodiment of the binder polymer is a styrene-acrylic copolymer. In the present specification, the styrene-acrylic copolymer refers to a resin having a structural unit derived from a styrene compound and a structural unit derived from a (meth) acrylic compound, and is a structural unit derived from the styrene compound. The total content of the structural units derived from the (meth) acrylic compound is preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more, based on all the structural units of the copolymer.
The content of the structural unit derived from the styrene compound is preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more, and further preferably 5% by mass to 80% by mass, based on all the structural units of the copolymer. preferable.
The content of the structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic compound is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more, and 20% by mass to 95% by mass, based on all the structural units of the copolymer. Mass% is more preferred.
 バインダーポリマーは、本開示における効果がより優れる点から、芳香環構造を有することが好ましく、芳香環構造を有する構成単位を有することがより好ましい。
 芳香環構造を有する構成単位を形成するモノマーとしては、スチレン、tert-ブトキシスチレン、メチルスチレン、及び、α-メチルスチレン等のスチレン化合物、並びに、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。
 なかでも、スチレン化合物が好ましく、スチレンがより好ましい。
 また、バインダーポリマーは、本開示における効果がより優れる点から、下記式(S)で表される構成単位(スチレンに由来する構成単位)を有することがより好ましい。
The binder polymer preferably has an aromatic ring structure, and more preferably has a structural unit having an aromatic ring structure, because the effect in the present disclosure is more excellent.
Examples of the monomer forming a structural unit having an aromatic ring structure include styrene compounds such as styrene, tert-butoxystyrene, methylstyrene, and α-methylstyrene, and benzyl (meth) acrylate.
Of these, styrene compounds are preferable, and styrene is more preferable.
Further, it is more preferable that the binder polymer has a structural unit (constituent unit derived from styrene) represented by the following formula (S) from the viewpoint that the effect in the present disclosure is more excellent.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

 
 バインダーポリマーが芳香環構造を有する構成単位を有する場合、芳香環構造を有する構成単位の含有量は、本開示における効果がより優れる点から、バインダーポリマーの全構成単位に対して、5質量%~90質量%が好ましく、10質量%~70質量%より好ましく、20質量%~60質量%が更に好ましい。
 また、バインダーポリマーにおける芳香環構造を有する構成単位の含有量は、本開示における効果がより優れる点から、バインダーポリマーの全構成単位に対して、5モル%~70モル%が好ましく、10モル%~60モル%がより好ましく、20モル%~60モル%が更に好ましい。
 更に、バインダーポリマーにおける上記式(S)で表される構成単位の含有量は、本開示における効果がより優れる点から、バインダーポリマーの全構成単位に対して、5モル%~70モル%が好ましく、10モル%~60モル%がより好ましく、20モル%~60モル%が更に好ましく、20モル%~50モル%が特に好ましい。
 なお、本明細書において、「構成単位」の含有量をモル比で規定する場合、上記「構成単位」は「モノマー単位」と同義であるものとする。また、本明細書において、上記「モノマー単位」は、高分子反応等により重合後に修飾されていてもよい。以下においても同様である。
When the binder polymer has a structural unit having an aromatic ring structure, the content of the structural unit having an aromatic ring structure is 5% by mass or more with respect to all the structural units of the binder polymer from the viewpoint of more excellent effect in the present disclosure. 90% by mass is preferable, 10% by mass to 70% by mass is preferable, and 20% by mass to 60% by mass is further preferable.
Further, the content of the structural unit having an aromatic ring structure in the binder polymer is preferably 5 mol% to 70 mol%, preferably 10 mol%, based on all the structural units of the binder polymer, because the effect in the present disclosure is more excellent. It is more preferably from 60 mol%, still more preferably from 20 mol% to 60 mol%.
Further, the content of the structural unit represented by the above formula (S) in the binder polymer is preferably 5 mol% to 70 mol% with respect to all the structural units of the binder polymer from the viewpoint of further excellent effects in the present disclosure. 10 mol% to 60 mol% is more preferable, 20 mol% to 60 mol% is further preferable, and 20 mol% to 50 mol% is particularly preferable.
In the present specification, when the content of the "constituent unit" is specified by the molar ratio, the above "constituent unit" shall be synonymous with the "monomer unit". Further, in the present specification, the above-mentioned "monomer unit" may be modified after polymerization by a polymer reaction or the like. The same applies to the following.
 バインダーポリマーは、本開示における効果がより優れる点から、脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有することが好ましい。つまり、バインダーポリマーは、脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有する構成単位を有することが好ましい。脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有する構成単位としては、単環の脂肪族炭化水素構造、多環の脂肪族炭化水素構造のいずれも用いることができる。中でも、バインダーポリマーは、2環以上の脂肪族炭化水素環が縮環した環構造を有することがより好ましい。 The binder polymer preferably has an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure because the effect in the present disclosure is more excellent. That is, the binder polymer preferably has a structural unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure. As the structural unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure, either a monocyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon structure or a polycyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon structure can be used. Above all, it is more preferable that the binder polymer has a ring structure in which two or more aliphatic hydrocarbon rings are fused.
 脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有する構成単位における脂肪族炭化水素環構造を構成する環としては、トリシクロデカン環、シクロヘキサン環、シクロペンタン環、ノルボルナン環、及び、イソボロン環が挙げられる。
 中でも、本開示における効果がより優れる点から、2環以上の脂肪族炭化水素環が縮環した環が好ましく、テトラヒドロジシクロペンタジエン環(トリシクロ[5.2.1.02,6]デカン環)がより好ましい。
 脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有する構成単位を形成するモノマーとしては、ジシクロペンタニル(メタ)アクリレート、シクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、及び、イソボルニル(メタ)アクリレートが挙げられる。
 また、バインダーポリマーは、本開示における効果がより優れる点から、下記式(Cy)で表される構成単位を有することがより好ましく、上記式(S)で表される構成単位、及び、下記式(Cy)で表される構成単位を有することがより好ましい。
Examples of the ring constituting the aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure in the structural unit having the aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure include a tricyclodecane ring, a cyclohexane ring, a cyclopentane ring, a norbornane ring, and an isoborone ring.
Among them, a ring in which two or more aliphatic hydrocarbon rings are fused is preferable because the effect in the present disclosure is more excellent, and a tetrahydrodicyclopentadiene ring (tricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] decane ring) is preferable. ) Is more preferable.
Examples of the monomer forming a structural unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure include dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, and isobornyl (meth) acrylate.
Further, the binder polymer more preferably has a structural unit represented by the following formula (Cy), and the structural unit represented by the above formula (S) and the following formula. It is more preferable to have a structural unit represented by (Cy).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005

 
 式(Cy)中、Rは水素原子又はメチル基を表し、RCyは脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有する一価の基を表す。 In the formula (Cy), RM represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and RCy represents a monovalent group having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure.
 式(Cy)におけるRは、メチル基であることが好ましい。
 式(Cy)におけるRCyは、本開示における効果がより優れる点から、炭素数5~20の脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有する一価の基であることが好ましく、炭素数6~16の脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有する一価の基であることがより好ましく、炭素数8~14の脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有する一価の基であることが更に好ましい。
 また、式(Cy)のRCyにおける脂肪族炭化水素環構造は、本開示における効果がより優れる点から、シクロペンタン環構造、シクロヘキサン環構造、テトラヒドロジシクロペンタジエン環構造、ノルボルナン環構造、又は、イソボロン環構造であることが好ましく、シクロヘキサン環構造、又は、テトラヒドロジシクロペンタジエン環構造であることがより好ましく、テトラヒドロジシクロペンタジエン環構造であることが更に好ましい。
 更に、式(Cy)のRCyにおける脂肪族炭化水素環構造は、本開示における効果がより優れる点から、2環以上の脂肪族炭化水素環が縮環した環構造であることが好ましく、2~4環の脂肪族炭化水素環が縮環した環であることがより好ましい。
 更に、式(Cy)におけるRCyは、本開示における効果がより優れる点から、式(Cy)における-C(=O)O-の酸素原子と脂肪族炭化水素環構造とが直接結合する基、すなわち、脂肪族炭化水素環基であることが好ましく、シクロヘキシル基、又は、ジシクロペンタニル基であることがより好ましく、ジシクロペンタニル基であることが更に好ましい。
The RM in the formula ( Cy ) is preferably a methyl group.
The RCy in the formula ( Cy ) is preferably a monovalent group having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure having 5 to 20 carbon atoms, and a fat having 6 to 16 carbon atoms, because the effect in the present disclosure is more excellent. It is more preferably a monovalent group having a group hydrocarbon ring structure, and even more preferably a monovalent group having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure having 8 to 14 carbon atoms.
Further, the aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure in RCy of the formula ( Cy ) has a cyclopentane ring structure, a cyclohexane ring structure, a tetrahydrodicyclopentadiene ring structure, a norbornane ring structure, or a norbornane ring structure, because the effect in the present disclosure is more excellent. It is preferably an isoborone ring structure, more preferably a cyclohexane ring structure or a tetrahydrodicyclopentadiene ring structure, and even more preferably a tetrahydrodicyclopentadiene ring structure.
Further, the aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure in RCy of the formula ( Cy ) is preferably a ring structure in which two or more aliphatic hydrocarbon rings are fused, from the viewpoint of further excellent effect in the present disclosure. It is more preferable that the ring is a condensed ring of ~ 4 aliphatic hydrocarbon rings.
Further, RCy in the formula ( Cy ) is a group in which the oxygen atom of —C (= O) O— in the formula (Cy) and the aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure are directly bonded, because the effect in the present disclosure is more excellent. That is, it is preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring group, more preferably a cyclohexyl group or a dicyclopentanyl group, and even more preferably a dicyclopentanyl group.
 バインダーポリマーは、脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有する構成単位を1種単独で有していても、2種以上有していてもよい。
 バインダーポリマーが脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有する構成単位を有する場合、脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有する構成単位の含有量は、本開示における効果がより優れる点から、バインダーポリマーの全構成単位に対して、5質量%~90質量%が好ましく、10質量%~80質量%がより好ましく、20質量%~70質量%が更に好ましい。
 また、バインダーポリマーにおける脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有する構成単位の含有量は、本開示における効果がより優れる点から、バインダーポリマーの全構成単位に対して、5モル%~70モル%が好ましく、10モル%~60モル%がより好ましく、20モル%~50モル%が更に好ましい。
 更に、バインダーポリマーにおける上記式(Cy)で表される構成単位の含有量は、本開示における効果がより優れる点から、バインダーポリマーの全構成単位に対して、5モル%~70モル%が好ましく、10モル%~60モル%がより好ましく、20モル%~50モル%が更に好ましい。
The binder polymer may have one type of structural unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure alone, or may have two or more types.
When the binder polymer has a structural unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure, the content of the structural unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure is higher than that of all the structural units of the binder polymer because the effect in the present disclosure is more excellent. 5% by mass to 90% by mass is preferable, 10% by mass to 80% by mass is more preferable, and 20% by mass to 70% by mass is further preferable.
Further, the content of the structural unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure in the binder polymer is preferably 5 mol% to 70 mol% with respect to all the structural units of the binder polymer from the viewpoint of further excellent effects in the present disclosure. 10 mol% to 60 mol% is more preferable, and 20 mol% to 50 mol% is further preferable.
Further, the content of the structural unit represented by the above formula (Cy) in the binder polymer is preferably 5 mol% to 70 mol% with respect to all the structural units of the binder polymer from the viewpoint of further excellent effects in the present disclosure. 10 mol% to 60 mol% is more preferable, and 20 mol% to 50 mol% is further preferable.
 バインダーポリマーが芳香環構造を有する構成単位及び脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有する構成単位を有する場合、芳香環構造を有する構成単位及び脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有する構成単位の総含有量は、本開示における効果がより優れる点から、バインダーポリマーの全構成単位に対して、10質量%~90質量%が好ましく、20質量%~80質量%がより好ましく、40質量%~75質量%が更に好ましい。
 また、バインダーポリマーにおける芳香環構造を有する構成単位及び脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有する構成単位の総含有量は、本開示における効果がより優れる点から、バインダーポリマーの全構成単位に対して、10モル%~80モル%が好ましく、20モル%~70モル%がより好ましく、40モル%~60モル%が更に好ましい。
 更に、バインダーポリマーにおける上記式(S)で表される構成単位及び上記式(Cy)で表される構成単位の総含有量は、本開示における効果がより優れる点から、バインダーポリマーの全構成単位に対して、10モル%~80モル%が好ましく、20モル%~70モル%がより好ましく、40モル%~60モル%が更に好ましい。
 また、バインダーポリマーにおける上記式(S)で表される構成単位のモル量nSと上記式(Cy)で表される構成単位のモル量nCyは、本開示における効果がより優れる点から、
下記式(SCy)に示す関係を満たすことが好ましく、下記式(SCy-1)を満たすことがより好ましく、下記式(SCy-2)を満たすことが更に好ましい。
  0.2≦nS/(nS+nCy)≦0.8   式(SCy)
  0.30≦nS/(nS+nCy)≦0.75   式(SCy-1)
  0.40≦nS/(nS+nCy)≦0.70   式(SCy-2)
When the binder polymer has a structural unit having an aromatic ring structure and a structural unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure, the total content of the structural unit having an aromatic ring structure and the structural unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure is the present. From the viewpoint of more excellent effect in the disclosure, 10% by mass to 90% by mass is preferable, 20% by mass to 80% by mass is more preferable, and 40% by mass to 75% by mass is further preferable, based on all the constituent units of the binder polymer. ..
Further, the total content of the structural unit having an aromatic ring structure and the structural unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure in the binder polymer is 10 with respect to all the structural units of the binder polymer because the effect in the present disclosure is more excellent. It is preferably mol% to 80 mol%, more preferably 20 mol% to 70 mol%, still more preferably 40 mol% to 60 mol%.
Further, the total contents of the structural unit represented by the above formula (S) and the structural unit represented by the above formula (Cy) in the binder polymer are all the structural units of the binder polymer from the viewpoint that the effect in the present disclosure is more excellent. On the other hand, 10 mol% to 80 mol% is preferable, 20 mol% to 70 mol% is more preferable, and 40 mol% to 60 mol% is further preferable.
Further, the molar amount nS of the structural unit represented by the above formula (S) and the molar amount nCy of the structural unit represented by the above formula (Cy) in the binder polymer are more effective in the present disclosure.
It is preferable to satisfy the relationship shown in the following formula (SCy), more preferably to satisfy the following formula (SCy-1), and further preferably to satisfy the following formula (SCy-2).
0.2 ≤ nS / (nS + nCy) ≤ 0.8 Equation (SCy)
0.30 ≤ nS / (nS + nCy) ≤ 0.75 Equation (SCy-1)
0.40 ≤ nS / (nS + nCy) ≤ 0.70 Equation (SCy-2)
 バインダーポリマーは、本開示における効果がより優れる点から、酸基を有する構成単位を有することが好ましい。
 上記酸基としては、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、ホスホン酸基、及び、リン酸基が挙げられ、カルボキシ基が好ましい。
 上記酸基を有する構成単位としては、下記に示す、(メタ)アクリル酸由来の構成単位が好ましく、メタクリル酸由来の構成単位がより好ましい。
The binder polymer preferably has a structural unit having an acid group because the effect in the present disclosure is more excellent.
Examples of the acid group include a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a phosphonic acid group, and a phosphoric acid group, and a carboxy group is preferable.
As the structural unit having the acid group, the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid shown below is preferable, and the structural unit derived from methacrylic acid is more preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006

 
 バインダーポリマーは、酸基を有する構成単位を1種単独で有していても、2種以上有していてもよい。
 バインダーポリマーが酸基を有する構成単位を有する場合、酸基を有する構成単位の含有量は、本開示における効果がより優れる点から、バインダーポリマーの全構成単位に対して、5質量%~50質量%が好ましく、5質量%~40質量%がより好ましく、10質量%~30質量%が更に好ましい。
 また、バインダーポリマーにおける酸基を有する構成単位の含有量は、本開示における効果がより優れる点から、バインダーポリマーの全構成単位に対して、5モル%~70モル%が好ましく、10モル%~50モル%がより好ましく、20モル%~40モル%が更に好ましい。
 更に、バインダーポリマーにおける(メタ)アクリル酸由来の構成単位の含有量は、本開示における効果がより優れる点から、バインダーポリマーの全構成単位に対して、5モル%~70モル%が好ましく、10モル%~50モル%がより好ましく、20モル%~40モル%が更に好ましい。
The binder polymer may have one type of structural unit having an acid group alone or two or more types.
When the binder polymer has a structural unit having an acid group, the content of the structural unit having an acid group is 5% by mass to 50% by mass with respect to all the structural units of the binder polymer because the effect in the present disclosure is more excellent. % Is preferable, 5% by mass to 40% by mass is more preferable, and 10% by mass to 30% by mass is further preferable.
Further, the content of the constituent unit having an acid group in the binder polymer is preferably 5 mol% to 70 mol%, preferably 10 mol% to 10 mol%, based on all the constituent units of the binder polymer, from the viewpoint of further excellent effect in the present disclosure. 50 mol% is more preferable, and 20 mol% to 40 mol% is further preferable.
Further, the content of the constituent unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid in the binder polymer is preferably 5 mol% to 70 mol% with respect to all the constituent units of the binder polymer from the viewpoint of further excellent effects in the present disclosure. More preferably, mol% to 50 mol%, still more preferably 20 mol% to 40 mol%.
 バインダーポリマーは、本開示における効果がより優れる点から、反応性基を有することが好ましく、反応性基を有する構成単位を有することがより好ましい。
 反応性基としては、ラジカル重合性基が好ましく、エチレン性不飽和基がより好ましい。また、バインダーポリマーがエチレン性不飽和基を有している場合、バインダーポリマーは、側鎖にエチレン性不飽和基を有する構成単位を有することが好ましい。
 本明細書において、「主鎖」とは、樹脂を構成する高分子化合物の分子中で相対的に最も長い結合鎖を表し、「側鎖」とは、主鎖から枝分かれしている原子団を表す。
 エチレン性不飽和基としては、アリル基又は(メタ)アクリロキシ基がより好ましい。
 反応性基を有する構成単位の一例としては、下記に示すものが挙げられるが、これらに限定されない。
The binder polymer preferably has a reactive group, and more preferably has a structural unit having a reactive group, because the effect in the present disclosure is more excellent.
As the reactive group, a radically polymerizable group is preferable, and an ethylenically unsaturated group is more preferable. When the binder polymer has an ethylenically unsaturated group, the binder polymer preferably has a structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain.
In the present specification, the "main chain" represents a relatively longest bond chain among the molecules of the polymer compound constituting the resin, and the "side chain" refers to an atomic group branched from the main chain. show.
As the ethylenically unsaturated group, an allyl group or a (meth) acryloxy group is more preferable.
Examples of structural units having a reactive group include, but are not limited to, those shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007

 
 バインダーポリマーは、反応性基を有する構成単位を1種単独で有していても、2種以上有していてもよい。
 バインダーポリマーが反応性基を有する構成単位を有する場合、反応性基を有する構成単位の含有量は、本開示における効果がより優れる点から、バインダーポリマーの全構成単位に対して、5質量%~70質量%が好ましく、10質量%~50質量%がより好ましく、20質量%~40質量%が更に好ましい。
 また、バインダーポリマーにおける反応性基を有する構成単位の含有量は、本開示における効果がより優れる点から、バインダーポリマーの全構成単位に対して、5モル%~70モル%が好ましく、10モル%~60モル%がより好ましく、20モル%~50モル%が更に好ましい。
The binder polymer may have one type of structural unit having a reactive group alone or two or more types.
When the binder polymer has a structural unit having a reactive group, the content of the structural unit having a reactive group is from 5% by mass to 5% by mass with respect to all the structural units of the binder polymer from the viewpoint of better effect in the present disclosure. 70% by mass is preferable, 10% by mass to 50% by mass is more preferable, and 20% by mass to 40% by mass is further preferable.
Further, the content of the structural unit having a reactive group in the binder polymer is preferably 5 mol% to 70 mol%, preferably 10 mol%, based on all the structural units of the binder polymer, because the effect in the present disclosure is more excellent. It is more preferably from 60 mol%, still more preferably from 20 mol% to 50 mol%.
 反応性基をバインダーポリマーに導入する手段としては、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、第一級アミノ基、第二級アミノ基、アセトアセチル基、及び、スルホ基等の官能基に、エポキシ化合物、ブロックイソシアネート化合物、イソシアネート化合物、ビニルスルホン化合物、アルデヒド化合物、メチロール化合物、及び、カルボン酸無水物等の化合物を反応させる方法が挙げられる。
 反応性基をバインダーポリマーに導入する手段の好ましい例としては、カルボキシ基を有するポリマーを重合反応により合成した後、高分子反応により、得られたポリマーのカルボキシ基の一部にグリシジル(メタ)アクリレートを反応させて、(メタ)アクリロキシ基をポリマーに導入する手段が挙げられる。この手段により、側鎖に(メタ)アクリロキシ基を有するバインダーポリマーを得ることができる。
 上記重合反応は、70℃~100℃の温度条件で行うことが好ましく、80℃~90℃の温度条件で行うことがより好ましい。上記重合反応に用いる重合開始剤としては、アゾ系開始剤が好ましく、例えば、富士フイルム和光純薬(株)製のV-601(商品名)又はV-65(商品名)がより好ましい。上記高分子反応は、80℃~110℃の温度条件で行うことが好ましい。上記高分子反応においては、アンモニウム塩等の触媒を用いることが好ましい。
As a means for introducing a reactive group into a binder polymer, a functional group such as a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, a primary amino group, a secondary amino group, an acetoacetyl group, and a sulfo group, an epoxy compound, and a blocked isocyanate are used. Examples thereof include a method of reacting a compound such as a compound, an isocyanate compound, a vinyl sulfone compound, an aldehyde compound, a methylol compound, and a carboxylic acid anhydride.
A preferred example of a means for introducing a reactive group into a binder polymer is that a polymer having a carboxy group is synthesized by a polymerization reaction and then glycidyl (meth) acrylate is added to a part of the carboxy group of the obtained polymer by the polymer reaction. Is mentioned as a means for introducing a (meth) acryloxy group into a polymer by reacting with the polymer. By this means, a binder polymer having a (meth) acryloxy group in the side chain can be obtained.
The polymerization reaction is preferably carried out under a temperature condition of 70 ° C. to 100 ° C., and more preferably carried out under a temperature condition of 80 ° C. to 90 ° C. As the polymerization initiator used in the above polymerization reaction, an azo-based initiator is preferable, and for example, V-601 (trade name) or V-65 (trade name) manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd. is more preferable. The polymer reaction is preferably carried out under temperature conditions of 80 ° C to 110 ° C. In the above polymer reaction, it is preferable to use a catalyst such as an ammonium salt.
 バインダーポリマーとしては、本開示における効果がより優れる点から、以下に示すポリマーが好ましい。なお、以下に示す各構成単位の含有比率(a~d)及び重量平均分子量Mw等は目的に応じて適宜変更できる。 As the binder polymer, the polymers shown below are preferable because the effects in the present disclosure are more excellent. The content ratios (a to d) and the weight average molecular weight Mw of each structural unit shown below can be appropriately changed according to the purpose.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009

 
 また、バインダーポリマーは、カルボン酸無水物構造を有する構成単位を有する重合体(以下、「重合体X」ともいう。)を含んでいてもよい。
 カルボン酸無水物構造は、鎖状カルボン酸無水物構造、及び、環状カルボン酸無水物構造のいずれであってもよいが、環状カルボン酸無水物構造であることが好ましい。
 環状カルボン酸無水物構造の環としては、5員環~7員環が好ましく、5員環又は6員環がより好ましく、5員環が更に好ましい。
Further, the binder polymer may contain a polymer having a structural unit having a carboxylic acid anhydride structure (hereinafter, also referred to as “polymer X”).
The carboxylic acid anhydride structure may be either a chain carboxylic acid anhydride structure or a cyclic carboxylic acid anhydride structure, but a cyclic carboxylic acid anhydride structure is preferable.
As the ring having a cyclic carboxylic acid anhydride structure, a 5-membered ring to a 7-membered ring is preferable, a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring is more preferable, and a 5-membered ring is further preferable.
 カルボン酸無水物構造を有する構成単位は、下記式P-1で表される化合物から水素原子を2つ除いた2価の基を主鎖中に含む構成単位、又は、下記式P-1で表される化合物から水素原子を1つ除いた1価の基が主鎖に対して直接又は2価の連結基を介して結合している構成単位であることが好ましい。 The structural unit having a carboxylic acid anhydride structure is a structural unit containing a divalent group obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms from the compound represented by the following formula P-1 in the main chain, or the following formula P-1. It is preferable that the monovalent group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from the represented compound is a structural unit bonded to the main chain directly or via a divalent linking group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010

 
 式P-1中、RA1aは、置換基を表し、n1a個のRA1aは、同一でも異なっていてもよく、Z1aは、-C(=O)-O-C(=O)-を含む環を形成する2価の基を表し、n1aは、0以上の整数を表す。 In the formula P-1, RA1a represents a substituent, n1a RA1a may be the same or different, and Z1a is −C (= O) −OC (= O) −. Represents a divalent group forming a ring containing, and n 1a represents an integer of 0 or more.
 RA1aで表される置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基が挙げられる。
 Z1aとしては、炭素数2~4のアルキレン基が好ましく、炭素数2又は3のアルキレン基がより好ましく、炭素数2のアルキレン基が更に好ましい。
 n1aは、0以上の整数を表す。Z1aが炭素数2~4のアルキレン基を表す場合、n1aは、0~4の整数であることが好ましく、0~2の整数であることがより好ましく、0であることが更に好ましい。
 n1aが2以上の整数を表す場合、複数存在するRA1aは、同一でも異なっていてもよい。また、複数存在するRA1aは、互いに結合して環を形成してもよいが、互いに結合して環を形成していないことが好ましい。
Examples of the substituent represented by RA1a include an alkyl group.
As Z 1a , an alkylene group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkylene group having 2 or 3 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkylene group having 2 carbon atoms is further preferable.
n 1a represents an integer of 0 or more. When Z 1a represents an alkylene group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, n 1a is preferably an integer of 0 to 4, more preferably an integer of 0 to 2, and even more preferably 0.
When n 1a represents an integer of 2 or more, a plurality of RA1a may be the same or different. Further, although a plurality of RA1a may be bonded to each other to form a ring, it is preferable that the RA1a are not bonded to each other to form a ring.
 カルボン酸無水物構造を有する構成単位としては、不飽和カルボン酸無水物に由来する構成単位が好ましく、不飽和環式カルボン酸無水物に由来する構成単位がより好ましく、不飽和脂肪族環式カルボン酸無水物に由来する構成単位が更に好ましく、無水マレイン酸又は無水イタコン酸に由来する構成単位が特に好ましく、無水マレイン酸に由来する構成単位が最も好ましい。 As the structural unit having a carboxylic acid anhydride structure, a structural unit derived from an unsaturated carboxylic acid anhydride is preferable, a structural unit derived from an unsaturated cyclic carboxylic acid anhydride is more preferable, and an unsaturated aliphatic cyclic carboxylic acid is preferable. A structural unit derived from an acid anhydride is more preferable, a structural unit derived from maleic anhydride or an itaconic acid anhydride is particularly preferable, and a structural unit derived from maleic anhydride is most preferable.
 以下、カルボン酸無水物構造を有する構成単位の具体例を挙げるが、カルボン酸無水物構造を有する構成単位は、これらの具体例に限定されるものではない。下記の構成単位中、Rxは、水素原子、メチル基、CHOH基、又は、CF基を表し、Meは、メチル基を表す。 Hereinafter, specific examples of the structural unit having a carboxylic acid anhydride structure will be given, but the structural unit having a carboxylic acid anhydride structure is not limited to these specific examples. In the following structural units, Rx represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a CH 2 OH group, or CF 3 groups, and Me represents a methyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012

 
 重合体Xにおけるカルボン酸無水物構造を有する構成単位は、1種単独であってもよく、2種以上であってもよい。 The structural unit having a carboxylic acid anhydride structure in the polymer X may be one kind alone or two or more kinds.
 カルボン酸無水物構造を有する構成単位の総含有量は、重合体Xの全構成単位に対して、0モル%~60モル%が好ましく、5モル%~40モル%がより好ましく、10モル%~35モル%が更に好ましい。 The total content of the structural units having a carboxylic acid anhydride structure is preferably 0 mol% to 60 mol%, more preferably 5 mol% to 40 mol%, and 10 mol% with respect to all the structural units of the polymer X. It is more preferably ~ 35 mol%.
 感光性樹脂層は、重合体Xを1種のみ含んでいてもよく、2種以上含んでいてもよい。
 感光性樹脂層が重合体Xを含む場合、本開示における効果がより優れる点から、重合体Xの含有量は、感光性樹脂層の全質量に対して、0.1質量%~30質量%が好ましく、0.2質量%~20質量%がより好ましく、0.5質量%~20質量%が更に好ましく、1質量%~20質量%が更に好ましい。
The photosensitive resin layer may contain only one type of polymer X, or may contain two or more types of polymer X.
When the photosensitive resin layer contains the polymer X, the content of the polymer X is 0.1% by mass to 30% by mass with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer because the effect in the present disclosure is more excellent. Is preferable, 0.2% by mass to 20% by mass is more preferable, 0.5% by mass to 20% by mass is further preferable, and 1% by mass to 20% by mass is further preferable.
 バインダーポリマーの重量平均分子量(Mw)は、本開示における効果がより優れる点から、5,000以上が好ましく、10,000以上がより好ましく、10,000~50,000が更に好ましく、20,000~30,000が特に好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the binder polymer is preferably 5,000 or more, more preferably 10,000 or more, still more preferably 10,000 to 50,000, and even more preferably 20,000, because the effect in the present disclosure is more excellent. ~ 30,000 is particularly preferable.
 バインダーポリマーの酸価は、10mgKOH/g~200mgKOH/gが好ましく、60mgKOH/g~200mgKOH/gがより好ましく、60mgKOH/g~150mgKOH/gが更に好ましく、60mgKOH/g~110mgKOH/gが特に好ましい。
 なお、バインダーポリマーの酸価は、JIS K0070:1992に記載の方法に従って、測定される値である。
The acid value of the binder polymer is preferably 10 mgKOH / g to 200 mgKOH / g, more preferably 60 mgKOH / g to 200 mgKOH / g, further preferably 60 mgKOH / g to 150 mgKOH / g, and particularly preferably 60 mgKOH / g to 110 mgKOH / g.
The acid value of the binder polymer is a value measured according to the method described in JIS K0070: 1992.
 感光性樹脂層は、バインダーポリマーを1種のみ含んでいてもよく、2種以上含んでいてもよい。
 バインダーポリマーの含有量は、本開示における効果がより優れる点から、感光性樹脂層の全質量に対して、10質量%~90質量%が好ましく、20質量%~80質量%がより好ましく、30質量%~70質量%が更に好ましい。
The photosensitive resin layer may contain only one kind of binder polymer, or may contain two or more kinds of binder polymers.
The content of the binder polymer is preferably 10% by mass to 90% by mass, more preferably 20% by mass to 80% by mass, more preferably 30% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer, because the effect in the present disclosure is more excellent. More preferably, it is by mass to 70% by mass.
<重合性化合物>
 感光性樹脂層は、重合性化合物を含むことが好ましい。
 重合性化合物は、重合性基を有する化合物である。重合性基としては、例えば、ラジカル重合性基、及び、カチオン重合性基が挙げられ、ラジカル重合性基が好ましい。
<Polymerizable compound>
The photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a polymerizable compound.
The polymerizable compound is a compound having a polymerizable group. Examples of the polymerizable group include a radically polymerizable group and a cationically polymerizable group, and a radically polymerizable group is preferable.
 重合性化合物は、エチレン性不飽和基を有するラジカル重合性化合物(以下、単に「エチレン性不飽和化合物」ともいう。)を含むことが好ましい。
 エチレン性不飽和基としては、(メタ)アクリロキシ基が好ましい。
 なお、本明細書におけるエチレン性不飽和化合物は、上記バインダーポリマー以外の化合物であり、分子量5,000未満であることが好ましい。
The polymerizable compound preferably contains a radically polymerizable compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “ethylenically unsaturated compound”).
As the ethylenically unsaturated group, a (meth) acryloxy group is preferable.
The ethylenically unsaturated compound in the present specification is a compound other than the binder polymer, and preferably has a molecular weight of less than 5,000.
 重合性化合物の好適態様の一つとして、下記式(M)で表される化合物(単に、「化合物M」ともいう。)が挙げられる。
  Q-R-Q   式(M)
 式(M)中、Q及びQはそれぞれ独立に、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基を表し、Rは鎖状構造を有する二価の連結基を表す。
As one of the preferred embodiments of the polymerizable compound, a compound represented by the following formula (M) (simply referred to as “Compound M”) can be mentioned.
Q2 - R1 - Q1 formula (M)
In formula (M), Q 1 and Q 2 each independently represent a (meth) acryloyloxy group, and R 1 represents a divalent linking group having a chain structure.
 式(M)におけるQ及びQは、合成容易性の点から、Q及びQは同じ基であることが好ましい。
 また、式(M)におけるQ及びQは、反応性の点から、アクリロイルオキシ基であることが好ましい。
 式(M)におけるRとしては、本開示における効果がより優れる点から、アルキレン基、アルキレンオキシアルキレン基(-L-O-L-)、又は、ポリアルキレンオキシアルキレン基(-(L-O)-L-)が好ましく、炭素数2~20の炭化水素基、又は、ポリアルキレンオキシアルキレン基がより好ましく、炭素数4~20のアルキレン基が更に好ましく、炭素数6~18の直鎖アルキレン基が特に好ましい。
 上記炭化水素基は、少なくとも一部に鎖状構造を有していればよく、上記鎖状構造以外の部分としては、特に制限はなく、例えば、分岐鎖状、環状、又は、炭素数1~5の直鎖状アルキレン基、アリーレン基、エーテル結合、及び、それらの組み合わせのいずれであってもよく、アルキレン基、又は、2以上のアルキレン基と1以上のアリーレン基とを組み合わせた基が好ましく、アルキレン基がより好ましく、直鎖アルキレン基が更に好ましい。
 なお、上記Lは、それぞれ独立に、アルキレン基を表し、エチレン基、プロピレン基、又は、ブチレン基が好ましく、エチレン基又は1,2-プロピレン基がより好ましい。
pは2以上の整数を表し、2~10の整数であることが好ましい。
It is preferable that Q 1 and Q 2 in the formula (M) have the same group as Q 1 and Q 2 from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis.
Further, Q 1 and Q 2 in the formula (M) are preferably acryloyloxy groups from the viewpoint of reactivity.
As R1 in the formula (M), an alkylene group, an alkyleneoxyalkylene group (-L 1 -OL 1- ), or a polyalkylene oxyalkylene group (-(L)" is used because the effect in the present disclosure is more excellent. 1 -O) p -L 1- ) is preferable, a hydrocarbon group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms or a polyalkyleneoxyalkylene group is more preferable, an alkylene group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms is further preferable, and an alkylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferable. Eighteen linear alkylene groups are particularly preferred.
The hydrocarbon group may have a chain structure at least partially, and the portion other than the chain structure is not particularly limited, and is, for example, a branched chain, cyclic, or having 1 to 1 to carbon atoms. It may be any of 5 linear alkylene groups, arylene groups, ether bonds, and combinations thereof, and alkylene groups or groups in which two or more alkylene groups and one or more arylene groups are combined are preferable. , The alkylene group is more preferable, and the linear alkylene group is further preferable.
The above L 1 independently represents an alkylene group, and an ethylene group, a propylene group, or a butylene group is preferable, and an ethylene group or a 1,2-propylene group is more preferable.
p represents an integer of 2 or more, and is preferably an integer of 2 to 10.
 また、化合物MにおけるQとQとの間を連結する最短の連結鎖の原子数は、本開示における効果がより優れる点から、3個~50個が好ましく、4個~40個がより好ましく、6個~20個が更に好ましく、8個~12個が特に好ましい。
 本明細書において、「QとQの間を連結する最短の連結鎖の原子数」とは、Qに連結するRにおける原子からQに連結するRにおける原子までを連結する最短の原子数である。
Further, the number of atoms of the shortest connecting chain connecting Q1 and Q2 in the compound M is preferably 3 to 50, more preferably 4 to 40, because the effect in the present disclosure is more excellent. It is preferable, 6 to 20 pieces are more preferable, and 8 pieces to 12 pieces are particularly preferable.
In the present specification, "the number of atoms in the shortest connecting chain connecting between Q1 and Q2 " means the atoms in R1 connected to Q1 to the atoms in R1 connected to Q2 . The shortest number of atoms.
 化合物Mの具体例としては、1,3-ブタンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、テトラメチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,7-ヘプタンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,8-オクタンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,9-ノナンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,10-デカンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,4-シクロヘキサンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリシクロデカンジメタノールジ(メタ)アクリレート、水添ビスフェノールAのジ(メタ)アクリレート、水添ビスフェノールFのジ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリプロピレンレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリ(エチレングリコール/プロピレングリコール)ジ(メタ)アクリレート、及び、ポリブチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレートが挙げられる。上記エステルモノマーは混合物としても使用できる。
 上記化合物の中でも、本開示における効果がより優れる点から、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,9-ノナンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,10-デカンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、及び、ネオペンチルグリコールジ(メタ)アクリレートよりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の化合物であることが好ましく、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,9-ノナンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、及び、1,10-デカンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレートよりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の化合物であることがより好ましく、1,9-ノナンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、及び、1,10-デカンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレートよりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の化合物であることが更に好ましい。
Specific examples of the compound M include 1,3-butanediol di (meth) acrylate, tetramethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate, and 1,6-hexanediol di (meth) acrylate. 1,7-Heptanediol di (meth) acrylate, 1,8-octanediol di (meth) acrylate, 1,9-nonanediol di (meth) acrylate, 1,10-decanediol di (meth) acrylate, 1, 4-Cyclohexanediol di (meth) acrylate, tricyclodecanedimethanol di (meth) acrylate, hydrogenated bisphenol A di (meth) acrylate, hydrogenated bisphenol F di (meth) acrylate, polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate , Polypropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, poly (ethylene glycol / propylene glycol) di (meth) acrylate, and polybutylene glycol di (meth) acrylate. The ester monomer can also be used as a mixture.
Among the above compounds, 1,6-hexanediol di (meth) acrylate, 1,9-nonanediol di (meth) acrylate, and 1,10-decanediol di (meth) acrylate are more effective in the present disclosure. , And at least one compound selected from the group consisting of neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate, preferably 1,6-hexanediol di (meth) acrylate, 1,9-nonanediol di (meth). ) A compound and at least one compound selected from the group consisting of 1,10-decanediol di (meth) acrylate, more preferably 1,9-nonanediol di (meth) acrylate, and 1 , 10-Decandiol di (meth) acrylate is more preferably at least one compound selected from the group consisting of acrylates.
 また、重合性化合物の好適態様の一つとして、2官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物が挙げられる。
 本明細書において、「2官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物」とは、一分子中にエチレン性不飽和基を2つ以上有する化合物を意味する。
 エチレン性不飽和化合物におけるエチレン性不飽和基としては、(メタ)アクリロイル基が好ましい。
 エチレン性不飽和化合物としては、(メタ)アクリレート化合物が好ましい。
Further, as one of the preferred embodiments of the polymerizable compound, a bifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound can be mentioned.
As used herein, the term "bifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound" means a compound having two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule.
As the ethylenically unsaturated group in the ethylenically unsaturated compound, a (meth) acryloyl group is preferable.
As the ethylenically unsaturated compound, a (meth) acrylate compound is preferable.
 2官能のエチレン性不飽和化合物としては、特に制限はなく、公知の化合物の中から適宜選択できる。
 上記化合物M以外の2官能のエチレン性不飽和化合物としては、トリシクロデカンジメタノールジ(メタ)アクリレート、及び、トリシクロデカンジメナノールジ(メタ)アクリレートが挙げられる。
The bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected from known compounds.
Examples of the bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound other than the compound M include tricyclodecanedimethanol di (meth) acrylate and tricyclodecanedimenanol di (meth) acrylate.
 2官能のエチレン性不飽和化合物の市販品としては、トリシクロデカンジメタノールジアクリレート(商品名:NKエステル A-DCP、新中村化学工業(株)製)、トリシクロデカンジメナノールジメタクリレート(商品名:NKエステル DCP、新中村化学工業(株)製)、1,9-ノナンジオールジアクリレート(商品名:NKエステル A-NOD-N、新中村化学工業(株)製)、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジアクリレート(商品名:NKエステル A-HD-N、新中村化学工業(株)製)が挙げられる。 Commercially available products of bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds include tricyclodecanedimethanol diacrylate (trade name: NK ester A-DCP, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and tricyclodecanedimenanol dimethacrylate (trade name: NK ester A-DCP). Product name: NK ester DCP, manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., 1,9-nonanediol diacrylate (trade name: NK ester A-NOD-N, manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), 1,6 -Hexanediol diacrylate (trade name: NK ester A-HD-N, manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) can be mentioned.
 3官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物としては、特に制限はなく、公知の化合物の中から適宜選択できる。
 3官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物としては、ジペンタエリスリトール(トリ/テトラ/ペンタ/ヘキサ)(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトール(トリ/テトラ)(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ジトリメチロールプロパンテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、イソシアヌル酸(メタ)アクリレート、及び、グリセリントリ(メタ)アクリレート骨格の(メタ)アクリレート化合物が挙げられる。
The trifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected from known compounds.
Examples of the trifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound include dipentaerythritol (tri / tetra / penta / hexa) (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol (tri / tetra) (meth) acrylate, and trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate. Examples thereof include ditrimethylolpropane tetra (meth) acrylate, isocyanuric acid (meth) acrylate, and (meth) acrylate compound having a glycerintri (meth) acrylate skeleton.
 ここで、「(トリ/テトラ/ペンタ/ヘキサ)(メタ)アクリレート」は、トリ(メタ)アクリレート、テトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、及び、ヘキサ(メタ)アクリレートを包含する概念であり、「(トリ/テトラ)(メタ)アクリレート」は、トリ(メタ)アクリレート及びテトラ(メタ)アクリレートを包含する概念である。 Here, "(tri / tetra / penta / hexa) (meth) acrylate" is a concept including tri (meth) acrylate, tetra (meth) acrylate, penta (meth) acrylate, and hexa (meth) acrylate. Yes, "(tri / tetra) (meth) acrylate" is a concept that includes tri (meth) acrylate and tetra (meth) acrylate.
 重合性化合物としては、(メタ)アクリレート化合物のカプロラクトン変性化合物(日本化薬(株)製KAYARAD(登録商標) DPCA-20、新中村化学工業(株)製A-9300-1CL等)、(メタ)アクリレート化合物のアルキレンオキサイド変性化合物(日本化薬(株)製KAYARAD(登録商標) RP-1040、新中村化学工業(株)製ATM-35E、A-9300、ダイセル・オルネクス社のEBECRYL(登録商標) 135等)、エトキシル化グリセリントリアクリレート(新中村化学工業(株)製NKエステル A-GLY-9E等)も挙げられる。 Examples of the polymerizable compound include caprolactone-modified compounds of (meth) acrylate compounds (KAYARAD (registered trademark) DPCA-20 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., A-9300-1CL manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., etc.), (Meta). ) Alkylene oxide-modified compound of acrylate compound (KAYARAD (registered trademark) RP-1040 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., ATM-35E, A-9300 manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., EBECRYL (registered trademark) manufactured by Daicel Ornex Co., Ltd. ) 135, etc.), ethoxylated glycerin triacrylate (NK ester A-GLY-9E, etc. manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) can also be mentioned.
 重合性化合物としては、ウレタン(メタ)アクリレート化合物も挙げられる。
 ウレタン(メタ)アクリレートとしては、ウレタンジ(メタ)アクリレートが挙げられ、例えば、プロピレンオキサイド変性ウレタンジ(メタ)アクリレート、並びに、エチレンオキサイド及びプロピレンオキサイド変性ウレタンジ(メタ)アクリレートが挙げられる。
 また、ウレタン(メタ)アクリレートとしては、3官能以上のウレタン(メタ)アクリレートも挙げられる。官能基数の下限としては、6官能以上がより好ましく、8官能以上が更に好ましい。なお、官能基数の上限としては、20官能以下が好ましい。3官能以上のウレタン(メタ)アクリレートとしては、例えば、8UX-015A(大成ファインケミカル(株)製)、UA-32P(新中村化学工業(株)製)、U-15HA(新中村化学工業(株)製)、UA-1100H(新中村化学工業(株)製)、共栄社化学(株)製のAH-600(商品名)、並びに、UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、UA-510H、及びUX-5000(いずれも日本化薬(株)製)等が挙げられる。
Examples of the polymerizable compound include urethane (meth) acrylate compounds.
Examples of the urethane (meth) acrylate include urethane di (meth) acrylate, and examples thereof include propylene oxide-modified urethane di (meth) acrylate, and ethylene oxide and propylene oxide-modified urethane di (meth) acrylate.
Further, as the urethane (meth) acrylate, a urethane (meth) acrylate having trifunctionality or higher can also be mentioned. As the lower limit of the number of functional groups, 6-functionality or more is more preferable, and 8-functionality or more is further preferable. The upper limit of the number of functional groups is preferably 20 or less. Examples of trifunctional or higher functional urethane (meth) acrylates include 8UX-015A (manufactured by Taisei Fine Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), UA-32P (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), and U-15HA (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.). ), UA-1100H (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), AH-600 (trade name) manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd., and UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, UA-510H. , And UX-5000 (both manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) and the like.
 重合性化合物の好適態様の一つとして、酸基を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物が挙げられる。
 酸基としては、リン酸基、スルホ基、及び、カルボキシ基が挙げられる。
 これらの中でも、酸基としては、カルボキシ基が好ましい。
 酸基を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物としては、酸基を有する3官能~4官能のエチレン性不飽和化合物〔ペンタエリスリトールトリ及びテトラアクリレート(PETA)骨格にカルボキシ基を導入したもの(酸価:80mgKOH/g~120mgKOH/g)〕、酸基を有する5官能~6官能のエチレン性不飽和化合物(ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ及びヘキサアクリレート(DPHA)骨格にカルボキシ基を導入したもの〔酸価:25mgKOH/g~70mgKOH/g)〕等が挙げられる。
 これら酸基を有する3官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物は、必要に応じ、酸基を有する2官能のエチレン性不飽和化合物と併用してもよい。
One of the preferred embodiments of the polymerizable compound is an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group.
Examples of the acid group include a phosphoric acid group, a sulfo group, and a carboxy group.
Among these, the carboxy group is preferable as the acid group.
As the ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group, a trifunctional to tetrafunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group [pentaerythritol tri and a tetraacrylate (PETA) skeleton introduced with a carboxy group (acid value: 80 mgKOH). / G to 120 mgKOH / g)], a pentafunctional to hexafunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group (dipentaerythritol penta and hexaacrylate (DPHA) with a carboxy group introduced into the skeleton [acid value: 25 mgKOH / g] ~ 70 mgKOH / g)] and the like.
These trifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compounds having an acid group may be used in combination with a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group, if necessary.
 酸基を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物としては、カルボキシ基を有する2官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物及びそのカルボン酸無水物よりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種が好ましい。
 酸基を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物が、カルボキシ基を有する2官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物及びそのカルボン酸無水物よりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種であると、現像性及び膜強度がより高まる。
 カルボキシ基を有する2官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物は、特に制限されず、公知の化合物の中から適宜選択できる。
 カルボキシ基を有する2官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物としては、アロニックス(登録商標)TO-2349(東亞合成(株)製)、アロニックス(登録商標)M-520(東亞合成(株)製)、アロニックス(登録商標)M-510(東亞合成(株)製)が挙げられる。
As the ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group, at least one selected from the group consisting of a bifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound having a carboxy group and a carboxylic acid anhydride thereof is preferable.
When the ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group is at least one selected from the group consisting of a bifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound having a carboxy group and a carboxylic acid anhydride thereof, the developability and film strength are higher. It will increase.
The bifunctional or higher functional unsaturated compound having a carboxy group is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected from known compounds.
Examples of the bifunctional or higher functional unsaturated compound having a carboxy group include Aronix (registered trademark) TO-2349 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), Aronix (registered trademark) M-520 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), and the like. Aronix (registered trademark) M-510 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) can be mentioned.
 酸基を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物としては、特開2004-239942号公報の段落0025~0030に記載の酸基を有する重合性化合物が好ましく、この公報に記載の内容は、本明細書に組み込まれる。 As the ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group, the polymerizable compound having an acid group described in paragraphs 0025 to 0030 of JP-A-2004-239942 is preferable, and the contents described in this publication are incorporated in the present specification. Will be.
 重合性化合物としては、例えば、多価アルコールにα,β-不飽和カルボン酸を反応させて得られる化合物、グリシジル基含有化合物にα,β-不飽和カルボン酸を反応させて得られる化合物、ウレタン結合を有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物等のウレタンモノマー、γ-クロロ-β-ヒドロキシプロピル-β’-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシエチル-o-フタレート、β-ヒドロキシエチル-β’-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシエチル-o-フタレート、及び、β-ヒドロキシプロピル-β’-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシエチル-o-フタレート等のフタル酸系化合物、並びに、(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルも挙げられる。
 これらは単独で又は2種類以上を組み合わせて使用される。
Examples of the polymerizable compound include a compound obtained by reacting a polyhydric alcohol with an α, β-unsaturated carboxylic acid, a compound obtained by reacting a glycidyl group-containing compound with an α, β-unsaturated carboxylic acid, and a urethane. Urethane monomers such as (meth) acrylate compounds having a bond, γ-chloro-β-hydroxypropyl-β'-(meth) acryloyloxyethyl-o-phthalate, β-hydroxyethyl-β'-(meth) acryloyloxyethyl Examples thereof include phthalic acid compounds such as -o-phthalate and β-hydroxypropyl-β'-(meth) acryloyloxyethyl-o-phthalate, and (meth) acrylic acid alkyl esters.
These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 多価アルコールにα,β-不飽和カルボン酸を反応させて得られる化合物としては、例えば、2,2-ビス(4-((メタ)アクリロキシポリエトキシ)フェニル)プロパン、2,2-ビス(4-((メタ)アクリロキシポリプロポキシ)フェニル)プロパン、及び、2,2-ビス(4-((メタ)アクリロキシポリエトキシポリプロポキシ)フェニル)プロパン等のビスフェノールA系(メタ)アクリレート化合物、エチレンオキサイド基の数が2~14であるポリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、プロピレンオキサイド基の数が2~14であるポリプロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、エチレンオキサイド基の数が2~14であり、かつ、プロピレンオキサイド基の数が2~14であるポリエチレンポリプロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパンジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパンエトキシトリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパンジエトキシトリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリエトキシトリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパンテトラエトキシトリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパンペンタエトキシトリ(メタ)アクリレート、ジ(トリメチロールプロパン)テトラアクリレート、テトラメチロールメタントリ(メタ)アクリレート、テトラメチロールメタンテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、並びに、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレートが挙げられる。
 中でも、テトラメチロールメタン構造又はトリメチロールプロパン構造を有するエチレン不飽和化合物が好ましく、テトラメチロールメタントリ(メタ)アクリレート、テトラメチロールメタンテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、又は、ジ(トリメチロールプロパン)テトラアクリレートがより好ましい。
Examples of the compound obtained by reacting a polyvalent alcohol with an α, β-unsaturated carboxylic acid include 2,2-bis (4-((meth) acrylamide polyethoxy) phenyl) propane and 2,2-bis. Bisphenol A-based (meth) acrylate compounds such as (4-((meth) acryloxypolypropoxy) phenyl) propane and 2,2-bis (4-((meth) acryloxypolyethoxypolypropoxy) phenyl) propane , Polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate having 2 to 14 ethylene oxide groups, polypropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate having 2 to 14 propylene oxide groups, and 2 to 14 ethylene oxide groups. And, polyethylene polypropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane di (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane ethoxytri (meth) acrylate having 2 to 14 propylene oxide groups. , Trimethylolpropane diethoxytri (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane triethoxytri (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane tetraethoxytri (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane pentaethoxytri (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane ) Tetra acrylate, tetramethylol methanetri (meth) acrylate, tetramethylol methanetetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, and dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate. Can be mentioned.
Of these, an ethylene unsaturated compound having a tetramethylolmethane structure or a trimethylolpropane structure is preferable, and tetramethylolmethanetri (meth) acrylate, tetramethylolmethanetetra (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropanetri (meth) acrylate, or dimethylolpropanetri (meth) acrylate, or di (Trimethylolpropane) Tetraacrylate is more preferred.
 重合性化合物としては、エチレン性不飽和化合物のカプロラクトン変性化合物(例えば、日本化薬(株)製KAYARAD(登録商標)DPCA-20、新中村化学工業(株)製A-9300-1CL等)、エチレン性不飽和化合物のアルキレンオキサイド変性化合物(例えば、日本化薬(株)製KAYARAD RP-1040、新中村化学工業(株)製ATM-35E、A-9300、ダイセル・オルネクス社製 EBECRYL(登録商標)135等)、エトキシル化グリセリントリアクリレート(新中村化学工業(株)製A-GLY-9E等)等も挙げられる。 Examples of the polymerizable compound include caprolactone-modified compounds of ethylenically unsaturated compounds (for example, KAYARAD® DPCA-20 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., A-9300-1CL manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., etc.). An alkylene oxide-modified compound of an ethylenically unsaturated compound (for example, KAYARAD RP-1040 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., ATM-35E, A-9300 manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., EBECRYL manufactured by Daicel Ornex Co., Ltd. (registered trademark). ) 135, etc.), ethoxylated glycerin triacrylate (A-GLY-9E, etc. manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and the like.
 重合性化合物(特に、エチレン性不飽和化合物)としては、転写後の感光性樹脂層の現像性に優れる点で、なかでも、エステル結合を含むものも好ましい。
 エステル結合を含むエチレン性不飽和化合物としては、分子内にエステル結合を含むものであれば特に制限されないが、本開示における効果が優れる点で、テトラメチロールメタン構造又はトリメチロールプロパン構造を有するエチレン不飽和化合物が好ましく、テトラメチロールメタントリ(メタ)アクリレート、テトラメチロールメタンテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、又は、ジ(トリメチロールプロパン)テトラアクリレートがより好ましい。
 信頼性付与の点からは、エチレン性不飽和化合物としては、炭素数6~20の脂肪族基を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物と、上記のテトラメチロールメタン構造又はトリメチロールプロパン構造を有するエチレン不飽和化合物と、を含むことが好ましい。
 炭素数6以上の脂肪族構造を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物としては、1,9-ノナンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,10-デカンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、及び、トリシクロデカンジメタノールジ(メタ)アクリレートが挙げられる。
As the polymerizable compound (particularly, an ethylenically unsaturated compound), a compound containing an ester bond is preferable in that the photosensitive resin layer after transfer is excellent in developability.
The ethylenically unsaturated compound containing an ester bond is not particularly limited as long as it contains an ester bond in the molecule, but is not ethylene-free having a tetramethylolmethane structure or a trimethylolpropane structure in that the effect in the present disclosure is excellent. Saturated compounds are preferred, and tetramethylolmethanetri (meth) acrylates, trimethylolmethanetetra (meth) acrylates, trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylates, or di (trimethylolpropane) tetraacrylates are more preferred.
From the viewpoint of imparting reliability, the ethylenically unsaturated compound includes an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an aliphatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms and the above-mentioned ethylene unsaturated compound having a tetramethylol methane structure or a trimethylol propane structure. It is preferable to contain a compound.
Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated compound having an aliphatic structure having 6 or more carbon atoms include 1,9-nonanediol di (meth) acrylate, 1,10-decanediol di (meth) acrylate, and tricyclodecanedimethanoldi. Examples include (meth) acrylate.
 重合性化合物の好適態様の一つとしては、脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有する重合性化合物(好ましくは、2官能エチレン性不飽和化合物)が挙げられる。
 上記重合性化合物としては、2環以上の脂肪族炭化水素環が縮環した環構造(好ましくは、トリシクロデカン構造及びトリシクロデセン構造よりなる群から選択される構造)を有する重合性化合物が好ましく、2環以上の脂肪族炭化水素環が縮環した環構造を有する2官能エチレン性不飽和化合物がより好ましく、トリシクロデカンジメタノールジ(メタ)アクリレートが更に好ましい。
 上記脂肪族炭化水素環構造としては、本開示における効果がより優れる点から、シクロペンタン構造、シクロヘキサン構造、トリシクロデカン構造、トリシクロデセン構造、ノルボルナン構造、又は、イソボロン構造が好ましい。
One of the preferred embodiments of the polymerizable compound is a polymerizable compound having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure (preferably a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound).
As the polymerizable compound, a polymerizable compound having a ring structure in which two or more aliphatic hydrocarbon rings are condensed (preferably a structure selected from the group consisting of a tricyclodecane structure and a tricyclodecene structure) is used. Preferably, a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having a ring structure in which two or more aliphatic hydrocarbon rings are fused is more preferable, and tricyclodecanedimethanol di (meth) acrylate is further preferable.
As the aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure, a cyclopentane structure, a cyclohexane structure, a tricyclodecane structure, a tricyclodecene structure, a norbornane structure, or an isoborone structure is preferable because the effect in the present disclosure is more excellent.
 重合性化合物の分子量は、200~3,000が好ましく、250~2,600がより好ましく、280~2,200が更に好ましく、300~2,200が特に好ましい。
 感光性樹脂層に含まれる重合性化合物のうち、分子量300以下の重合性化合物の含有量の割合は、感光性樹脂層に含まれる全ての重合性化合物の含有量に対して、30質量%以下が好ましく、25質量%以下がより好ましく、20質量%以下が更に好ましい。
The molecular weight of the polymerizable compound is preferably 200 to 3,000, more preferably 250 to 2,600, still more preferably 280 to 2,200, and particularly preferably 300 to 2,200.
The proportion of the content of the polymerizable compound having a molecular weight of 300 or less among the polymerizable compounds contained in the photosensitive resin layer is 30% by mass or less with respect to the content of all the polymerizable compounds contained in the photosensitive resin layer. Is preferable, 25% by mass or less is more preferable, and 20% by mass or less is further preferable.
 感光性樹脂層の好適態様の一つとして、感光性樹脂層は、2官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物を含むことが好ましく、3官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物を含むことがより好ましく、3官能又は4官能のエチレン性不飽和化合物を含むことが更に好ましい。 As one of the preferred embodiments of the photosensitive resin layer, the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a bifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound, and more preferably contains a trifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound. More preferably, it contains a functional or tetrafunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound.
 また、感光性樹脂層の好適態様の一つとして、感光性樹脂層は、脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有する2官能エチレン性不飽和化合物と、脂肪族炭化水素環を有する構成単位を有するバインダーポリマーとを含むことが好ましい。 Further, as one of the preferred embodiments of the photosensitive resin layer, the photosensitive resin layer is a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure and a binder polymer having a structural unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring. And are preferably included.
 また、感光性樹脂層の好適態様の一つとして、感光性樹脂層は、式(M)で表される化合物(化合物M)と、酸基を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物とを含むことが好ましく、1,9-ノナンジオールジアクリレートと、トリシクロデカンジメタノールジアクリレートと、カルボン酸基を有する多官能エチレン性不飽和化合物とを含むことがより好ましく、1,9-ノナンジオールジアクリレートと、トリシクロデカンジメタノールジアクリレートと、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタアクリレートのコハク酸変性体とを含むことが更に好ましい。 Further, as one of the preferred embodiments of the photosensitive resin layer, the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a compound represented by the formula (M) (compound M) and an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group. , 1,9-Nonandiol diacrylate, tricyclodecanedimethanol diacrylate, and a polyfunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having a carboxylic acid group are more preferable, and 1,9-nonandiol diacrylate and More preferably, it contains a tricyclodecanedimethanol diacrylate and a succinic acid-modified form of dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate.
 また、感光性樹脂層の好適態様の一つとして、感光性樹脂層は、化合物Mと、酸基を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物と、後述する熱架橋性化合物とを含むことが好ましく、化合物Mと、酸基を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物と、後述するブロックイソシアネート化合物とを含むことがより好ましい。 Further, as one of the preferred embodiments of the photosensitive resin layer, the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains compound M, an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group, and a thermally crosslinkable compound described later, and the compound M is preferable. It is more preferable to contain an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group and a blocked isocyanate compound described later.
 また、感光性樹脂層の好適態様の一つとして、感光性樹脂層は、2官能のエチレン性不飽和化合物(好ましくは、2官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物)と、3官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物(好ましくは、3官能以上の(メタ)アクリレート化合物)と、を含むことが好ましい。 Further, as one of the preferred embodiments of the photosensitive resin layer, the photosensitive resin layer has a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound (preferably a bifunctional (meth) acrylate compound) and a trifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound. It preferably contains a saturated compound (preferably a trifunctional or higher functional (meth) acrylate compound).
 また、感光性樹脂層の好適態様の一つとして、感光性樹脂層は、防錆性の点から、化合物M、及び、脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有する2官能エチレン性不飽和化合物を含むことが好ましい。
 また、感光性樹脂層の好適態様の一つとして、感光性樹脂層は、基板密着性、現像残渣抑制性、及び、防錆性の点から、化合物M、及び、酸基を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物を含むことが好ましく、化合物M、脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有する2官能エチレン性不飽和化合物、及び、酸基を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物を含むことがより好ましく、化合物M、脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有する2官能エチレン性不飽和化合物、3官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物、及び、酸基を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物を含むことが更に好ましく、化合物M、脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有する2官能エチレン性不飽和化合物、3官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物、酸基を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物、及び、ウレタン(メタ)アクリレート化合物を含むことが特に好ましい。
 また、感光性樹脂層の好適態様の一つとして、感光性樹脂層は、感光性樹脂層は、基板密着性、現像残渣抑制性、及び、防錆性の点から、1,9-ノナンジオールジアクリレート、及び、カルボン酸基を有する多官能エチレン性不飽和化合物を含むことが好ましく、1,9-ノナンジオールジアクリレート、トリシクロデカンジメタノールジアクリレート、及び、カルボン酸基を有する多官能エチレン性不飽和化合物を含むことが好ましく、1,9-ノナンジオールジアクリレート、トリシクロデカンジメタノールジアクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレート、及び、カルボン酸基を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物を含むことが更に好ましく、1,9-ノナンジオールジアクリレート、トリシクロデカンジメタノールジアクリレート、カルボン酸基を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物、及び、ウレタンアクリレート化合物を含むことが特に好ましい。
Further, as one of the preferred embodiments of the photosensitive resin layer, the photosensitive resin layer contains compound M and a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure from the viewpoint of rust prevention. Is preferable.
Further, as one of the preferred embodiments of the photosensitive resin layer, the photosensitive resin layer is not ethylenically having compound M and an acid group from the viewpoints of substrate adhesion, development residue inhibitory property, and rust resistance. It is preferable to contain a saturated compound, more preferably compound M, a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure, and an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group, and more preferably compound M, an aliphatic compound. It is more preferable to contain a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having a hydrocarbon ring structure, a trifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound, and an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group, more preferably compound M, an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring. It is particularly preferable to contain a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having a structure, a trifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound, an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group, and a urethane (meth) acrylate compound.
Further, as one of the preferred embodiments of the photosensitive resin layer, the photosensitive resin layer is a 1,9-nonanediol from the viewpoints of substrate adhesion, development residue inhibitory property, and rust resistance. It preferably contains a diacrylate and a polyfunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having a carboxylic acid group, and preferably contains 1,9-nonanediol diacrylate, tricyclodecanedimethanol diacrylate, and polyfunctional ethylene having a carboxylic acid group. It preferably contains a sex-unsaturated compound, further including 1,9-nonanediol diacrylate, tricyclodecanedimethanol diacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, and an ethylenically unsaturated compound having a carboxylic acid group. Particularly preferably, it contains 1,9-nonanediol diacrylate, tricyclodecanedimethanol diacrylate, an ethylenically unsaturated compound having a carboxylic acid group, and a urethane acrylate compound.
 感光性樹脂層は、エチレン性不飽和化合物として、単官能エチレン性不飽和化合物を含んでいてもよい。
 上記エチレン性不飽和化合物における2官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物の含有量は、感光性樹脂層に含まれる全てのエチレン性不飽和化合物の総含有量に対し、60質量%~100質量%が好ましく、80質量%~100質量%がより好ましく、90質量%~100質量%が更に好ましい。
The photosensitive resin layer may contain a monofunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound as the ethylenically unsaturated compound.
The content of the bifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound in the ethylenically unsaturated compound is 60% by mass to 100% by mass with respect to the total content of all the ethylenically unsaturated compounds contained in the photosensitive resin layer. It is preferably 80% by mass to 100% by mass, more preferably 90% by mass to 100% by mass.
 重合性化合物(特に、エチレン性不飽和化合物)は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用することもできる。
 感光性樹脂層における重合性化合物(特に、エチレン性不飽和化合物)の含有量は、感光性樹脂層の全質量に対して、1質量%~70質量%が好ましく、5質量%~70質量%がより好ましく、5質量%~60質量%が更に好ましく、5質量%~50質量%が特に好ましい。
The polymerizable compound (particularly, the ethylenically unsaturated compound) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The content of the polymerizable compound (particularly, the ethylenically unsaturated compound) in the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 1% by mass to 70% by mass, preferably 5% by mass to 70% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. Is more preferable, 5% by mass to 60% by mass is further preferable, and 5% by mass to 50% by mass is particularly preferable.
<光重合開始剤>
 感光性樹脂層は、光重合開始剤を含むことが好ましい。
 光重合開始剤としては特に制限はなく、公知の光重合開始剤を使用できる。
 光重合開始剤としては、オキシムエステル構造を有する光重合開始剤(以下、「オキシム系光重合開始剤」ともいう。)、α-アミノアルキルフェノン構造を有する光重合開始剤(以下、「α-アミノアルキルフェノン系光重合開始剤」ともいう。)、α-ヒドロキシアルキルフェノン構造を有する光重合開始剤(以下、「α-ヒドロキシアルキルフェノン系重合開始剤」ともいう。)、アシルフォスフィンオキサイド構造を有する光重合開始剤(以下、「アシルフォスフィンオキサイド系光重合開始剤」ともいう。)、及び、N-フェニルグリシン構造を有する光重合開始剤(以下、「N-フェニルグリシン系光重合開始剤」ともいう。)等が挙げられる。
<Photopolymerization initiator>
The photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a photopolymerization initiator.
The photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited, and a known photopolymerization initiator can be used.
Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include a photopolymerization initiator having an oxime ester structure (hereinafter, also referred to as “oxym-based photopolymerization initiator”) and a photopolymerization initiator having an α-aminoalkylphenone structure (hereinafter, “α-”. Aminoalkylphenone-based photopolymerization initiator "), photopolymerization initiator having an α-hydroxyalkylphenone structure (hereinafter, also referred to as" α-hydroxyalkylphenone-based polymerization initiator "), acylphosphine oxide structure. Photopolymerization initiator (hereinafter, also referred to as “acylphosphine oxide-based photopolymerization initiator”) and photopolymerization initiator having an N-phenylglycine structure (hereinafter, “N-phenylglycine-based photopolymerization initiator”). Also referred to as "agent").
 光重合開始剤は、オキシム系光重合開始剤、α-アミノアルキルフェノン系光重合開始剤、α-ヒドロキシアルキルフェノン系重合開始剤、及び、N-フェニルグリシン系光重合開始剤よりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含むことが好ましく、オキシム系光重合開始剤、α-アミノアルキルフェノン系光重合開始剤、及び、N-フェニルグリシン系光重合開始剤よりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含むことがより好ましい。 The photopolymerization initiator is selected from the group consisting of an oxime-based photopolymerization initiator, an α-aminoalkylphenone-based photopolymerization initiator, an α-hydroxyalkylphenone-based polymerization initiator, and an N-phenylglycine-based photopolymerization initiator. It is preferable to contain at least one selected from the group consisting of an oxime-based photopolymerization initiator, an α-aminoalkylphenone-based photopolymerization initiator, and an N-phenylglycine-based photopolymerization initiator. Is more preferable.
 また、光重合開始剤としては、例えば、特開2011-95716号公報の段落0031~0042、及び、特開2015-014783号公報の段落0064~0081に記載された重合開始剤を用いてもよい。 Further, as the photopolymerization initiator, for example, the polymerization initiator described in paragraphs 0031 to 0042 of JP-A-2011-95716 and paragraphs 0064-0081 of JP-A-2015-014783 may be used. ..
 光重合開始剤の市販品としては、1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル]-1,2-オクタンジオン-2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)〔商品名:IRGACURE(登録商標) OXE-01、BASF社製〕、1-[9-エチル-6-(2-メチルベンゾイル)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]エタノン-1-(O-アセチルオキシム)〔商品名:IRGACURE(登録商標) OXE-02、BASF社製〕、IRGACURE(登録商標)OXE03(BASF社製)、IRGACURE(登録商標)OXE04(BASF社製)、2-(ジメチルアミノ)-2-[(4-メチルフェニル)メチル]-1-[4-(4-モルホリニル)フェニル]-1-ブタノン〔商品名:Omnirad(登録商標)379EG、IGM Resins B.V社製〕、2-メチル-1-(4-メチルチオフェニル)-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オン〔商品名:Omnirad(登録商標)907、IGM Resins B.V社製〕、2-ヒドロキシ-1-{4-[4-(2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチルプロピオニル)ベンジル]フェニル}-2-メチルプロパン-1-オン〔商品名:Omnirad(登録商標)127、IGM Resins B.V社製〕、2-ベンジル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)ブタノン-1〔商品名:Omnirad(登録商標)369、IGM Resins B.V社製〕、2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン〔商品名:Omnirad(登録商標)1173、IGM Resins B.V社製〕、1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン〔商品名:Omnirad(登録商標)184、IGM Resins B.V社製〕、2,2-ジメトキシ-1,2-ジフェニルエタン-1-オン〔商品名:Omnirad(登録商標)651、IGM Resins B.V社製〕等、オキシムエステル系の〔商品名:Lunar(登録商標) 6、DKSHジャパン(株)製〕、1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル]-3-シクロペンチルプロパン-1,2-ジオン-2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)(商品名:TR-PBG-305、常州強力電子新材料社製)、3-シクロヘキシル-1-[9-エチル-6-(2-フラニルカルボニル)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]-1,2-プロパンジオン-2-(O-アセチルオキシム)(商品名:TR-PBG-326、常州強力電子新材料社製)、3-シクロヘキシル-1-(6-(2-(ベンゾイルオキシイミノ)ヘキサノイル)-9-エチル-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル)-プロパン-1,2-ジオン-2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)(商品名:TR-PBG-391、常州強力電子新材料社製)、APi-307(1-(ビフェニル-4-イル)-2-メチル-2-モルホリノプロパン-1-オン、Shenzhen UV-ChemTech Ltd.製)等が挙げられる。 Commercially available photopolymerization initiators include 1- [4- (phenylthio) phenyl] -1,2-octanedione-2- (O-benzoyloxime) [trade name: IRGACURE (registered trademark) OXE-01, BASF. Manufactured by], 1- [9-ethyl-6- (2-methylbenzoyl) -9H-carbazole-3-yl] etanone-1- (O-acetyloxime) [trade name: IRGACURE (registered trademark) OXE-02 , BASF], IRGACURE (registered trademark) OXE03 (BASF), IRGACURE (registered trademark) OXE04 (BASF), 2- (dimethylamino) -2-[(4-methylphenyl) methyl] -1 -[4- (4-morpholinyl) phenyl] -1-butanone [trade name: Omnirad (registered trademark) 379EG, IGM Resins B. V company], 2-methyl-1- (4-methylthiophenyl) -2-morpholinopropane-1-one [trade name: Omnirad (registered trademark) 907, IGM Resins B. V company], 2-hydroxy-1- {4- [4- (2-hydroxy-2-methylpropionyl) benzyl] phenyl} -2-methylpropan-1-one [trade name: Omnirad (registered trademark) 127 , IGM Resins B. V company], 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) butanone-1 [trade name: Omnirad (registered trademark) 369, IGM Resins B. V company], 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenylpropane-1-one [trade name: Omnirad (registered trademark) 1173, IGM Resins B. V company], 1-hydroxycyclohexylphenyl ketone [trade name: Omnirad (registered trademark) 184, IGM Resins B. V company], 2,2-dimethoxy-1,2-diphenylethane-1-one [trade name: Omnirad (registered trademark) 651, IGM Resins B.I. Oxime ester-based [trade name: Lunar (registered trademark) 6, manufactured by DKSH Japan Co., Ltd.], 1- [4- (phenylthio) phenyl] -3-cyclopentylpropane-1,2-dione, etc. -2- (O-benzoyloxime) (trade name: TR-PBG-305, manufactured by Changzhou Strong Electronics New Materials Co., Ltd.), 3-Cyclohexyl-1- [9-ethyl-6- (2-furanylcarbonyl) -9H -Carbazole-3-yl] -1,2-propanedione-2- (O-acetyloxime) (trade name: TR-PBG-326, manufactured by Changzhou Strong Electronics New Materials Co., Ltd.), 3-Cyclohexyl-1- (6) -(2- (Benzoyloxyimino) hexanoyl) -9-ethyl-9H-carbazole-3-yl) -Propane-1,2-dione-2- (O-benzoyloxime) (trade name: TR-PBG-391) , Changzhou Strong Electronics New Materials Co., Ltd.), APi-307 (1- (biphenyl-4-yl) -2-methyl-2-morpholinopropane-1-one, Shenzhen UV-ChemTech Ltd.) and the like.
 光重合開始剤は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用することもできる。
 感光性樹脂層が光重合開始剤を含む場合、光重合開始剤の含有量は、感光性樹脂層の全質量に対して、0.1質量%以上であることが好ましく、0.5質量%以上であることがより好ましく、1.0質量%以上であることが更に好ましい。また、その上限値としては、感光性樹脂層の全質量に対して、10質量%以下であることが好ましく、5質量%以下であることより好ましい。
The photopolymerization initiator may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
When the photosensitive resin layer contains a photopolymerization initiator, the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.1% by mass or more, preferably 0.5% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. The above is more preferable, and 1.0% by mass or more is further preferable. The upper limit thereof is preferably 10% by mass or less, and more preferably 5% by mass or less, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer.
<複素環化合物>
 感光性樹脂層は、複素環化合物を含んでいてもよい。
 複素環化合物が有する複素環は、単環及び多環のいずれの複素環でもよい。
 複素環化合物が有するヘテロ原子としては、窒素原子、酸素原子及び硫黄原子が挙げられる。複素環化合物は、窒素原子、酸素原子及び硫黄原子よりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の原子を有することが好ましく、窒素原子を有することがより好ましい。
<Heterocyclic compound>
The photosensitive resin layer may contain a heterocyclic compound.
The heterocycle contained in the heterocyclic compound may be either a monocyclic or polycyclic complex.
Examples of the hetero atom contained in the heterocyclic compound include a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom. The heterocyclic compound preferably has at least one atom selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom, and more preferably has a nitrogen atom.
 複素環化合物としては、例えば、トリアゾール化合物、ベンゾトリアゾール化合物、テトラゾール化合物、チアジアゾール化合物、トリアジン化合物、ローダニン化合物、チアゾール化合物、ベンゾチアゾール化合物、ベンゾイミダゾール化合物、ベンゾオキサゾール化合物、及び、ピリミジン化合物が挙げられる。
 上記の中でも、複素環化合物としては、トリアゾール化合物、ベンゾトリアゾール化合物、テトラゾール化合物、チアジアゾール化合物、トリアジン化合物、ローダニン化合物、チアゾール化合物、ベンゾイミダゾール化合物、及び、ベンゾオキサゾール化合物よりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の化合物が好ましく、トリアゾール化合物、ベンゾトリアゾール化合物、テトラゾール化合物、チアジアゾール化合物、チアゾール化合物、ベンゾチアゾール化合物、ベンゾイミダゾール化合物、及び、ベンゾオキサゾール化合物よりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の化合物がより好ましい。
Examples of the heterocyclic compound include a triazole compound, a benzotriazole compound, a tetrazole compound, a thiadiazol compound, a triazine compound, a rhonin compound, a thiazole compound, a benzothiazole compound, a benzoimidazole compound, a benzoxazole compound, and a pyrimidine compound.
Among the above, the heterocyclic compound is at least one selected from the group consisting of a triazole compound, a benzotriazole compound, a tetrazole compound, a thiadiazol compound, a triazine compound, a rhonin compound, a thiazole compound, a benzoimidazole compound, and a benzoxazole compound. The above-mentioned compound is preferable, and at least one compound selected from the group consisting of a triazole compound, a benzotriazole compound, a tetrazole compound, a thiadiazol compound, a thiazole compound, a benzothiazole compound, a benzoimidazole compound, and a benzoxazole compound is more preferable.
 複素環化合物の好ましい具体例を以下に示す。トリアゾール化合物及びベンゾトリアゾール化合物としては、以下の化合物が例示できる。 A preferable specific example of the heterocyclic compound is shown below. Examples of the triazole compound and the benzotriazole compound include the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014

 
 テトラゾール化合物としては、以下の化合物が例示できる。 Examples of the tetrazole compound include the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016

 
 チアジアゾール化合物としては、以下の化合物が例示できる。 Examples of the thiadiazole compound include the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017

 
 トリアジン化合物としては、以下の化合物が例示できる。 Examples of the triazine compound include the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018

 
 ローダニン化合物としては、以下の化合物が例示できる。 Examples of the loadonine compound include the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019

 
 チアゾール化合物としては、以下の化合物が例示できる。 Examples of the thiazole compound include the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020

 
 ベンゾチアゾール化合物としては、以下の化合物が例示できる。 Examples of the benzothiazole compound include the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021

 
 ベンゾイミダゾール化合物としては、以下の化合物が例示できる。 Examples of the benzimidazole compound include the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023

 
 ベンゾオキサゾール化合物としては、以下の化合物が例示できる。 Examples of the benzoxazole compound include the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024

 
 複素環化合物は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用することもできる。
 感光性樹脂層が複素環化合物を含む場合、複素環化合物の含有量は、感光性樹脂層の全質量に対して、0.01質量%~20.0質量%が好ましく、0.10質量%~10.0質量%がより好ましく、0.30質量%~8.0質量%が更に好ましく、0.50質量%~5.0質量%が特に好ましい。
The heterocyclic compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
When the photosensitive resin layer contains a heterocyclic compound, the content of the heterocyclic compound is preferably 0.01% by mass to 20.0% by mass, preferably 0.10% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. It is more preferably ~ 10.0% by mass, further preferably 0.30% by mass to 8.0% by mass, and particularly preferably 0.50% by mass to 5.0% by mass.
<脂肪族チオール化合物>
 感光性樹脂層は、脂肪族チオール化合物を含んでいてもよい。
 感光性樹脂層が脂肪族チオール化合物を含むことで、脂肪族チオール化合物がエチレン性不飽和基を有するラジカル重合性化合物との間でエン-チオール反応することで、形成される膜の硬化収縮が抑えられ、応力が緩和される。
<Alphatic thiol compound>
The photosensitive resin layer may contain an aliphatic thiol compound.
When the photosensitive resin layer contains an aliphatic thiol compound, the aliphatic thiol compound undergoes an en-thiol reaction with a radically polymerizable compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group, so that the film formed is cured and shrunk. It is suppressed and the stress is relieved.
 脂肪族チオール化合物としては、単官能の脂肪族チオール化合物、又は、多官能の脂肪族チオール化合物(すなわち、2官能以上の脂肪族チオール化合物)が好ましい。
 上記の中でも、脂肪族チオール化合物としては、形成されるパターンの密着性(特に、露光後における密着性)の点から、多官能の脂肪族チオール化合物がより好ましい。
 本明細書において、「多官能の脂肪族チオール化合物」とは、チオール基(「メルカプト基」ともいう。)を分子内に2個以上有する脂肪族化合物を意味する。
As the aliphatic thiol compound, a monofunctional aliphatic thiol compound or a polyfunctional aliphatic thiol compound (that is, a bifunctional or higher functional aliphatic thiol compound) is preferable.
Among the above, as the aliphatic thiol compound, a polyfunctional aliphatic thiol compound is more preferable from the viewpoint of adhesion of the formed pattern (particularly, adhesion after exposure).
As used herein, the term "polyfunctional aliphatic thiol compound" means an aliphatic compound having two or more thiol groups (also referred to as "mercapto groups") in the molecule.
 多官能の脂肪族チオール化合物としては、分子量が100以上の低分子化合物が好ましい。具体的には、多官能の脂肪族チオール化合物の分子量は、100~1,500がより好ましく、150~1,000が更に好ましい。 As the polyfunctional aliphatic thiol compound, a low molecular weight compound having a molecular weight of 100 or more is preferable. Specifically, the molecular weight of the polyfunctional aliphatic thiol compound is more preferably 100 to 1,500, and even more preferably 150 to 1,000.
 多官能の脂肪族チオール化合物の官能基数としては、例えば、形成されるパターンの密着性の点から、2官能~10官能が好ましく、2官能~8官能がより好ましく、2官能~6官能が更に好ましい。 As the number of functional groups of the polyfunctional aliphatic thiol compound, for example, bifunctional to 10 functional is preferable, bifunctional to 8 functional is more preferable, and bifunctional to 6 functional is further preferable, from the viewpoint of adhesion of the formed pattern. preferable.
 多官能の脂肪族チオール化合物としては、例えば、トリメチロールプロパントリス(3-メルカプトブチレート)、1,4-ビス(3-メルカプトブチリルオキシ)ブタン、ペンタエリスリトールテトラキス(3-メルカプトブチレート)、1,3,5-トリス(3-メルカプトブチリルオキシエチル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、トリメチロールエタントリス(3-メルカプトブチレート)、トリス[(3-メルカプトプロピオニルオキシ)エチル]イソシアヌレート、トリメチロールプロパントリス(3-メルカプトプロピオネート)、ペンタエリスリトールテトラキス(3-メルカプトプロピオネート)、テトラエチレングリコールビス(3-メルカプトプロピオネート)、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサキス(3-メルカプトプロピオネート)、エチレングリコールビスチオプロピオネート、1,4-ビス(3-メルカプトブチリルオキシ)ブタン、1,2-エタンジチオール、1,3-プロパンジチオール、1,6-ヘキサメチレンジチオール、2,2’-(エチレンジチオ)ジエタンチオール、meso-2,3-ジメルカプトコハク酸、及び、ジ(メルカプトエチル)エーテルが挙げられる。 Examples of the polyfunctional aliphatic thiol compound include trimethylolpropanetris (3-mercaptobutylate), 1,4-bis (3-mercaptobutylyloxy) butane, pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptobutyrate), and the like. 1,3,5-Tris (3-mercaptobutylyloxyethyl) -1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6 (1H, 3H, 5H) -trione, trimethylol ethanetris (3-mercaptobutyrate) ), Tris [(3-mercaptopropionyloxy) ethyl] isocyanurate, trimethylolpropanthris (3-mercaptopropionate), pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptopropionate), tetraethylene glycol bis (3-mercaptopropionate) Pionate), Dipentaerythritol Hexakis (3-mercaptopropionate), Ethylene glycol bisthiopropionate, 1,4-bis (3-mercaptobutylyloxy) butane, 1,2-ethanedithiol, 1, Examples thereof include 3-propanedithiol, 1,6-hexamethylenedithiol, 2,2'-(ethylenedithio) dietanthiol, meso-2,3-dimercaptosuccinic acid, and di (mercaptoethyl) ether.
 上記の中でも、多官能の脂肪族チオール化合物としては、トリメチロールプロパントリス(3-メルカプトブチレート)、1,4-ビス(3-メルカプトブチリルオキシ)ブタン、及び、1,3,5-トリス(3-メルカプトブチリルオキシエチル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-トリオンよりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の化合物が好ましい。 Among the above, the polyfunctional aliphatic thiol compounds include trimethylolpropane tris (3-mercaptobutyrate), 1,4-bis (3-mercaptobutylyloxy) butane, and 1,3,5-tris. At least one compound selected from the group consisting of (3-mercaptobutylyloxyethyl) -1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6 (1H, 3H, 5H) -trione is preferred.
 単官能の脂肪族チオール化合物としては、例えば、1-オクタンチオール、1-ドデカンチオール、β-メルカプトプロピオン酸、メチル-3-メルカプトプロピオネート、2-エチルヘキシル-3-メルカプトプロピオネート、n-オクチル-3-メルカプトプロピオネート、メトキシブチル-3-メルカプトプロピオネート、及び、ステアリル-3-メルカプトプロピオネートが挙げられる。 Examples of the monofunctional aliphatic thiol compound include 1-octanethiol, 1-dodecanethiol, β-mercaptopropionic acid, methyl-3-mercaptopropionate, 2-ethylhexyl-3-mercaptopropionate, and n-. Examples thereof include octyl-3-mercaptopropionate, methoxybutyl-3-mercaptopropionate, and stearyl-3-mercaptopropionate.
 感光性樹脂層は、1種単独の脂肪族チオール化合物を含んでいてもよく、2種以上の脂肪族チオール化合物を含んでいてもよい。
 感光性樹脂層が脂肪族チオール化合物を含む場合、脂肪族チオール化合物の含有量は、感光性樹脂層の全質量に対して、5質量%以上が好ましく、5質量%~50質量%がより好ましく、5質量%~30質量%が更に好ましく、8質量%~20質量%が特に好ましい。
The photosensitive resin layer may contain one kind of aliphatic thiol compound alone, or may contain two or more kinds of aliphatic thiol compounds.
When the photosensitive resin layer contains an aliphatic thiol compound, the content of the aliphatic thiol compound is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass to 50% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. 5, 5% by mass to 30% by mass is more preferable, and 8% by mass to 20% by mass is particularly preferable.
<熱架橋性化合物>
 感光性樹脂層は、得られる硬化膜の強度、及び、得られる未硬化膜の粘着性の点から、熱架橋性化合物を含むことが好ましい。
 第2の実施形態の感光性樹脂層に用いられる熱架橋性化合物としては、第1の実施形態の感光性樹脂層において上述した熱架橋性化合物が好適に用いられる。
 熱架橋性化合物は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用することもできる。
 感光性樹脂層が熱架橋性化合物を含む場合、熱架橋性化合物の含有量は、感光性樹脂層の全質量に対して、1質量%~50質量%が好ましく、5質量%~30質量%がより好ましい。
<Thermal crosslinkable compound>
The photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a heat-crosslinkable compound from the viewpoint of the strength of the obtained cured film and the adhesiveness of the obtained uncured film.
As the heat-crosslinkable compound used in the photosensitive resin layer of the second embodiment, the above-mentioned heat-crosslinkable compound is preferably used in the photosensitive resin layer of the first embodiment.
The heat-crosslinkable compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
When the photosensitive resin layer contains a heat-crosslinkable compound, the content of the heat-crosslinkable compound is preferably 1% by mass to 50% by mass, preferably 5% by mass to 30% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. Is more preferable.
<界面活性剤>
 感光性樹脂層は、界面活性剤を含んでいてもよい。
 第2の実施形態の感光性樹脂層に用いられる界面活性剤としては、第1の実施形態の感光性樹脂層において上述した界面活性剤が好適に用いられる。
 界面活性剤は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用することもできる。
 感光性樹脂層が界面活性剤を含む場合、界面活性剤の含有量は、感光性樹脂層の全質量に対して、0.01質量%~3.0質量%が好ましく、0.01質量%~1.0質量%がより好ましく、0.05質量%~0.80質量%が更に好ましい。
<Surfactant>
The photosensitive resin layer may contain a surfactant.
As the surfactant used in the photosensitive resin layer of the second embodiment, the above-mentioned surfactant is preferably used in the photosensitive resin layer of the first embodiment.
The surfactant may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
When the photosensitive resin layer contains a surfactant, the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.01% by mass to 3.0% by mass, preferably 0.01% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. -1.0% by mass is more preferable, and 0.05% by mass to 0.80% by mass is further preferable.
<重合禁止剤>
 感光性樹脂層は、重合禁止剤を含んでいてもよい。
 重合禁止剤とは、重合反応を遅延又は禁止させる機能を有する化合物を意味する。重合禁止剤としては、例えば、重合禁止剤として用いられる公知の化合物を使用できる。
<Polymerization inhibitor>
The photosensitive resin layer may contain a polymerization inhibitor.
The polymerization inhibitor means a compound having a function of delaying or prohibiting a polymerization reaction. As the polymerization inhibitor, for example, a known compound used as a polymerization inhibitor can be used.
 重合禁止剤としては、例えば、フェノチアジン、ビス-(1-ジメチルベンジル)フェノチアジン、及び、3,7-ジオクチルフェノチアジン等のフェノチアジン化合物;ビス[3-(3-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシ-5-メチルフェニル)プロピオン酸][エチレンビス(オキシエチレン)]2,4-ビス〔(ラウリルチオ)メチル〕-o-クレゾール、1,3,5-トリス(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)、1,3,5-トリス(4-t-ブチル-3-ヒドロキシ-2,6-ジメチルベンジル)、2,4-ビス-(n-オクチルチオ)-6-(4-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ジ-t-ブチルアニリノ)-1,3,5-トリアジン、及び、ペンタエリスリトールテトラキス3-(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート等のヒンダードフェノール化合物;4-ニトロソフェノール、N-ニトロソジフェニルアミン、N-ニトロソシクロヘキシルヒドロキシルアミン、及び、N-ニトロソフェニルヒドロキシルアミン等のニトロソ化合物又はその塩;メチルハイドロキノン、t-ブチルハイドロキノン、2,5-ジ-t-ブチルハイドロキノン、及び、4-ベンゾキノン等のキノン化合物;4-メトキシフェノール、4-メトキシ-1-ナフトール、及び、t-ブチルカテコール等のフェノール化合物;ジブチルジチオカルバミン酸銅、ジエチルジチオカルバミン酸銅、ジエチルジチオカルバミン酸マンガン、及び、ジフェニルジチオカルバミン酸マンガン等の金属塩化合物が挙げられる。
 中でも、本開示における効果がより優れる点で、重合禁止剤としては、フェノチアジン化合物、ニトロソ化合物又はその塩、及び、ヒンダードフェノール化合物よりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種が好ましく、フェノチアジン、ビス[3-(3-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシ-5-メチルフェニル)プロピオン酸][エチレンビス(オキシエチレン)]2,4-ビス〔(ラウリルチオ)メチル〕-o-クレゾール、1,3,5-トリス(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)、及び、N-ニトロソフェニルヒドロキシルアミンアルミニウム塩がより好ましい。
Examples of the polymerization inhibitor include phenothiazine compounds such as phenothiazine, bis- (1-dimethylbenzyl) phenothiazine, and 3,7-dioctylphenothiazine; bis [3- (3-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-5-. Methylphenyl) propionic acid] [ethylene bis (oxyethylene)] 2,4-bis [(laurylthio) methyl] -o-cresol, 1,3,5-tris (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-) Hydroxybenzyl), 1,3,5-tris (4-t-butyl-3-hydroxy-2,6-dimethylbenzyl), 2,4-bis- (n-octylthio) -6- (4-hydroxy-3) , 5-Di-t-butylanilino) -1,3,5-triazine, and hindered phenol compounds such as pentaerythritol tetrakis 3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate; 4 -Nitroso compounds such as nitrosophenol, N-nitrosodiphenylamine, N-nitrosocyclohexylhydroxylamine, and N-nitrosophenylhydroxylamine or salts thereof; methylhydroquinone, t-butylhydroquinone, 2,5-di-t-butylhydroquinone. , And quinone compounds such as 4-benzoquinone; phenolic compounds such as 4-methoxyphenol, 4-methoxy-1-naphthol, and t-butylcatechol; copper dibutyldithiocarbamate, copper diethyldithiocarbamate, manganese diethyldithiocarbamate, And a metal salt compound such as manganese diphenyldithiocarbamate can be mentioned.
Among them, at least one selected from the group consisting of a phenylothiazine compound, a nitroso compound or a salt thereof, and a hindered phenol compound is preferable as the polymerization inhibitor because the effect in the present disclosure is more excellent, and phenylothiazine and bis [3]. -(3-tert-Butyl-4-hydroxy-5-methylphenyl) propionic acid] [ethylenebis (oxyethylene)] 2,4-bis [(laurylthio) methyl] -o-cresol, 1,3,5- Tris (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) and N-nitrosophenylhydroxylamine aluminum salt are more preferred.
 重合禁止剤は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用することもできる。
 感光性樹脂層が重合禁止剤を含む場合、重合禁止剤の含有量は、感光性樹脂層の全質量に対して、0.01質量%~10.0質量%が好ましく、0.01質量%~5.0質量%がより好ましく、0.04質量%~3.0質量%が更に好ましい。
The polymerization inhibitor may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
When the photosensitive resin layer contains a polymerization inhibitor, the content of the polymerization inhibitor is preferably 0.01% by mass to 10.0% by mass, preferably 0.01% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. -5.0% by mass is more preferable, and 0.04% by mass to 3.0% by mass is further preferable.
<水素供与性化合物>
 感光性樹脂層は、水素供与性化合物を含んでいてもよい。
 水素供与性化合物は、光重合開始剤の活性光線に対する感度を一層向上させる、及び、酸素による重合性化合物の重合阻害を抑制する等の作用を有する。
 水素供与性化合物としては、例えば、アミン類、及び、アミノ酸化合物が挙げられる。
<Hydrogen donating compound>
The photosensitive resin layer may contain a hydrogen donating compound.
The hydrogen donating compound has an action of further improving the sensitivity of the photopolymerization initiator to active light rays and suppressing the inhibition of the polymerization of the polymerizable compound by oxygen.
Examples of the hydrogen donating compound include amines and amino acid compounds.
 アミン類としては、例えば、M.R.Sanderら著「Journal of Polymer Society」第10巻3173頁(1972)、特公昭44-020189号公報、特開昭51-082102号公報、特開昭52-134692号公報、特開昭59-138205号公報、特開昭60-084305号公報、特開昭62-018537号公報、特開昭64-033104号公報、及び、Research Disclosure 33825号等に記載の化合物が挙げられる。より具体的には、4,4’-ビス(ジエチルアミノ)ベンゾフェノン、トリス(4-ジメチルアミノフェニル)メタン(別名:ロイコクリスタルバイオレット)、トリエタノールアミン、p-ジメチルアミノ安息香酸エチルエステル、p-ホルミルジメチルアニリン、及び、p-メチルチオジメチルアニリンが挙げられる。
 中でも、本開示における効果がより優れる点で、アミン類としては、4,4’-ビス(ジエチルアミノ)ベンゾフェノン、及び、トリス(4-ジメチルアミノフェニル)メタンよりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種が好ましい。
Examples of amines include M.I. R. Sander et al., "Journal of Polymer Society", Vol. 10, pp. 3173 (1972), Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 44-020189, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 51-082102, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 52-134692, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 59-138205. Examples thereof include the compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 60-0843305, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 62-018537, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 64-033104, and Research Disclosure No. 33825. More specifically, 4,4'-bis (diethylamino) benzophenone, tris (4-dimethylaminophenyl) methane (also known as leucocrystal violet), triethanolamine, p-dimethylaminobenzoic acid ethyl ester, p-formyl. Examples thereof include dimethylaniline and p-methylthiodimethylaniline.
Among them, at least one selected from the group consisting of 4,4'-bis (diethylamino) benzophenone and tris (4-dimethylaminophenyl) methane is preferable as the amines in that the effect in the present disclosure is more excellent. ..
 アミノ酸化合物としては、例えば、N-フェニルグリシン、N-メチル-N-フェニルグリシン、N-エチル-N-フェニルグリシンが挙げられる。
 中でも、本開示における効果がより優れる点で、アミノ酸化合物としては、N-フェニルグリシンが好ましい。
Examples of the amino acid compound include N-phenylglycine, N-methyl-N-phenylglycine, and N-ethyl-N-phenylglycine.
Among them, N-phenylglycine is preferable as the amino acid compound in that the effect in the present disclosure is more excellent.
 また、水素供与性化合物としては、例えば、特公昭48-042965号公報に記載の有機金属化合物(トリブチル錫アセテート等)、特公昭55-034414号公報に記載の水素供与体、及び、特開平6-308727号公報に記載のイオウ化合物(トリチアン等)も挙げられる。 Examples of the hydrogen donor compound include an organometallic compound (tributyltin acetate, etc.) described in JP-A-48-042965, a hydrogen donor described in JP-A-55-0344414, and JP-A-6. A sulfur compound (Trithian and the like) described in JP-A-308727 can also be mentioned.
 水素供与性化合物は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用することもできる。
 感光性樹脂層が水素供与性化合物を含む場合、水素供与性化合物の含有量は、重合成長速度と連鎖移動のバランスとによる硬化速度の向上の点から、感光性樹脂層の全質量に対して、0.01質量%~10.0質量%が好ましく、0.01質量%~8.0質量%がより好ましく、0.03質量%~5.0質量%が更に好ましい。
The hydrogen donating compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
When the photosensitive resin layer contains a hydrogen donating compound, the content of the hydrogen donating compound is based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer in terms of improving the curing rate due to the balance between the polymerization growth rate and the chain transfer. , 0.01% by mass to 10.0% by mass, more preferably 0.01% by mass to 8.0% by mass, still more preferably 0.03% by mass to 5.0% by mass.
<不純物等>
 感光性樹脂層は、所定量の不純物を含んでいてもよい。
 第2の実施形態の感光性樹脂層における不純物については、第1の実施形態の感光性樹脂層において上述した不純物の好ましい態様と同様である。
<Impurities, etc.>
The photosensitive resin layer may contain a predetermined amount of impurities.
The impurities in the photosensitive resin layer of the second embodiment are the same as in the preferred embodiment of the impurities described above in the photosensitive resin layer of the first embodiment.
<残存モノマー>
 感光性樹脂層は、上述したバインダーポリマーの各構成単位に対応する残存モノマーを含む場合がある。
 第2の実施形態の感光性樹脂層におけるバインダーポリマーの各構成単位に対応する残存モノマーについては、第1の実施形態の感光性樹脂層において上述したアルカリ可溶性樹脂の各構成単位に対応する残存モノマーの好ましい態様と同様である。
<Residual monomer>
The photosensitive resin layer may contain a residual monomer corresponding to each structural unit of the binder polymer described above.
Regarding the residual monomer corresponding to each structural unit of the binder polymer in the photosensitive resin layer of the second embodiment, the residual monomer corresponding to each structural unit of the alkali-soluble resin described above in the photosensitive resin layer of the first embodiment. It is the same as the preferable aspect of.
<他の成分>
 感光性樹脂層は、既述の成分以外の成分(以下、「他の成分」ともいう。)を含んでいてもよい。他の成分としては、例えば、着色剤、酸化防止剤、及び、粒子(例えば、金属酸化物粒子)が挙げられる。また、他の成分としては、特開2000-310706号公報の段落0058~0071に記載のその他の添加剤も挙げられる。
<Other ingredients>
The photosensitive resin layer may contain components other than the components described above (hereinafter, also referred to as “other components”). Other components include, for example, colorants, antioxidants, and particles (eg, metal oxide particles). Further, as other components, other additives described in paragraphs 0058 to 0071 of JP-A-2000-310706 can also be mentioned.
-粒子-
 粒子としては、金属酸化物粒子が好ましい。
 金属酸化物粒子における金属には、B、Si、Ge、As、Sb、及び、Te等の半金属も含まれる。
 粒子の平均一次粒子径は、例えば、硬化膜の透明性の点から、1nm~200nmが好ましく、3nm~80nmがより好ましい。
 粒子の平均一次粒子径は、電子顕微鏡を用いて任意の粒子200個の粒子径を測定し、測定結果を算術平均することにより算出される。なお、粒子の形状が球形でない場合には、最も長い辺を粒子径とする。
-particle-
As the particles, metal oxide particles are preferable.
The metal in the metal oxide particles also includes metalloids such as B, Si, Ge, As, Sb, and Te.
The average primary particle diameter of the particles is preferably 1 nm to 200 nm, more preferably 3 nm to 80 nm, for example, from the viewpoint of transparency of the cured film.
The average primary particle size of the particles is calculated by measuring the particle size of 200 arbitrary particles using an electron microscope and arithmetically averaging the measurement results. If the shape of the particle is not spherical, the longest side is the particle diameter.
 感光性樹脂層が粒子を含む場合、金属種、及び、大きさ等の異なる粒子を1種のみ含んでいてもよく、2種以上含んでいてもよい。
 感光性樹脂層は、粒子を含まないか、あるいは、感光性樹脂層が粒子を含む場合には、粒子の含有量が感光性樹脂層の全質量に対して、0質量%超35質量%以下が好ましく、粒子を含まないか、あるいは、粒子の含有量が感光性樹脂層の全質量に対して、0質量%超10質量%以下がより好ましく、粒子を含まないか、或いは、粒子の含有量が感光性樹脂層の全質量に対して0質量%超5質量%以下が更に好ましく、粒子を含まないか、あるいは、粒子の含有量が感光性樹脂層の全質量に対して0質量%超1質量%以下が更に好ましく、粒子を含まないことが特に好ましい。
When the photosensitive resin layer contains particles, it may contain only one kind of particles having different metal types and sizes, or may contain two or more kinds of particles.
The photosensitive resin layer does not contain particles, or when the photosensitive resin layer contains particles, the content of the particles is more than 0% by mass and 35% by mass or less with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. It is preferable that the particles are not contained, or the content of the particles is more than 0% by mass and 10% by mass or less based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer, and the particles are not contained or the particles are contained. The amount is more preferably more than 0% by mass and 5% by mass or less with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer, and either does not contain particles or the content of particles is 0% by mass with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. Ultra 1% by mass or less is more preferable, and it is particularly preferable that particles are not contained.
-着色剤-
 感光性樹脂層は、着色剤(顔料、染料等)を含んでいてもよいが、例えば、透明性の点からは、着色剤を実質的に含まないことが好ましい。
 感光性樹脂層が着色剤を含む場合、着色剤の含有量は、感光性樹脂層の全質量に対して、1質量%未満が好ましく、0.1質量%未満がより好ましい。
-Colorant-
The photosensitive resin layer may contain a colorant (pigment, dye, etc.), but for example, from the viewpoint of transparency, it is preferable that the photosensitive resin layer contains substantially no colorant.
When the photosensitive resin layer contains a colorant, the content of the colorant is preferably less than 1% by mass, more preferably less than 0.1% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer.
-酸化防止剤-
 酸化防止剤としては、例えば、1-フェニル-3-ピラゾリドン(別名:フェニドン)、1-フェニル-4,4-ジメチル-3-ピラゾリドン、及び、1-フェニル-4-メチル-4-ヒドロキシメチル-3-ピラゾリドン等の3-ピラゾリドン類;ハイドロキノン、カテコール、ピロガロール、メチルハイドロキノン、及び、クロルハイドロキノン等のポリヒドロキシベンゼン類;パラメチルアミノフェノール、パラアミノフェノール、パラヒドロキシフェニルグリシン、及び、パラフェニレンジアミンが挙げられる。
 中でも、本開示における効果がより優れる点で、酸化防止剤としては、3-ピラゾリドン類が好ましく、1-フェニル-3-ピラゾリドンがより好ましい。
-Antioxidant-
Examples of the antioxidant include 1-phenyl-3-pyrazolidone (also known as phenidone), 1-phenyl-4,4-dimethyl-3-pyrazolidone, and 1-phenyl-4-methyl-4-hydroxymethyl-. 3-Pyrazoridones such as 3-pyrazolidone; polyhydroxybenzenes such as hydroquinone, catechol, pyrogallol, methylhydroquinone, and chlorhydroquinone; paramethylaminophenol, paraaminophenol, parahydroxyphenylglycine, and paraphenylenediamine. Be done.
Among them, 3-pyrazolidones are preferable as the antioxidant, and 1-phenyl-3-pyrazolidone is more preferable as the antioxidant in that the effect in the present disclosure is more excellent.
 感光性樹脂層が酸化防止剤を含む場合、酸化防止剤の含有量は、感光性樹脂層の全質量に対して、0.001質量%以上が好ましく、0.005質量%以上がより好ましく、0.01質量%以上が更に好ましい。上限は特に制限されないが、1質量%以下が好ましい。 When the photosensitive resin layer contains an antioxidant, the content of the antioxidant is preferably 0.001% by mass or more, more preferably 0.005% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. 0.01% by mass or more is more preferable. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1% by mass or less.
<感光性樹脂層の層厚>
 感光性樹脂層の層厚は、特に制限されないが30μm以下の場合が多く、本開示における効果がより優れる点で、20μm以下が好ましく、15μm以下がより好ましく、10μm以下が更に好ましく、5.0μm以下が特に好ましい。下限としては、感光性樹脂層を硬化して得られる膜の強度が優れる点で、0.60μm以上が好ましく、1.5μm以上がより好ましい。
 感光性樹脂層の厚みは、例えば、走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM)による断面観察により測定した任意の5点の平均値として算出できる。
<Layer thickness of photosensitive resin layer>
The thickness of the photosensitive resin layer is not particularly limited, but is often 30 μm or less, and is preferably 20 μm or less, more preferably 15 μm or less, still more preferably 10 μm or less, and further preferably 5.0 μm in that the effect in the present disclosure is more excellent. The following are particularly preferred. As the lower limit, 0.60 μm or more is preferable, and 1.5 μm or more is more preferable, because the strength of the film obtained by curing the photosensitive resin layer is excellent.
The thickness of the photosensitive resin layer can be calculated as, for example, an average value of any five points measured by cross-sectional observation with a scanning electron microscope (SEM).
<感光性樹脂層の屈折率>
 感光性樹脂層の屈折率は、1.47~1.56が好ましく、1.49~1.54がより好ましい。
<Refractive index of photosensitive resin layer>
The refractive index of the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 1.47 to 1.56, more preferably 1.49 to 1.54.
<感光性樹脂層の色>
 感光性樹脂層は無彩色であることが好ましい。具体的には、全反射(入射角8°、光源:D-65(2°視野))が、CIE1976(L,a,b)色空間において、L値は10~90であることが好ましく、a値は-1.0~1.0であることが好ましく、b値は-1.0~1.0であることが好ましい。
<Color of photosensitive resin layer>
The photosensitive resin layer is preferably achromatic. Specifically, the total reflection (incident angle 8 °, light source: D-65 (2 ° field of view)) has an L * value of 10 to 90 in the CIE1976 (L * , a * , b * ) color space. The a * value is preferably −1.0 to 1.0, and the b * value is preferably −1.0 to 1.0.
 なお、感光性樹脂層を硬化して得られるパターン(感光性樹脂層の硬化膜)は、無彩色であることが好ましい。
 具体的には、全反射(入射角8°、光源:D-65(2°視野))が、CIE1976(L,a,b)色空間において、パターンのL値は10~90であることが好ましく、パターンのa値は-1.0~1.0であることが好ましく、パターンのb値は-1.0~1.0であることが好ましい。
The pattern (cured film of the photosensitive resin layer) obtained by curing the photosensitive resin layer is preferably achromatic.
Specifically, the total reflection (incident angle 8 °, light source: D-65 (2 ° field of view)) has a pattern L * value of 10 to 90 in the CIE1976 (L * , a * , b * ) color space. The a * value of the pattern is preferably −1.0 to 1.0, and the b * value of the pattern is preferably −1.0 to 1.0.
〔屈折率調整層〕
 感光性転写材料は、屈折率調整層を有していることが好ましい。
 屈折率調整層としては、公知の屈折率調整層を適用できる。屈折率調整層に含まれる材料としては、例えば、バインダーポリマー、重合性化合物、金属塩、及び、粒子が挙げられる。
 屈折率調整層の屈折率を制御する方法は、特に制限されず、例えば、所定の屈折率の樹脂を単独で用いる方法、樹脂と粒子とを用いる方法、及び、金属塩と樹脂との複合体を用いる方法が挙げられる。
[Refractive index adjustment layer]
The photosensitive transfer material preferably has a refractive index adjusting layer.
As the refractive index adjusting layer, a known refractive index adjusting layer can be applied. Examples of the material contained in the refractive index adjusting layer include a binder polymer, a polymerizable compound, a metal salt, and particles.
The method for controlling the refractive index of the refractive index adjusting layer is not particularly limited, and for example, a method using a resin having a predetermined refractive index alone, a method using a resin and particles, and a composite of a metal salt and a resin are used. Is mentioned.
 バインダーポリマー及び重合性化合物としては、例えば、上記「感光性樹脂層」の項において説明したバインダーポリマー及び重合性化合物が挙げられる。 Examples of the binder polymer and the polymerizable compound include the binder polymer and the polymerizable compound described in the above section “Photosensitive resin layer”.
 粒子としては、例えば、金属酸化物粒子、及び、金属粒子が挙げられる。
 金属酸化物粒子の種類は特に制限はなく、公知の金属酸化物粒子が挙げられる。金属酸化物粒子における金属には、B、Si、Ge、As、Sb、及び、Te等の半金属も含まれる。
Examples of the particles include metal oxide particles and metal particles.
The type of the metal oxide particles is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include known metal oxide particles. The metal in the metal oxide particles also includes metalloids such as B, Si, Ge, As, Sb, and Te.
 粒子の平均一次粒子径は、例えば、硬化膜の透明性の点から、1nm~200nmが好ましく、3nm~80nmがより好ましい。
 粒子の平均一次粒子径は、電子顕微鏡を用いて任意の粒子200個の粒子径を測定し、測定結果を算術平均することにより算出される。なお、粒子の形状が球形でない場合には、最も長い辺を粒子径とする。
The average primary particle diameter of the particles is preferably 1 nm to 200 nm, more preferably 3 nm to 80 nm, for example, from the viewpoint of transparency of the cured film.
The average primary particle size of the particles is calculated by measuring the particle size of 200 arbitrary particles using an electron microscope and arithmetically averaging the measurement results. If the shape of the particle is not spherical, the longest side is the particle diameter.
 金属酸化物粒子としては、具体的には、酸化ジルコニウム粒子(ZrO粒子)、Nb粒子、酸化チタン粒子(TiO粒子)、二酸化珪素粒子(SiO粒子)、及び、これらの複合粒子よりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種が好ましい。
 これらのなかでも、金属酸化物粒子としては、例えば、屈折率を調整しやすいという点から、酸化ジルコニウム粒子及び酸化チタン粒子よりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種がより好ましい。
Specific examples of the metal oxide particles include zirconium oxide particles (ZrO 2 particles), Nb 2 O 5 particles, titanium oxide particles (TIO 2 particles), silicon dioxide particles (SiO 2 particles), and a composite thereof. At least one selected from the group consisting of particles is preferable.
Among these, as the metal oxide particles, for example, at least one selected from the group consisting of zirconium oxide particles and titanium oxide particles is more preferable because the refractive index can be easily adjusted.
 金属酸化物粒子の市販品としては、焼成酸化ジルコニウム粒子(CIKナノテック(株)製、製品名:ZRPGM15WT%-F04)、焼成酸化ジルコニウム粒子(CIKナノテック(株)製、製品名:ZRPGM15WT%-F74)、焼成酸化ジルコニウム粒子(CIKナノテック(株)製、製品名:ZRPGM15WT%-F75)、焼成酸化ジルコニウム粒子(CIKナノテック(株)製、製品名:ZRPGM15WT%-F76)、酸化ジルコニウム粒子(ナノユースOZ-S30M、日産化学工業(株)製)、及び、酸化ジルコニウム粒子(ナノユースOZ-S30K、日産化学工業(株)製)が挙げられる。 Commercially available metal oxide particles include fired zirconium oxide particles (manufactured by CIK Nanotech Co., Ltd., product name: ZRPGM15WT% -F04) and fired zirconium oxide particles (manufactured by CIK Nanotech Co., Ltd., product name: ZRPGM15WT% -F74). ), Fired zirconium oxide particles (CIK Nanotech Co., Ltd., product name: ZRPGM15WT% -F75), fired zirconium oxide particles (CIK Nanotech Co., Ltd., product name: ZRPGM15WT% -F76), zirconium oxide particles (Nano Youth OZ) -S30M, manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and zirconium oxide particles (Nano Youth OZ-S30K, manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.).
 粒子は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用することもできる。
 屈折率調整層における粒子の含有量は、屈折率調整層の全質量に対し、1質量%~95質量%が好ましく、20質量%~90質量%がより好ましく、40質量%~85質量%が更に好ましい。
 金属酸化物粒子として酸化チタンを用いる場合、酸化チタン粒子の含有量は、屈折率調整層の全質量に対して、1質量%~95質量%が好ましく、20質量%~90質量%がより好ましく、40質量%~85質量%が更に好ましい。
The particles may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The content of the particles in the refractive index adjusting layer is preferably 1% by mass to 95% by mass, more preferably 20% by mass to 90% by mass, and 40% by mass to 85% by mass with respect to the total mass of the refractive index adjusting layer. More preferred.
When titanium oxide is used as the metal oxide particles, the content of the titanium oxide particles is preferably 1% by mass to 95% by mass, more preferably 20% by mass to 90% by mass, based on the total mass of the refractive index adjusting layer. , 40% by mass to 85% by mass is more preferable.
 屈折率調整層の屈折率は、感光性樹脂層の屈折率よりも高いことが好ましい。
 屈折率調整層の屈折率は、1.50以上が好ましく、1.55以上がより好ましく、1.60以上が更に好ましく、1.65以上が特に好ましい。屈折率調整層の屈折率の上限は、2.10以下が好ましく、1.85以下がより好ましく、1.78以下が更に好ましく、1.74以下が特に好ましい。
The refractive index of the refractive index adjusting layer is preferably higher than that of the photosensitive resin layer.
The refractive index of the refractive index adjusting layer is preferably 1.50 or more, more preferably 1.55 or more, further preferably 1.60 or more, and particularly preferably 1.65 or more. The upper limit of the refractive index of the refractive index adjusting layer is preferably 2.10 or less, more preferably 1.85 or less, further preferably 1.78 or less, and particularly preferably 1.74 or less.
 屈折率調整層の層厚は、50nm~500nmが好ましく、55nm~110nmがより好ましく、60nm~100nmが更に好ましい。 The thickness of the refractive index adjusting layer is preferably 50 nm to 500 nm, more preferably 55 nm to 110 nm, and even more preferably 60 nm to 100 nm.
<第2実施形態の感光性転写材料の製造方法>
 第2実施形態の感光性転写材料の製造方法は特に制限されず、公知の方法を使用できる。
 図2に示す感光性転写材料10の製造方法としては、例えば、仮支持体1の表面に感光性樹脂組成物を塗布して塗膜を形成し、更にこの塗膜を乾燥して感光性樹脂層3を形成する工程と、感光性樹脂層3の表面に屈折率調整層形成用組成物を塗布して塗膜を形成し、更にこの塗膜を乾燥して屈折率調整層5を形成する工程と、を含む方法が挙げられる。
<Manufacturing method of photosensitive transfer material of the second embodiment>
The method for producing the photosensitive transfer material of the second embodiment is not particularly limited, and a known method can be used.
As a method for producing the photosensitive transfer material 10 shown in FIG. 2, for example, a photosensitive resin composition is applied to the surface of the temporary support 1 to form a coating film, and the coating film is further dried to form a photosensitive resin. The step of forming the layer 3 and the composition for forming the refractive index adjusting layer are applied to the surface of the photosensitive resin layer 3 to form a coating film, and the coating film is further dried to form the refractive index adjusting layer 5. Examples include steps and methods including.
 上述の製造方法により製造された積層体の屈折率調整層5上に、保護フィルム7を圧着させることにより、感光性転写材料10が製造される。
 第1実施形態の感光性転写材料の製造方法としては、屈折率調整層5の仮支持体1を有する側とは反対側の面に接するように保護フィルム7を設ける工程を含むことにより、仮支持体1と、感光性樹脂層3及び屈折率調整層5を含む転写層2と、及び保護フィルム7とを備える感光性転写材料10を製造することが好ましい。
 上記の製造方法により感光性転写材料10を製造した後、感光性転写材料10を巻き取ることにより、ロール形態の感光性転写材料を作製及び保管してもよい。ロール形態の感光性転写材料は、後述するロールツーロール方式での基板との貼合工程にそのままの形態で提供できる。
The photosensitive transfer material 10 is manufactured by crimping the protective film 7 onto the refractive index adjusting layer 5 of the laminate manufactured by the above-mentioned manufacturing method.
The method for producing the photosensitive transfer material of the first embodiment temporarily includes a step of providing a protective film 7 so as to be in contact with the surface of the refractive index adjusting layer 5 opposite to the side having the temporary support 1. It is preferable to manufacture the photosensitive transfer material 10 including the support 1, the transfer layer 2 including the photosensitive resin layer 3 and the refractive index adjusting layer 5, and the protective film 7.
After manufacturing the photosensitive transfer material 10 by the above-mentioned manufacturing method, the photosensitive transfer material 10 in the form of a roll may be manufactured and stored by winding the photosensitive transfer material 10. The photosensitive transfer material in the form of a roll can be provided as it is in the bonding process with the substrate by the roll-to-roll method described later.
 また、上記の感光性転写材料10の製造方法としては、保護フィルム7上に、屈折率調整層5を形成した後、屈折率調整層5の表面に感光性樹脂層3を形成する方法であってもよい。
 また、上記の感光性転写材料10の製造方法としては、仮支持体1上に感光性樹脂層3を形成し、別途、保護フィルム7上に屈折率調整層5を形成し、感光性樹脂層3とに屈折率調整層5とを貼り合わせて形成する方法であってもよい。
The method for producing the photosensitive transfer material 10 is a method in which the refractive index adjusting layer 5 is formed on the protective film 7 and then the photosensitive resin layer 3 is formed on the surface of the refractive index adjusting layer 5. You may.
Further, as a method for producing the photosensitive transfer material 10, the photosensitive resin layer 3 is formed on the temporary support 1, and the refractive index adjusting layer 5 is separately formed on the protective film 7, and the photosensitive resin layer is formed. A method may be used in which the refractive index adjusting layer 5 is bonded to the 3 and the refractive index adjusting layer 5.
 第2の実施形態における感光性樹脂組成物及び感光性樹脂層の形成方法については、第1の実施形態において上述した感光性樹脂組成物及び感光性樹脂層の形成方法と同様であり、好ましい態様も同様である。 The method for forming the photosensitive resin composition and the photosensitive resin layer in the second embodiment is the same as the method for forming the photosensitive resin composition and the photosensitive resin layer described above in the first embodiment, which is a preferred embodiment. Is the same.
<屈折率調整層形成用組成物及び屈折率調整層の形成方法>
 屈折率調整層形成用組成物としては、上述した屈折率調整層を形成する各種成分と溶剤とを含むことが好ましい。なお、屈折率調整層形成用組成物において、組成物の全固形分に対する各成分の含有量の好適範囲は、上述した屈折率調整層の全質量に対する各成分の含有量の好適範囲と同じである。
 溶剤としては、屈折率調整層に含まれる成分を溶解又は分散可能であれば特に制限されず、水及び水混和性の有機溶剤よりなる群から選択される少なくとも1種が好ましく、水又は水と水混和性の有機溶剤との混合溶剤がより好ましい。
 水混和性の有機溶剤としては、例えば、炭素数1~3のアルコール、アセトン、エチレングリコール、及びグリセリンが挙げられ、炭素数1~3のアルコールが好ましく、メタノール又はエタノールがより好ましい。
 溶剤は、1種単独で使用してもよく、2種以上使用してもよい。
 溶剤の含有量は、組成物の全固形分100質量部に対して、50質量部~2,500質量部が好ましく、50質量部~1,900質量部がより好ましく、100質量部~900質量部が更に好ましい。
<Composition for forming a refractive index adjusting layer and a method for forming the refractive index adjusting layer>
The composition for forming the refractive index adjusting layer preferably contains various components forming the above-mentioned refractive index adjusting layer and a solvent. In the composition for forming a refractive index adjusting layer, the preferable range of the content of each component with respect to the total solid content of the composition is the same as the preferable range of the content of each component with respect to the total mass of the refractive index adjusting layer described above. be.
The solvent is not particularly limited as long as it can dissolve or disperse the components contained in the refractive index adjusting layer, and at least one selected from the group consisting of water and a water-miscible organic solvent is preferable, with water or water. A mixed solvent with a water-miscible organic solvent is more preferable.
Examples of the water-miscible organic solvent include alcohols having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, acetone, ethylene glycol, and glycerin, and alcohols having 1 to 3 carbon atoms are preferable, and methanol or ethanol is more preferable.
The solvent may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The content of the solvent is preferably 50 parts by mass to 2,500 parts by mass, more preferably 50 parts by mass to 1,900 parts by mass, and 100 parts by mass to 900 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content of the composition. The unit is more preferable.
 屈折率調整層の形成方法は、上記の成分を含む層を形成可能な方法であれば特に制限されず、例えば、公知の塗布方法(スリット塗布、スピン塗布、カーテン塗布及びインクジェット塗布等)が挙げられる。 The method for forming the refractive index adjusting layer is not particularly limited as long as it can form a layer containing the above components, and examples thereof include known coating methods (slit coating, spin coating, curtain coating, inkjet coating, etc.). Be done.
 また、保護フィルムを屈折率調整層に貼り合わせることにより、第2実施形態の感光性転写材料を製造できる。
 保護フィルムを屈折率調整層に貼り合わせる方法は、特に制限されず、公知の方法が挙げられる。
 保護フィルムを屈折率調整層に貼り合わせる装置としては、真空ラミネーター、及び、オートカットラミネーター等の公知のラミネーターが挙げられる。
 ラミネーターはゴムローラー等の任意の加熱可能なローラーを備え、加圧及び加熱ができるものであることが好ましい。
Further, by attaching the protective film to the refractive index adjusting layer, the photosensitive transfer material of the second embodiment can be manufactured.
The method of attaching the protective film to the refractive index adjusting layer is not particularly limited, and known methods can be mentioned.
Examples of the device for adhering the protective film to the refractive index adjusting layer include a vacuum laminator and a known laminator such as an auto-cut laminator.
It is preferable that the laminator is provided with an arbitrary heatable roller such as a rubber roller and can be pressurized and heated.
(樹脂パターンの製造方法、積層体の製造方法、及び、エッチング方法)
 本開示に係る樹脂パターンの製造方法は、本開示に係る感光性転写材料を用いて基板上に樹脂パターンを形成する樹脂パターンの製造方法である。
 樹脂パターンの製造方法としては、本開示に係る感光性転写材料から上記保護フィルムを剥離する工程(以下「保護フィルム剥離工程」ともいう。)と、上記保護フィルムを剥離した感光性転写材料における上記仮支持体に対して上記感光性樹脂層を有する側の最外層を、基板(好ましくは導電性層を有する基板)に接触させて貼り合わせる工程(以下「貼り合わせ工程」ともいう。)と、上記感光性樹脂層を上記仮支持体を介してパターン露光する工程(以下「露光工程」ともいう。)と、露光された上記感光性樹脂層を現像して樹脂パターンを形成する工程(以下「現像工程」ともいう。)と、をこの順に含む方法が好ましい。
(Manufacturing method of resin pattern, manufacturing method of laminate, and etching method)
The method for producing a resin pattern according to the present disclosure is a method for producing a resin pattern for forming a resin pattern on a substrate by using the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure.
The method for producing the resin pattern includes a step of peeling the protective film from the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure (hereinafter, also referred to as “protective film peeling step”), and the above-mentioned photosensitive transfer material from which the protective film has been peeled off. A step of bringing the outermost layer on the side having the photosensitive resin layer to the temporary support in contact with a substrate (preferably a substrate having a conductive layer) and bonding them (hereinafter, also referred to as “bonding step”). A step of pattern-exposing the photosensitive resin layer via the temporary support (hereinafter, also referred to as “exposure step”) and a step of developing the exposed photosensitive resin layer to form a resin pattern (hereinafter, “exposed step”). It is also referred to as "development step"), and a method including the above in this order is preferable.
 本開示に係る積層体の製造方法は、本開示に係る感光性転写材料を用いて基板上に樹脂パターンを有する積層体の製造方法である。
 積層体の製造方法としては、上記保護フィルム剥離工程と、上記貼り合わせ工程と、上記露光工程と、上記現像工程と、をこの順に含む方法が好ましい。
The method for producing a laminate according to the present disclosure is a method for producing a laminate having a resin pattern on a substrate using the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure.
As a method for producing the laminate, a method including the protective film peeling step, the bonding step, the exposure step, and the developing step in this order is preferable.
 本開示に係るエッチング方法は、本開示に係る感光性転写材料を用いる方法であれば、特に制限されない。
 本開示に係るエッチング方法としては、上記基板、上記導電性層、及び、本開示に係る樹脂パターンの製造方法により製造された樹脂パターンがこの順で積層された積層体において、上記樹脂パターンが配置されていない領域における上記導電性層をエッチング処理する工程を含む方法が好ましい。
 以下、樹脂パターンの製造方法、積層体の製造方法及びエッチング方法が含む各工程について説明するが、特に言及した場合を除き、樹脂パターンの製造方法又は積層体の製造方法に含まれる各工程について説明した内容は、エッチング方法に含まれる各工程についても適用されるものとする。
The etching method according to the present disclosure is not particularly limited as long as it is a method using the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure.
As an etching method according to the present disclosure, the resin pattern is arranged in a laminate in which the substrate, the conductive layer, and the resin pattern manufactured by the method for manufacturing the resin pattern according to the present disclosure are laminated in this order. A method including a step of etching the conductive layer in a region not provided is preferable.
Hereinafter, each step included in the resin pattern manufacturing method, the laminated body manufacturing method, and the etching method will be described, but unless otherwise specified, each step included in the resin pattern manufacturing method or the laminated body manufacturing method will be described. The contents of the above shall also be applied to each step included in the etching method.
<保護フィルム剥離工程>
 樹脂パターンの製造方法又は積層体の製造方法は、本開示に係る感光性転写材料から上記保護フィルムを剥離する工程を含むことが好ましい。保護フィルムを剥離する方法は、制限されず、公知の方法を適用することができる。
<Protective film peeling process>
The method for producing the resin pattern or the method for producing the laminate preferably includes a step of peeling the protective film from the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure. The method of peeling the protective film is not limited, and a known method can be applied.
<貼り合わせ工程>
 樹脂パターンの製造方法又は積層体の製造方法は、貼り合わせ工程を含むことが好ましい。
 貼り合わせ工程においては、感光性転写材料における上記仮支持体に対して感光性樹脂層を有する側の最外層に基板(基板の表面に導電層が設けられている場合は導電層)を接触させ、感光性転写材料と基板とを圧着させることが好ましい。上記態様であると、感光性転写材料における上記仮支持体に対して感光性樹脂層を有する側の最外層と基板との密着性が向上するため、露光及び現像後のパターン形成された感光性樹脂層は、導電層をエッチングする際のエッチングレジストとして好適に用いることができる。
<Lasting process>
It is preferable that the method for producing the resin pattern or the method for producing the laminate includes a bonding step.
In the bonding step, the substrate (or the conductive layer if the conductive layer is provided on the surface of the substrate) is brought into contact with the outermost layer on the side having the photosensitive resin layer with respect to the temporary support of the photosensitive transfer material. , It is preferable to crimp the photosensitive transfer material and the substrate. In the above aspect, in order to improve the adhesion between the outermost layer on the side having the photosensitive resin layer and the substrate with respect to the temporary support in the photosensitive transfer material, the pattern-formed photosensitive after exposure and development is improved. The resin layer can be suitably used as an etching resist when etching the conductive layer.
 また、貼り合わせ工程は、感光性転写材料が感光性樹脂層の仮支持体と対向していない側の表面に保護フィルム以外の層(例えば高屈折率層及び/又は低屈折率層)を更に備える場合、感光性樹脂層の仮支持体を有していない側の表面と基板とがその層を介して貼り合わされる態様となる。 Further, in the bonding step, a layer other than the protective film (for example, a high refractive index layer and / or a low refractive index layer) is further formed on the surface of the photosensitive resin layer on the side where the photosensitive transfer material does not face the temporary support. In this case, the surface of the photosensitive resin layer on the side that does not have the temporary support and the substrate are bonded to each other via the layer.
 基板と感光性転写材料とを圧着する方法としては、特に制限されず、公知の転写方法、及び、ラミネート方法を用いることができる。
 感光性転写材料の基板への貼り合わせは、感光性転写材料における上記仮支持体に対して感光性樹脂層を有する側の最外層と基板と重ね、ロール等の手段を用いて加圧及び加熱を施すことにより、行われることが好ましい。貼り合わせには、ラミネーター、真空ラミネーター、及び、より生産性を高めることができるオートカットラミネーター等の公知のラミネーターが使用できる。
 ラミネート温度としては、特に制限されないが、例えば、70℃~130℃であることが好ましい。
The method of crimping the substrate and the photosensitive transfer material is not particularly limited, and a known transfer method or laminating method can be used.
The photosensitive transfer material is bonded to the substrate by superimposing the outermost layer on the side having the photosensitive resin layer on the temporary support of the photosensitive transfer material on the substrate, and pressurizing and heating by means such as a roll. It is preferable that this is done by applying. For bonding, a known laminator such as a laminator, a vacuum laminator, and an auto-cut laminator capable of further increasing productivity can be used.
The laminating temperature is not particularly limited, but is preferably 70 ° C to 130 ° C, for example.
 貼り合わせ工程を含む樹脂パターンの製造方法及びエッチング方法は、ロールツーロール方式により行われることが好ましい。
 以下、ロールツーロール方式について説明する。
 ロールツーロール方式とは、基板として、巻き取り及び巻き出しが可能な基板を用い、樹脂パターンの製造方法又はエッチング方法に含まれるいずれかの工程の前に、基板又は基板を含む構造体を巻き出す工程(「巻き出し工程」ともいう。)と、いずれかの工程の後に、基板又は基板を含む構造体を巻き取る工程(「巻き取り工程」ともいう。)と、を含み、少なくともいずれかの工程(好ましくは、全ての工程、又は加熱工程以外の全ての工程)を、基板又は基板を含む構造体を搬送しながら行う方式をいう。
 巻き出し工程における巻き出し方法、及び巻き取り工程における巻取り方法としては、特に制限されず、ロールツーロール方式を適用する製造方法において、公知の方法を用いればよい。
It is preferable that the resin pattern manufacturing method and the etching method including the bonding step are performed by a roll-to-roll method.
Hereinafter, the roll-to-roll method will be described.
The roll-to-roll method uses a substrate that can be wound and unwound as a substrate, and winds the substrate or a structure containing the substrate before any of the steps included in the resin pattern manufacturing method or the etching method. At least one of a step of unwinding (also referred to as “unwinding step”) and a step of winding the substrate or a structure including the substrate (also referred to as “winding step”) after any of the steps. (Preferably, all steps or all steps other than the heating step) are performed while transporting the substrate or the structure including the substrate.
The unwinding method in the unwinding step and the winding method in the winding step are not particularly limited, and a known method may be used in the manufacturing method to which the roll-to-roll method is applied.
<基板>
 本開示に係る樹脂パターンの製造方法に用いられる基板としては、公知の基板を用いればよいが、導電層を有する基板が好ましく、基板の表面に導電層を有することがより好ましい。
 基板は、必要に応じて導電層以外の任意の層を有してもよい。
 基板としては、例えば、樹脂基板、ガラス基板、及び、半導体基板が挙げられる。
 基板の好ましい態様としては、例えば、国際公開第2018/155193号の段落0140に記載が挙げられ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
<Board>
As the substrate used in the method for producing a resin pattern according to the present disclosure, a known substrate may be used, but a substrate having a conductive layer is preferable, and it is more preferable to have a conductive layer on the surface of the substrate.
The substrate may have any layer other than the conductive layer, if necessary.
Examples of the substrate include a resin substrate, a glass substrate, and a semiconductor substrate.
Preferred embodiments of the substrate include, for example, description in paragraph 0140 of WO 2018/155193, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 基板を構成する基材としては、例えば、ガラス、シリコン及びフィルムが挙げられる。
 基板を構成する基材は、透明であることが好ましい。本明細書において「透明である」とは、波長400nm~700nmの光の透過率が80%以上であることを意味する。
 また、基板を構成する基板の屈折率は、1.50~1.52であることが好ましい。
Examples of the base material constituting the substrate include glass, silicon and a film.
The substrate constituting the substrate is preferably transparent. As used herein, "transparent" means that the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 400 nm to 700 nm is 80% or more.
Further, the refractive index of the substrate constituting the substrate is preferably 1.50 to 1.52.
 透明なガラス基板としては、コーニング社のゴリラガラスに代表される強化ガラスが挙げられる。また、透明なガラス基板としては、特開2010-86684号公報、特開2010-152809号公報及び特開2010-257492号公報に用いられている材料を用いることができる。 Examples of the transparent glass substrate include tempered glass represented by Corning's gorilla glass. Further, as the transparent glass substrate, the materials used in JP-A-2010-86684, JP-A-2010-152809 and JP-A-2010-257492 can be used.
 基板としてフィルム基板を用いる場合は、光学的に歪みが小さく、かつ/又は、透明度が高いフィルム基板を用いることが好ましい。そのようなフィルム基板としては、例えば、ポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)、ポリエチレンナフタレート、ポリカーボネート、トリアセチルセルロース及びシクロオレフィンポリマーが挙げられる。 When a film substrate is used as the substrate, it is preferable to use a film substrate with low optical distortion and / or high transparency. Examples of such film substrates include polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyethylene naphthalate, polycarbonate, triacetyl cellulose and cycloolefin polymers.
 基板としては、ロールツーロール方式で製造する場合、フィルム基板が好ましい。また、ロールツーロール方式によりタッチパネル用の回路配線を製造する場合、基板がシート状樹脂組成物であることが好ましい。 As the substrate, a film substrate is preferable when it is manufactured by the roll-to-roll method. Further, when the circuit wiring for the touch panel is manufactured by the roll-to-roll method, it is preferable that the substrate is a sheet-like resin composition.
 基板が有する導電層としては、一般的な回路配線又はタッチパネル配線に用いられる導電層が挙げられる。
 導電層としては、導電性及び細線形成性の観点から、金属層、導電性金属酸化物層、グラフェン層、カーボンナノチューブ層及び導電ポリマー層よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の層が好ましく、金属層がより好ましく、銅層又は銀層が更に好ましい。
 基板は、導電層を1層単独で有してよく、2層以上有してもよい。2層以上の導電層を有する場合は、異なる材質の導電層を有することが好ましい。
Examples of the conductive layer included in the substrate include a conductive layer used for general circuit wiring or touch panel wiring.
As the conductive layer, at least one layer selected from the group consisting of a metal layer, a conductive metal oxide layer, a graphene layer, a carbon nanotube layer and a conductive polymer layer is preferable from the viewpoint of conductivity and fine wire forming property. A metal layer is more preferable, and a copper layer or a silver layer is further preferable.
The substrate may have one conductive layer alone, or may have two or more conductive layers. When having two or more conductive layers, it is preferable to have conductive layers made of different materials.
 導電層の材料としては、金属及び導電性金属酸化物が挙げられる。
 金属としては、Al、Zn、Cu、Fe、Ni、Cr、Mo、Ag及びAuが挙げられる。
 導電性金属酸化物としては、ITO(Indium Tin Oxide)、IZO(Indium Zinc Oxide)及びSiOが挙げられる。
 なお、本明細書において「導電性」とは、体積抵抗率が1×10Ωcm未満であることをいう。導電性金属酸化物の体積抵抗率は、1×10Ωcm未満が好ましい。
Examples of the material of the conductive layer include metals and conductive metal oxides.
Examples of the metal include Al, Zn, Cu, Fe, Ni, Cr, Mo, Ag and Au.
Examples of the conductive metal oxide include ITO (Indium Tin Oxide), IZO (Indium Zinc Oxide) and SiO 2 .
In addition, in this specification, "conductivity" means that the volume resistivity is less than 1 × 106 Ωcm. The volume resistivity of the conductive metal oxide is preferably less than 1 × 10 4 Ωcm.
 複数の導電層を有する基板を用いて樹脂パターンを製造する場合、複数の導電層のうち少なくとも一つの導電層は導電性金属酸化物を含有することが好ましい。
 導電層としては、静電容量型タッチパネルに用いられる視認部のセンサーに相当する電極パターン又は周辺取り出し部の配線が好ましい。
 導電層の好ましい態様としては、例えば、国際公開第2018/155193号の段落0141に記載が挙げられ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
When a resin pattern is produced using a substrate having a plurality of conductive layers, it is preferable that at least one of the plurality of conductive layers contains a conductive metal oxide.
As the conductive layer, an electrode pattern corresponding to the sensor of the visual recognition portion used in the capacitive touch panel or wiring of the peripheral extraction portion is preferable.
Preferred embodiments of the conductive layer include, for example, description in paragraph 0141 of WO 2018/155193, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 導電層を有する基板としては、透明電極及び引き回し配線の少なくとも一方を有する基板が好ましい。上記のような基板は、タッチパネル用基板として好適に使用できる。
 透明電極は、タッチパネル用電極として好適に機能し得る。透明電極は、ITO(酸化インジウムスズ)、及び、IZO(酸化インジウム亜鉛)等の金属酸化膜、並びに、金属メッシュ、及び、銀ナノワイヤー等の金属細線により構成されることが好ましい。
 金属細線としては、銀、銅等の細線が挙げられる。なかでも、銀メッシュ、銀ナノワイヤー等の銀導電性材料が好ましい。
As the substrate having a conductive layer, a substrate having at least one of a transparent electrode and a routing wire is preferable. The above-mentioned substrate can be suitably used as a touch panel substrate.
The transparent electrode may function suitably as a touch panel electrode. The transparent electrode is preferably composed of a metal oxide film such as ITO (indium tin oxide) and IZO (indium zinc oxide), a metal mesh, and a fine metal wire such as silver nanowire.
Examples of the thin metal wire include thin wires such as silver and copper. Of these, silver conductive materials such as silver mesh and silver nanowires are preferable.
 引き回し配線の材質としては、金属が好ましい。
 引き回し配線の材質である金属としては、金、銀、銅、モリブデン、アルミニウム、チタン、クロム、亜鉛、及び、マンガン、並びに、これらの金属元素の2種以上からなる合金が挙げられる。引き回し配線の材質としては、銅、モリブデン、アルミニウム、又は、チタンが好ましく、銅が特に好ましい。
Metal is preferable as the material of the routing wiring.
Examples of the metal that is the material of the routing wiring include gold, silver, copper, molybdenum, aluminum, titanium, chromium, zinc, and manganese, and alloys composed of two or more of these metal elements. As the material of the routing wiring, copper, molybdenum, aluminum, or titanium is preferable, and copper is particularly preferable.
 本開示に係る感光性転写材料を用いて形成されたタッチパネル用電極保護膜は、電極等(すなわち、タッチパネル用電極及びタッチパネル用配線の少なくとも一方)を保護する目的で、電極等を直接又は他の層を介して覆うように設けられることが好ましい。 The electrode protective film for a touch panel formed by using the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure directly or other electrodes for the purpose of protecting the electrodes and the like (that is, at least one of the electrodes for the touch panel and the wiring for the touch panel). It is preferably provided so as to cover the layers.
<露光工程>
 樹脂パターンの製造方法又は積層体の製造方法は、上記貼り合わせ工程の後、感光性樹脂層をパターン露光する工程(露光工程)を含むことが好ましい。
 なお、ここで、「パターン露光」とは、パターン状に露光する形態、すなわち、露光部と非露光部とが存在する形態の露光を指す。
 パターン露光における露光領域と未露光領域との位置関係は特に制限されず、適宜調整される。
<Exposure process>
It is preferable that the method for manufacturing the resin pattern or the method for manufacturing the laminate includes a step (exposure step) of pattern-exposing the photosensitive resin layer after the above-mentioned bonding step.
Here, the "pattern exposure" refers to an exposure in a form of exposure in a pattern, that is, a form in which an exposed portion and a non-exposed portion are present.
The positional relationship between the exposed area and the unexposed area in the pattern exposure is not particularly limited and is appropriately adjusted.
 パターン露光におけるパターンの詳細な配置及び具体的サイズは特に制限されない。例えば、エッチング方法により製造される回路配線を有する入力装置を備えた表示装置(例えばタッチパネル)の表示品質を高め、また、取り出し配線の占める面積が小さくなるように、パターンの少なくとも一部(好ましくはタッチパネルの電極パターン及び/又は取り出し配線の部分)は幅が20μm以下である細線を含むことが好ましく、幅が10μm以下の細線を含むことがより好ましい。 The detailed arrangement and specific size of the pattern in the pattern exposure are not particularly limited. For example, at least a part (preferably) of the pattern so as to improve the display quality of a display device (for example, a touch panel) having an input device having circuit wiring manufactured by an etching method and to reduce the area occupied by the take-out wiring. The electrode pattern and / or the portion of the take-out wiring of the touch panel) preferably contains a thin wire having a width of 20 μm or less, and more preferably contains a thin wire having a width of 10 μm or less.
 露光に使用する光源は、感光性樹脂層を露光可能な波長の光(例えば、365nm又は405nm)を照射する光源であれば、適宜選定して用いることができる。具体的には、超高圧水銀灯、高圧水銀灯、メタルハライドランプ及びLED(Light Emitting Diode)が挙げられる。
 露光量としては、5mJ/cm~200mJ/cmが好ましく、10mJ/cm~100mJ/cmがより好ましい。
 露光に使用する光源、露光量及び露光方法の好ましい態様としては、例えば、国際公開第2018/155193号の段落0146~0147に記載が挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
The light source used for exposure can be appropriately selected and used as long as it is a light source that irradiates the photosensitive resin layer with light having a wavelength that allows exposure (for example, 365 nm or 405 nm). Specific examples thereof include ultra-high pressure mercury lamps, high pressure mercury lamps, metal halide lamps and LEDs (Light Emitting Diodes).
The exposure amount is preferably 5 mJ / cm 2 to 200 mJ / cm 2 , more preferably 10 mJ / cm 2 to 100 mJ / cm 2 .
Preferred embodiments of the light source, exposure amount and exposure method used for exposure include, for example, paragraphs 0146 to 0147 of International Publication No. 2018/155193, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 露光工程においては、感光性樹脂層から仮支持体を剥離した後にパターン露光してもよく、仮支持体を剥離する前に、仮支持体を介してパターン露光し、その後、仮支持体を剥離してもよい。マスクは、露光前に仮支持体を剥離した場合には、感光性樹脂層と接触させて露光してもよいし、接触せずに近接させて露光してもよい。仮支持体を剥離せずに露光する場合には、マスクは、仮支持体と接触させて露光してもよいし、接触せずに近接させて露光してもよい。感光性樹脂層とマスクとの接触によるマスク汚染の防止、及びマスクに付着した異物による露光への影響を避けるためには、仮支持体を剥離せずにパターン露光することが好ましい。なお、露光方式は、接触露光の場合は、コンタクト露光方式、非接触露光方式の場合は、プロキシミティ露光方式、レンズ系又はミラー系のプロジェクション露光方式、露光レーザー等を用いたダイレクト露光方式を適宜選択して用いることができる。レンズ系又はミラー系のプロジェクション露光の場合、必要な解像力、焦点深度に応じて、適当なレンズの開口数(NA)を有する露光機を用いることができる。ダイレクト露光方式の場合は、直接感光性樹脂層に描画を行ってもよいし、レンズを介して感光性樹脂層に縮小投影露光をしてもよい。また、露光は大気下で行うだけでなく、減圧、真空下で行ってもよく、また、光源と感光性樹脂層の間に水等の液体を介在させて露光してもよい。 In the exposure step, the temporary support may be peeled off from the photosensitive resin layer and then the pattern exposure may be performed. Before the temporary support is peeled off, the pattern is exposed through the temporary support, and then the temporary support is peeled off. You may. When the temporary support is peeled off before exposure, the mask may be exposed in contact with the photosensitive resin layer, or may be exposed in close proximity without contact. When the temporary support is exposed without being peeled off, the mask may be exposed in contact with the temporary support, or may be exposed in close contact with the temporary support without contact. In order to prevent mask contamination due to contact between the photosensitive resin layer and the mask and to avoid the influence of foreign matter adhering to the mask on the exposure, it is preferable to perform pattern exposure without peeling the temporary support. The exposure method may be a contact exposure method in the case of contact exposure, a proximity exposure method in the case of a non-contact exposure method, a lens-based or mirror-based projection exposure method, or a direct exposure method using an exposure laser or the like. It can be selected and used. In the case of lens-based or mirror-based projection exposure, an exposure machine having an appropriate numerical aperture (NA) of the lens can be used according to the required resolving power and depth of focus. In the case of the direct exposure method, drawing may be performed directly on the photosensitive resin layer, or reduced projection exposure may be performed on the photosensitive resin layer via a lens. Further, the exposure may be performed not only in the atmosphere but also under reduced pressure or vacuum, or may be exposed by interposing a liquid such as water between the light source and the photosensitive resin layer.
<剥離工程>
 樹脂パターンの製造方法、積層体の製造方法又はエッチング方法は、貼り合わせ工程と露光工程との間、又は、露光工程と現像工程との間に、仮支持体を剥離する剥離工程を含んでいてもよい。
 仮支持体の剥離方法は特に制限されず、特開2010-072589号公報の段落0161~0162に記載されたカバーフィルム剥離機構と同様の機構を使用できる。
<Peeling process>
The resin pattern manufacturing method, the laminated body manufacturing method, or the etching method includes a peeling step of peeling off the temporary support between the bonding step and the exposure step, or between the exposure step and the developing step. May be good.
The method for peeling the temporary support is not particularly limited, and a mechanism similar to the cover film peeling mechanism described in paragraphs 0161 to 0162 of JP2010-072589 can be used.
<現像工程>
 樹脂パターンの製造方法又は積層体の製造方法は、上記露光工程の後、露光された感光性樹脂層を現像して樹脂パターンを形成する工程(現像工程)を含むことが好ましい。
現像工程において、非画像部の感光性樹脂層とともに非画像部の他の層も除去される。また、現像工程において、露光部において露光後の感光性樹脂層上に位置する他の層も、現像液に溶解あるいは分散する形で除去されてもよい。
<Development process>
The method for producing a resin pattern or the method for producing a laminate preferably includes, after the above-mentioned exposure step, a step (development step) of developing the exposed photosensitive resin layer to form a resin pattern.
In the developing process, the photosensitive resin layer in the non-image area and other layers in the non-image area are removed. Further, in the developing step, other layers located on the photosensitive resin layer after exposure in the exposed portion may also be removed in a form of being dissolved or dispersed in the developing solution.
 現像工程における露光された感光性樹脂層の現像は、現像液を用いて行うことができる。
 現像液としては、感光性樹脂層の非画像部を除去することができれば特に制限されず、例えば、特開平5-72724号公報に記載の現像液等の公知の現像液が使用できる。
 現像液としては、pKa=7~13の化合物を0.05mol/L~5mol/L(リットル)の濃度で含むアルカリ水溶液系の現像液が好ましい。現像液は、水溶性の有機溶剤及び/又は界面活性剤を含有してもよい。
 アルカリ性水溶液に含まれ得るアルカリ性化合物としては、例えば、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸カリウム、炭酸水素ナトリウム、炭酸水素カリウム、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラエチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラプロピルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラブチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、及び、コリン(2-ヒドロキシエチルトリメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド)が挙げられる。
 現像液としては、国際公開第2015/093271号の段落0194に記載の現像液も好ましく挙げられる。好適に用いられる現像方式としては、例えば、国際公開第2015/093271号の段落0195に記載の現像方式が挙げられる。
The exposed photosensitive resin layer can be developed by using a developing solution in the developing step.
The developing solution is not particularly limited as long as it can remove the non-image portion of the photosensitive resin layer, and for example, a known developing solution such as the developing solution described in JP-A-5-72724 can be used.
As the developing solution, an alkaline aqueous solution-based developing solution containing a compound having pKa = 7 to 13 at a concentration of 0.05 mol / L to 5 mol / L (liter) is preferable. The developer may contain a water-soluble organic solvent and / or a surfactant.
Examples of the alkaline compound that can be contained in the alkaline aqueous solution include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, potassium hydrogencarbonate, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, and tetrapropylammonium hydroxy. Do, tetrabutylammonium hydroxide, and choline (2-hydroxyethyltrimethylammonium hydroxide) can be mentioned.
As the developer, the developer described in paragraph 0194 of International Publication No. 2015/093271 is also preferably mentioned. Preferred development methods include, for example, the development method described in paragraph 0195 of International Publication No. 2015/093271.
 現像方式としては、特に制限されず、パドル現像、シャワー現像、シャワー及びスピン現像、並びに、ディップ現像のいずれであってもよい。シャワー現像とは、露光後の感光性樹脂層に現像液をシャワーにより吹き付けることにより、非画像部を除去する現像処理である。
 現像工程の後に、洗浄剤をシャワーにより吹き付け、ブラシで擦りながら、現像残渣を除去することが好ましい。
 現像液の液温は特に制限されないが、20℃~40℃が好ましい。
The development method is not particularly limited, and may be any of paddle development, shower development, shower and spin development, and dip development. Shower development is a development process for removing non-image areas by spraying a developer onto the photosensitive resin layer after exposure with a shower.
After the developing step, it is preferable to spray the cleaning agent with a shower and rub with a brush to remove the developing residue.
The liquid temperature of the developing solution is not particularly limited, but is preferably 20 ° C to 40 ° C.
<ポスト露光工程及びポストベーク工程>
 樹脂パターンの製造方法又は積層体の製造方法は、上記現像工程によって得られた樹脂パターンを、露光する工程(ポスト露光工程)、及び/又は、加熱する工程(ポストベーク工程)を有していてもよい。
 ポスト露光工程及びポストベーク工程の両方を含む場合、ポスト露光の後、ポストベークを実施することが好ましい。
<Post-exposure process and post-baking process>
The method for producing a resin pattern or the method for producing a laminate includes a step of exposing the resin pattern obtained by the above developing step (post-exposure step) and / or a step of heating (post-baking step). May be good.
When both the post-exposure step and the post-baking step are included, it is preferable to carry out post-baking after post-exposure.
<エッチング工程>
 エッチング方法は、上記樹脂パターンが配置されていない領域における上記基板をエッチング処理する工程(エッチング工程)を含むことが好ましい。
<Etching process>
The etching method preferably includes a step (etching step) of etching the substrate in a region where the resin pattern is not arranged.
 エッチング工程では、感光性樹脂層から形成された樹脂パターンを、エッチングレジストとして使用し、導電層のエッチング処理を行う。
 エッチング処理の方法としては、公知の方法を適用でき、例えば、特開2017-120435号公報の段落0209~段落0210に記載の方法、特開2010-152155号公報の段落0048~段落0054に記載の方法、エッチング液に浸漬するウェットエッチング法、及び、プラズマエッチング等のドライエッチングによる方法が挙げられる。
In the etching step, the resin pattern formed from the photosensitive resin layer is used as an etching resist, and the conductive layer is etched.
As a method of etching treatment, a known method can be applied, and for example, the method described in paragraphs 0209 to 0210 of JP-A-2017-120435 and paragraph 0048-paragraph 0054 of JP-A-2010-152155. Examples thereof include a wet etching method in which the material is immersed in an etching solution, and a dry etching method such as plasma etching.
 ウェットエッチングに用いられるエッチング液は、エッチングの対象に合わせて酸性又はアルカリ性のエッチング液を適宜選択すればよい。
 酸性のエッチング液としては、例えば、塩酸、硫酸、硝酸、酢酸、フッ酸、シュウ酸及びリン酸から選択される酸性成分単独の水溶液、並びに、酸性成分と、塩化第2鉄、フッ化アンモニウム及び過マンガン酸カリウムから選択される塩との混合水溶液が挙げられる。酸性成分は、複数の酸性成分を組み合わせた成分であってもよい。
 アルカリ性のエッチング液としては、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、アンモニア、有機アミン、及び、有機アミンの塩(テトラメチルアンモニウムハイドロオキサイド等)から選択されるアルカリ成分単独の水溶液、並びに、アルカリ成分と塩(過マンガン酸カリウム等)との混合水溶液が挙げられる。アルカリ成分は、複数のアルカリ成分を組み合わせた成分であってもよい。
As the etching solution used for wet etching, an acidic or alkaline etching solution may be appropriately selected according to the etching target.
Examples of the acidic etching solution include an aqueous solution of an acidic component alone selected from hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, acetic acid, hydrofluoric acid, oxalic acid and phosphoric acid, and the acidic component, ferric chloride, ammonium fluoride and Examples thereof include a mixed aqueous solution with a salt selected from potassium permanganate. The acidic component may be a component in which a plurality of acidic components are combined.
The alkaline etching solution includes an aqueous solution of an alkaline component alone selected from sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, ammonia, an organic amine, and a salt of an organic amine (tetramethylammonium hydroxide, etc.), and an alkaline component and a salt. Examples thereof include a mixed aqueous solution with (potassium permanganate, etc.). The alkaline component may be a component in which a plurality of alkaline components are combined.
<除去工程>
 エッチング方法においては、残存する樹脂パターンを除去する工程(除去工程)を行うことが好ましい。
 除去工程は、特に制限されず、必要に応じて行うことができるが、エッチング工程の後に行うことが好ましい。
 残存する樹脂パターンを除去する方法としては特に制限されないが、薬品処理により除去する方法が挙げられ、除去液を用いて除去する方法が好ましい。
 感光性樹脂層の除去方法としては、液温が好ましくは30℃~80℃、より好ましくは50℃~80℃である撹拌中の除去液に、残存する樹脂パターンを有する基板を、1分間~30分間浸漬する方法が挙げられる。
<Removal process>
In the etching method, it is preferable to perform a step (removal step) of removing the remaining resin pattern.
The removing step is not particularly limited and can be performed as needed, but it is preferably performed after the etching step.
The method for removing the remaining resin pattern is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a method for removing by chemical treatment, and a method for removing with a removing liquid is preferable.
As a method for removing the photosensitive resin layer, a substrate having a residual resin pattern is placed in a stirring liquid having a liquid temperature of preferably 30 ° C. to 80 ° C., more preferably 50 ° C. to 80 ° C. for 1 minute. A method of immersing for 30 minutes can be mentioned.
 除去液としては、例えば、無機アルカリ成分又は有機アルカリ成分を、水、ジメチルスルホキシド、N-メチルピロリドン又はこれらの混合溶液に溶解させた除去液が挙げられる。無機アルカリ成分としては、例えば、水酸化ナトリウム及び水酸化カリウムが挙げられる。有機アルカリ成分としては、第一級アミン化合物、第二級アミン化合物、第三級アミン化合物及び第四級アンモニウム塩化合物が挙げられる。
 また、除去液を使用し、スプレー法、シャワー法及びパドル法等の公知の方法により除去してもよい。
Examples of the removing liquid include a removing liquid in which an inorganic alkaline component or an organic alkaline component is dissolved in water, dimethyl sulfoxide, N-methylpyrrolidone, or a mixed solution thereof. Examples of the inorganic alkaline component include sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide. Examples of the organic alkali component include a primary amine compound, a secondary amine compound, a tertiary amine compound and a quaternary ammonium salt compound.
Further, the removing liquid may be used and removed by a known method such as a spray method, a shower method and a paddle method.
<その他の工程>
 樹脂パターンの製造方法、積層体の製造方法及びエッチング方法は、上述した工程以外の任意の工程(その他の工程)を含んでもよい。例えば、以下の工程が挙げられるが、これらの工程に制限されない。
 また、エッチング方法に適用可能な露光工程、現像工程、及びその他の工程としては、特開2006-23696号公報の段落0035~0051に記載の工程が挙げられる。
 更に、その他の工程としては、例えば、国際公開第2019/022089号の段落0172に記載の可視光線反射率を低下させる工程、国際公開第2019/022089号の段落0172に記載の絶縁膜上に新たな導電層を形成する工程等が挙げられるが、これらの工程に制限されない。
<Other processes>
The resin pattern manufacturing method, the laminated body manufacturing method, and the etching method may include any steps (other steps) other than the above-mentioned steps. For example, the following steps can be mentioned, but the steps are not limited to these steps.
Further, examples of the exposure step, the developing step, and other steps applicable to the etching method include the steps described in paragraphs 0035 to 0051 of JP-A-2006-23696.
Further, as other steps, for example, a step of reducing the visible light reflectance described in paragraph 0172 of International Publication No. 2019/022089, a new step on the insulating film described in paragraph 0172 of International Publication No. 2019/022089. Examples thereof include a step of forming a conductive layer, but the process is not limited to these steps.
-可視光線反射率を低下させる工程-
 エッチング方法は、基板が有する複数の導電層の一部又は全ての可視光線反射率を低下させる処理を行う工程を含んでいてもよい。
 可視光線反射率を低下させる処理としては、酸化処理が挙げられる。基板が銅を含有する導電層を有する場合、銅を酸化処理して酸化銅とし、導電層を黒化することにより、導電層の可視光線反射率を低下させることができる。
 可視光線反射率を低下させる処理については、特開2014-150118号公報の段落0017~0025、並びに、特開2013-206315号公報の段落0041、段落0042、段落0048及び段落0058に記載されており、これらの公報に記載の内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
-Step to reduce visible light reflectance-
The etching method may include a step of reducing the visible light reflectance of a part or all of the plurality of conductive layers of the substrate.
Examples of the treatment for reducing the visible light reflectance include an oxidation treatment. When the substrate has a conductive layer containing copper, the visible light reflectance of the conductive layer can be lowered by oxidizing copper to obtain copper oxide and blackening the conductive layer.
The treatment for reducing the visible light reflectance is described in paragraphs 0017 to 0025 of JP-A-2014-150118 and paragraphs 0041, 0042, 0048 and 0058 of JP-2013-206315. , The contents of these publications are incorporated herein.
-絶縁膜を形成する工程、絶縁膜の表面に新たな導電層を形成する工程-
 エッチング方法は、回路配線の表面に絶縁膜を形成する工程と、絶縁膜の表面に新たな導電層を形成する工程と、を含むことも好ましい。
 上記の工程により、第一の電極パターンと絶縁した第二の電極パターンを形成することができる。
 絶縁膜を形成する工程としては、特に制限されず、公知の永久膜を形成する方法が挙げられる。また、絶縁性を有する感光性材料を用いて、フォトリソグラフィにより所望のパターンの絶縁膜を形成してもよい。
 絶縁膜上に新たな導電層を形成する工程は、特に制限されず、例えば、導電性を有する感光性材料を用いて、フォトリソグラフィにより所望のパターンの新たな導電層を形成してもよい。
-Step of forming an insulating film, step of forming a new conductive layer on the surface of the insulating film-
The etching method preferably includes a step of forming an insulating film on the surface of the circuit wiring and a step of forming a new conductive layer on the surface of the insulating film.
By the above steps, a second electrode pattern insulated from the first electrode pattern can be formed.
The step of forming the insulating film is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a known method of forming a permanent film. Further, an insulating film having a desired pattern may be formed by photolithography using a photosensitive material having an insulating property.
The step of forming the new conductive layer on the insulating film is not particularly limited, and for example, a new conductive layer having a desired pattern may be formed by photolithography using a photosensitive material having conductivity.
 エッチング方法は、基板の両方の表面にそれぞれ複数の導電層を有する基板を用い、基板の両方の表面に形成された導電層に対して逐次又は同時に回路形成することも好ましい。このような構成により、基板の一方の表面に第一の導電パターン、もう一方の表面に第二の導電パターンを形成したタッチパネル用回路配線を形成できる。また、このような構成のタッチパネル用回路配線を、ロールツーロールで基板の両面から形成することも好ましい。 It is also preferable that the etching method uses a substrate having a plurality of conductive layers on both surfaces of the substrate, and sequentially or simultaneously forms a circuit on the conductive layers formed on both surfaces of the substrate. With such a configuration, it is possible to form a circuit wiring for a touch panel in which a first conductive pattern is formed on one surface of a substrate and a second conductive pattern is formed on the other surface. It is also preferable to form the touch panel circuit wiring having such a configuration from both sides of the substrate by roll-to-roll.
<用途>
 本開示に係る樹脂パターンの製造方法により製造された樹脂パターン、本開示に係る積層体の製造方法により製造される積層体、及び、本開示に係るエッチング方法により製造される回路配線は、種々の装置に適用することができる。上記積層体を備えた装置としては、例えば、入力装置等が挙げられ、タッチパネルであることが好ましく、静電容量型タッチパネルであることがより好ましい。また、上記入力装置は、有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置、液晶表示装置等の表示装置に適用することができる。
 積層体がタッチパネルに適用される場合、形成された樹脂パターンは、タッチパネル用電極又はタッチパネル用配線の保護膜として用いられることが好ましい。つまり、本開示に係る感光性転写材料は、タッチパネル用電極保護膜又はタッチパネル用配線の形成に用いられることが好ましい。
<Use>
The resin pattern manufactured by the method for manufacturing the resin pattern according to the present disclosure, the laminate manufactured by the method for manufacturing the laminate according to the present disclosure, and the circuit wiring manufactured by the etching method according to the present disclosure are various. It can be applied to the device. Examples of the device provided with the laminated body include an input device and the like, and a touch panel is preferable, and a capacitive touch panel is more preferable. Further, the input device can be applied to a display device such as an organic electroluminescence display device and a liquid crystal display device.
When the laminate is applied to a touch panel, the formed resin pattern is preferably used as a protective film for a touch panel electrode or a touch panel wiring. That is, it is preferable that the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure is used for forming an electrode protective film for a touch panel or wiring for a touch panel.
(電子デバイスの製造方法)
 本開示に係る電子デバイスの製造方法は、本開示に係る感光性転写材料を用いる方法であれば、特に制限されない。
 本開示に係る電子デバイスの製造方法としては、本開示に係る感光性転写材料から上記保護フィルムを剥離する工程と、上記保護フィルムを剥離した感光性転写材料における上記仮支持体に対して上記感光性樹脂層を有する側の最外層を、導電性層を有する基板に接触させて貼り合わせる工程と、上記感光性樹脂層を上記仮支持体を介してパターン露光する工程と、露光された上記感光性樹脂層を現像して樹脂パターンを形成する工程と、をこの順に含み、製造された電子デバイスが、上記樹脂パターンを有することが好ましい。
 本開示に係る電子デバイスの製造方法により製造された電子デバイスは、上記樹脂パターンを永久膜として有することが好ましい。
(Manufacturing method of electronic device)
The method for manufacturing the electronic device according to the present disclosure is not particularly limited as long as it is a method using the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure.
The method for manufacturing the electronic device according to the present disclosure includes a step of peeling the protective film from the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure, and the photosensitive transfer material from which the protective film has been peeled off. The step of bringing the outermost layer on the side having the sex resin layer into contact with the substrate having the conductive layer and adhering them, the step of pattern-exposing the photosensitive resin layer via the temporary support, and the exposure of the photosensitive resin layer. It is preferable that the manufactured electronic device has the above-mentioned resin pattern, including the steps of developing the sex resin layer to form a resin pattern in this order.
The electronic device manufactured by the method for manufacturing an electronic device according to the present disclosure preferably has the above resin pattern as a permanent film.
 電子デバイスの製造方法における、各工程の具体的な態様、及び、各工程を行う順序等の実施態様については、上述の「樹脂パターンの製造方法」及び「エッチング方法」の項において説明した通りであり、好ましい態様も同様である。
 電子デバイスの製造方法は、上記の方法により電子デバイス用配線を形成すること以外は、公知の電子デバイスの製造方法を参照すればよい。
 また、電子デバイスの製造方法は、上述した以外の任意の工程(その他の工程)を含んでもよい。
The specific embodiment of each step in the method of manufacturing an electronic device and the embodiment of the order in which each step is performed are as described in the above-mentioned sections of "Manufacturing method of resin pattern" and "Etching method". Yes, and the preferred embodiment is the same.
As the method for manufacturing the electronic device, a known method for manufacturing the electronic device may be referred to, except that the wiring for the electronic device is formed by the above method.
Further, the method for manufacturing an electronic device may include any process (other process) other than those described above.
 電子デバイスとしては、特に制限はないが、半導体パッケージ、プリント基板、センサー基板の各種配線形成用途、タッチパネル、電磁波シールド材、フィルムヒーターのような導電性フィルム、液晶シール材、マイクロマシン又はマイクロエレクトロニクス分野における構造物が好適に挙げられる。
 上記樹脂パターンは、上記電子デバイスにおいて、永久膜である、例えば、層間絶縁膜、配線保護膜、インデックスマッチング層を有する配線保護膜などとして用いることが好ましい。
 中でも、電子デバイスとしては、タッチパネルが特に好適に挙げられる。
The electronic device is not particularly limited, but is used in the fields of semiconductor packages, printed circuit boards, various wiring forming applications for sensor boards, touch panels, electromagnetic wave shielding materials, conductive films such as film heaters, liquid crystal sealing materials, micromachines or microelectronics. Structures are preferred.
The resin pattern is preferably used as a permanent film, for example, an interlayer insulating film, a wiring protective film, a wiring protective film having an index matching layer, or the like in the electronic device.
Among them, as the electronic device, a touch panel is particularly preferable.
 タッチパネルの製造に用いられるマスクのパターンの一例を、図3及び図4に示す。
 図3に示されるパターンA、及び、図4に示されるパターンBにおいて、GRは非画像部(遮光部)であり、EXは画像部(露光部)であり、DLはアライメント合わせの枠を仮想的に示したものである。タッチパネルの製造方法において、例えば、図3に示されるパターンAを有するマスクを介して上記感光性樹脂層を露光することで、EXに対応するパターンAを有する回路配線が形成されたタッチパネルを製造できる。具体的には、国際公開第2016/190405号の図1に記載の方法で作製できる。製造されたタッチパネルの一例においては、露光部EXの中央部(資格が連結したパターン部分)は透明電極(タッチパネル用電極)が形成される部分であり、露光部EXの周縁部(細線部分)は周辺取出し部の配線が形成される部分である。
3 and 4 show an example of a mask pattern used for manufacturing a touch panel.
In the pattern A shown in FIG. 3 and the pattern B shown in FIG. 4, GR is a non-image part (light-shielding part), EX is an image part (exposure part), and DL virtualizes a frame for alignment. It is shown as a target. In the method for manufacturing a touch panel, for example, by exposing the photosensitive resin layer through a mask having the pattern A shown in FIG. 3, a touch panel having a circuit wiring having the pattern A corresponding to EX can be manufactured. .. Specifically, it can be produced by the method shown in FIG. 1 of International Publication No. 2016/190405. In an example of the manufactured touch panel, the central portion (pattern portion where the qualifications are connected) of the exposed portion EX is the portion where the transparent electrode (touch panel electrode) is formed, and the peripheral portion (thin line portion) of the exposed portion EX is. This is the part where the wiring of the peripheral extraction part is formed.
 上記電子デバイスの製造方法により、電子デバイス用配線を少なくとも有する電子デバイスが製造され、好ましくは、例えば、タッチパネル用配線を少なくとも有するタッチパネルが製造される。
 タッチパネルは、透明基板と、電極と、絶縁層又は保護層とを有することが好ましい。
 タッチパネルにおける検出方法としては、抵抗膜方式、静電容量方式、超音波方式、電磁誘導方式、及び、光学方式等の公知の方式が挙げられる。中でも、静電容量方式が好ましい。
According to the method for manufacturing an electronic device, an electronic device having at least wiring for an electronic device is manufactured, and preferably, for example, a touch panel having at least wiring for a touch panel is manufactured.
The touch panel preferably has a transparent substrate, electrodes, and an insulating layer or a protective layer.
Examples of the detection method on the touch panel include known methods such as a resistance film method, a capacitance method, an ultrasonic method, an electromagnetic induction method, and an optical method. Above all, the capacitance method is preferable.
 タッチパネル型としては、いわゆるインセル型(例えば、特表2012-517051号公報の図5、図6、図7及び図8に記載のもの)、いわゆるオンセル型(例えば、特開2013-168125号公報の図19に記載のもの、並びに、特開2012-89102号公報の図1及び図5に記載のもの)、OGS(One Glass Solution)型、TOL(Touch-on-Lens)型(例えば、特開2013-54727号公報の図2に記載のもの)、各種アウトセル型(いわゆる、GG、G1・G2、GFF、GF2、GF1及びG1F等)並びにその他の構成(例えば、特開2013-164871号公報の図6に記載のもの)が挙げられる。
 タッチパネルとしては、例えば、特開2017-120435号公報の段落0229に記載のものが挙げられる。
The touch panel type includes a so-called in-cell type (for example, those shown in FIGS. 5, 6, 7, and 8 of JP-A-2012-51751), and a so-called on-cell type (for example, JP-A-2013-168125). The one described in FIG. 19 and those described in FIGS. 1 and 5 of JP2012-89102A, OGS (One Glass Solution) type, TOR (Touch-on-Lens) type (for example, JP-A). 2013-54727A (described in FIG. 2), various outsell types (so-called GG, G1 / G2, GFF, GF2, GF1, G1F, etc.) and other configurations (for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-164871). The one shown in FIG. 6).
Examples of the touch panel include those described in paragraph 0229 of JP-A-2017-120435.
 以下に実施例を挙げて、本開示に係る実施形態を更に具体的に説明する。以下の実施例に示す材料、使用量、割合、処理内容、及び、処理手順等は、本開示に係る実施形態の趣旨を逸脱しない限り、適宜、変更することができる。したがって、本開示に係る実施形態の範囲は以下に示す具体例に限定されない。なお、特に断りのない限り、「部」、「%」は質量基準である。 The embodiments according to the present disclosure will be described in more detail with reference to examples below. The materials, amounts, ratios, treatment contents, treatment procedures, etc. shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed as long as they do not deviate from the purpose of the embodiment according to the present disclosure. Therefore, the scope of the embodiments according to the present disclosure is not limited to the specific examples shown below. Unless otherwise specified, "part" and "%" are based on mass.
<仮支持体1の作製>>
 仮支持体1を、以下の方法により作製した。
<Preparation of temporary support 1 >>
The temporary support 1 was produced by the following method.
-粒子含有層形成組成物1の作製-
 下記に示す配合で、各成分を混合し、粒子含有層形成組成物1を得た。粒子含有層形成組成物1を調製後、6μmフィルター(F20、マーレフィルターシステムズ(株)製)にてろ過し、続いて、2x6ラジアルフロースーパーフォビック(ポリポア(株)製)を用いて、膜脱気した。
-Preparation of Particle-Containing Layer Forming Composition 1-
Each component was mixed with the formulation shown below to obtain a particle-containing layer forming composition 1. After preparing the particle-containing layer forming composition 1, the film is filtered through a 6 μm filter (F20, manufactured by Mare Filter Systems Co., Ltd.), and subsequently, a membrane is used using a 2x6 radial flow superphobic (manufactured by Polypore Co., Ltd.). I degassed.
・アクリルポリマー(AS-563A、ダイセルファインケム(株)製、固形分27.5質量%):167部
・ノニオン系界面活性剤(ナロアクティーCL95、三洋化成工業(株)製、固形分100質量%):0.7部
・アニオン系界面活性剤(ラピゾールA-90、日油(株)製、固形分1質量%に水で希釈):114.4部
・カルナバワックス分散物(セロゾール524、中京油脂(株)製、固形分30質量%):7部
・カルボジイミド化合物(カルボジライトV-02-L2、日清紡(株)製、固形分10質量%に水で希釈):20.9部
・マット剤(スノーテックスXL、日産化学(株)製、固形分40質量%、平均粒子径50nm):2.8部
・水:690.2部
-Acrylic polymer (AS-563A, manufactured by Daicel FineChem Co., Ltd., solid content 27.5% by mass): 167 parts-Nonion-based surfactant (Naroacty CL95, manufactured by Sanyo Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd., solid content 100% by mass) ): 0.7 parts ・ Anionic surfactant (Lapisol A-90, manufactured by Nichiyu Co., Ltd., diluted with water to 1% by mass of solid content): 114.4 parts ・ Carnauba wax dispersion (Cerozol 524, Chukyo) Oil and fat Co., Ltd., solid content 30% by mass): 7 parts ・ Carbodiimide compound (Carbodilite V-02-L2, manufactured by Nisshinbo Co., Ltd., diluted with water to solid content 10% by mass): 20.9 parts ・ Matting agent (Snowtex XL, manufactured by Nissan Chemical Co., Ltd., solid content 40% by mass, average particle size 50 nm): 2.8 parts, water: 690.2 parts
〔押出成形〕
 特許第5575671号公報に記載のクエン酸キレート有機チタン錯体を重合触媒としたポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)のペレットを、含水率50ppm以下に乾燥させた後、直径30mmの1軸混練押出し機のホッパーに投入し、280℃で溶融して押出した。この溶融体(メルト)を、濾過器(孔径2μm)を通した後、ダイから25℃の冷却ロールに押出し、未延伸フィルムを得た。なお、押出されたメルトは、静電印加法を用い冷却ロールに密着させた。 
[Extrusion molding]
Pellets of polyethylene terephthalate (PET) using the citrate chelated organic titanium complex described in Japanese Patent No. 5575671 as a polymerization catalyst are dried to a water content of 50 ppm or less, and then put into a hopper of a uniaxial kneading extruder having a diameter of 30 mm. Then, it was melted and extruded at 280 ° C. This melt was passed through a filter (pore diameter 2 μm) and then extruded from a die onto a cooling roll at 25 ° C. to obtain an unstretched film. The extruded melt was brought into close contact with the cooling roll by using an electrostatic application method.
〔延伸、塗布〕
 上記方法で冷却ロール上に押出し、固化した未延伸フィルムに対し、以下の方法で逐次2軸延伸を施し、厚み16μmのポリエステルフィルムと厚み40nmの粒子含有層を有する仮支持体を得た。
[Stretching, coating]
The unstretched film extruded onto a cooling roll by the above method and solidified was sequentially biaxially stretched by the following method to obtain a temporary support having a polyester film having a thickness of 16 μm and a particle-containing layer having a thickness of 40 nm.
(a)縦延伸
 未延伸フィルムを周速の異なる2対のニップロールの間に通し、縦方向(搬送方向)に延伸した。なお、予熱温度を75℃、延伸温度を90℃、延伸倍率を3.4倍、延伸速度を1,300%/秒として実施した。
(A) Vertical stretching An unstretched film was passed between two pairs of nip rolls having different peripheral speeds and stretched in the vertical direction (conveying direction). The preheating temperature was 75 ° C., the stretching temperature was 90 ° C., the stretching ratio was 3.4 times, and the stretching speed was 1,300% / sec.
(b)塗布
 縦延伸したフィルムの片面に、粒子含有層形成組成物1を、製膜後40nmの厚さとなるように、バーコーターで塗布した。
(B) Coating The particle-containing layer forming composition 1 was coated on one side of the vertically stretched film with a bar coater so as to have a thickness of 40 nm after film formation.
(c)横延伸
 上記縦延伸と塗布を行ったフィルムに対し、テンターを用いて下記条件にて横延伸した。
-横延伸条件-
 予熱温度:110℃
 延伸温度:120℃
 延伸倍率:4.2倍
 延伸速度:50%/秒
(C) Transverse stretching The film subjected to the above longitudinal stretching and coating was laterally stretched under the following conditions using a tenter.
-Cross-stretching conditions-
Preheating temperature: 110 ° C
Stretching temperature: 120 ° C
Stretching ratio: 4.2 times Stretching speed: 50% / sec
〔熱固定、熱緩和〕
 続いて、縦延伸及び横延伸を終えた後の二軸延伸フィルムを下記条件で熱固定した。さらに、熱固定した後、テンター幅を縮め、下記条件で熱緩和した。
-熱固定条件-
 熱固定温度:227℃
 熱固定時間:6秒
-熱緩和条件-
 熱緩和温度:190℃
 熱緩和率:4%
[Heat fixation, heat relaxation]
Subsequently, the biaxially stretched film after the longitudinal stretching and the transverse stretching were completed was heat-fixed under the following conditions. Further, after heat fixing, the tenter width was shortened, and the heat was relaxed under the following conditions.
-Heat fixing conditions-
Heat fixing temperature: 227 ° C
Heat fixing time: 6 seconds-heat relaxation conditions-
Heat relaxation temperature: 190 ° C
Heat relaxation rate: 4%
〔巻き取り〕
 熱固定及び熱緩和の後、両端をトリミングし、端部に幅10mmで押出し加工(ナーリング)した後、張力40kg/mで巻き取った。なお、幅は1.5m、巻長は6,300mであった。得られたフィルムロールを、仮支持体1とした。
 得られた仮支持体1のヘイズは0.2であった。なお、ヘイズはヘイズメーター(日本電色工業(株)製NDH2000)を用いて全光ヘイズとして測定した。
 また、150℃、30分加熱による熱収縮率は、MD(搬送方向、Machine Direction)側で1.0%であり、TD(フィルムの面上において搬送方向と直交する方向、Transverse Direction)側で0.2%であった。
 また、粒子含有層の膜厚は断面TEM写真から測定し、40nmであった。粒子含有層に含まれる粒子の平均粒子径を、(株)日立ハイテクノロジーズ製HT-7700型透過型電子顕微鏡(TEM)を用いて、上述の方法で測定したところ、50nmであった。
〔Winding〕
After heat fixing and heat relaxation, both ends were trimmed, extruded (knurled) at the ends with a width of 10 mm, and then wound at a tension of 40 kg / m. The width was 1.5 m and the winding length was 6,300 m. The obtained film roll was used as a temporary support 1.
The haze of the obtained temporary support 1 was 0.2. The haze was measured as an all-light haze using a haze meter (NDH2000 manufactured by Nippon Denshoku Kogyo Co., Ltd.).
Further, the heat shrinkage rate by heating at 150 ° C. for 30 minutes is 1.0% on the MD (Machine Direction) side and on the TD (direction orthogonal to the transport direction on the film surface, Transverse Direction) side. It was 0.2%.
The film thickness of the particle-containing layer was 40 nm as measured from a cross-sectional TEM photograph. The average particle size of the particles contained in the particle-containing layer was measured by the above method using an HT-7700 type transmission electron microscope (TEM) manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation, and found to be 50 nm.
<仮支持体2の作製>>
 全体の厚さを変更した以外は、仮支持体1と同様にして作製した。
<Preparation of temporary support 2 >>
It was manufactured in the same manner as the temporary support 1 except that the overall thickness was changed.
<感光性樹脂組成物1~5の調製>
 下記表1の組成となるように混合した後、メチルエチルケトンを加えることによって、感光性樹脂組成物1~5(固形分濃度:25質量%)をそれぞれ調製した。
<Preparation of Photosensitive Resin Compositions 1 to 5>
After mixing so as to have the composition shown in Table 1 below, photosensitive resin compositions 1 to 5 (solid content concentration: 25% by mass) were prepared by adding methyl ethyl ketone.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000025

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000025

 
 また、表1に記載の化合物の詳細を以下に示す。
 BPE-500:2,2-ビス(4-(メタクリロキシペンタエトキシ)フェニル)プロパン、新中村化学工業(株)製
 BPE-200:2,2-ビス(4-(メタクリロキシジエトキシ)フェニル)プロパン、新中村化学工業(株)製
 M-270:ポリプロピレングリコールジアクリレート、東亞合成(株)製
 A-TMPT:トリメチロールプロパントリアクリレート、新中村化学工業(株)製
 SR-454:エトキシ化(3)トリメチロールプロパントリアクリレート、サートマー社製
 SR-502:エトキシ化(9)トリメチロールプロパントリアクリレート、サートマー社製
 A-9300-CL1:ε-カプロラクトン変性トリス-(2-アクリロキシエチル)イソシアヌレート、新中村化学工業(株)製
 B-CIM:光ラジカル発生剤(光重合開始剤)、Hampford社製、2-(2-クロロフェニル)-4,5-ジフェニルイミダゾール二量体
 SB-PI 701:増感剤、4,4’-ビス(ジエチルアミノ)ベンゾフェノン、三洋貿易(株)より入手
 CBT-1:防錆剤、カルボキシベンゾトリアゾール、城北化学工業(株)製
 TDP-G:重合禁止剤、フェノチアジン、川口化学工業(株)製
 Irganox245:ヒンダードフェノール系重合禁止剤、BASF社製
 F-552:フッ素系界面活性剤、メガファック F552、DIC(株)製
The details of the compounds listed in Table 1 are shown below.
BPE-500: 2,2-bis (4- (methacryloxypentethoxy) phenyl) propane, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. BPE-200: 2,2-bis (4- (methacryloxydiethoxy) phenyl) Propane, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. M-270: Polypropylene glycol diacrylate, manufactured by Toa Synthetic Co., Ltd. A-TMPT: Trimethylol propantriacrylate, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. SR-454: ethoxylated ( 3) Trimethylol propantriacrylate, Sartmer SR-502: ethoxylated (9) Trimethylol propantriacrylate, Sartmer A-9300-CL1: ε-caprolactone-modified tris- (2-acryloxyethyl) isocyanurate , Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. B-CIM: Photoradical generator (photopolymerization initiator), Hampford, 2- (2-chlorophenyl) -4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer SB-PI 701: Sensitizer, 4,4'-bis (diethylamino) benzophenone, obtained from Sanyo Trading Co., Ltd. CBT-1: rust preventive, carboxybenzotriazole, TDP-G manufactured by Johoku Chemical Industry Co., Ltd .: polymerization inhibitor, phenothiazine , Kawaguchi Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. Irganox245: Hindered phenol polymerizer, BASF F-552: Fluorosurfactant, Megafuck F552, DIC Co., Ltd.
<水溶性樹脂組成物の調製>
 以下の成分を混合し、水溶性樹脂組成物(水溶性樹脂層用組成物)の調製を行った。なお、各成分の量の単位は、質量部である。
 イオン交換水:38.12部
 メタノール(三菱ガス化学(株)製):57.17部
 クラレポバール 4-88LA(ポリビニルアルコール、(株)クラレ製):3.22部
 ポリビニルピロリドンK-30(日本触媒(株)製):1.49部
 メガファックF-444(フッ素系界面活性剤、DIC(株)製):0.0035部
<Preparation of water-soluble resin composition>
The following components were mixed to prepare a water-soluble resin composition (composition for a water-soluble resin layer). The unit of the amount of each component is a mass part.
Ion-exchanged water: 38.12 parts Methanol (manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Company, Inc.): 57.17 parts Clarepoval 4-88LA (polyvinyl alcohol, manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd.): 3.22 parts Polyvinylpyrrolidone K-30 (Japan) Catalyst Co., Ltd.): 1.49 parts Megafuck F-444 (fluorine-based surfactant, manufactured by DIC Co., Ltd.): 0.0035 parts
<熱可塑性樹脂組成物の調製>
 以下の成分を混合し熱可塑性樹脂組成物の調製を行った。
 重合体A-2(ベンジルメタクリレート/メタクリル酸=83/17(質量比)の共重合体、酸価111mgKOH/g、ガラス転移温度75度℃)固形分濃度40.0%):15.0部
 色素B-1(下記化合物):0.1部
 光酸発生剤C-1(下記化合物):0.1部
 可塑剤D-3(NKエステルA-DCP、新中村化学工業(株)製):2.2部
 可塑剤D-4(8UX-015A、大成ファインケミカル(株)製):1.1部
 可塑剤D-5(アロニックスTO-2349、東亞合成(株)製):0.5部
 メガファックF-551(フッ素系界面活性剤、DIC(株)製):0.02部
 フェノチアジン:0.03部
 CBT-1(防錆剤、カルボキシベンゾトリアゾール、城北化学工業(株)製):0.03部
 メチルエチルケトン(三協化学(株)製):63.0部
 プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(三和化学産業(株)製):9.0部
 プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(昭和電工(株)製):9.0部
<Preparation of thermoplastic resin composition>
The following components were mixed to prepare a thermoplastic resin composition.
Polymer A-2 (Polymer of benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid = 83/17 (mass ratio), acid value 111 mgKOH / g, glass transition temperature 75 ° C.) Solid content concentration 40.0%): 15.0 parts Dye B-1 (the following compound): 0.1 part Photoacid generator C-1 (the following compound): 0.1 part Plastic agent D-3 (NK ester A-DCP, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) : 2.2 parts Polymer D-4 (8UX-015A, manufactured by Taisei Fine Chemicals Co., Ltd.): 1.1 parts Polymer D-5 (Aronix TO-2349, manufactured by Toa Synthetic Co., Ltd.): 0.5 parts Megafuck F-551 (Fluorine-based surfactant, manufactured by DIC Co., Ltd.): 0.02 part Phenothiazine: 0.03 part CBT-1 (rust preventive, carboxybenzotriazole, manufactured by Johoku Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.): 0.03 part Methyl ethyl ketone (manufactured by Sankyo Chemical Co., Ltd.): 63.0 parts propylene glycol monomethyl ether (manufactured by Sanwa Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.): 9.0 parts propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (manufactured by Showa Denko Co., Ltd.) ): 9.0 copies
 上記色素B-1を、以下に示す。 The dye B-1 is shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026

 
 上記光酸発生剤C-1を、以下に示す。 The photoacid generator C-1 is shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027

 
(実施例1~7、並びに、比較例1及び3)
<感光性転写材料の作製>
 表5及び表6に記載の塗布層に記載の感光性樹脂組成物を、表5に記載の仮支持体上に、スリット状ノズルを用いて塗布幅が1.0mかつ表6に記載の層厚となるように塗布し、80℃の乾燥ゾーンを40秒間かけて通過させて、感光性樹脂層を形成した。この上に表5に記載の保護フィルムを圧着して感光性転写材料を作製し、巻き取ってロール形態にした。
(Examples 1 to 7 and Comparative Examples 1 and 3)
<Preparation of photosensitive transfer material>
The photosensitive resin composition described in the coating layers shown in Tables 5 and 6 is applied onto the temporary support shown in Table 5 using a slit-shaped nozzle to have a coating width of 1.0 m and a layer shown in Table 6. It was applied so as to be thick and passed through a drying zone at 80 ° C. for 40 seconds to form a photosensitive resin layer. The protective film shown in Table 5 was crimped onto this to prepare a photosensitive transfer material, which was wound into a roll form.
(実施例8~12、及び、比較例2)
<感光性転写材料の作製>
 表5及び表6に記載の塗布層の構成となるように、表6に記載の熱可塑性樹脂組成物を、表5に記載の仮支持体上に、スリット状ノズルを用いて塗布幅が1.0mかつ表6に記載の層厚となるように塗布し、80℃の乾燥ゾーンを40秒間かけて通過させて熱可塑性樹脂層を形成した。その後、熱可塑性樹脂層の上に、表6に記載の水溶性樹脂組成物をスリット状ノズルを用いて塗布幅が1.0mかつ表6に記載の層厚となるように塗布し、80℃の乾燥ゾーンを40秒間かけて通過させて、水溶性樹脂層を形成した。更に、水溶性樹脂層の上に表6に記載の感光性樹脂組成物をスリット状ノズルを用いて塗布幅が1.0mかつ表6に記載の層厚となるように塗布し、80℃の乾燥ゾーンを40秒間かけて通過させて、感光性樹脂層を形成した。この上に表5に記載の保護フィルムを圧着して感光性転写材料を作製し、巻き取ってロール形態にした。
(Examples 8 to 12 and Comparative Example 2)
<Preparation of photosensitive transfer material>
The thermoplastic resin composition shown in Table 6 is applied onto the temporary support shown in Table 5 using a slit-shaped nozzle so that the coating layer is configured as shown in Tables 5 and 6, and the coating width is 1. It was applied so as to have a layer thickness of 0.0 m and the layer thickness shown in Table 6, and passed through a drying zone at 80 ° C. for 40 seconds to form a thermoplastic resin layer. Then, the water-soluble resin composition shown in Table 6 is applied onto the thermoplastic resin layer using a slit-shaped nozzle so that the coating width is 1.0 m and the layer thickness shown in Table 6 is 80 ° C. The water-soluble resin layer was formed by passing through the drying zone of the above for 40 seconds. Further, the photosensitive resin composition shown in Table 6 is applied onto the water-soluble resin layer using a slit-shaped nozzle so that the coating width is 1.0 m and the layer thickness is as shown in Table 6, and the temperature is 80 ° C. A photosensitive resin layer was formed by passing through the drying zone for 40 seconds. The protective film shown in Table 5 was crimped onto this to prepare a photosensitive transfer material, which was wound into a roll form.
(実施例13~28)
<感光性樹脂組成物の調製>
 以下の表2に示す組成となるように感光性樹脂組成物A-1~A-10をそれぞれ調製した。なお、表2の各成分欄の数値は、質量部を表す。
(Examples 13 to 28)
<Preparation of photosensitive resin composition>
The photosensitive resin compositions A-1 to A-10 were prepared so as to have the compositions shown in Table 2 below. The numerical values in each component column of Table 2 represent parts by mass.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000028

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000028

 
 表2に記載の上述した以外の化合物の詳細を、以下に示す。
 化合物B及び化合物C:以下の化合物
Details of the compounds other than those mentioned above shown in Table 2 are shown below.
Compound B and Compound C: The following compounds
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029

 
<アルカリ可溶性樹脂P-1の固形分36.3質量%溶液の準備>
 下記の構造を有する重合体P-1の固形分36.3質量%溶液(溶剤:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート)を用いた。P-1において、各構成単位の右下の数値は、各構成単位の含有比率(モル%)を示す。
 P-1の固形分36.3質量%溶液は、下記に示す重合工程及び付加工程により準備した。
<Preparation of 36.3% by mass solid content solution of alkali-soluble resin P-1>
A 36.3% by mass solution of the polymer P-1 having the following structure (solvent: propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate) was used. In P-1, the numerical value at the lower right of each structural unit indicates the content ratio (mol%) of each structural unit.
A 36.3% by mass solution of P-1 solid content was prepared by the polymerization step and the addition step shown below.
-重合工程-
 2,000mLのフラスコに、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(三和化学産業製、商品名PGM-Ac)(60g)、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(三和化学産業(株)製、商品名PGM)(240g)を導入した。得られた液体を、撹拌速度250rpm(revolutions per minute)で撹拌しつつ90℃に昇温した。
 滴下液(1)の調製として、メタクリル酸(三菱レイヨン(株)製、商品名アクリエステルM)107.1g、メタクリル酸メチル(三菱ガス化学(株)製、商品名MMA)(5.46g)、及び、シクロヘキシルメタクリレート(三菱ガス化学(株)製、商品名CHMA)(231.42g)を混合し、PGM-Ac(60g)で希釈することにより、滴下液(1)を得た。
 滴下液(2)の調製として、ジメチル2,2’-アゾビス(2-メチルプロピオネート)(富士フイルム和光純薬(株)製、商品名V-601)(9.637g)をPGM-Ac(136.56g)で溶解させることにより、滴下液(2)を得た。
 滴下液(1)と滴下液(2)とを同時に3時間かけて、上述した2,000mLのフラスコ(詳細には、90℃に昇温された液体が入った2,000mLのフラスコ)に滴下した。
次に、滴下液(1)の容器をPGM-Ac(12g)で洗浄し、洗浄液を上記2,000mLのフラスコに滴下した。次に、滴下液(2)の容器をPGM-Ac(6g)で洗浄し、洗浄液を上記2000mLのフラスコに滴下した。これらの滴下中、上記2,000mLのフラスコ内の反応液を90℃に保ち、撹拌速度250rpmで撹拌した。更に、後反応として、90℃で1時間撹拌した。
 後反応後の反応液に、開始剤の追加添加1回目として、V-601(2.401g)を添加した。更に、V-601の容器をPGM-Ac(6g)で洗浄し、洗浄液を反応液に導入した。その後、90℃で1時間撹拌した。
 次に、開始剤の追加添加2回目として、V-601(2.401g)を反応液に添加した。更にV-601の容器をPGM-Ac(6g)で洗浄し、洗浄液を反応液に導入した。その後90℃で1時間撹拌した。
 次に、開始剤の追加添加3回目として、V-601(2.401g)を反応液に添加した。更に、V-601の容器をPGM-Ac(6g)で洗浄し、洗浄液を反応液に導入した。その後90℃で3時間撹拌した。
-Polymerization process-
Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (manufactured by Sanwa Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., trade name PGM-Ac) (60 g), propylene glycol monomethyl ether (manufactured by Sanwa Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., trade name PGM) (240 g) in a 2,000 mL flask. Was introduced. The obtained liquid was heated to 90 ° C. while stirring at a stirring speed of 250 rpm (revolutions per minute).
As the preparation of the dropping liquid (1), 107.1 g of methacrylic acid (manufactured by Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd., trade name Acryester M), methyl methacrylate (manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Company, trade name MMA) (5.46 g). , And cyclohexyl methacrylate (manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Company, Inc., trade name CHMA) (231.42 g) were mixed and diluted with PGM-Ac (60 g) to obtain a dropping liquid (1).
To prepare the dropping solution (2), dimethyl 2,2'-azobis (2-methylpropionate) (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd., trade name V-601) (9.637 g) was added to PGM-Ac. By dissolving with (136.56 g), a dropping liquid (2) was obtained.
The dropping liquid (1) and the dropping liquid (2) are simultaneously added dropwise to the above-mentioned 2,000 mL flask (specifically, a 2,000 mL flask containing a liquid heated to 90 ° C.) over 3 hours. did.
Next, the container of the dropping liquid (1) was washed with PGM-Ac (12 g), and the washing liquid was dropped into the 2,000 mL flask. Next, the container of the dropping liquid (2) was washed with PGM-Ac (6 g), and the washing liquid was dropped into the 2000 mL flask. During these droppings, the reaction solution in the 2,000 mL flask was kept at 90 ° C. and stirred at a stirring speed of 250 rpm. Further, as a post-reaction, the mixture was stirred at 90 ° C. for 1 hour.
V-601 (2.401 g) was added to the reaction solution after the post-reaction as the first additional addition of the initiator. Further, the container of V-601 was washed with PGM-Ac (6 g), and the washing liquid was introduced into the reaction liquid. Then, the mixture was stirred at 90 ° C. for 1 hour.
Next, V-601 (2.401 g) was added to the reaction solution as the second additional addition of the initiator. Further, the container of V-601 was washed with PGM-Ac (6 g), and the washing liquid was introduced into the reaction liquid. Then, the mixture was stirred at 90 ° C. for 1 hour.
Next, V-601 (2.401 g) was added to the reaction solution as the third additional addition of the initiator. Further, the container of V-601 was washed with PGM-Ac (6 g), and the washing liquid was introduced into the reaction liquid. Then, the mixture was stirred at 90 ° C. for 3 hours.
-付加工程-
 90℃で3時間撹拌後、PGM-Ac(178.66g)を反応液へ導入した。次に、テトラエチルアンモニウムブロミド(富士フイルム和光純薬(株)製)(1.8g)とハイドロキノンモノメチルエーテル(富士フイルム和光純薬(株)製)(0.8g)とを反応液に添加した。更にそれぞれの容器をPGM-Ac(6g)で洗浄し、洗浄液を反応液へ導入した。その後、反応液の温度を100℃まで昇温させた。
 次に、グリシジルメタクリレート(日油(株)製、商品名ブレンマーG)(76.03g)を1時間かけて反応液に滴下した。ブレンマーGの容器をPGM-Ac(6g)で洗浄し、洗浄液を反応液に導入した。この後、付加反応として、100℃で6時間撹拌した。
 次に、反応液を冷却し、ゴミ取り用のメッシュフィルター(100メッシュ)でろ過し、重合体Dの溶液(1,158g)を得た(固形分濃度36.3質量%)。得られた重合体P-1の重量平均分子量は27,000、数平均分子量は15,000、酸価は95mgKOH/gであった。
-Additional process-
After stirring at 90 ° C. for 3 hours, PGM-Ac (178.66 g) was introduced into the reaction solution. Next, tetraethylammonium bromide (manufactured by Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) (1.8 g) and hydroquinone monomethyl ether (manufactured by Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) (0.8 g) were added to the reaction solution. Further, each container was washed with PGM-Ac (6 g), and the washing liquid was introduced into the reaction liquid. Then, the temperature of the reaction solution was raised to 100 ° C.
Next, glycidyl methacrylate (manufactured by NOF CORPORATION, trade name Blemmer G) (76.03 g) was added dropwise to the reaction solution over 1 hour. The container of Blemmer G was washed with PGM-Ac (6 g), and the washing liquid was introduced into the reaction liquid. Then, as an addition reaction, the mixture was stirred at 100 ° C. for 6 hours.
Next, the reaction solution was cooled and filtered through a mesh filter (100 mesh) for removing dust to obtain a solution of polymer D (1,158 g) (solid content concentration: 36.3% by mass). The obtained polymer P-1 had a weight average molecular weight of 27,000, a number average molecular weight of 15,000, and an acid value of 95 mgKOH / g.
P-1(以下、式中の構成繰り返し単位のモル比は、左側の構成繰り返し単位から順に、51.5:2:26.5:20であった。) P-1 (Hereinafter, the molar ratio of the constituent repeating units in the formula was 51.5: 2: 26.5: 20 in order from the constituent repeating unit on the left side).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030

 
<アルカリ可溶性樹脂P-2の固形分36.5質量%溶液の準備>
 プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル82.4gをフラスコに仕込み窒素気流下90℃に加熱した。この液にスチレン38.4g、ジシクロペンタニルメタクリレート30.1g、メタクリル酸34.0gをプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル20gに溶解させた溶液、及び、重合開始剤V-601(富士フイルム和光純薬(株)製)5.4gをプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート43.6gに溶解させた溶液を同時に3時間かけて滴下した。滴下終了後、1時間おきに3回V-601を0.75g添加した。その後更に3時間反応させた。その後プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート58.4g、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル11.7gで希釈した。空気気流下、反応液を100℃に昇温し、テトラエチルアンモニウムブロミド0.53g、p-メトキシフェノール0.26gを添加した。これにグリシジルメタクリレート(日油社製ブレンマーGH)25.5gを20分かけて滴下した。これを100℃で7時間反応させ、重合体P-2の溶液を得た。得られた溶液の固形分濃度は36.5質量%であった。GPCにおける標準ポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量は17,000、分散度は2.7、ポリマーの酸価は95mgKOH/gであった。ガスクロマトグラフィーを用いて測定した残存モノマー量はいずれのモノマーにおいてもポリマー固形分に対し0.1質量%未満であった。
<Preparation of 36.5% by mass solid content solution of alkali-soluble resin P-2>
82.4 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether was placed in a flask and heated to 90 ° C. under a nitrogen stream. A solution in which 38.4 g of styrene, 30.1 g of dicyclopentanyl methacrylate and 34.0 g of methacrylic acid are dissolved in 20 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether in this solution, and a polymerization initiator V-601 (Fuji Film Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) )) A solution prepared by dissolving 5.4 g in 43.6 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was simultaneously added dropwise over 3 hours. After completion of the dropping, 0.75 g of V-601 was added 3 times every 1 hour. After that, it was reacted for another 3 hours. Then, it was diluted with 58.4 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate and 11.7 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether. The temperature of the reaction solution was raised to 100 ° C. under an air flow, and 0.53 g of tetraethylammonium bromide and 0.26 g of p-methoxyphenol were added. To this, 25.5 g of glycidyl methacrylate (NOF Corporation Blemmer GH) was added dropwise over 20 minutes. This was reacted at 100 ° C. for 7 hours to obtain a solution of the polymer P-2. The solid content concentration of the obtained solution was 36.5% by mass. The weight average molecular weight in terms of standard polystyrene in GPC was 17,000, the dispersity was 2.7, and the acid value of the polymer was 95 mgKOH / g. The amount of residual monomer measured by gas chromatography was less than 0.1% by mass with respect to the polymer solid content in any of the monomers.
P-2(以下、式中の構成繰り返し単位のモル比は、左側の構成繰り返し単位から順に、41.0:15.2:23.9:19.9であった。) P-2 (Hereinafter, the molar ratio of the constituent repeating units in the formula was 41.0: 15.2: 23.9: 19.9 in order from the left constituent repeating unit.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031

 
<アルカリ可溶性樹脂P-3の固形分36.2質量%溶液の準備>
 プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル113.5gをフラスコに仕込み窒素気流下90℃に加熱した。この液にスチレン172g、メタクリル酸メチル4.7g、メタクリル酸112.1gをプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル30gに溶解させた溶液、及び、重合開始剤V-601(富士フイルム和光純薬(株)製)27.6gをプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル57.7gに溶解させた溶液を同時に3時間かけて滴下した。滴下終了後、1時間おきに3回V-601を2.5g添加した。その後更に3時間反応させた。その後プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート160.7g、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル233.3gで希釈した。空気気流下、反応液を100℃に昇温し、テトラエチルアンモニウムブロミド1.8g、p-メトキシフェノール0.86gを添加した。これにグリシジルメタクリレート(日油(株)製ブレンマーG)71.9gを20分かけて滴下した。これを100℃で7時間反応させ、樹脂P-3の溶液を得た。得られた溶液の固形分濃度は36.2%であった。GPCにおける標準ポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量は18,000、分散度は2.3、ポリマーの酸価は124mgKOH/gであった。ガスクロマトグラフィーを用いて測定した残存モノマー量はいずれのモノマーにおいてもポリマー固形分に対し0.1質量%未満であった。
<Preparation of 36.2% by mass solid content solution of alkali-soluble resin P-3>
113.5 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether was placed in a flask and heated to 90 ° C. under a nitrogen stream. A solution in which 172 g of styrene, 4.7 g of methyl methacrylate and 112.1 g of methacrylic acid are dissolved in 30 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether in this solution, and a polymerization initiator V-601 (manufactured by Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) 27. A solution prepared by dissolving 0.6 g in 57.7 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether was simultaneously added dropwise over 3 hours. After completion of the dropping, 2.5 g of V-601 was added 3 times every 1 hour. After that, it was reacted for another 3 hours. Then, it was diluted with 160.7 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate and 233.3 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether. The temperature of the reaction solution was raised to 100 ° C. under an air flow, and 1.8 g of tetraethylammonium bromide and 0.86 g of p-methoxyphenol were added. 71.9 g of glycidyl methacrylate (Blemmer G manufactured by NOF CORPORATION) was added dropwise to this over 20 minutes. This was reacted at 100 ° C. for 7 hours to obtain a solution of resin P-3. The solid content concentration of the obtained solution was 36.2%. The weight average molecular weight in terms of standard polystyrene in GPC was 18,000, the dispersity was 2.3, and the acid value of the polymer was 124 mgKOH / g. The amount of residual monomer measured by gas chromatography was less than 0.1% by mass with respect to the polymer solid content in any of the monomers.
P-3(以下、式中の構成繰り返し単位のモル比は、左側の構成繰り返し単位から順に、55.1:26.5:1.6:16.8であった。) P-3 (Hereinafter, the molar ratio of the constituent repeating units in the formula was 55.1: 26.5: 1.6: 16.8 in order from the constituent repeating unit on the left side.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032

 
<アルカリ可溶性樹脂P-4の固形分36.2質量%溶液の準備>
 P-3の合成において、モノマーの種類と量を変更することにより、P-4の固形分36.2質量%溶液(溶剤:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート)を準備した。得られた重合体P-4の重量平均分子量は18,000、分散度は2.3、酸価は124mgKOH/gであった。
<Preparation of 36.2% by mass solid content solution of alkali-soluble resin P-4>
In the synthesis of P-3, a 36.2% by mass solid content solution of P-4 (solvent: propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate) was prepared by changing the type and amount of the monomer. The obtained polymer P-4 had a weight average molecular weight of 18,000, a dispersity of 2.3, and an acid value of 124 mgKOH / g.
P-4(以下、式中の構成繰り返し単位のモル比は、左側の構成繰り返し単位から順に、55.1:24.6:1.6:17.0:1.7であった。) P-4 (Hereinafter, the molar ratio of the constituent repeating units in the formula was 55.1: 24.6: 1.6: 17.0: 1.7 in order from the left constituent repeating unit.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033

 
<屈折率調整層形成用組成物の調製>
 次に、以下の表3に記載の組成で、屈折率調整層形成用組成物B-1~B-4を調製した。表3中の各成分の数値は、「質量部」を表す。
<Preparation of composition for forming a refractive index adjusting layer>
Next, the compositions B-1 to B-4 for forming the refractive index adjusting layer were prepared with the compositions shown in Table 3 below. The numerical value of each component in Table 3 represents "part by mass".
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000034

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000034

 
 表3中のポリマーAは、以下の通りに合成して作製した。
 1Lの三口フラスコに1-メトキシプロパノール(東京化成工業(株)製)(270.0g)を導入し、撹拌しつつ窒素気流下で70℃に昇温させた。一方、アリルメタクリレート(45.6g)(富士フイルム和光純薬(株)製)、及び、メタクリル酸(14.4g)(富士フイルム和光純薬(株)製)を1-メトキシプロパノール(東京化成工業(株)製)(270.0g)に溶解させ、更にV-65(富士フイルム和光純薬(株)製)を3.94g溶解させることで滴下液を作製し、フラスコ中へ2.5時間かけて滴下液の滴下を行った。そのまま2.0時間、撹拌状態を保持し反応を行った。
 その後、温度を室温まで戻し、撹拌状態のイオン交換水(2.7L)へ滴下し、再沈殿を実施し、懸濁液を得た。ろ紙を引いたヌッチェにて研濁液を導入することでろ過を行い、濾過物を更にイオン交換水で洗浄し、湿潤状態の粉体を得た。45℃の送風乾燥にかけ、恒量になったことを確認し、粉体として収率70%でポリマーAを得た。
 得られたポリマーAのメタクリル酸/メタクリル酸アリルの比率は76/24(質量%)であった。重量平均分子量Mwは38,000であった。
Polymer A in Table 3 was synthesized and prepared as follows.
1-Methylpropanol (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) (270.0 g) was introduced into a 1 L three-necked flask, and the temperature was raised to 70 ° C. under a nitrogen stream while stirring. On the other hand, allyl methacrylate (45.6 g) (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) and methacrylic acid (14.4 g) (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) 1-methoxypropanol (Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) Dissolve in (270.0 g) (manufactured by Fuji Film Co., Ltd.), and further dissolve 3.94 g of V-65 (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) to prepare a dropping solution, and put it in a flask for 2.5 hours. The dropping liquid was dropped over. The reaction was carried out while maintaining the stirred state for 2.0 hours.
Then, the temperature was returned to room temperature, and the mixture was added dropwise to ion-exchanged water (2.7 L) in a stirred state, and reprecipitation was carried out to obtain a suspension. Filtration was performed by introducing a turbid solution in Nuche with a filter paper, and the filtered material was further washed with ion-exchanged water to obtain a wet powder. It was dried by blowing air at 45 ° C., and it was confirmed that the amount became constant, and polymer A was obtained as a powder in a yield of 70%.
The ratio of methacrylic acid / allyl methacrylate of the obtained polymer A was 76/24 (mass%). The weight average molecular weight Mw was 38,000.
<塗布層11~26の作製>
 厚み16μmのポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルム(ルミラー16QS62、東レ(株)製)の仮支持体の上に、スリット状ノズルを用いて、塗布量を、乾燥後の膜厚が表4の厚みになる塗布量に調整し、表4に記載の感光性樹脂組成物A-1~A-10のいずれか1種を塗布し、感光性樹脂層を形成した。
 100℃の乾燥ゾーンで溶剤を揮発させた後、スリット状ノズルを用いて、表4の組み合わせにて、表4に記載の屈折率調整層形成用組成物B-1~B-4のうちの少なくとも1種を用いて、塗布量を、乾燥後の膜厚が表4に記載の膜厚になる量に調整して感光性樹脂層層の上に塗布した後、80℃の乾燥温度で乾燥させ、屈折率調整層を形成した。屈折率調整層の上に保護フィルム(ルミラー16QS62、東レ(株)製)を圧着し、塗布層11~26を作製した。
<Preparation of coating layers 11 to 26>
Using a slit-shaped nozzle on a temporary support of a polyethylene terephthalate film (Lumirror 16QS62, manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc.) with a thickness of 16 μm, the coating amount was adjusted to the coating amount at which the film thickness after drying becomes the thickness shown in Table 4. After adjustment, any one of the photosensitive resin compositions A-1 to A-10 shown in Table 4 was applied to form a photosensitive resin layer.
After volatilizing the solvent in a drying zone at 100 ° C., among the compositions B-1 to B-4 for forming a refractive index adjusting layer shown in Table 4, the combinations shown in Table 4 are used by using a slit-shaped nozzle. Using at least one type, adjust the coating amount to an amount such that the film thickness after drying becomes the film thickness shown in Table 4, apply it on the photosensitive resin layer layer, and then dry it at a drying temperature of 80 ° C. The refractive index adjustment layer was formed. A protective film (Lumirror 16QS62, manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc.) was pressure-bonded onto the refractive index adjusting layer to prepare coating layers 11 to 26.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000035

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000035

 
<銅層付きPET基板の作製>
 厚さ100μmのポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)フィルム上に、スパッタ法にて厚さ200nmの銅層を作製し、銅層付きPET基板を作製した。
<Manufacturing of PET substrate with copper layer>
A copper layer having a thickness of 200 nm was prepared on a polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film having a thickness of 100 μm by a sputtering method, and a PET substrate with a copper layer was prepared.
〔評価〕
<表面エネルギーの測定>
 仮支持体又は保護フィルムの表面エネルギー(単位:mN/m)は以下の方法で算出する。
 仮支持体又は保護フィルムの測定面において、室温23℃相対湿度50%~60%の雰囲気下で、純水及びヨウ化メチレンの2種類の液体の各接触角を、接触角計CA-A型(協和界面科学(株)社製)により、3点測定した。各液体について得られた測定値の平均値を、2種類の液体各々の接触角とした。得られた2種類の液体の接触角を用いて、Owens-Wendtに基づく幾何平均法により、分散力γ、極性力γ及び分散力と極性力の和である表面エネルギーγ(=γ+γ)を算出した。
 具体的な算出方法を示す。各記号の意味について下記に示す。γSLは固体と液体との界面での張力である場合、数式(1)が成立する。
γSL:フィルム表面と既知の液体の表面自由エネルギー
γ:フィルム表面の表面自由エネルギー
γ:既知の液体の表面自由エネルギー
γ :フィルム表面の表面自由エネルギーの分散力成分
γ :フィルム表面の表面自由エネルギーの極性力成分
γ :既知の液体の表面自由エネルギーの分散力成分
γ :既知の液体の表面自由エネルギーの極性力成分
  γSL=γ+γ-2(γ ・γ 1/2-2(γ ・γ 1/2・・・式(1)
 また、平滑な固体面と液滴が接触角(θ)で接しているときの状態は次式で表現される(Youngの式)。
  γ=γSL+γcosθ・・・式(2)
 これら数式(1)及び数式(2)を組み合わせると、次式が得られる。
  (γ ・γ 1/2+(γ ・γ 1/2=γ(1+cosθ)/2・・・式(3)
 実際には、純水及びヨウ化メチレンの2種類の液体の接触角(θ)と、既知の液体の表面エネルギーγ及び、各成分(γ 、γ )を数式(3)に代入し、連立方程式を解いた。
 その結果、フィルムの表面エネルギー(γ)を算出した。なお、既知の液体の数値は、以下の値とした。
 純水:γ=72.8mN/m、γ =21.8mN/m、γ =51.0mN/m
 ヨウ化メチレン:γ=50.8mN/m、γ =49.5mN/m、γ =1.3mN/m
〔evaluation〕
<Measurement of surface energy>
The surface energy (unit: mN / m) of the temporary support or the protective film is calculated by the following method.
On the measurement surface of the temporary support or protective film, the contact angles of the two liquids, pure water and methylene iodide, were measured in an atmosphere of room temperature of 23 ° C and relative humidity of 50% to 60%. Three points were measured by (Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd.). The average value of the measured values obtained for each liquid was taken as the contact angle of each of the two types of liquids. Using the contact angles of the two obtained liquids, the surface energy γ (= γ d) , which is the sum of the dispersion force γ d , the polarity force γ p , and the dispersion force and the polarity force, is obtained by the geometric mean method based on Owns-Wendt. + Gamma p ) was calculated.
A specific calculation method is shown. The meaning of each symbol is shown below. When γ SL is the tension at the interface between the solid and the liquid, the mathematical formula (1) holds.
γ SL : Surface free energy of film surface and known liquid γ S : Surface free energy of known liquid γ L : Surface free energy of known liquid γ S d : Dispersive force component of surface free energy of film surface γ S p : Polarity component of surface free energy of film surface γ L d : Dispersive force component of surface free energy of known liquid γ L p : Polar force component of surface free energy of known liquid γ SL = γ S + γ L -2 ( γ S d・ γ L d ) 1/2 -2 (γ S p・ γ L p ) 1/2・ ・ ・ Equation (1)
Further, the state when the smooth solid surface and the droplet are in contact with each other at the contact angle (θ) is expressed by the following equation (Young's equation).
γ S = γ SL + γ L cos θ ・ ・ ・ Equation (2)
By combining these mathematical formulas (1) and (2), the following equation is obtained.
s d・ γ L d ) 1/2 + (γ s p・ γ L p ) 1/2 = γ L (1 + cos θ) / 2 ... Equation (3)
Actually, the contact angle (θ) of two kinds of liquids, pure water and methylene iodide, the surface energy γ L of the known liquid, and each component (γ L d , γ L p ) are calculated in the formula (3). Substituted and solved the simultaneous equations.
As a result, the surface energy (γ S ) of the film was calculated. The values of known liquids were as follows.
Pure water: γ L = 72.8 mN / m, γ L d = 21.8 mN / m, γ L p = 51.0 mN / m
Methylene iodide: γ L = 50.8 mN / m, γ L d = 49.5 mN / m, γ L p = 1.3 mN / m
<欠陥評価>
 作製した感光性転写材料から保護フィルムを剥離し、ラミネートロール温度100℃、線圧0.6MPa、線速度(ラミネート速度)4.0m/minのラミネート条件で銅層付きPET基板にラミネートした。ラインアンドスペースパターン(Duty比 1:1)マスクと仮支持体とを接触させ、超高圧水銀灯で露光後、23℃で3時間引き置いた後に現像した。現像は28℃の1.0質量%炭酸ナトリウム水溶液を用い、シャワー現像で40秒間行った。上記方法にて線幅9μmのラインアンドスペースパターンを形成し、ライン幅とスペース幅との比が1:1になる露光量を求めた。その後、メックブライト(MEC社)を用いシャワーエッチングで60秒間行い、銅パターン配線を作製した。得られた銅パターン配線を光学顕微鏡で観察した。0.26mm×0.20mmの観察面積を1ショットとして、計10ショットを観察した。1ショットの内で、1箇所でも断線(オープン)及び配線同士の結合(ショート)があれば配線欠陥として、10ショットにおける欠陥ショット枚数を定義し、評価を行った。銅パターンにおける配線欠陥は、樹脂パターンにおける欠陥に基づくものである。A又はBであることが好ましい。
  A:銅パターンの欠陥ショット数が0~1であり、視認されない又はほとんど視認されない。
  B:銅パターンの欠陥ショット数が2~3であり、ほとんど視認されない。
  C:銅パターンの欠陥ショット数が4~5であり、半分以下視認されない。
  D:銅パターンの欠陥ショット数が6個以上であり、半分以上視認される。
<Defect evaluation>
The protective film was peeled off from the prepared photosensitive transfer material, and laminated on a PET substrate with a copper layer under laminating conditions of a laminating roll temperature of 100 ° C., a linear pressure of 0.6 MPa, and a linear velocity (laminating rate) of 4.0 m / min. The line-and-space pattern (Duty ratio 1: 1) mask and temporary support were brought into contact with each other, exposed to an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp, left at 23 ° C. for 3 hours, and then developed. Development was carried out by shower development for 40 seconds using a 1.0 mass% sodium carbonate aqueous solution at 28 ° C. A line-and-space pattern having a line width of 9 μm was formed by the above method, and the exposure amount at which the ratio of the line width to the space width was 1: 1 was determined. Then, shower etching was performed for 60 seconds using MEC Bright (MEC) to prepare a copper pattern wiring. The obtained copper pattern wiring was observed with an optical microscope. A total of 10 shots were observed, with an observation area of 0.26 mm × 0.20 mm as one shot. If there is a disconnection (open) or a connection (short circuit) between wirings even at one point in one shot, the number of defective shots in 10 shots is defined as a wiring defect and evaluated. Wiring defects in the copper pattern are based on defects in the resin pattern. It is preferably A or B.
A: The number of defective shots of the copper pattern is 0 to 1, and it is not visible or hardly visible.
B: The number of defective shots of the copper pattern is 2 to 3, and it is hardly visible.
C: The number of defective shots of the copper pattern is 4 to 5, and less than half of them are not visible.
D: The number of defective shots of the copper pattern is 6 or more, and more than half is visually recognized.
<解像性評価>
 欠陥評価で作製した銅パターン配線を用いて、解像性を評価した。ラインアンドスペースパターンの幅を変えたマスクを用いて、現像後のレジストのパターンが形成できる最小の幅を最小解像度と定義し、評価した。表5及び表6に最小解像度(μm)を解像性の評価結果として示す。
<Resolution evaluation>
The resolution was evaluated using the copper pattern wiring produced in the defect evaluation. Using a mask in which the width of the line-and-space pattern was changed, the minimum width at which the resist pattern after development could be formed was defined as the minimum resolution and evaluated. Tables 5 and 6 show the minimum resolution (μm) as the evaluation result of the resolution.
<剥離力の測定(密着性評価)>
 作製した感光性転写材料から保護フィルムを剥離し、ラミネートロール温度100℃、線圧0.6MPa、線速度(ラミネート速度)1.0m/minのラミネート条件で上記銅層付きPET基板にラミネートした。次に、仮支持体の表面にテープ(日東電工(株)製PRINTACK)を貼りつけた後に、銅層付きPET基板上に少なくとも仮支持体及び感光性樹脂層を有する積層体を、70mm×10mmにカットしてサンプルを作製した。上記サンプルのPET基板側を資料台の上に固定した。
 引張圧縮試験機((株)今田製作所製、SV-55)を用いて、180度の方向に、5.5mm/秒でテープを引っ張って、感光性樹脂層又は熱可塑性樹脂層と仮支持体との間で剥離して、剥離に必要な力(剥離力)を測定した。
<Measurement of peeling force (adhesion evaluation)>
The protective film was peeled off from the produced photosensitive transfer material, and laminated on the PET substrate with a copper layer under laminating conditions of a laminating roll temperature of 100 ° C., a linear pressure of 0.6 MPa, and a linear velocity (laminating rate) of 1.0 m / min. Next, after attaching a tape (PINTACK manufactured by Nitto Denko Corporation) to the surface of the temporary support, a laminate having at least the temporary support and the photosensitive resin layer on a PET substrate with a copper layer is 70 mm × 10 mm. A sample was prepared by cutting into. The PET substrate side of the above sample was fixed on the reference table.
Using a tensile compression tester (SV-55, manufactured by Imada Seisakusho Co., Ltd.), pull the tape in the direction of 180 degrees at 5.5 mm / sec to obtain a photosensitive resin layer or a thermoplastic resin layer and a temporary support. The force required for peeling (peeling force) was measured.
<算術平均粗さRaの測定>
 3次元光学プロファイラー(New View7300、Zygo社製)を用いて、以下の条件にて仮支持体又は保護フィルムの表面を測定し、フィルムの表面プロファイルを得た。
 測定・解析ソフトとしては、MetroPro ver8.3.2のMicroscope Applicationを用いた。次に、上記解析ソフトにてSurface Map画面を表示し、Surface Map画面中でヒストグラムデータを得た。得られたヒストグラムデータから、算術平均粗さを算出し、仮支持体又は保護フィルムの表面のRa値を得た。
 仮支持体又は保護フィルムが感光性樹脂層等に貼り合わされている場合は、感光性樹脂層から仮支持体又は保護フィルムを剥離して、剥離した側の表面のRa値を測定すればよい。
<Measurement of Arithmetic Mean Roughness Ra>
Using a three-dimensional optical profiler (New View7300, manufactured by Zygo), the surface of the temporary support or the protective film was measured under the following conditions, and the surface profile of the film was obtained.
As the measurement / analysis software, Microscope Application of MetroPro ver8.3.2 was used. Next, the Surface Map screen was displayed with the above analysis software, and histogram data was obtained in the Surface Map screen. From the obtained histogram data, the arithmetic mean roughness was calculated, and the Ra value on the surface of the temporary support or the protective film was obtained.
When the temporary support or the protective film is attached to the photosensitive resin layer or the like, the temporary support or the protective film may be peeled off from the photosensitive resin layer, and the Ra value of the surface on the peeled side may be measured.
<ヘイズ値の測定>
 ヘイズ値は、ヘイズメーター(NDH-2000、日本電色工業(株)製)を用いて、JIS K 7105:1981年に準ずる方法により測定した。
<Measurement of haze value>
The haze value was measured using a haze meter (NDH-2000, manufactured by Nippon Denshoku Kogyo Co., Ltd.) by a method according to JIS K 7105: 1981.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000038

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000038

 
 上述した以外の、表5に記載の略称の詳細は、以下の通りである。
 仮支持体3:2軸延伸ポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルム、厚み16μm、東レ(株)製ルミラー16QS62
 仮支持体4:2軸延伸ポリプロピレンフィルム、厚み12μm、王子エフテックス(株)製アルファンE501
 仮支持体5:2軸延伸ポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルム、厚み16μm、東レ(株)製ルミラーP60
 また、実施例で使用した各仮支持体、及び、保護フィルムの物性値の詳細を以下に示す。なお、表8における搬送面(外)は、仮支持体又は保護フィルムにおける感光性樹脂層側とは反対側の面であり、塗布面(内)は、仮支持体又は保護フィルムにおける感光性樹脂層側の面である。
Details of the abbreviations shown in Table 5 other than those described above are as follows.
Temporary support 3: Biaxially stretched polyethylene terephthalate film, thickness 16 μm, Toray Industries, Inc. Lumirror 16QS62
Temporary support 4: Biaxially stretched polypropylene film, thickness 12 μm, Alfan E501 manufactured by Oji F-Tex Co., Ltd.
Temporary support 5: Biaxially stretched polyethylene terephthalate film, thickness 16 μm, Toray Industries, Inc. Lumirror P60
In addition, the details of the physical property values of each temporary support and the protective film used in the examples are shown below. The transport surface (outside) in Table 8 is the surface opposite to the photosensitive resin layer side of the temporary support or the protective film, and the coated surface (inside) is the photosensitive resin in the temporary support or the protective film. This is the surface on the layer side.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000039

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000039

 
 上記表5及び表7に示すように、実施例1~28の感光性転写材料は、比較例1~3の感光性転写材料と比べ、感光性樹脂層を仮支持体を介して露光した場合であっても、欠陥の少ない樹脂パターンが得られる。
 また、実施例1~28の感光性転写材料は、解像性、及び、感光性樹脂層又は熱可塑性樹脂層と仮支持体との間の密着性にも優れる。
As shown in Tables 5 and 7, the photosensitive transfer materials of Examples 1 to 28 were compared with the photosensitive transfer materials of Comparative Examples 1 to 3, and the photosensitive resin layer was exposed via a temporary support. Even so, a resin pattern with few defects can be obtained.
Further, the photosensitive transfer materials of Examples 1 to 28 are also excellent in resolution and adhesion between the photosensitive resin layer or the thermoplastic resin layer and the temporary support.
(実施例101)
 100μm厚PET基材上に、第2層の導電層としてITOをスパッタリングで150nm厚にて成膜し、その上に第1層の導電層として銅を真空蒸着法で200nm厚にて成膜して、回路形成用基板とした。
 銅層上に実施例10で得た感光性転写材料をラミネートした(ラミロール温度120℃、線圧0.8MPa、線速度1.0m/min.)。ラミネートした積層体を、仮支持体を剥離せずに一方向に導電層パッドが連結された構成を持つ図3に示すパターンAを設けたフォトマスクを用いてコンタクトパターン露光した。その後仮支持体を剥離し、現像、水洗を行ってパターンAを得た。次いで銅エッチング液(関東化学(株)製Cu-02)を用いて銅層をエッチングした後、ITOエッチング液(関東化学(株)製ITO-02)を用いてITO層をエッチングすることで、銅とITOが共にパターンAで描画された基板を得た。
 残った感光性樹脂層(パターンA)を剥離液(関東化学(株)製KP-301)を用いて剥離し、再度、銅層上に実施例10で得た感光性転写材料をラミネートした(ラミロール温度120℃、線圧0.8MPa、線速度1.0m/min.)。
 次いで、アライメントを合わせた状態で図4に示すパターンBのフォトマスクを用いてパターン露光し、現像、水洗を行った。その後、Cu-02を用いて銅層をエッチングし、残った感光性樹脂層(パターンB)を剥離液(関東化学(株)製KP-301)を用いて剥離し、回路配線基板を得た。
 得られた回路基板を、顕微鏡で観察したところ、剥がれや欠けなどは無く、きれいなパターンであった。
 なお、図3に示すパターンAは、グレー部であるGRが遮光部であり、EXが露光部であり、点線部であるDLは、アライメント合わせの枠を仮想的に示したものである。
 また、図4に示すパターンBは、図3と同様に、グレー部であるGRが遮光部であり、EXが露光部であり、点線部であるDLは、アライメント合わせの枠を仮想的に示したものである。
(Example 101)
On a 100 μm thick PET substrate, ITO is formed into a film with a thickness of 150 nm by sputtering as a second conductive layer, and copper is formed into a film with a thickness of 200 nm as a conductive layer of the first layer by a vacuum vapor deposition method. This was used as a circuit forming substrate.
The photosensitive transfer material obtained in Example 10 was laminated on the copper layer (laminol temperature 120 ° C., linear pressure 0.8 MPa, linear velocity 1.0 m / min.). The laminated laminate was exposed to a contact pattern using a photomask provided with the pattern A shown in FIG. 3, which had a structure in which the conductive layer pads were connected in one direction without peeling off the temporary support. Then, the temporary support was peeled off, developed and washed with water to obtain pattern A. Next, the copper layer is etched with a copper etching solution (Cu-02 manufactured by Kanto Chemical Co., Ltd.), and then the ITO layer is etched with an ITO etching solution (ITO-02 manufactured by Kanto Chemical Co., Ltd.). A substrate in which copper and ITO were both drawn in pattern A was obtained.
The remaining photosensitive resin layer (pattern A) was peeled off using a stripping solution (KP-301 manufactured by Kanto Chemical Co., Ltd.), and the photosensitive transfer material obtained in Example 10 was again laminated on the copper layer (Kanto Kagaku Co., Ltd. KP-301). Lamilol temperature 120 ° C., linear pressure 0.8 MPa, linear velocity 1.0 m / min.).
Next, the pattern was exposed using the photomask of pattern B shown in FIG. 4 in a state of alignment, and was developed and washed with water. Then, the copper layer was etched with Cu-02, and the remaining photosensitive resin layer (pattern B) was peeled off with a stripping solution (KP-301 manufactured by Kanto Chemical Co., Ltd.) to obtain a circuit wiring board. ..
When the obtained circuit board was observed with a microscope, there was no peeling or chipping, and the pattern was clean.
In the pattern A shown in FIG. 3, GR, which is a gray part, is a light-shielding part, EX is an exposed part, and DL, which is a dotted line part, virtually shows a frame for alignment.
Further, in the pattern B shown in FIG. 4, as in FIG. 3, GR, which is a gray portion, is a light-shielding portion, EX is an exposed portion, and DL, which is a dotted line portion, virtually indicates a frame for alignment alignment. It is a thing.
(符号の説明)
 1,11:仮支持体、2,12:転写層、3,17:感光性樹脂層、5:屈折率調整層、13:熱可塑性樹脂層、15:水溶性樹脂層、10,20:感光性転写材料、GR:遮光部(非画像部)、EX:露光部(画像部)、DL:アライメント合せの枠。
(Explanation of code)
1,11: Temporary support, 2,12: Transfer layer, 3,17: Photosensitive resin layer, 5: Refractive index adjustment layer, 13: Thermoplastic resin layer, 15: Water-soluble resin layer, 10,20: Photosensitive Sex transfer material, GR: light-shielding part (non-image part), EX: exposed part (image part), DL: frame for alignment alignment.
 2020年9月14日に出願された日本国特許出願2020-153839号の開示及び2020年12月15日に出願された日本国特許出願2020-207962号の開示は、その全体が参照により本明細書に取り込まれる。本明細書に記載された全ての文献、特許出願、及び技術規格は、個々の文献、特許出願、及び技術規格が参照により取り込まれることが具体的かつ個々に記載された場合と同程度に、本明細書に参照により取り込まれる。 The disclosure of Japanese Patent Application No. 2020-1583839 filed on September 14, 2020 and the disclosure of Japanese Patent Application No. 2020-207962 filed on December 15, 2020 are described herein in their entirety. Incorporated into the book. All documents, patent applications, and technical standards described herein are to the same extent as specifically and individually stated that the individual documents, patent applications, and technical standards are incorporated by reference. Incorporated herein by reference.

Claims (15)

  1.  仮支持体、感光性樹脂層、及び、保護フィルムをこの順で有し、
     前記仮支持体における前記感光性樹脂層側とは反対側の面の表面エネルギーをγb(mN/m)とし、前記保護フィルムにおける前記感光性樹脂層側とは反対側の面の表面エネルギーをγc(mN/m)としたときに、γb≧γcを満たす
     感光性転写材料。
    It has a temporary support, a photosensitive resin layer, and a protective film in this order.
    The surface energy of the surface of the temporary support opposite to the photosensitive resin layer side is γb (mN / m), and the surface energy of the surface of the protective film opposite to the photosensitive resin layer side is γc. A photosensitive transfer material that satisfies γb ≧ γc when (mN / m).
  2.  前記仮支持体の厚みが、20μm以下である請求項1に記載の感光性転写材料。 The photosensitive transfer material according to claim 1, wherein the temporary support has a thickness of 20 μm or less.
  3.  前記感光性樹脂層の厚みが、10μm以下である請求項1又は請求項2に記載の感光性転写材料。 The photosensitive transfer material according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the thickness of the photosensitive resin layer is 10 μm or less.
  4.  前記仮支持体と前記感光性樹脂層との間に、他の層を更に有する請求項1~請求項3のいずれか1項に記載の感光性転写材料。 The photosensitive transfer material according to any one of claims 1 to 3, further comprising another layer between the temporary support and the photosensitive resin layer.
  5.  前記仮支持体のヘイズ値が、1.0%未満である請求項1~請求項4のいずれか1項に記載の感光性転写材料。 The photosensitive transfer material according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the haze value of the temporary support is less than 1.0%.
  6.  前記仮支持体の剥離力が、0.5mN/mm以上である請求項1~請求項5のいずれか1項に記載の感光性転写材料。 The photosensitive transfer material according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the temporary support has a peeling force of 0.5 mN / mm or more.
  7.  前記仮支持体における前記感光性樹脂層側とは反対側の面の算術平均粗さRaの値が、50nm以下である請求項1~請求項6のいずれか1項に記載の感光性転写材料。 The photosensitive transfer material according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the arithmetic average roughness Ra value of the surface of the temporary support opposite to the photosensitive resin layer side is 50 nm or less. ..
  8.  前記保護フィルムにおける前記感光性樹脂層側とは反対側の面の算術平均粗さRaの値が、50nm以下である請求項1~請求項7のいずれか1項に記載の感光性転写材料。 The photosensitive transfer material according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the arithmetic average roughness Ra value of the surface of the protective film opposite to the photosensitive resin layer side is 50 nm or less.
  9.  γb-γcの値が、0mN/mを超え50mN/m以下である請求項1~請求項8のいずれか1項に記載の感光性転写材料。 The photosensitive transfer material according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the value of γb-γc is more than 0 mN / m and 50 mN / m or less.
  10.  γb-γcの値が、2mN/m以上30mN/m以下である請求項1~請求項9のいずれか1項に記載の感光性転写材料。 The photosensitive transfer material according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein the value of γb-γc is 2 mN / m or more and 30 mN / m or less.
  11.  γb-γcの値が、7mN/m以上20mN/m以下である請求項1~請求項10のいずれか1項に記載の感光性転写材料。 The photosensitive transfer material according to any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein the value of γb-γc is 7 mN / m or more and 20 mN / m or less.
  12.  ロール状の感光性転写材料である請求項1~請求項11のいずれか1項に記載の感光性転写材料。 The photosensitive transfer material according to any one of claims 1 to 11, which is a roll-shaped photosensitive transfer material.
  13.  請求項1~請求項12のいずれか1項に記載の感光性転写材料から前記保護フィルムを剥離する工程と、
     前記保護フィルムを剥離した感光性転写材料における前記仮支持体に対して前記感光性樹脂層を有する側の最外層を、導電性層を有する基板に接触させて貼り合わせる工程と、
     前記感光性樹脂層を前記仮支持体を介してパターン露光する工程と、
     露光された前記感光性樹脂層を現像して樹脂パターンを形成する工程と、をこの順に含む
     樹脂パターンの製造方法。
    The step of peeling the protective film from the photosensitive transfer material according to any one of claims 1 to 12.
    A step of bringing the outermost layer of the photosensitive transfer material from which the protective film has been peeled off on the side having the photosensitive resin layer into contact with the substrate having the conductive layer and adhering them to the temporary support.
    A step of pattern-exposing the photosensitive resin layer via the temporary support, and
    A method for producing a resin pattern, which comprises a step of developing the exposed photosensitive resin layer to form a resin pattern, and the process of forming the resin pattern.
  14.  前記基板、前記導電性層、及び、請求項13に記載の樹脂パターンの製造方法により製造された樹脂パターンがこの順で積層された積層体において、前記樹脂パターンが配置されていない領域における前記導電性層をエッチング処理する工程を含む
     エッチング方法。
    In a laminated body in which the substrate, the conductive layer, and the resin pattern produced by the method for producing a resin pattern according to claim 13 are laminated in this order, the conductivity in a region where the resin pattern is not arranged. An etching method including a step of etching a sex layer.
  15.  請求項1~請求項12のいずれか1項に記載の感光性転写材料から前記保護フィルムを剥離する工程と、
     前記保護フィルムを剥離した感光性転写材料における前記仮支持体に対して前記感光性樹脂層を有する側の最外層を、導電性層を有する基板に接触させて貼り合わせる工程と、
     前記感光性樹脂層を前記仮支持体を介してパターン露光する工程と、
     露光された前記感光性樹脂層を現像して樹脂パターンを形成する工程と、をこの順に含み、
     製造された電子デバイスが、前記樹脂パターンを有する
     電子デバイスの製造方法。
    The step of peeling the protective film from the photosensitive transfer material according to any one of claims 1 to 12.
    A step of bringing the outermost layer of the photosensitive transfer material from which the protective film has been peeled off on the side having the photosensitive resin layer into contact with the substrate having the conductive layer and adhering them to the temporary support.
    A step of pattern-exposing the photosensitive resin layer via the temporary support, and
    The steps of developing the exposed photosensitive resin layer to form a resin pattern are included in this order.
    A method for manufacturing an electronic device in which the manufactured electronic device has the resin pattern.
PCT/JP2021/031365 2020-09-14 2021-08-26 Photosensitive transfer material, method for producing resin pattern, etching method, and method for manufacturing electronic device WO2022054599A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202180053678.4A CN116018262A (en) 2020-09-14 2021-08-26 Photosensitive transfer material, method for producing resin pattern, etching method, and method for producing electronic device
JP2022547495A JP7479487B2 (en) 2020-09-14 2021-08-26 Photosensitive transfer material, resin pattern manufacturing method, etching method, and electronic device manufacturing method

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2020-153839 2020-09-14
JP2020153839 2020-09-14
JP2020-207962 2020-12-15
JP2020207962 2020-12-15

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022054599A1 true WO2022054599A1 (en) 2022-03-17

Family

ID=80632378

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2021/031365 WO2022054599A1 (en) 2020-09-14 2021-08-26 Photosensitive transfer material, method for producing resin pattern, etching method, and method for manufacturing electronic device

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP7479487B2 (en)
CN (1) CN116018262A (en)
WO (1) WO2022054599A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023238299A1 (en) * 2022-06-08 2023-12-14 株式会社レゾナック Alkali-soluble resin, photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive element, method for forming resist pattern, and method for producing printed wiring board

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2011043854A (en) * 2010-11-15 2011-03-03 Asahi Kasei E-Materials Corp Photosensitive resin laminate
WO2020054660A1 (en) * 2018-09-12 2020-03-19 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive transfer material, method for producing circuit wiring line, method for producing touch panel, method for producing resin pattern, and film
JP2020098244A (en) * 2018-12-17 2020-06-25 旭化成株式会社 Photosensitive resin laminate and resist pattern manufacturing method

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2004317725A (en) 2003-04-15 2004-11-11 Kanegafuchi Chem Ind Co Ltd Water developable photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive dry film resist, and its use

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2011043854A (en) * 2010-11-15 2011-03-03 Asahi Kasei E-Materials Corp Photosensitive resin laminate
WO2020054660A1 (en) * 2018-09-12 2020-03-19 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive transfer material, method for producing circuit wiring line, method for producing touch panel, method for producing resin pattern, and film
JP2020098244A (en) * 2018-12-17 2020-06-25 旭化成株式会社 Photosensitive resin laminate and resist pattern manufacturing method

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023238299A1 (en) * 2022-06-08 2023-12-14 株式会社レゾナック Alkali-soluble resin, photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive element, method for forming resist pattern, and method for producing printed wiring board

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN116018262A (en) 2023-04-25
JPWO2022054599A1 (en) 2022-03-17
JP7479487B2 (en) 2024-05-08

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021199996A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, method for manufacturing resin pattern, method for manufacturing circuit wiring, and temporary support body for photosensitive transfer material
WO2022054599A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, method for producing resin pattern, etching method, and method for manufacturing electronic device
WO2022045203A1 (en) Transfer film, manufacturing method for laminate, and manufacturing method for circuit wiring
WO2022092160A1 (en) Method for manufacturing laminate, method for manufacturing circuit wiring substrate, and transfer film
WO2022163778A1 (en) Method for manufacturing laminate, method for manufacturing circuit wiring, method for manufacturing electronic device, and photosensitive transfer material
WO2021220981A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, resin pattern production method, circuit wiring production method, touch panel production method, and polyethylene terephthalate film
JP7342246B2 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, resin pattern manufacturing method, circuit wiring manufacturing method, and touch panel manufacturing method
WO2022054374A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, production method for resin pattern, production method for circuit wiring, and production method for electronic device
WO2022059417A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, method for producing resin pattern, method for producing circuit wiring, and method for producing touch panel
WO2021161965A1 (en) Photosensitive film and photosensitive-film manufacturing method
WO2022163301A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, resin pattern manufacturing method, circuit wiring manufacturing method, and touch panel manufacturing method
WO2022045255A1 (en) Light-sensitive transfer material and method for manufacturing resin pattern
WO2021187279A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, method for producing resin pattern, method for producing circuit wiring line, and provisional support for photosensitive transfer material
WO2022138468A1 (en) Transfer material and method for producing laminated body
WO2022075090A1 (en) Transfer film, method for producing laminate, and method for producing circuit wiring
WO2022138246A1 (en) Transfer material and method for manufacturing laminate
WO2022045256A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, method for producing resin pattern, method for producing conductive pattern, and touch sensor
WO2022131324A1 (en) Transfer film, method for producing laminate, and method for producing circuit wiring
WO2022138576A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, method for producing resin pattern, method for producing circuit wiring line, method for producing electronic device, and method for producing multilayer body
WO2022138630A1 (en) Transfer film, method for producing laminate, and method for producing circuit wiring
WO2022181456A1 (en) Transfer film and method for manufacturing conductor pattern
WO2022138578A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, method for manufacturing resin pattern, method for manufacturing laminate, method for manufacturing circuit wiring, and method for manufacturing electronic device
WO2022138493A1 (en) Method for manufacturing laminate, method for manufacturing circuit wiring, and transfer film
WO2022138577A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, resin pattern manufacturing method, laminate manufacturing method, circuit wiring manufacturing method, and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2022181455A1 (en) Transfer film, and method for manufacturing conductor pattern

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21866558

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2022547495

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21866558

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1